in
Corporation
http://www.archive.org/details/1921manualara00ameruoft
MANUAL
OF
THE
and Principles
of Practice
FOR
RAILWAY ENGINEERING
EDITION OF
1921
Published by
Chicago, Illinois
U15
R-m
'i\\
Copyright, 1921, by
Manual
American Railway
of the
Engineering Association
Foreword
Definition.
a subject;
The "Manual"
issued by the
is
tion
The
contents of the
way work.
The American Railway Engineering Association is an organization of
The twenty-five committees working year in and
beavers of workers.
neering and maintenance of
engineers of
high
and
Field Covered.
The "Manual"
as adopted
many
by
its
is
The
phases of operation.
and
is
it
is
the
all
the condensed
is
text,
is
trations.
and the
final action
by the Association.
It
is
Simplicity.
The "Manual"
knowledge,
one
who
"Manual"
is
thinks
is
is
simple.
summary
of
what we
really
know
and, like
all
clearly
will
an illustration.
generally
express
himself
clearly.
The
The "Manual"
contains
the
conclusions in
concise
form on matters
which have been the subject of special study by the Standing or Special
Committees, and which after due consideration and discussion, have been
The Association
it
sits
as a legis-
Conclusion.
1.
Read
practicable.
it
the "Manual."
If not all of
into
it.
it,
read parts of
Keep posted as
it
as often as
to revisions.
Keep
Recommend
it
to
manufacturer, or supply
man
interested
in
or operation of railways.
3.
Bring
America
Carpenters.
4.
it
to
Managers
Use
the attention
and
of
Executives,
every
as
official
well
as
on every railway
Section
in
Foremen and
railway engineering.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
CLASSIFICATION OF TRACK.
Page
Classification of Railways
16
ROADWAY.
DeJEinitions
17
21
Width
of
Slopes of
Roadway
Roadway
Subgrade
21
Cross-Section
22
22
at
35
52
52
53
54
Waterways
54
Slides
56
Washouts
57
57
Tunnels
Tunnel Construction
Tunnel Ventilation
Specifications for Sodding with Bermuda Grass
Means for Prevention or Cure of Water Pockets in Roadbed....
Drainage of Roadway Through Stations and Yards
Grade Separation
Slopes for High Rock Cuts of Forty Feet in Height or More
Drainage of Large Cuts
57
58
62
62
64
66
67
67
68
BALLAST.
Definitions of
Terms
69
Choice of Ballast
Comparative Merit of Material for Ballast
Specifications for Stone Ballast Material
Specifications for Washed Gravel Ballast
Ballast Sections, with Particular Reference
70
70
71
75
to
Ballast
83
Men
Specifications for Ballast Tools
87
88
93
of Mechanical Tools
Cleaning Foul Ballast
Reinforcement Under Ballast
Ballasting by Contract
5
93
94
94
CONTENTS.
TIES.
Definitions of
Page
Terms
95
97
101
105
Dating Nails
105
Specifications for Dating Nails
Tie Renewals in Continuous Stretches versus Single Tie Renewals 106
106
Records of Cross-Ties
Use
of
Economic Comparison
107
RAIL.
109
115
125
124
Drilling of Rails
Specifications for
Standard Locations of Borings for Chemical Analysis and Tensile Test Pieces
Specifications for High-Carbon Steel Joint Bars
Specifications for Quenched Carbon and Quenched Alloy Steel
Track Bolts with Nuts
Standard Test for Rail Joints
Specifications for Medium Carbon Steel Track Bolts with Nuts..
Specifications for Quenched Carbon and Quenched Alloy Steel
Joint Bars
Rail Record Forms
128
128
130
133
135
137
140
TRACK.
Terms
155
Maintenance of Line
157
Spirjils
160
Definitions of
Screw Spikes
Design of Cut Track Spike
Design of Screw Spike
Testing Gage for Screw Spike
Specifications for Steel
166
.-
184
186
187
188
188
194
194
194
194
197
198
199
200
202
CONTENTS.
Track
Tie- Plates
General
Continued.
Page
Principles of Design
Specifications for
Wrought-Iron Tie-Plates
203
203
208
210
212
213
Frog Designs
221
Specifications
for
214
for
men
236
237
238
BUILDINGS.
Terms
239
240
Engine House Design
243
Freight Houses Principles of Design of Inbound and Outbound 247
Locomotive Coaling Stations
256
Oil Houses
257
Passenger Stations
258
Rest Houses for Employees
:
265
Roofings
273
Section Tool Houses
279
Definitions
of
Ashpits
WOODEN
Definitions of
Terms
Timber
Specifications for
283
Piles
Pile
Record Form
283
284
284
287
Trestles
Relative
Economy
and Trestles
293
of Repairs and
CONTENTS.
Wooden
Bridges
and Trestles
Continued.
Page
Concrete
295
Trestles
Used
Terms
to be
Definitions of
Names
in the
Maintenance of
Timber
303
Terms
304
Defects of
306
Manufacture, applicable to
all
Timber
and Lumber
Standard Sizes
Lumber
Timber
and
Grading
Oak Timbers
Rules
for
337
341
351
Lumber and
Classification of the
330
330
335
336
336
336
352
Cypress
Shingles
Classification
303
303
'Classification of
Way Department
301
302
Uses of Lumber
354
360
364
MASONRY.
Definitions of
Terms
369
Portland Cement
Specifications for Natural Cement
Specifications
Masonry
for
Specifications
375
392
".
Masonry
394
394
400
412
415
416
418
420
423
425
433
433
434
435
CONTENTS.
Definitions of
SIGNS,
Terms
Page
^'^'J
438
Right-of-Way Fences-
443
449
449
450
451
455
455
455
Terms
465
468
469
472
473
476
Terms
499
499
Engineering Department Forms
501
Daily Track Laying Report and Record
502
Daily Ballasting Report and Record
503
Resident Engineer's Monthly Estimate of Grading
Resident Engineer's Monthly Estimate of Bridges and Other
504
Roadway Items
505
Resident Engineer's Monthly Estimate of Buildings
Assistant Engineer's Consolidated Monthly Estimate
506
Side Track Record
(Insert)
508
508
509
509
510
512
513
516
517
518
CONTENTS.
10
Continued.
Page
519
524
525
528
530
539
540
Progress Profile
Conventional Signs for Use on Railway Profiles, Right-of-Way
541
554
566
Records
of
566
for
the
Parties
Manual
567
Employees
tenance of
The Science
Way
of the
Department
571
of Organization
Maintenance of
Maintenance of
WATER
Definitions of
Main607
608
609
610
SERVICE.
Terms
625
CONTENTS.
Water
Minimum Quantity
Justify
Water
for
Service
of Scaling
11
Continued.
Page
Treatment
Drinking Purposes
Specifications for
Specifications for
Water Tank
Timber Sub-Structures for Water Tank
Specifications for Steel Water and Oil Tanks
Water Service Records
Steel Sub-Structures for
658
659
660
663
666
666
667
676
Terms
681
683
Hump
689
Yards
688
689
Yard Lighting
692
692
692
693
693
694
Track Scales
696
716
725
725
Column Tests
Column Formula
732
733
.'
732
735
737
737
742
787
790
791
CONTENTS.
12
Terms
Economics
Power
Railway Location
of
Train Resistance
Curvature
Curve Resistance
Page
800
800
805
814
817
Freight
817
Cars
WOOD
PRESERVATION.
818
819
819
820
821
821
General Requirements
Zinc-Chloride
Zinc-Tannin Treatment
Creosote Oil (Full Cell Process)
Zinc-Chloride and Creosote Oil
Creosote Oil (Empty-Cell Process with Final Vacuum)
Creosote Oil (Empty Cell Process with Initial Air and Final
Vacuum)
835
836
837
838
839
842
843
844
844
846
848
848
850
ELECTRICITY.
Definitions of
Terms
853
for
Permanent
Way
Structures on Elec-
Railways
854
Way
Structures
855
and
861
CONTENTS.
13
Continued.
Page
Electricity
952
of
Proposal
954
of Construction Contract
of
955
Bond
Track Agreement
Agreement for Interlocking Plant
Agreement for Crossing of Railways
Lease Agreement for Industrial Site
of Industry
of
of
of
at
Grade
967
968
972
979
986
STANDING COMMITTEES.
Page
I.
II.
Roadway
17
Ballast
69
III.
Ties
95
IV.
Rail
109
V.
VI.
VII.
VIII.
IX.
X.
XL
Track
155
Buildings
239
281
369
437
465
499
567
XIII.
Water
Service
625
XIV.
681
XII.
XV.
XVI.
725
800
XVIL Wood
XVIII.
XIX.
XX.
XXI.
XXIJ..
XXIII.
Preservation
818
Electricity
853
952
954
SPECIAL COMMITTEES.
Page
Classification of Railways
15
Standardization
Clearances
/-
14
The
title
Engineering Association."
The Board of
2.
authority to withhold
Manual and
shall
have
shall consider
it
3.
in the
Manual
good
practice, but
on the members.
Contents.
The Manual
4.
specifications
special study by a
mittee report, published not less than thirty days prior to the annual convention,
which,
discussion,
shall
Subjects which,
in
the
to
5.
Manual must be
in concise
and
summary
Revision.
Any
6.
matter published
drawn by vote
at
the
in
are proposed in time for publication not less than thirty days prior to
the annual convention, and in the following
in
manner:
(a)
made
to the
7.
Upon recom-
members,
Board of Direction.
The Manual
15
SPECIAL COMMITTEE.
^CLASSIFICATION OF RAILWAYS.
Class
"A"
includes
traffic
all
of a railway having
districts
districts
following:
Freight car mileage passing over district per year per mile, 150,000;
or,
maximum
district,
10,000;
with
all
is
districts
less
than the
minimum
Freight car mileage passing over district per year per mile, 50,000;
or
maximum
requirements of Classes
*Vol. 7,
1907, p. 15.
district,
5,000;
with
1906,
pp.
all
districts
traffic
"A" or "B."
331,
340;
8,
COMMITTEE
I.
ROADWAY.
^DEFINITIONS.
General.
Classification.
Arranging
material
the
in
according
groups
to
its
character.
Contract.
terms, conditions,
formed.
more
parties specifying
etc.,
Estimate (noun).
statement
piece of work.
Progress Estimate.
(a)
ing
An estimate
work performed
or
material
to time
furnished as the
show-
work pro-
gresses.
Final Estimate.
(b)
An
estimate
made from
final
tities
which
final
payment
is
checked quanfurnished
upon
made.
Estimate (verb).
Quantities.
expressed
in
the
usual units.
The
movement of
Slide.
Specification.
That
Stock-Pass.
Unit
The
Price.
Washout.
The
work
is
to be performed.
way by
erosion of waters.
Right-of-Way.
The land
Right-of-way.
its
accessories.
Roadbed.
The finished
ballast rest.
^Adopted, Vol 7, 1906, pp. 341, 442, 443; VoL 11, Part 2, 1910, pp. 1063,
1087; Vol 16. 1915,' pp. 566, 1071; VoL 22, 1921, pp. 697, 1051.
17
ROADWAY.
18
Roadway.
That
is
often referred
to as the "grade.")
Station Grounds.
Property
Technical.
Alinement.
The
horizontal
of
location
railway
with
reference
to
Center Line.
ment or
line
embank-
track.
ft.
its
number.
line
Contour.
The
line of intersection of
of the ground.
Cross-Section.
ground
at right angles
to the
center line.
Center Stakes.
Elevation or Height.
Finishing Stakes.
Grade (verb).
and
track.
Grade Line.
The
on the
line
profile
ments and the bottoms of cuttings ready to receive the ballast; and
the intersection of the plane of the roadbed with a vertical plane
is
The
The
line.
from the
Gradient.
Location.
paratory to
Plan.
its
horizontal.
future construction.
line
with
the surface of the ground and the plane of the roadbed, or a drawing
representing the
Slope.
The
Slope Stakes.
SuBGRADE.
same.
Stakes
The
embankment.
tops of
bottom of a
slope.
cuttings ready to
Top of Slope.
cuts,
The
ground surface
in
ROADWAY.
19
loE OF Slope.The
ground surface
in
in cuts.
Clearing.
Brush.
Trees
less
Clearing.
Removing
off.
and
natural
obstructions
perishable
artificial
to
grading.
Removing
Grubbing.
Drainage.
Bog.
Soft,
less
vegetable matter.
Channel.
Culvert.
is
water
Drain.
An
The
artificial
Drainage.
upon or under
the roadway.
Ditch.
An
open
artificial
Intercepting Ditch.
^An
open
artificial
water from flowing over the slopes of a cut or against the foot of an
embankment.
Subdrain.
Trench.
its
surface, receiv-
greater than
Waterway.
its
is
width.
artificial,
flow of water.
Grading.
Average Haul.
Benched.
Berm.
Formed
(a)
tion
The
The
made
to be hauled.
is
borrow
pits,
(b)
An
approxi-
Borrow (verb).
Borrow (noun).
Borrow
Pit.
An
Embankment
excavation
(or Fill).
made
pit.
pit.
bank of
imADWAV.
2()
The
surface; (b)
dation pits
Foundation
The
(c)
Pit.
(a)
The
cutting
down
An
excavation
made
structure.
Haul.
Free
is
is
compensation.
Overhaul.
The number of
moved through
cubic yards
Overhaul Distance.
The
feet.
rial is
sation
is
Ramp.
An
allowed.
inclined approach.
is
to
grading material
or subsidence.
Shoulder.
That
ered portion and the ditch in cuts and the top of slope on embankment.
Shrinkage (noun).
The
the difference in
is
ultimate volume of
the
same material
Formed
grading material
when
in
the
embankment
the latter
is
after
it
the smaller.
Subsidence (noun).
That
portion of an
settled
The
is
the difference
in
Tamped
Waste.
when
(or Packed).
Material
embankment
the latter
Packed
is
after
it
the greater.
down by
light blows.
in
the
formation of the
roadway.
Waste
or Spoil Banks.
Banks
Tunnels.
Curb.
broad,
flat
bottom of a shaft
Rock.
solid
same purpose.
ROADWAY.
Shaft.
21
pit
Tunnel.
An
may be
it
work
carried on.
specifications.
(1)
Similarity in the
(2)
in units
(3)
may seem
classification of material as
to be distinctly defined
(4)
and
special cases
in
such additional
Profiles should be
made complete
in
regard to distribution of
material.
(5)
than
13
feet;
on curves
distance
this
may
be
increased.
(6)
less
than six
(6)
No
(7)
(10)
feet
(8)
stakes.
Class
is
based
(2)
is
and heavy
embankment
virtually a
should have
traffic,
in
is
at
subgrade
line,
the width of
6,
VoL 4, 1903. pp. 32, 35, 39, 44, 66. 74; Vol. 5, 1904, pp. 688, 719;
1905, pp. 123. 136. 142, 144, 145. 164-173; Vol. 16, 1915, pp. 567, 1075.
3, 1902, pp. 34, 37, 43; Vol. 6, 1905, pp. 122, 123.
"Adopted.
Vol.
'Adopted, Vol.
ROADWAY.
22
'SLOPES OF
ROADWAY
CROSS-SECTION.
'SPECIFICATIONS FOR
General.
Alincmcnt.
1.
The
center of the
roadway
shall
conform
in
alinement to the
center stakes.
Subgrade.
2.
The
embankments or
Cross-Section.
3.
The roadway
shall be
formed
as
may
and dimensions
time.
Width
4.
of
Roadway.
When
finished
and properly
settled the
roadway
shall
conform
to
On embankments
excavations
feet,
feet wide,
and
in
exclusive of the
width of
feet shall be
made.
Slopes.
5.
The
slopes of
Adopted, Vol.
to one;
and one-luilf
to one.
688,
ROADWAY.
These
ratios
made
shall be
may
23
Clearing.
Extent of Clearing.
6.
that
Disposal of Brush,
All
7.
these
etc.
materials,
except
as
may
hereinafter
mentioned,
shall
be
adjoining property.
Stumps.
Whefe
8.
clearing
to be done,
is
ground, not higher than the stump-top diameter for trees twelve
(12)
inches and less in diameter, and not higher than eighteen (18) inches for
trees
(12)
inches,
except
(2^)
them
feet.
Clearing in Advance.
The work
9.
feet in
advance of grading.
Wood.
may
ties,
10.
at
shall be
made
by. the
tie,
may be directed,
may be designated,
feet.
made
Where
isolated trees, or
where buildings
exist,
payment
shall be
Measurement.
12.
units of one
cleared.
hundred
(100)
feet
square,
or
fraction
shall be by
thereof,
actually
ROADWAY.
24
Grubbing.
Extent.
Stumps
13.
shall be
well as
from
ditches,
all
new channels
places
is
where excava-
to be
borrowed
as
required.
Grubbing
Grubbing
feet in
in
all
em-
less
Advance.
14.
bankments of
hundred (300)
advance of grading.
Measurement.
Measurement of grubbing
15.
shall be estimated
(2J/^)
of one hundred
units
feet
square,
or
upon
all
excavation
embankments of
Payment
feet in height.
(100)
all
for the
fraction
same
than
less
shall be by
thereof,
actually
grubbed.
Grading.
16.
tions
excava-
Work
Included
all
similar
works pertain-
Classification.
17.
Rock,"
its
terial as
classifications of
ma-
contract.
Solid Rock.
18.
original position
its
Loose Rock.
19.
of
"Loose Rock"
shall
comprise
less
all
all
other
rock which can be properly removed by pick and bar and without blasting; although steam shovel or blasting
may
be resorted to on favorable
Common
20.
Excavation.
"Common
all
ROADWAY.
come under
25
classifications as
may
Finishing Slopes.
Slopes of
21.
all
all
Rock
22.
be taken out
excavation, shall
(..)
23.
slides
in
Slips.
lines,
to causes
his agents.
In
all
due
cases
the surplus
its
The
classification
The measurement of
conditions.
Where
embankments
the
make
used to
and no material
shall be deposited in
Waste Banks.
25.
sited
have
Where wasting
is
shall, if possible,
be depo-
feet of
of the cutting.
Borrow
26.
Pits.
Where
cross-section
be
made
line,
as
is
shall
may
unless such
be directed.
No
borrow be indicated
pits,
The
classification
profile exhibited
govern the
final estimate.
The Company
way
ROADWAY.
26
or diminish the quantities given without affecting the contract unit prices
for the various parts of the work.
Reserving Gravel.
Gravel, stone or any other material suitable for special use of the
28.
Company, which
is
and deposited
reserved
directed.
Rock
in
29.
the
required, be
right-of-way,
as
embankments.
Berm
in
when
shall,
convenient places on
in
Cuttings.
berm of
between
the top of slope of rock cuttings and toe of slope of the overlying earth.
Intercepting Ditches.
Intercepting ditches,
30.
slopes of
all
cuttings
The
embankment.
designated.
when
ordered, shall be
falls
sufficiently to
made
slopes.
the cutting.
Ditches in Cuttings.
31.
and
may
at the
They
be directed.
shall be neatly
sufficiently to
prevent erosion of
embankments.
the adjoining
Subdrains.
32.
Subdrains of
as directed.
tile
and location
of at least
with ordinary
soil to the
all
inches of cinders or
tile,
tile,
shall be
by the linear
foot,
material.
Unsuitable Material.
33.
ROADWAY.
27
composition.
Formation
34.
in Layers.
When
directed,
embankments
of
be of the
full
feet in
The most
thickness.
be reserved for finishing the surface; large stones shall not be per-
feet
below subgrade.
Shrinkage.
Embankments
35.
shall
As
trimmed
the
the
work
is
Embankments on
36.
Where
finally
accepted.
Slopes.
an embankment
is
to be placed
Whenever
directed,
embankment
boggy
or
shall be
on a firm foundation.
In crossing bogs or
forming
this
for light
a1
The
logs
fills,
The
and
The bottom
shall project at
be by units of
In forming embankments
from
trestles,
the
material shall be
thoroughly compacted between the trestle bents and around and under
parts of the structure.
trestle,
all
fill.
ROADWAY.
28
Embankments
39.
at Trestles.
Embankments
(..) feet,
at least
feet in order to
form
a full roadbed.
Finishing Subgrade.
40.
The subgrade
shall be
etc.
tures shall be deposited in thin layers, and each layer carefully tamped.
of such
The
filling.
and around
purpose
such structures.
Borrow
Pits.
Land Provided.
42.
Land
for
borrow
pits
Railway Company.
Drainage.
43.
Borrow
pits shall
when
pits
on the right-of-way
than
stakes of the
embankment and
width shall be
feet in
same
berm of not
left
borrow
feet shall
less
between slope
pit.
berm of
shall be the
line.
Berms
shall
unbroken ground.
Cross-Sectioning of Pits.
45.
out.
Borrow
pits shall
in
will not be
permitted -on land set apart for station grounds or for other special purposes, except
by written directions.
ROADWAY.
Measurement
Price and
29
of Grading.
Basis.
Grading
46.
shall be estimated
Measurements
shall be
at the
made
Work
Included in Price.
47.
The
same
in the
and
specifications
work
all
of grading.
Haul.
48.
ance will be
made
distinctly
is
it
No
allow-
recommended
is
to
Roadway
in case it is desired to
allow overhaul.)
Haul.
No payment
48-a.
shall be
made
when
the length
The
two points
one
on each
tion
of excavation and
one
in
excava-
in
feet.
embankment
shall balance.
method of computation,
viz.:
further consideration.
The
Overhaul
feet
shall
and compensation
to be
units.
In case material
is
shall be
determined by the
dis-
ROADWAY.
M)
multiplying the
distance
number of
made by
The overhaul
shall be
determined by
The runways
shall
Embankment Measurement.
If
49.
it
it
may be measured
in excavation,
in
as possible.
Borrow
Classification.
No
50.
classification or
rock in borrow pits unless specific written instructions are given to the
contrary,
it
borrowed material
shall be classified
all
Tunnel Excavation.
Grade and Cross-Section.
Line,
Tunnels
51.
tions
shall be
shown upon
may
be
directed.
Bottom
of Rock Tunnels.
The material from rock
52.
(
inches below
subgrade and
refilled
to
material.
Blasting.
53.
the roof
and
sides.
section shall be
all
damage
Excess Excavation.
54.
Excavation
in
be paid for.
Price to Include.
55.
The
removal of
all
It shall
as directed.
It shall also
include whatever
materials and labor are required for temporary props, supports and scaf-
ROADWAY.
31
oil
all
expense of
or gas.
Niches or Recesses.
Niches or recesses for the protection and convenience of the
56.
way
rail-
Shafts.
The location, number and dimensions of all shafts shall be deterThe excavation price for them shall cover all materials contained
57.
mined.
within the specified cross-section between the surface of the ground and
material and labor for curbing and support of the sides of the shafts
as
may
from water,
oil
pumping and
all
hoisting
machinery.
Wells or Sumps.
58.
drainage shall be
made
for at the
its
permanent
same
rate
per
The
contractor
shall,
without loss or
liability
to the
Company,
all
The
contract price per cubic yard for tunnel and shaft excava-
construct
Haul.
60.
There
shall be
no allowance
Clauses Specially Applicable to Revision of Existing Line or Widening FOR Additional Track.
The
pany.
He
work
manner with
movement or
shall first be
the
Company
Whenever
li
the
work
is
liable
menced or prosecuted,
Com-
it
shall not be
com-
work
at the
expense of the
ROADWAY.
32
Heavy
62.
main
tracks,
along or
work
precautions as
shall be
it
may deem
and
63.
How
The
interfere with
move
the
Company's tracks or
Whenever
advisable to insure
his estimate.
When
way
When-
it
any
in
it
becomes
shall be
done by
The
But whenever
it
is
shown upon
to the
the
shall
Plowing Slopes.
65.
feet in
Wherever
the existing
height or over
embankment
thoroughly to
shall be
is
embankment of
(....)
new
material
it.
Crossings.
66.
Wherever
it
is
transported across the existing track or tracks, the location of the crossings
must be approved.
The
The
the places
his estimate.
It is distinctly
his operations.
liability
and pay-
ROADWAY.
33
Safety Signals.
The
68.
and operation of
all
signals
observance shall be
strictly
all
obeyed by him.
General Conditions.
Temporary Fences.
Previous to or dufing the work of grading, the contractor,
69.
directed, shall
trespass
Crossings,
Damage
The
70.
condition
in
if
order to prevent
to adjoining property.
to Property.
own
commodious passing
expense,
in
good
men
in his
fires
or in other ways.
Company
that the
is
shall
The
intention of
claims or losses incurred during the construction of the line due to the
Changes
of
Alinement or Gradients.
The
71.
well as ditches
part, as
deemed necessary,
work.
nor
shall
in
whole or
commencement of
in
the
made
or allowed on
Snow and
12.
Ice.
Before beginning and during the progress of the work, the con-
tractor shall
own
remove
all
snow and
ice
at his
expense.
stakes.
expense.
The
Stakes.
contractor
shall
carefully
In case of neglect to do
so,
preserve
all
ROADWAY.
34
Roads.
74.
Wherever
passage on horseback and foot along the whole or any portion of the work
under contract.
Temporary Roads,
75.
No
Trestles, etc.
make
to facilitate the
may
he
trestles that
work.
own
is
the contractor
finally accepted,
away from
expense, clear
the
Company's property
as
shall,
well as
public
at his
from
ditches,
all
Extra Work.
n.
The
work
shall
work
in writing.
Such^
written directions shall in every case contain the rates and methods of pay-
and
The
causes.
The
may
Company
damage
Defined.
to
make no
claim there-
Wherever
designates
for which
79.
from
risks
to stock, tools
the Railway
all
the
word "Company"
is
it
Company.
the
Contractor Defined.
80.
to
drawings.
Work
81.
in
Charge
of.
it
is
Company
in
may
Wherever
decision, approval,
etc.,
may
Company,
ROADWAY.
The
mean
35
meaning of these
specifications.
The
82.
tinctly
specifications
dis-
Company and
the Contractor.
following matter,
the
too
are avoided,
specifications
detailed
it
competent Engineer
possible results at
are
investigation, by
made
the nature of
are not in
Many
tant equipment.
in design,
some
this
impor-
many
product.
which any
the
affecting
standardization
or
cost
of
their
recommended, would be
to those here
cases.
While
it
is
recommended
to
a vast
improvement
in
should be taken to select that of the best-known and most reliable makers
manufacture
It
is
also advantageous
every detail of
in
all
for the
maker
to control the
all
access
to
all
parts
of
the
manufacturers'
etc.
Care
in the selection,
These are
in their
in
selecting
all
material
fit
of these
order
(3)
The prompt
parts
when
delivery of
received,
Adopted, Vol.
18.
is
repair parts
of utmost importance.
1917,
pp.
626,
510.
This
may
be best judged
ROADWAY.
36
by the general reputation of the different makes upon the market, and the
all
breakage
This
be avoided.
will
may
is
wreck
his machine.
All parts, as far as possible, should be free and not interfere with
sirable.
The
boilers should
load,
full
with an
especially so
easily
but
the
pressure
regulation
when moving.
under
to operate continuously
should be such
as
eliminate
to
Where
lugs or braces are riveted to the boiler, or where pipe connections are
far as possible,
and bronze
bushings
split
Steam Shovels.
to
generalities impossible.
in
or so very special as to
regard to
its
in
a general
way
make
in
itself
in respect to the
Cer-
this equipment.
Size.
The
acter
the
size of shovel
commonest
The following
conditions.
local
In general,
railway work.
For
light
grading, up to 25,000 cu. yd. per mile, where a shovel can be used economically, a light
revolving shovel
is
to be desired.
is
a good size.
is
well suited.
For 25,000
For 40,000
may run up
is
if
the ground
is
fit
to
ROADWAY.
?n
Special Specification.
Although
it
is
of the increase in cost resulting from such changes, and the liability of
delays and other troubles connected with repairs, yet there are certain
special features that are very often
demand by
all
members of
the
such
tion
Also, as
all
reputable
manufacturers.
The following
list
As far as practical,
made of commercial
(1)
all
parts
now made
of cast-iron should be
made of manganese
(2)
"A" frame
made'
of
manganese
steel or a
collar.
Dipper breast, lip, teeth bases, teeth, hinges and latch catch.
"A" frame should halve bronze bushing.
Swinging circle should have bronze bushing.
All bearings should have bronze bushings instead of babbitt,
split bushings to be used where possible.
All sheaves for either chain or cable to be of steel and interchangeable, with bronze of metalline bushings. Rope sheaves
should have turned grooves.
All gears, except the shipping shaft pinion, to be of steel with cut
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
teeth.
(8)
(9)
Both
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
as in freight car.
who
are
Delays.
The
Too
work
is
in the
removal of
securing proper and ample equipment in the matter of cars and locomotives,
and
in
ROADWAY.
38
The economic
and disposal.
everything
else,
Too
to replace a loaded
this
point.
and foresight
a thoroughly-equipped plant.
As
cars
two 10-hour
Where
are
the service
is
severe,
two 10-hour
small turbo-generator
set
is
is
For
desirable.
this
recommended.
shifts are
if
work
the
always an impor-
is
more economical,
When, however,
this
work
is
set,
and over-
An
old
locomotive
shovel, especially
tender
is
irregularity in
coal
The
He
room and
He
moving
all
must
gang
is
to
He must
have a
his
light
load on
always due
flues,
continually inspect
to care-
make renewals
He
track.
all
parts liable to
in
wear or extraor-
He must
Heavy breakage
shovel.
washed out
due
parts
pit
is
to
especially
hoisting chains
in
in
such
The
in
an over-powered
a
case
almost
is
mechanical- delays
shovel runners
difficult
tions.
if
With average
Hoistin'g cables.
Hoisting chains.
Swinging
cable.
runners, the
in
This, of
course,
the Maintenance of
commonest
often
is
Way
opera-
ROADWAY.
39
"U"
block).
Shipper shaft.
Crankshaft on boom engine.
Eccentric straps.
Bearings.
Arm
Rack
jacks.
bolts.
In the above
undoubtedly due
worn
list
bail.
common
of most
repairs
of the trouble
is
removing
in
shovel
when unusual
runner
is
strains
arise
in
heavy digging.
much
to lack of
many
repairs that
may
be
made by
may
Where
Where
the
work
be very small.
good
a
is
near
There are
stock.
is
built
as
swinging cable.
1
1
set teeth.
tooth base.
The following
ment
is
list
of tools
may
1
Bar, claw.
6 Bars, lining.
1 Bar, slice, fire,
5-ft.
is
generally recommended.
The
assort-
ROADWAY.
40
Cutter, pipe.
gage
Cutter,
Gage, track.
2
6
1
glass.
Hacksaw, adjustable,
8-in. to
12-in.
Lantern, hand.
Oilers, long spout,
"2
3 Padlocks.
3 Picks, clay.
Pot, tallow.
1
1
Rake,
Ratchet,
fire, 5-ft.
drill.
Screwdriver, 12-in.
air
tunnel and
main object
Its
The main
operation
is
is
liable to
shovel.
is
on a steam shovel
sometimes found
is
work on account
to eliminate
is difficult
difference
between
is
in
very
common on
mining.
It
Where
air
his
is
not
in
confined
and expensive.
air
is
that
damage
is
machine, especially
used the boiler
is
in the
it
air
he
case of an over-powered
ordinarily used as a
receiver.
ROADWAY.
Where
this
a reheater
freeze,
used for
heater
omy,
is
this purpose,
is
As
used.
cleaning the
in
The
sometimes necessary.
boiler
is
is
inclined
sometimes
Coke
preferred.
is
41
is
the
common
fuel.
is
necessary.
Electric Shovels.
Electricity
is
not
in
but this
It
is
sometimes applied
common
action
to
almost
The
an ordinary operator.
power consumption
au}?^
The
standard shovel.
how
The commonest
is
lights
circuit.
the contract
application
is
good
all
If
in its effect
is
purchased,
in this respect.
is
satisfaction.
and
power
worded
seems
power,
is
at least difficult to
on
shovels as an operating
to
Of
and
in this case
com-
On
may
whole, electric
the
general
even
discussion,
be
still
said
to
be
recommendation.
definite
is
the
shovels
among
in
the
are
the
so
experimental
When, however,
is
used
electrical
and investigation
little
the
stage
electric
its
to
power
or
is
cheap,
advised.
Electro-Hydraulic Shovels.
Electricity
This
tion.
is
may
especially possible
This has been successfully done and the most desirable results obtained.
By
this
power
at
uniform.
all
No
speeds, and
the electric
is
power curve
obtained, with
will
full
be gratifyingly
however, so that
its
Gasoline Shovels.
Gasoline motors are sometimes used to drive shovels, especially
light revolving types, such as ditchers.
The general
in
the
application, however,
ROADWAY.
42
when occasion
like electrification,
The most
arises.
would be
logical application
in arid
is
Tunnel Mucker.
One
type of
is
small
to
and the
feet,
equally restricted.
is
drilling rock
the
is
Here the
and headings.
tunnels
lateral clearance
entirely dependent
The
encountered.
is
shovel that casts directly back onto a conveyor, which in turn elevates
down and
delay.
It
all
Locomotive Cranes
Stability
One
Industrial.
motive Cranes arises from the absence of any standard rating for
At
stability.
lutely nothing.
As
'*1
size
and
means abso-
make
often
has greater stability under equal loads and radii than a 20-ton crane of
another.
It
is,
recommended
therefore,
American Railway
what he
the
is
Engineering
Association
any
it
will lift,
at a
With
of the gage
line
exactly
this in view,
shall
12-ft.
inside
knows
he
recommended
is
rating,
of
the
remaining not
track,
rail
when
the
less
shall also
remain
use.
Further-
the gage line of the track, with the crane turned in any direction,
the
boom
is
raised
to
its
full,
and neither
when
from the
clamps nor
rail
outriggers in use."
Thus
conditions
15-ton crane
just
described,
is
and
one that
which
will
will
raise
equally
30,000
lb.
retain
under the
its
stability
ROADWAY.
It is also
43
about the
counterbalance
or
rotation
should be
ballast
possible,
of
center
possible,
as
the
much
damage
in
frame
lower
This
possible.
case,
main
the
e.,
i.
non-rotating
the
in
often
is
which
overturning,
is
now
the
Special Features.
Besides the above matters of rating and stability, there are certain
features that are very important in crane design and construction.
following
should
be
borne
mind when
in
crane
selecting
for
The
any
service
On
(1)
4-wheel
most
except
all,
M.C.B.
trucks
yard
restricted
most
are
strongly
and shop
services,
two
The wheel
recommended.
base should be as long as possible, and the trucks of very heavy pattern,
to
withstand
concentrated
the
on
load
side
mechanism should
M.C.B.
lifts.
also be
automatic
furnished.
Stand-
Air and
The
(2)
in
perfect
track
best propelling
mesh under
all
mechanism
is
circumstances,
e.,
for
train
haul.
The
(v3)
large
rotating
gear
ring
best quality steel with cut teeth; forged steel without welds
The
slip-ring design
is
recommended.
It
should
be
provided,
either
is
in
is
the
preferred.
must be remembered
that the
rollers
or
trunnions,
especially
(4)
That
is,
may
steel,
the
where
Drums
same
size,
and with
possible.
should be interchangeable, as
far
as
possible.
ROADWAY.
44
Drums and
(7)
sheaves
should be large.
(8)
(9)
iron frames
webbed and
erly
steel,
where
economy
cast-
Where
filleted.
steel
weight.
in
All
(10)
Where
practical.
ever, care
to
steel,
should be of
sheaves
steel,
inter-
changeable,
(11)
(12)
No
(13)
The
When
(14)
swipe
the
possible
is
crane
operates
from a passing
on
train,
parallel
where a
tracks,
side
All
(15)
gears
have
should
safety
guards.
(16)
(17)
nels,
turned
etc.,
in
and abuse.
Special Application.
A
in
combination
may
spoil
work
be
with
dumped
at a high
shovel
in
deep,
The steam
at the side.
narrow
in
excavation,
cuts,
dumped by
This eliminates
all
is
where the
be picked up and
above.
steam
would
tion
It
a locomotive crane.
When
this
is
may be used on
boom is usually
The heavier
service.
of
crane
are
best
adapted
for
this
service,
but
even
then
the
smaller sizes of drag bucket are recommended, and great care must be
exercised by the operator not to put undue strain upon the frame and
machinery.
ROADWAY.
45
Operator.
As
in a
and breakdowns.
If careless,
wreck
even
crane,
his
under the
is
reckless or incompetent, he
may
upset or
operating conditions.
best
Absolute
fundamental
the
requirements
for
successful
operator.
Drag-Line Excavators.
The
drag-line excavator
is
successful,
digging,
the steam
although
shovel
is
is
not suited.
is
In this
classes of
has been
it
all
light
is
Where,
directly
very
field.
much water
its
is
in
the
into
unstable bottom to contend with in the Cut, the drag line finds
useful
heavy
in
or
most
is
in
encountered.
advised
is
it
the
details,
recommendations
for
features,
larger.
The
propelling
The
rotating
The
is
circle
very
lococlearly
in
much
is
varied
and
varied and the success of their application depends largely on the nature
of
their
use.
In general,
large
amount of manganese
steel
should
will
is
work.
as
experience,
still
cost
of
excavators
will
be
in all classes of
definite
drag-line
maintenance
ROADWAY.
46
Methods
of
Locomotives.
The
depend
On
engines
are
provided
in
well
so
pit
six-wheeled
four- or
shovel.
usually
the
haul
the
If
should be used
type
ample
an
if
not
is
fair,
is
on
construction
wiierc
Where road
used,
Where
there
is
On
least
at
near
the
heavier locomotives
tracks
the
are
are
track
preferable,
is
tail
required.
transportation.
in
general,
length
the
trains,
apt to be bad
is
of
much shunting
too
saddle-ta'nk
is
weight
especially
suited,
that
construction,
In
work must
it
is
to
he
is
inclined
a locomotive the
frame breakage.
brakes and the location of the center of gravity with reference to the
Some makes
wheel base.
lifted
clear
off
the
track,
with
strap
used,
with
not damage.
if
Track.
The
connections.
Bridles
wedge
grips.
J^-inch
notched
by
trucks, supported
tie
steel
of
6-ft.
by 2-inch iron
sections,
should
be
rail
with wedged
grips.
tie
of
made up
Nothing
check.
and heavier
rail
than 60-lb.
less
rail
No
spikes arc
used.
On
the
muck
to the ties.
drive
rails
on their
sides,
breast,
laid
Where no
are
capsized
right
driven
rails.
side up'
track
is
As
is
at a
rails
possible
spiked down.
tail
rail
the breast
is
When
and
half-length
spiked"^ lightly
in
is
thus
position
When
web
driven
and the
out,
balls
of the
is
turned
it
other half-length
ROADWAY.
47
rail
spiked
down
in
their place.
Cars.
Two-way side-dump
The
best
are
sizes
M.C.B.
standard
dumping when
air
strong and
Where
and steel-plated
steel angles,
within
When
self-righting
excavation.
earth
possible
yds.
in
30 cu.
trucks
dumps
loaded,
easily-operated
even
double
When
air brakes.
12
reasonable limits
of
as
and re-righting
height
steep
as
ability.
all
In the
case of four-wheeled cars, the wheel base should be long and the trucks
articulated,
if
possible,
avoid derailment.
to
All
cars
should be very
with spring
journals or drop axles, and where they are for heading use, the overheight should not exceed 4
all
built,
ances.
are
ft.
in.
They should
End-dump
usually
cars
preferred.
may
for
use
When
be very massively
steel linings
and close
clear-
such
cars
are
altered
for
steam-shovel
serious
expense.
gondola
may
When
available.
The following
the
dump.
flat
cars
for steam-shovel
(1)
The
(2)
Brake-wheels should be
(3)
and as
be used on steam-shovel
such
the case,
is
to be
cars
cars.
is
purposes, are
car
plowed
work
aprons
work:
off,
is
steel
in
for
the
purpose.
in case material
ROADWAY.
48
Four
far apart.
ends,
good
is
should
Stakes
(4)
feet
practice.
strong enough
be
prevent
to
accident
or
the
The
(5)
floors of
good
repair.
drum
recommended.
is
by the locomotive.
When
is
1^-inch cable
in.
able
develop
to
diameter of
drum
sixty
4^^
ft.,
be made.
Steam supplied
placed on a spe-
light; side
by 12
to
or
cially-built
in.
plow
is
recommended when
fills
the raise
or widening
the bank.
its
stakes.
The
be
and massive.
strong
length
so as to
make
the
If
of
slope
the
is
vertical
mold-board
the
mold-board
is
should
less
breakage
be
sufficient
The
use.
The
longer the plow and flatter the angle of thrust, the better satisfaction
will
48
The
be gained.
in.
on a center plow, or 54
are usually
The
more
desirable.
in.
size of
is
most
useful.
For
this type
Form
of spreader, 2 arms.
ft.
above
width 10
ROADWAY.
49
Vertical Limits.
impossible to establish set rules regarding the point where
It is
The
trains.
ter
Some
of cost.
is
lift-
is
it
and materials,
is
it
delays
the
and
materials.
from 6
to 10
ft.
fill,
progresses, up
commonest
are the
that each
case be treated
set
as
an
in-
this
It
recommended
The
dividual problem.
exists,
the average,
fill
limits.
ing
On
or more.
ft.
it is
of trestling,
traffic
where such
including labor
and
can be formed very cheaply, while in other places this requires either an
auxiliary
fill
or trestle.
is
may
side-dumping cars
Of
fills
important.
Where
the haul
is
traffic is
less
work
not to pass,
required.
fill
materials, labor,
Each
is
the
man
own
section
and the
local conditions
trestling
and decide
traffic.
Blank Forms.
Five blank forms are recommended for reporting steam-shovel operations, as described further on.
No forms
so various
No
are
operations, as this
is
is
impossible.
are very
uncommon on
reported
ROADWAY.
so
Of
the
Dump
information
The
in progress.
is
it
shown as required
work
I.
made
2,
done
is
They
at
and
I.
the
if
a contract job.
is
it
if
mainly while
two,
first
Foremen,
provides
top,
space
for
repair
parts,
should act
The back
nature of a diary.
in the
devoted to a tabulation
is
Everything on
size of the
form
is
designed,
when bound
etc.,
in
fit
comfortably
The
may
The
a book, to
stiff
board
These forms
immediate charge
in
is
of the piece of work, and should also be accessible to the Master Mechanic
or person in charge of the job plant as well.
When
forms
of
the job,
units
I.
and
the
2 have
I.
This
is
form
I.
based on
to be approved, signed
and forwarded
district.
include
been received
clerk compiles
distribution
and
At
the
forwarded, as described in
of the
the
I.
the
report
contained in
previous
Form
I.
This
is
made
should be
out
and
I.
forms,
in
form
that
so
each
it.
4.
I.
forms and
is
it is
up
in
interlocks
different
with
When form
I.
the
is
official
one preceding
completed,
it
is
the
all
shown
I.
from
tion
3.
3 reports.
I.
When
piles
I.
out.
ROADWAY.
At
same form,
and takes
I.
crossing
4,
out
made up from
is
the
I.
3,
In
Forms
the daily
at
and
I.
average yardage
I.
to
as
work done
increasing
is
The
costs
I.
are
glance
the
the
This form
place.
its
51
or
4 and
I.
I.
4 forms.
given
may
beside
be seen
decreasing,
and
summaries
partial individual
also
superficially
The
they are in
elaborate,
work
treated
is
in
properly
detail
are
those most vitally required for successful and economical job operation
to give the
to the parties
it.
These
to
suit.
3,
4 and
I.
I.
and
forms
are
company.
designed
on
use
for
not
No
desired, they
number of
officials,
Where
I.
telegraphic
illustrated
is
two-shift
so
brief
work.
be readily altered
report
must necessarily be so
over
may
If
such are
their preparation
is
certain
may
report, details
all
costs
show increases
to
different
may
pieces
be secured
that
in
of
the
In the
make up
the
same manner.
should have
cost
The
of
individual
supplies,
etc.,
On
contract
man
etc.,
the
same way,
equipment,
who
for in
work he
if
such
work should be
men under
(Note.
trying circumstances.
The
of Vol. 18,
1917.)
ROADWAY.
52
AND SUBSIDENCE.
''SHRINKAGE
General.
fill,
it
height
of
that
fill
settles
much
side;
e.,
i.
when
available
for
is
made,
it
is
being
possible,
the
raising
add
to
the
settlement
the
if
to
con-
in the
in
be conveniently
will
it
The allowance
required.
as
known
well
made
where
deposited
track,
is
or no allowance should be
little
material,
fill
easier
is
it
in
made
(1)
width
in
should be from about 5 per cent, to 20 per cent, of the height of the
fill,
The
(2)
material
non-disintegrating rock,
which
clay.s,
give
the
for
or
gravel,
and
must be used
The
(3)
is
in
making a
When
fill
is
pact the
however,
of making the
tracks
the
thin
in
the
fill
swelling
and
compactibility
in
Where
frozen ma-
made by teams
fill
certain
This
is
is
fill
especially so
fill
where
to
encountered.
is
The method
(4)
both
usually small.
is
fill,
sidered.
from sound,
shrinkage
least,
material
unstable material
in
is
it
this is to be
which
shrinkage
greatest
varies
fill
used
in the
traffic,
the
vertical
When
layers
as
made by
it
is
trestle
Allowance
is
true.
Where,
other
apt to be considerable.
for in Estimating.
Shrinkage.
(1)
earth removed
from excavation
\\dopted, Vol.
8,
to
in
excavation, on
embankment.
1907, pp. 307, 308, 349, 350; Vol. 22, 1921, pp. 706, 1051.
ROADWAY.
(2)
in
53
of handling.
Subsidence.
(3)
Some
ground except
under
subsidence occurs
rock.
It
centage of subsidence
is
in
embankments
all
very light
is
on any
built
The
in
fills
per-
than under
large ones.
(4)
Subsidence
is
Subsidence
Serious subsidence
is
local
is
and
swamps,
in
marshes
standing water.
it
is
man should be
The
in responsible
simplest
organization
is
work; the
latter
One
preferable.
of Engi-
staff
of the men, material and means necessary for their respective sections.
(2)
tions
lightest curvature
will
warrant
should be established.
(3)
The
work
of construction.
(4)
roadway drainage
(5)
The grades of
railways
and
first
considera-
be
separated
in excavation.
highways
should
wherever practicable.
(6)
the substitution of
permanent structures.
(7) Light,
plant.
work and
traffic
conditions warrant.
(9)
Adopted. Vol.
9,
work.
1908, pp. 608, 609, 642-648; Vol. 16. 1915. pp. 572. 1081.
ROADWAY.
54
ELEVATION WORK.
'"TRACK
(1) Organization.
of
the
The following
work should
officers
report to
him
in
charge of the
in
The Engineers
having charge of the contract work and giving lines and grades; the
Roadmaster
in
in
An
and switching.
of the operation of
hand,
traffic
may sometimes
be
required.
If
the
proportions
of
the
in
work
from
all
(2)
As
(3)
far
as
practicable,
all
earth
own
its
forces
all
trains.
machinery.
low
(4)
The
first
cost, ease
(5)
material
best
for
use in
filling
is
that
which combines
Bridgework,
railway
and
is
moved by
"WATERWAYS.
The following
way
the information
re-
2.
3.
4.
Direction of current.
"Adopted, Vol.
"Adopted, Vol.
1915, pp. 572,
etc.
1908, pp. 591, 631-642; Vol. 16, 1915, pp. 572, 1081.
Part 2, 1909, pp. 920, 921, 967-1022, 1097-1099; Vol.
1081; Vol. 21, 1920, pp. S18, 1427.
9,
10,
16,
ROADWAY.
55
/fon
f/ve Jt/per-e/e^,f//on
ct/ryf
mgx/mv/n jptn/o/'/retm.
Oav f/ei/s/ion of
of ^r/ifff.
~/frf-ji/r^ey.
/o(ff/on fyc/ii/ryge
ofeach
"c^-'
buMeddifnc/ben/ orix/(Mf//of
x
Sofmenfj dndcin/re ///je of/ifirj.-^
^6/ue efefii/mofA/fi^
(fl^frt/yfd/xffow
HffMr
ofer/j/mf jfrt/c/ure.
/mpor/<//!f
focjf/a/J
rfMvf
'
fif
f\/dmf
Fig.
1.
ne^rfsf Jf<ff/or),
ROADWAY.
56
slow,
Character of current
5.
rapid,
miles
per
Does flow
hour.
change suddenly?
Elevation.
6.
(a)
(b)
(c)
Low
water mark.
Drainage area.
7.
8.
9.
If
probable
on curve, give
maximum
full
speed of trains.
10.
11.
12.
tour lines
for
scale.
sufficient
distance
enable
to
proper
line,
con-
of
wing
design
walls, etc.
"SLIDES.
(1)
Each
(2)
The
slide should be
considered as a problem by
is
recommended; but
and
special cases.
(4)
fore
it
(5)
their use
is
The
may be compacted
The
be-
slide.
(6)
or pre-
are not
in
The removal
itself.
will
lie
in
pools.
The
surface
or sodded.
is
The removal of
the material
is
is
slide in excavation.
slide
16,
1099-1104;
Vol.
11
ROADWAY.
57
"WASHOUTS.
The ends
(1)
work when
necessary.
(2)
if possible,
The
track on
ballasted
slope
of the
away
riprap or other
the
(1)
oflP
the roadbed
if possible.
iCjJrl
in
cuts through
all
classes
of materials.
(5)
Intercepfing Difa/>
3/c/e.
D/fch
PoroiAS Aflaferia^
f/pe
Dram
Pipe Drain
Fig.
2.
"TUNNELS.
(1)
single
"Adopted, Vol.
1915, pp.
572,
573.
Part
2,
1909,
pp.
921.
1023-1093,
1099-1104;
Vol.
16.
1081.
"Adopted, Vol.
1915. pp.
10.
the
to
10.
Part
2,
1081
"Adopted, Vol.
11,
Part
2,
1910,
pp.
1065-1097;
Vol.
12,
Part
3,
1911;
ROADWAY.
58
following diagrams
6 inches)
all
cases to be assumed as
>
/ff'o-f
^-
f^
75? CO/Vro>PAr
TV
^1
^/^//.M'^r sr/7/yo/r^a.
-7-'a'
A^
6
Ope/}1/7fJ
Fig. 3.
(2)
The dimensions of
be increased and the track placed off the center of tunnel sufficiently
to give substantially the clearance given above.
(3)
channel
midway between
the tracks.
where
(5)
brick
permanent tunnel
in
Portland
lining, except
it sets.
cement mortar
for
width
of
five
feet
on
"TUNNEL CONSTRUCTION.
(1) Railway tunnels, as ordinarily constructed, are
built
first,
more economically
but such
method
be driven.
(3)
It
is
permits the safe operation of the same; and where the material does
"Adopted. Vol.
15,
ROADWAY.
59
not require support there are advantages in low cost and quick removal
of the bench in driving the heading at the subgrade line.
SINGLE-TRACK SECTION.
m
Heading
in
driven by a
material
"V"
cut,
The
the end.
the second
cording to the
Bench
way
of the bench.
holes
Fig.
4.
Method
of
last.
Tunnel Construction
in
Seams.
(4)
Where
is
be excavated at the samfe time, the heading being kept about 50 feet
in
Where
is
not self-
ROADWAY.
00
supporting and timbering
removed
is
to be resorted to,
ribs
(or centering)
SINGLE-TRACK SECTION.
ft
H^lMfieif
a
Heading
driven by a
in
"hammer
is
usually
from 14 to 20
The bottom row of holes
cut," using
bottom row
is
shot
first
The
in
last.
Fig.
S.
Method
of
Tunnel Construction
in
WITH Seams.
(5)
of a tunnel, so as to put a
summit
in the tunnel,
same
ROADWAY.
(6) Figs.
4,
61
is
in
of value.
SINGLE-TRACK SECTION.
TOPHCflDiNG BY SiDtDRirriNS roK iVALL PlATCS
-r>
Y-
This method
is
only used
when
material
is
so
iLiJ
from 3
in.
Fig. 6.
Method
of
Tunnel Construction
in Soft
ROADWAY.
62
"TUNNEL VENTILATION.
(1)
The most
practicable, effective
steam-power
and economical
artificial
ventila-
be obtained by blowing
traffic is to
a current of air into one end of the tunnel for the purpose of removing,
As
opposite end.
way
of procuring ventilation
To blow
and with
is
moving
sufficient velocity to
To blow
bustion gases
to
and volume
sufficient to
dilute the
minimum
filled
2.
The
is
manure
shall be placed
down
not fertile
dressing of
WITH BERMUDA
If
all
GRASS.
depressions
good loam
is
not available, a
manure
in.
as have
The surface of
zontal trenches
the slope to be sodded shall be laid out in shallow hori12 inches apart
The Bermuda
sod shall be separated into tufts or small pieces not more than 4 inches
square and applied in trenches at intervals of 6 inches to a foot apart,
according to quality of sod and character of
place only
soil,
The
33^, 1034.
1915, pp. 594, 1083.
new sod on
shall not
the slope
extend above
ROADWAY.
the surface of the slope, and
to
the season
if
63
advanced so that
is
it
is liable
just
Icjose
and
soil
Sod
3.
laid
practicable after laying and no sod shall be left over night not laid with-
out water.
necessary.
On
strips 3 to 4 inches
wide and 3
feet long
and
when
narrow
bank
with small stakes 8 inches to a foot long, stakes being placed every foot
rich
to a
soil,
filled
All sod
must contain
sufficient
moisture to maintain
vital-
its
during transportation.
Sod
4.
feet or
eight-
een inches to two feet wide and not less than two and one-half inches
thick, large pieces of
Sod
work
daily,
not be accepted.
will
shall
is
to
heated
Sod
5.
measured
in place,
and
of
same.
Transportation
stakes where
done
after
in a
is
sod,
men and
material
The
and handling
to
include
work
shall be
also
entire
growth
6.
it
of
in place.
Objectionable grasses
to time to prevent
and weeds
shall
be
shading the grasses until such time that the sod has
taken hold or the creeping stems have covered the entire slope.
7.
Where
shall
a blind
drain
of
ROADWAY.
64
(1)
many
existed for
since construction.
They have
(2)
more
(3)
traffic.
roadbed and formed a trough under the track, the sub-ballast and
into the
roadbed being pushed out laterally and sometimes raised, forming walls,
to
in
Water pockets
(4)
exist in
Water pockets
(5)
more generally
fills
where
exist in localities
soil
(6)
in
particular effect
have considerable
(7)
Where
(a)
more or
in
material,
either
or
cuts
after
the
ballast, as follows:
is
fills,
composed
of
to
all
with
roadbed,
clayey
less
sub-grade,
rolled
many
in
tion of
ballast does
effect.
road
roller
weighing
about
ten
crown or
either sufficient
tons,
to
uniformly
and brought up
to
and then
in.
rerolled.
porous material, and then the trench backfilled with the same
material as removed
if at all
traffic
as
the
sub-grade
at
it
may
be necessary to cut
frequent
will
to
afford
several
inches
intervals
settle
20,
1919. pP.
41G.
ROADWAY.
65
proper.
roadbed.
Sufficient
(c)
distribution
^d)
Construction
into
trains
roadbed and
the
should not be
run,
possible
if
avoid,
to
ballast.
ties
on develop into
later
water pockets.
should be covered
pipes
All
(e)
inches
12
same material
removed,
as
if
at
all
the
or
engine cinders.
roadbeds
All
(f)
should
have
crown
sufficient
made
surface should be
In
(g)
Any
alongside
existing
the
through the
drainage
a smooth
tracks
on same
existing
If
This
ballast.
change
in
particu-
is
existing gradient
to be
(8)
drainage.
may
This
new
so as to provide an out-
level
this
make
let
condition
new roadbed
buliding
this
in
backfilling necessary tQ
properly
drain
to
is
level.
to provide proper
several
ways, as follows
In
(a)
sewer
pipe,
cuts,
laid
They should be
the
be
made
12 inches
laid
means of
ditch
at
or
sub-soil
between
drains
tracks
of
vitrified
line.
Lateral
drains
of
pipes
or
and
bell
uncemented
with
sub-grade
may
by
in
joints.
movement of
They- should be
of cinder or
stone
if
at all
In cuts
where material
the
ditch
drainage.
line
or
is
may
between tracks,
and of
sufficient
depth
to
take
the
ROADWAY.
66
(c)
bridge timbers
may
is
and
more
On
(d)
filled
(e)
firm.
fills,
These
ties.
soft to
bj^
lateral
be
excavated
ditcll^s
many
the
cases
material
will
have
to
and
a bed of old timber, cinder or other material spread over the surface to
into
clean material.
""DRAINAGE OF
(1)
stations
Surface water
should be carried
off
roadbed
into
drains
as
quickly as possible.
(3)
Items influencing
mode
of procedure are:
(4)
much
number of
tracks,
amount^ of
etc.
where
as possible,
first
by open ditches as
work of employees
Where
the sub-grade
it,
is
it
will
absorb water
surface of which should not be allowed to become- foul, but kept open
so that water will penetrate the sub-grade through the cinder.
Where
it
the
away
Tracks
in
tracks adjacent to main lines will be about two inches below them and
down
to suit the
where necessary.
(8)
If the sub-soil
=Adopted, Vol.
19,
is
1918, pp.
407,
it
retains water
and be-
1181.
ROADWAY.
comes saturated therewith, place
67
and
bell
vitrified
drains with open joints betweai tracks, using special care to put them
If sub-soil
(9)
get below
to
the
movement
of the soil;
these pipes
is
silty
At
(10)
from
oflf
it
between tracks a
be laid
movement of
filled
may
up
fill
and
the
These drains
soil.
depth
sufficient
end
vitrified pipe
be below
to
to be connected
frost
and
by means of side
="GRADE SEPARATION.
Whenever grade separation through densely
(1)
should be
volume of
traffic
built-up
on each thoroughfare
kept,
(2)
district,
thorough-
becomes imperative,
may
from a cost
to be eliminated in
an industrial
things being equal, the method used should not disturb the tracks.
(3)
trict,
If
other
things
being
equal,
the
most
efficient
industrial dis-
method
is
by track
elevation.
(4)
In a residential district,
if
is
inches
=*i
Where
the
under
Adopted, Vol.
^'^Adopted, Vol.
the
the
adopted
standard
track
is
greater than
ROADWAY.
08
to
depth of ballast.
berm
If
the
sum obtained
Rock
cuts of forty
number of
(40)
ft.
for
in
the increased
the standard
sum
is
to be increased
feet.
height or
(3)
The
advisable
embankments of
fifty
width
(50)
newly-constructed
for
ft.
roadbed
or
made
in height)
on
the
high
trestle
cent.,
shoulder.
More
grade
in
cuts.
(2)
If long
see that,
where
practicable,
good wide,
When
tiling,
as
it
is
is
kept drained
^Adopted,
Vol.
22,
1921,
pp.
716,
1061.
away from,
over,
in,
around
COMMITTEE
II.
BALLAST.
^DEFINITIONS.
General.
Ballast.
Selected
material placed on
Sub-Ballast.
Any
line
in
the
and surface.
is
spread on
top-ballast, to
dis-
Top-Ballast.
Any
ballast to support the track structure, distribute the load to the subballast,
Foul-Ballast.
Ballast
initial
which has
drainage.
through the
filling
up
Dust.
Fine
will pass
Shoulder.
That
tie
and
two adjacent
the
tie
ties.
grade.
Kinds.
Chats.
Tailings
from
mills
in
which
zinc,
lead,
silver,
An impure
Cinders. The residue
Chert.
flint
in
naces.
Clay (Burnt).
clay or
into material
for ballast.
Granite (Disintegrated).
on removal from
ticles
its
^Adopted, Vol. 5, 1904, pp. 486, 495, 498-501; Vol. 6, 1905, pp. 736, 745; Vol. 7,
1906, pp. 83, 84, 88, 100; Vol. 10, Part 1, 1909, pp. 678, 721-727; Vol. 16. 1915,
pp. 1005, 1159; Vol. 21, 1920, pp. 426, 1391; Vol. 22, 1921, pp. 78, 957.
69
BALLAST.
70
Gra?vel.
Pit Run.
(a)
Worn
in nat-
ural deposits.
Screen.
(b)
Worn
fragments
of
rock,
occurring
in
natural
de-
Washed.
(c)
and the
determined.
Gumbo.
A. term
relative
'
commonly used
ing no sand.
Sand.
Any
The
waste product,
in
more or
less vitrified
form, of furnaces,
Stone.
Stone
fied
broken by
artificial
mc^ns
into small
fragments of speci-
sizes.
^CHOICE OF BALLAST.
Natural ballast materials vary greatly
in quality,
may
Financial considerations
may
be only
Crushed stone
control,
it
is
is
practicable to
make
the product
it
is
conform
to specifications.
available,
results,
it
should receive
especially
when
sets
Stone
(a)
Trap
(b)
Limestone.
Sandstone.
(c)
^(2)
rock.
Washed Gravel
'Adopted, Vol.
5, 1904, pp. 494, 495, 513. 514; Vol. 6, 1905, pp. 736. 737; VoJ.
1915. pp. 1006, 1159: Vol. 22. 1921, pp. 79, 957.
13, 1912, pp. 95. 949; Vol. 16, 1916, pp. 1007, 1172; Vol. 22.
1921, pp. 79. 957.
16,
"Adopted, Vol.
BALLAST.
Broken Slag
(3)
(not granulated).
(a)
(b)
Open-hearth
(c)
(4)
Screen Gravel
(5)
Pit
Run
71
slag.
Gravel
(b)
(c)
Hill gravel
(a)
(cementing),
Chats
(6)
(a)
(b)
(7)
Burnt Clay
(8)
Cinders
Gumbo
or
(a)
Hard
(b)
Volcanic cinders.
(c)
coal cinders.
in the
manufacture of ballast
minimum
size
specified
herein;
it
shall
maximum and
test
Tests.
Tests shall be
2.
Weight.
made
Not
as follows
less
less
ft.
than
lb.
per cu.
The weight
ft.
Strength.
Two-inch cubes
^Adopted, VoJ.
22,
tests,
1921, pp.
made
accurately
957.
two
BALLAST.
72
hours
and
in
dry
air
at
a temperature of between
than 50 degrees.
made
Tests shall be
120 and
less
machine of standard
in a testing
shall
lb.
in.
(Note. Of the stone available, that having the maximum compressive strength should be used; a high quality stone for ballast will have
a strength of 10,000 lb. per sq. in.)
secondary
made on specimens
be
test shall
the
same
in all respects
as for the primary test except that the blocks shall have been completely
immersed
in clean water,
made
per cent,
tests,
the
least
difference
should be used;
a high quality stone for ballast should show not over 1 per cent differtest
ence.)
4.
The
ft.
particles
clear
water.
of
the
The
vessel
shall
be thoroughly
If
any
washed
the
Wear
or Durability.
stone,
which
minimum
more than
carefully weighed
imately 4
ft.
No.
through the
i).
maximum and
to a depth of not
to
will pass
(Test
in
in.,
and exposed
for a period of
it
to a
two hours.
be retained on
mesh or
iron surface
is
tumbler approx-
The sample
shall
then
be passed
test,
over
ballast,
screen
of
the
minimum
more than
use as ballast.
shall
per cent, of
be deemed unfit for
BALLAST.
Outside of the breakage, which
which
will pass
IZ
exhibited by the
is
small particles
per cent.
minimum
sizing screen.)
shall be dried
in
then be immersed
It shall
1.
still
two hours.
when
it
It shall
two hours
raised in
shall be
to
two hours,
to approximately
zero temperature.
The
ures.
any tendency
If
disintegrate
to
is
cent,
it
maximum
shall be
If in this
wear
per
as ballast.
Absorption.
6.
through the
maximum and
washed
be retained on the
stone,
minimum
which
will pass
screen, shall be
spread over a wire mesh or iron -surface to a depth of not more than
3 inches,
and exposed
a period of 6 hours.
to a
is
carefully weighed
to a
when
it
shall
normal
more than
in
it
shall
then be
to drip for 30
min-
of
air
and allowed
It shall
lb.
is
(Note. Of the stone available, that showing the minimum absorption should be used; a high quality stone for ballast will have an absorption of not more than 0.50 lb. per cu. ft.)
7.
Cementing Quality.
shall be
crushed until
it
will pass
through a screen of
BALLAST.
74
for each
pound of sample
which
then be moulded
shall
under 10
lb.
20 hours in
revolutions
make
one-inch
into
a consistent mortar,
cubical
briquettes,
formed
pressure.
when
air,
revolved at
in the mill.
Sufficient
mill
made 2000
has
it
which
in a ball mill
and the
each,
lb.
them
orie-third of
compressive
strength.
ature between
60 deg.
in
in clean
water at a tempercompressive
for
tested
strength.
If in
lb.
any of these
tests a
is
for ballast.
(Note.
Of
minimum
the
Requirements.
Breaking.
8.
Stone
range with fair uniformity between the size which will in any position
pass through a 2^-in. ring and the size which will not pass through a
J^-in. ring.
Test for
9.
150
lb.
Size.
shall be taken
{Maximum).
from the
2^
fails
in diameter.
If
than
in
a thorough
to pass
less
and placed
cent, of
shall
{Minimum)
in
the
cars;
less
than 150
lb.
shall be taken
The fragments
shall then be
weighed and
if
The
the weight
is
less
original weight of the sample the output of the plant shall be rejected
until
the fault
10.
is
corrected.
Handling.
Broken
stone
for
ballast
must be delivered
from
the screens directly to the cars or to clean bins provided for the storage
BALLAST.
of the output of the crusher.
Ballast
75
must be loaded
to
which
into cars
material and are clean and free from sand, dirt, rubbish, or any other
damage
Inspection.
11.
Inspectors
all
all
and loaded
In
or
case
the
is
prepared
the
develops
inspection
being loaded
is
notify
that
the
material
is
manufacturer
stop
to
all
cars
As
of
in
the
material
or
for the
12.
Should such
advisable.
is
Measurement.
may
Ballast
in
be
the
made
quality
show
it
not be used
shall
may
ballast material
is
handled
in cars, the
may
tests
specifications,
material
Where
tonnage
shall
ballast.
or by tons, as expedient.
yardage
further tests
fails
enlarged,
is
be
less
than
determined
measurement
five
for
converting the yardage into tonnage by use of the weight per yard as
determined above.
SPECIFICATIONS FOR
1.
Gravel for ballast shall be so prepared that dust, loam and dirt
all
ring are rejected; and that the sand contained in the ballast
shall not, in
for use.
in
these specifications,
refers
to
any
hard granular comminuted rock which will pass through a No. 10 screen
BALLAST.
76
Test No.
2.
1.
sample
of
prepared
the
containing
ballast
one-eighth
(^^)
ft.
two quarts of clear water after which the receptacle shall be agitated
the gravel
until
ment deposited
in
The water
thoroughly washed.
is
in a glass jar
and allowed
is
shall be drained
oflF
If the sedi-
to settle.
one (1) per cent, of the volume of sample the output of the plant shall
be rejected until the fault has been corrected.
Test No.
3.
Large Aggregate.
2.
of the screen
fails to
as determined
less
2^
in.
than 150
in
lb.
shall be placed in or
diameter.
If a
on
thorough agitation
tlie
material,
shall be rejected
until
Test No.
One
4.
Sand.
3.
placed in a screen having ten meshes to the inch and the screen agitated
all
till
particles
the material
which
will
pass
cent,
If
or
is
than 15 per cent, in volume of the original sample the output shall
less
Inspection.
In case inspection develops the fact that the material which has
5.
been or
is
being loaded
is
not
in
the inspector shall notify the manufacturer to stop further loading until
the fault has been corrected,
in cars,
and
which
shall be
done
at the
tractor.
Measurements.
6.
to
When
weigh each
ballast
is
car, the
it
is
impracticable
frequent intervals not less than five cars loaded with ballast, the contents
of
The weight
per yard
BALLAST.
obtained by such
another
until
7.
When
shall
test
used
be
figuring
in
the
made.
test is
ballast
is
car,
where
practicable,
When
tests.
impracticable to weigh
each car, th^ contents of each car will be carefully estimated by comparison with cars, the contents of which have been actually measured.
Railways
Bank
gravel,
(40)
screened.
Bank
gravel,
washed.
less
per cent, nor more than fifty (50) per cent. sand.
Method
(1)
may
of Testing
The
size of the
Any
be economically used.
Run
Quality of Pit
cubic foot.
(2) Five
selected
pit
cubic
which
foot each
To
The
five
testing.
separate the gravel from the sand and dust, use a No. 10
To
should be
to be tested.
is
meshes to the
inch,
made
of No. 24 wire, B.
&
S. gage.
separate the sand from the dust, use a No. 50 screen fifty (50) meshes
to the inch,
(4)
made of No.
31 wire, B.
&
S. gage.
gravel, sand
Per
cent, of
sand=
Where 5'=Volume
G=Volume
of sand.
of gravel.
Z)r=Volume of
"Adopted, Vol.
22,
dust.
BALLAST.
78
When
(5)
sample
shipped
is
securely
for
test
it
from which
it
was
taken.
1.
ballast clay
other impurities.
is
heavy and
plastic, free
It
to
air
or when
The
2.
pit
borne
in
mind
water supply
damage
is
desirable
and
it
should be
make
habita-
Test
The
3.
Burning.
Fuel should be fresh, clean slack, and arrangements should be
4.
made
From one
to one
One
is
generally suf-
new
is
ballast.
To
insure thorough and proper burning of the clay, the top and face of
the fire should be frequently raked down, to avoid clinker or black spots,
caused by too
When
much
or too
little air.
when under-burnt
in color,
when
show a yellow
color.
becomes red
Size.
5.
Burnt clay
Density.
6.
The
moisture by weight.
'Adopted, Vol. 22, 1921, pp. 82, 957.
BALLAST.
79
TINDER BALLAST.
The use
On
tions:
of cinder as ballast
branch
lines
is
with light
recommended for the following condion sidings and yard tracks near
traffic;
down
wetting
A
in
and
settling,
recommended
It is
where the
at places
made
that provision be
for
most cases
in preventing
mud and
is
effective
working up
similar material
into
the top-ballast.
(1)
under the
tie to
would be not
loam,
clay,
etc.,
subject
to
less
For Class
ties.
On
(2)
(which
will not be
port the
tie
minimum
These depths are required, under the conditions named, to suptrack structure; to provide good
initial
drainage; to provide
(14)
in.,
and
top-ballast
six
to
(6)
in.
ten
(10)
under the
in.,
tie
making a
total
of
produce nearly the same result as though the superior material was used
for the full depth.
(5)
must
rest
traffic
conditions,
on opinion, based on
experience and supported by such tests as are available, notably the test
any kind of
ballast.
is
essential
the "Altoona
to success with
''BALLAST SECTIONS,
TO SUBQass "A"
tie.
>Adopted, Vol. 8, 1907, pp. 44-46. 62, 65, 66, 67; Vol. 9, 1908, pp. 309,
311; Vol. 16, 1915. pp. 1011, 1170; Vol. 19> 1918. pp. 712. 1187; Vol. 22. 1921,
pp. 86, 957.
80
BALLAST.
81
FIG.X
no.
It
ncm
BALLAST.
82
The
under
ties
CLASS
B.
'S>fey>
t/)/^Kt.
Slag.
Slope
-B'O
^"to
li^to
the foot
CLASS
-y-o
c.
^
,x/,
Slope 9to1
Radius 4'0'
BALLAST.
83
OPERATED
LINE.
Authority.
Decision of the kind and amount of ballast to be applied
made by
been
the proper
officials,
the
work should
having
be handled as follows
Plans.
sible
shall
or Roadmaster, whichever
plans
lay his
may
have respon-
to
for
they
is
is
movements
desired
be
and that
done,
made with
to be
may
as
little
delay
as possible.
Ballast Supply.
If the ballast
to be furnished
is
and appurtenances
by the
Company
or from a
pit
for
is
be
shall
serviceable
into
condition.
Equipment.
All equipment, such as steam shovel, mechanical unloader, unloading
and put
into
etc.,
shall be
gone over
working order.
Protection.
Speed restrictions
rules before the track
is
shall be
is
arranged for
in
schedule speed.
Preparation of Roadbed.
Preparatory to placing
sary,
bring
to
alongside
of.
it
to
ballast, the
the A.R.E.A.
it
to the required
in
if
neces-
Where
must be used
width and
slope,
necessary to raise
to avoid the
forming of
of old ballast.
Bank Widening.
All bank widening shall be done far
lasting
work
so
or gangs.
^Adopted, Vol. 22, 1921, pp. 89, 957.
enough
in
interference between
work-trains
BALLAST.
84
Skeletonizing.
After the banks have been widened, the track shall be skeletonized.
Where
the material
is
will permit,
the track shall be raised and the old material spread under and between
the
and
ties,
Where
Where
practicable.
and disposed of as
directed.
grade
is
removed
shall be
uniformly as
and
line,
bottom of the
ties,
or deeper,
necessary, to preserve
if
shall be placed
preferably at such points as will tend to even up the line of the shoulder.
Use
of Jacks.
rail
Where
is
is
heavy or holds
it
Jacks
rail length.
more than 4
in.
above
its
support.
Tie Renewals.
Following the skeletonizing of the track, such
made
as
Company's standards
the
All
require.
tie
ties
renewals shall be
must be properly
The
Old
ties
must be
track
fully
must be disposed of
ties
as directed.
Grade Stakes.
Ballast grade stakes shall preferably be set after the bankwidening,
skeletonizing and re-tieing have been done and before the ballast material
is
desirable
stakes, yet to
to
avoid,
as
far
as
possible,
interference
with the
ballast.
Drains.
All
tile,
to
Unloading
is
from
unloaded.
of Ballast.
vided permit.
dumping or plowing
as the
means pro-
BALLAST.
If the ballast be in center
amount of
or desired
moved
along.
plowed
off
or
moving
dump
little
cars,
at
85
shall be
it
unloaded by having
on
slowly-
is
or open-^ide cars,
it
shall be
is
standing
the material be
If
flat
at
The unloaded
down by means
of a ballast
and placed
the
attached to
it,
rear truck.
in
--of
Parallel Tracks.
Where
new
track
is
dump
cars which
dump
may
the entire load to the side desired, after which the ballast material
material
in place.
is
Preliminary Surfacing.
The
The
filling,
be a filling
lift.
ballast to be
more than 6
applied.
lift will
depend
in.
in.,
first lift
of 7 to 8
may
in.
be made,
if
to
traffic
conditions will permit, leaving the remainder of the raise for the finishing
lift.
damage
sufficient
to rails.
The
raise
in.
must be raised
at
The
"filling
lift"
to avoid
shall
be
is
Both
rails
practicable.
made by jacking
the
track
up to the
required height, and the ballast material then forked or shoveled in and
worked
to
as
that
go over
it
after a
traffic,
inequality of settlement.
It
traffic
filling lift
is
to"
over the
or a finishing
be ballasted.
If
BALLAST.
86
another
filling lift,
shall be
it
made
in
the
same manner
Finishing Lift.
When
final
lift
be
shall
the
made by
jacking up the track to the exact height provided for by the grade stakes
is
if
sandy gravel
making
In
ballast.
the finishing
lift,
light
board must be used with care, and the track brought to as true a
level
surface as possible.
Alinement.
The
is
the
up
and
shall
and
to proper surface
finishing
lift
shall
spot up
all
places
found not
to be holding
possible.
set
lift
final
Dressing.
gang
work by
it
filling
ballast,
clearance under the rail and proper curve and slope of the shoulder.
toe of ballast shall be
made
permit of
its
The
shall be
line
No
which would interfere with a mowing machine when cutting grass and
weeds
shall be cast
oflf
mowing machines
it
will
interfere
or scythes.
Clean-up.
When
it
the dressing
The
all
in condition to be
to
roadbed
conform
mowed
without interference.
shoulders of
BALLAST.
87
'-"ORGANIZATION
.U
.}.
1001
NOUBt
5PADt5
OB JACK5
ICkAPS
UC-35
TO IN3UBC-^^
1
'
PAIRING BAE5
OC JACKS
((IS)
(D()(D(D
LIMING
MOCtOP
HtAD JACKS
@(D()(2)()
(D
(i)(D
(D
'
llllllllllllllllllllll
0 e
It^ll
lllllll
(M)
(2)(D(D
(D(2)(D(D
(S)(i^(
No. of
No Men
1
2
3
4
5
6
V
8
y
No. of
No Men
Force
2
2
8
4
Flagmen
10
11
Levelman
5
4
2
Tampers
28
Tampers
1
1
Force
Forkers
Lining and Filling In
Water Carrier
Tool
Man
1
1
Work
Asst.
Foremen Raising
TracK
Asst.
Asst.
Foreman Tamping
Foreman Lining
Track
Number
of
Men,
Note. Tlae diagram presupposes tliat old track has been skeletonized
and that a follow-up gang will do the tinislied lining and dressing after the
track has been pounded down under traffic. The skeletonizing gang should
precede the raising gang by about one day's work. Slow order should govern train movements over skeletonized track as well as the track being lifted.
Lifting jacks should be set away from the joints, preferably at least two
ties.
Ties should be respaced if necessary, particularly at the joints.
"Adopted, Vol.
22.
1921, pp.
85,
957.
88
BALLAST.
These
1.
specifications cover
tamping bars,
ballast forks
and tamping
picks.
Material.
These
2.
tools, other
made
3.
iron.
Handles
4.
shall
straight grained
Chemical Properties.
The
5.
conform
shall
steel
the
to
Not
Not
Sulphur
Forks
Per Cent
0.90 to 1.05
0.50
0.04
0.04
0.55 to 0.75
0.40 to 0.60
more than 0.04
more than 0.04
Design.
The dimensions
6.
made
to the plans
which are
Physical Properties.
All tools shall be free
7.
finished in a
workman-
manner.
like
8.
maximum
tough-
ness and strength to perform the service for which they are intended.
Tamping
9.
shall be
and
bars, picks
tines,
10.
Inspection.
11.
Inspection
maimfacture.
the Railroad
will be
shall
tools
Company
ordinarly be
shall
shipment,
the
made
However, when so
manufacturer
22.
1121,
pp.
100, 957.
the
place
shall
of
of
in
directed,
in
regard to
make shipment on
"Adopted, Vol.
at
notify
days
at least
particular
own
of
The manufacturer
15.
his
12.
The manufacturer
BALLAST.
89
may
The manufacturer
and
facilities
assistance
shall
for
furnish,
without charge,
making thorough
inspection
all
necessary
and" tests
at
the works.
Rejection.
14.
paragraph
all
tools
11,
which on arrival
at
destination
facturer or seller.
and replaced
in
inspection,
are
the
at the entire
as provided in
necessary
BALLAST
BALLAST.
cn
DC
Icn
<
^"
-J
ji
!*
'^
;$
^^
=f^
<
m
92
BALLAST.
in
^
-ho
1
3Cl
;!^
^ H
u
E
*^
13
-IN
w*^H
cv.
L..
BALLAST.
93
^^USE
work
fall
pit,
quarry or ballast
pile
work
to the
done
to be
whether
it
to be
is
on track already
laid or
for
or
tie
cially
drag.
when
If
operated.
air
dumps
swing out
sides
and up, when used with the side plow and unloading engine-drum and
when dump
when
Anchoring the
stone ballast
train
is
is
is
by cable
train
It
The spreader
car, especially
With
be in general use.
viously
when
dumped alongside
the
new second
track
hour.
tie
When
and remain
idle
in
work
work
dump
bottom of
and should
in.
pre-
cars
or
below the
do the work of
fifty
men
at that.
the
stage
where
its
usefulness
Around
this
is
a large
on
its
amount of frog
is
no disposition
be cleaned.
"Adopted, Vol.
BALLAST.
94
Ballast
be
should
when
cleaned
enough
foul
prevent
to
proper
ilrainage.
down
Clean shoulder
to
sub-grade.
ties.
Clean space between tracks to depth of six (6) inches or more below
bottom of
the
ties.
approximately every
ties
less
sufficient
new
Per
e
(For diagram
''-
ballast to pro-
years.
length or
to three
rail
rail joints.
standard section.
showing
than twelve
tie.
(3)
Light
Heavy
years.
traffic,
at intervals
cent, of
new stone
of five
of three
(3)
to five
(5)
ballast to be applied:
traffic
may
(See Vol. 2L
reasonable expense.
"BALLASTING BY CONTRACT.
The consensus
in
of opinion
is
track.
flexibility
of a contractor's organization
"Adopted, Vol.
22,
in times of stress.
COMMITTEE
111.
TIES.
^DEFINITIONS.
All-Heart
Tie.
having no sapwood.
tie
Boxed-Heart Tie. An
"all-heart"
tie
with
the tree at or
of
pith
(Known
also as "rifle" or
tie.)
Composite Tie.
more
or
the
tie.
tie
composed of two
materials.
Concrete Tie.
tie
A
A
Cull
Tie.
Doty
Tie.
Half-Moon
tie
tie
Tie.
tie
to the specifications.
as "half-round" tie).
and
Also a
also
top,
sides,
Half-Round
tie
but
only,
(Known
(Known
sides.
tie,
only, but
(Known
Tie,
tie
Halved
Tie.
hewed or sawed on
tie
Head Block. A
top, bottom,
bottom of the
and
tie,
sides,
with the
sides.
.tie
ating mechanism.
Heart
Tie.
tie
Heart-and-Back
of the
tie,
(Known
Tie.
about
also
as
Intermediate Tie.
A
Tie. A
Joint Tie.
Pecky
disease,
known
^Adopted, Vol.
"wing"
in.
tie.
the top
tie.
tie.)
tie
used under a
tie
and 40
in.
tie
midway between
Any
tie
made from
locally as
ties.
joint.
rail
with a
fungous
peck.
7,
95
TIES.
96
Pole Tie. A
made from
tie
tie
tie;
and may be
can be
(Known
a cross-section,
or "half -moon"
Quartered Tie.
made from
one
"slabbed"
Tie.
(Known
and may
hewed or sawed on
tie
also
top,
hewed or sawed on
tie
"pole"
as
be
"target"
or
"rifle"
tie,
tie,
tie.
bottom, and
top,
"half -moon"
tie,
sides.
and "squared-pole"
"boxed-heart"
or
tie;
"halved"
tie,
or "quartered"
tie,
tie.)
tie
ends of the
"squared"
tie,
"heart-and-back" or "wing"
Rifle Tie.
or "half-round"
tie,
tie.)
Rectangular
more than
also as "round"
(Known
tie.
Round
Tie.
(Known
also
"slabbed"
Sap
Tie.
Slab Tie.
between 20
tie
made from
tie
"pole"
tie
Split Tie.
and "round"
tie
two or more
tie,
tie
or "target"
tie
Switch
tie
tie
tie
(Known
only.
top, bottom,
or "quartered"
tie,
hewed or sawed on
(Known
also
generally of
and
as
suffi-
sides.
top,
also as
tie;
(Known
and may
"heart-and-back"
tie,
tie.
or "boxed-heart"
other than a
is
and "rectangular"
tie,
"squared"
tie
tie;
can be made
and may be
tie.)
Any
A
A
Tie.
tie
tie.
ties.
Substitute Tie.
in.
tie.)
"squared-pole"
from a cross-section.
Tapped Tie.
or
"boxed-heart"
tie,
Squared-Pole Tie.
Steel Tie.
and 40
hewed or sawed on
tie,
be "rifle" or "target"
"rifle"
tie
tie
also as "pole"
from a
or "target"
"rifle"
tie
or "wing"
in.
mark made by
A
A
Tie.
with
tie
Slabbed Tie.
Squared
and may be
"pole" tie;
as
made from
tie
tie.)
top of the
Score Mark.
tie
wood
composed of
steel.
tie.
made from
TIES.
Target Tie.
97
tie
(Known
tie.
also as "rifle"
tie,
Treated Tie.
protect
Triangular
which
Wane
tree
to a process designed to
tie
squared
tie.
tie
Tie.
tie
midway between
about
tie,
tie
from decay.
Tie.
is
Tie.
Wing
it
(Known
tie.
^'SPECIFICATION
Material.
*Kinds of Wood.
Before manufacturing
following kinds of
FOR CROSS-TIES.
wood
ties,
producers
ascertain
shall
which of the
:
Ash,
Gum,
Hackberry,
Pine, Poplar,
Locust,
Maple,
Mulberry,
Oak,
Others
will
*It
of
suitable
is
wood
,
it
will
desires to use.
Physical Requirements.
,.
General Quality.
All ties shall be free from any defects that
or durability as cross-ties, such as decay, large
or
may
splits,
Resistance to Wear.
Ties from needle-leaved
the top fourth of the
shall
have not
less
woods
shall be of
pith
than one-third
tie,
less
rings or less
summerwood
will not be
Resistance to Decay.
Ties for use without preservative treatment shall not have sapwood
tie
between 20 inches
'Adopted, Vol. 5, 1904, pp. 72, 73. 78, 120-132; Vol. 6, 1905, pp. 763-766;
Vol. 7, 1906, pp. 34-36, 65, 66; Vol. 17, 1916, pp. 243-245; Vol. 21, 1920,
pp. 578, 1416-1423; Vol. 22. 1921, pp. 328, 1006.
TIES.
98
ties.
^='"-
Dimensions.
Before manufacturing
following
be designated as "heart"
will
lengths,
shapes,
ties,
or
producers
sizes
shall
be
will
ascertain
which of the
and whether
accepted,
ties
are to be hewed or sawed and in either case whether on the sides as well
as on the top
All
be eight (8)
ties shall
feet, eight
(8)
feet long.
(9)
All
shall
ties
Grade.
1
2
3
4
5
or
Bottom.
top.
6"
top.
6" thick
6" thick
6" thick
X
X
X
7" thick X
7" thick X
wide
wide
wide
wide
wide
7"
wide
7" thick X 10" wide
6"
7"
8"
7"
8"
thick X 9"
top.
top.
top.
made from
be
'
except those of
ties,
on top.
on top.
on top.*
on top.
on top.
on top.
on top.
Manufacture.
All
Sawed
6" thick
X 7" wide on
thick X 8" wide on
7" thick X 8" wide on
7" thick X 9" wide on
7" thick X 10" wide on
tie:
trees
felled
wood)
month.
All
ties shall
parallel,
points of
shipment or
at
reserves
destination.
at
road there
is
sufficient
number
to warrant
it;
at
points
rail-
* It
is expected
that each railroad will specify only the length or
lengths, shape or shapes, and size or sizes it desires to use; but each railroad
For
will use the standard designation for whatever size of tie it specifies.
example, a railroad desiring 6-in. x 8-in. ties only will desigrnate them as
Grade 3; a railroad desiring 7-in. x 9-in. ties only will designate them as
Grade 5. A railroad shall not designate 6-in. x 8-in. ties as Grade 1 and
6-in. x 6-in. as Grade 2, or 7-in. x 9-in ties as Grade 1 and 7-in. x 8-in.
as Grade 2.
railroad which desires to use ties less than 6 in. tliick or 6. in.
wide on top, or ties rejectable under the standard specification for other
reasons, shall not give to such ties a standard designation (1 to 6), but
shall designate them as Grade
or as "usable rejects.'*
tit is expected that railroads which specify both 6-in. x 8-ln. and
7-in. X 7-in. ties manufactured on top and bottom only and which desire
to separate the 6-in. from the 7-in. ties will designate th<- 7-in. x 7-iii. a.-^
Grade 3A.
TIES.
99
rail
steamer landing.
make
Inspectors will
tom,
without regard
Each
tie.
the grading of
for
muddied for
too
ties
or steamer lines
sides,
boomed
to a railroad station or
graded independently,
will be
tie
others
same
the
in
Rafted or
lot.
read}^
Ties
when decayed
be rejected
will
1^
diameter and 15
in. in
in.
the
in
except
degree,
slightest
cedar, "pipe or
in
stump rot" up
to
large hole in
diameter and 3
Numerous
middle.
aging
large knot
is
it
in.
in
diameter and 3
in.
from
its
and 40
in.
Numerous knots
are any
dam-
manufacture or otherwise.
in
between 20
tie
in.
in,
number equalling
of the width
J/4
may
aging
number
in
middle.
in.
between 20
tie
efifect.
is
in.
be allowed
and 40
a large
if
from
in.
knot
it
its
dam-
in
efifect.
shake
One which
a separation of
is
is
not over 4
long or
in.
wide
in.
\(i^
will be allowed.
One which
split is a
is
not over 10
in.
properly applied.
tie will
be considered straight:
(1)
When
top from the middle of one end to the middle of the other end
(2)
when
ence
(^)
in
Vz
deep or
in.;
the other
that
is
six
is,
thick.
one side
tie will
two
may
when
in.
from
in.
its
its
be considered parallel
the differ-
if
in,
entirely
tie,
The
is
is
in.
is
(7^)
in.
may
while
be six
TIES.
100
The
mum
lengths,
and widths
thicknesses,
Ties over
sions.
in.
and under 2
Those 2
more
to 3 in.
in.
specified
more
in.
more
in.
than the
in thickness
maximum
in
specified
be rejected.
will
down by
tie will
are
in thickness
specified will
specified.
Those over
tie
more
in.
tie specified.
maximum
in length
than the
The dimensions
of
not be averaged.
made on
of width will be
tie,
tie.
which
is
tie
between
All determinations
the narrower of the
horizontal surfaces.
Delivery.
All
ties,
except those of
,
wood)
will
ft.
rail
of any track at
railroad.
(7), the
the ground.
wise of the
ties
(10)
suitable
The second
layer.
first
kept at least 6
ties
When
in.
above
two outside
of the layers of seven and the layers of two shall be laid on their
sides.
The
ties
in
layers of
two
shall be laid
No
stack
may
at
of
high, and there shall be five feet between stacks to facilitate inspection.
Ties which have stood on their ends on the ground will be rejected.
Each stack
owner's
of each kind of
AH
shall
name and
ties
have fastened
wood
to
it
when
a tag on which
stacked,
month
a group
ties
may
after inspection.
written the
in the stack.
named
is
be stacked together.
TIES.
Class
Group Ua
"Heart" Black
Locust
"Heart" White
101
Be Used Untreated.
Group Ud
Group Uc
"Heart" Catalpa
"Heart" Cedars
"Heart" Chestnut
"Heart" Cypress
"Heart" Redwood "Heart" Red
Mulberry
"Heart" Sassafras
Fir
"Heart" Pines
Oaks
"Heart" Black
Walnut
Class T Ties Which
Group Tb
Group Ta
Ashes
"Sap" Cedars
Hickories
"Sap" Cypress
"Sap" Black
"Sap" Douglas Fir
Hemlocks
Locust
Honey Locust
Red Oaks
Larches
"Sap" Pines
"Sap" White Oaks "Sap" Redwood
"Sap" Black
Should Be Treated.
Group Td
Group Tc
"Sap" Catalpa
"Sap" Chestnut
Elms
Hackberry
Soft Maples
"Sap" Mulberries
Beech
Cherries
Birches
Gums
Hard Maples
Poplars
"Sap" Sassafras
Spruces
Walnut
Sycamore
White Walnut
Shipment.
Ties forwarded in cars or vessels shall be separated therein according to the above groups, and also according to the above sizes
if
inspected
before loading.
*Kinds of Wood.
Before manufacturing
following kinds of
Birch,
Beech,
wood
Cedar,
ties,
producers shall
ascertain
which of the
Cherry,
Chestnut,
Cypress,
Fir,
Gum, Hemlock,
expected that each railroad will specify only the kind or kinds
*It is
of
wood
it
desires to use.
Physical Requirements.
General Quality.
All
ties shall
may
numerous holes or
Resistance to Wear.
Ties from needle-leaved trees shall be of compact
the top fourth of the
tie,
wood throughout
pith shall
have not
less
than one-third
-TIES.
102
Resistance to Decay.
Ties for use without preservative treatment shall not have sapvvood
tie,
and
-^.
twelve
(12)
.
in.
Tlvosc
ties.
Design.
^'Dimensions.
Before
manufacturing
producers
ties,
ascertain
shall
in either case
what
sizes
in. thick.
(7)
Ties sawed or hewed on top, bottom, and sides shall be not less than
nine (9)
in.
Each
tie
shall
in.
tie.
seven (7)
in.
in.
t!ie
tie.
of Material.)
(Bill
Manufacturk.
All
tics,
except
those
of
trees
be
made from
wood)
one
felled
month.
All ties shall be straight, well
parallel,
hewed or sawed,
entircl)^
removed.
Inspfxtion.
Ties will be inspected after delivery at suitable and convenient places
satisfactory to the
points of
railroad,
shipment or
destination.
at
ties
road there
is suflFicient
number
to
warrant
it;
Inspectors will
make
ajid
to
railroad
rail-
at
rail
station or
or steamer lines
steamer landing.
will specify
only
tht-
sliap^ or shapes
TIES.
and ends of each
sides,
torn,
tie.
103
Each
tie
when decayed
be rejected
will
will be
the
in
judged independently,
same
in the
diameter and 15
in
in.
as to holes
diameter and 3
12 in.
large knot
is
it
shake
is
split
is
in.
long or
wide
in.
of the width of
if
it
tie.
will be allowed.
One which
effect.
be allowed
in.
not over 4
is
may
in
in.
Nu-
tie.
damaging
in
on which
in.
diameter and 3
in
in.
the surface
is
in.
One which
to
in.
large hole in
except
degree,
stump rot" up
lot.
slightest
is
not over 10
in.
tie will
When
top from the middle of one end to the middle of the other end
when
one end
to
tie is
The
lengths,
Ties over
over 2
in.
The
ence
that
end
is,
more
in.
more
one side
may
be
6^
may
in.
be 7^4
its
specified
are
in.
minimum dimen-
more
in
in.
tie
two
in.
sides or ends
tie,
tie.
which
width, or
be rejected.
is
7^
in.
6^
is
in.
wide; or one
in.
thick.
in.
thickness, over 3
in
in length will
in
when
and widths
thicknesses,
sions.
in.
entirely
tie.
is
is
tie
between
whl be made
All
ties,
except those of
(Insert kind or kinds of
wood)
TIES.
104
less
ft.
rail
convenient places; but not at public crossings, nor where they will interfere with the views of trainmen or of people approaching the railroad.
layer of
ten
more than
more
or
(10)
in.
wide.
Each stack
ties as
of each kind of
All
strip ties
apart,
in.
No
ft.
thick
be
each
and such
and not
(10)
be laid on their
No
ties shall
be permitted
wood
shall
a tag on which
it
when
is
ft.
written the
number
of tics
in the stack.
ties
in.
1
shall
ties in
have fastened to
shall
name and
owner's
tie
The
length.
its
layers shall
No
in.
All rejected
ties
shall
named
in a
Class
Group Ua
"Heart" Black
Locust
"Heart" White
Group Ub
"Heart" Douglas
Be Used Untreated.
Group Uc
Group Ud
"Heart" Pines
"Heart" Cedars
"Heart" Chestnut
"Heart" Cypress
"Heart" Redwood
T Ties
Tke.\ted.
Fir
Oaks
Class
Which Should Be
Group Tc
Group Tb
"Sap" Cedars
Beech
Birches
"Sap" Cypress
"Sap" Douglas Fir Cherries
Hemlocks
Gums
Hard Maples
Larches
Group Ta
Group Td
"Sap" Chestnut
Soft Maples
Ashes
"Sap" Black
Locust
Honey Locust
Red O^ks.
"Sap" White Oaks ''Sap" Pines
"Sap" Redwood
Shipment.
Ties forwarded in cars or vessels shall be separated therein according to the. above groups, and also according to the above sets or lengths
if
The
use of treated
ties
wherever practicable
is
recommended.
by means of
tie plates.
^Adopted. Vol.
;m)1:
Vol.
ic.
1915.
10,
190f. pp.
pp.
522,
490,
4}.'i.
TIES.
105
(3)
such small
ties as
result
(5)
Owners should
fires.
(6)
The
(7)
species of trees to be
grown should be
tie
make
it
production,
(8)
(9)
''USE
(1)
tie
ties
should be encouraged.
OF DATING NAILS.
The
ten inches inside of the rail on the line side of the track.
put
The dating
it
on the
tie
line
tie
in.
(2)
Section
Foremen should be
ties
marks
tie
should be
ably,
The
nail
shall
be
made of
iron or steel
It
shall be ]^-inch in
Two
diameter,
2^
figures designating
the year, the figures to be ^-inch in length and depressed into the head
^ff-inch, shall
be stamped therein.
Test.
2.
Any specimen
The sample
shall be
immersed
in a standard solution of
washed
in
If
copper sulphate
water thoroughly,
after
the
fourth
1906, pp. 37, G7; Vol. 11, Part 2, 1910, pp. 863, 901.
1906, pp. 38, 67, 68; Vol. 11, Part 2, 1910, pp. 863, 901.
TIES.
106
immersion there
is
a copper-colored deposit
lot
shall be rejected.
Chemicals.
The standard
3.
shall at
no time be
less than
60 degrees Fahrenheit
TIE
RENEWALS
The
is
recommended.
"RECQRDS OF CROSS-TIES.
Form M.W.
North
&
300
South Railroad.
No
Month
Division
Kind of
Remov- ^^ear
Treat-
***
19.
Cause
of
Removed
'Timber ment*
Kind of
Year
Putin
Timber
Treatment*
'
1
'
After approval by
it
is
to
be forwarded to
Foreman.
This blank must be sent in monthly by all Foremen, whether any ties have been
removed or not. When no ties have been removed, it must be so stated on the blank.
ties
are removed,
make
21,
pp. 590,
1415-1416.
TIES.
107
Form M. W.
301
SUMMARY OF
TIES USED IN
YEAR
19.
Main Tracks
Side Tracks
Total Mileage.
Kind of
Treated or
Untreated
Wood
Main
Side
Total
Tracks
Tracks
Track
Total
r,V)^o
Mil.
in
economy
ties,
as
in labor
and material
re-
ties.
The economy
of any
tie
of
known
price
and
life
may
be determined
Given
C==
First cost of
C= Amount
of
tie.
compound
interest
R = Rate
n
= Life
Required
'Adoptecl,
which
will
during
life
produce
of
tie.
of interest,
of
tie in years.
Total capitalization of
= C + C':
tie,
C(l
tie
R)"
(1)
(l+R)o._l
Vol. 16,
1915, pp.
524,
1091,
::
TIES.
108
Given
C=
First cost of
R=
Rate of
tie.
interest.
= Interest on
A = Amount at
/
first cost.
compound
interest
n =^ Life of
Required
^Total
which
will
provide
tie.
in years.
tie
annual cost:
= CR
___CR__
^-(1 + R)-1
Total annual cost =
/
^,
^
+ R)
A_ CR(1
(l-}-R)n_l
(2)
^^)
Given
R = Rate
of interest.
C = Cost
of
C= Cost of
of n years
tie
tie
of n* years
life.
life.
C=
C(l
(1
+ R)n.
+ R)n_l
(14.R)n^_l
(3)
(1+R)n^
COMMITTEE
IV.
RAIL.
Moment
Area: Head=3.20 sq.
Web =2,12
"
in.
* 2L0^
'*
of Inertia
Section Modulus,
36.2^
12.56
Base
15.23
39.8 J&
38.7
Head
4.39
100.0%
no
RAIL.
Moment
Area: Head-3.80 sq.
Web
2.25 "
Base =3.90
Total -9.95
"
in.
38.2^
" 22.6^
"
39.2%
ioo.o;i
of Inertia
Section Modulus.
49.0
Head
15.1
Base
17.8
4.92
1.52
'
RAIL.
Ill
100.0%
Moment 6f Inertia
5t.O
Section Modulus, Heid 16.7
Base 20.1
5.27
Ratio M.I. to Ar^a
Ratia .66 Mod. t6 Afdft
1^
RAIL.
n:
Moment
Area: Head-4.40 sq. in. 37.1Jt
Web -2.69 " " 22.7J6
Base -4.76 " 40.2 Jt
Total -11.85
100.05
of Inertia
Section Modulus,
Head
67.6
18.9
Base 23.1
Ratio M.I. to Area
5.71
II
RAIL.
'RAIL
Aroa:
Head =4.63
Web =3.02
= 12.71
SECTION R. E. 130-LB.
Moment
" 23.8%
" 39.8%
"
113
Head
Base
Ratio M. I. to Area
Ratio Sec. Mod. to Area
100.0%
77 4
of Inertia
Section Modulus.
p.
1455.
20.8
25.6
GW
1.64
RAIU
114
39.6%
Base =5.37
"
Total =13,58
'
"100.0%
Moment
89.2
of Inertia
Section Modulus,
''
Head
23.1
Bftse
28.4
6.56
1.70
RAIL.
^'SPECIFICATIONS
115
(I)
Access to Works.
1.
Inspectors representing the purchaser shall have free entry to
works of the manufacturer at all times while the contract is being
executed, and shall have all reasonable facilities afforded them by the
manufacturer to satisfy them that the rails have been made and loaded
the
in
and inspections
All tests
shall
made
be
at
manu-
the place of
(II)
Material.
Material.
3.
The
made by
the Bessemer or
Open-Hearth
(Ill)
Chemical Requirements.
Chemical Composition.
4.
in
Section
6,
of the
steel,
determined as prescribed
Bessemer Process
Open-Hearth Process
(Limits percent.)
Constituent Elements
than
Weight
in lb.
70-84
85
0.40 to 0.50
0.10
0.80 to 1.10
0.10
Weight
per yard
and over
0.45 to 0.55
0.10
0.80 to 1.10
0.10
in lb.
per yard
70-84
85-110
0.53 to 0.68
0.04
0.60 to 0.90
77
0.62 to
0.04
0.60 to 0.90
0.10
0.10
111
&
over
0.67 to 0.82
0.04
0.60 to 0.90
0.10
Average Carbon.
5.
rails
It
shall
and lower
is
limits specified.
Analyses.
6.
In order to ascertain whether the chemical composition is in accordance with the requirements, analyses shall be furnished as follows:
^'Adopted, Vol.
3,
5,
6,
1905,
190; Vol 7, 1906, pp. 549, 552, 559, 562, 573, 576; Vol. 10, Part 1. 1909. pp.
374, 393; VoL 11, Part 1, 1910, pp. 237, 252, 255; VoL 12, Part 1, 1911, p. 467;
Vol 12, Part 2, 1911, p. 12; VoL 13, 1912, pp. 853, 1017; Vol. 14, 1913, pp.
p.
RAIL.
116
Bessemer Process.
(A)
The
manufacturer
daily,
These analyses
spectively.
shall
be
made on
taken
drillings
from the
ladle test ingot not less than one-eighth inch beneath the surface.
Open-Hearth Process.
(B)
(a)
make an
On
each
man-
copy of the
results shall be
tudinally
from
drop
test pieces.
Ladle Analyses.
(b)
made on
shall be
drillings taken
from the
man-
These analyses
On
Check Analysis.
(C)
from
drillings
Bessemer process
Open-Hearth
When made
manu-
facturer shall furnish the necessary facilities at the mill for the purchaser's
representative to
(D)
When
make
the analyses
maximum
chemists and by
two points below the
mill
Tests shall be
made
to
determine:
(b) Soundness.
Method
8.
of Testing.
The
(a)
(b)
if
made
shall be the standard of the American Railway Engineering Association, the essential points of which are:
The tup shall weigh 2000 lb., and have a striking face with a
(a)
RAIL.
(b)
The
117
anvil
lb.,
and be supported on
springs.
(c)
secured
The supports
to,
inches.
(d)
rails
The spacing
weighing 110
111 to 140
lb.
lb.
The quick bend test shall be made with an hydraulic press of not
than 350 tons capacity, some of the details of which are as follows
The foundations for the supports of the test specimens shall be
(a)
10.
less
The head
of the
ram
shall
five inches.
(d)
The speed
of the
ram
shall
approximate 13
feet per
minute when
An
ram
head.
Test Specimens.
11.
(a) Test specimens shall be one or two feet longer than the span
between supports in the testing machine.
(b) Test specimens shall be cut from the crop of the top rail of the
ingot, and marked on the center line of the top surface of the head with
gage marks one inch apart for three inches each side of the center of the
specimen, for measuring the ductility of the metal.
(c) Where it is necessary to test rails lower than the first rail, the
bottom of the first rail, in lieu of the top of the second rail, and the bottom of the second rail, in lieu of the top of the third rail, will be accepted,
if preferred by the manufacturer.
(d) The temperature of the test specimens shall be between 60 and
be tested with head in tension and with the center punch marks
midway
between supports.
Height of Drop.
12.
The
16 feet
17 feet
18 feet
20 feet
RAIL.
118
Elongation.
Under
13.
as described in Section 11
(b).
14.
number of blows
sufficient
shall
Permanent
Open-
Set.
set,
Test to Destruction.
16.
The test pieces which do not break under the first or subsequent
blows shall be nicked and broken, to determine whether the interior metal
is sound.
The words "interior defect," used below, shall be interpreted
to mean seams, laminations, cavities or interposed foreign matter made
visible by the destruction tests, the saws or the drills.
steel.
(a) If the test piece shows the required elongation (Section 13), all
the rails of the heat shall be accepted, provided that the test piece when
(c)
second
test shall
made
then be
from the top end of any second rail of the same heat, preferably
of the same ingot. If the test piece shows the required elongation (Secinspector
tion 13), all of the remainder of the rails of the heat shall be accepted,
provided that the test piece when broken does not show interior defect.
(d) If the test piece does not show the required elongation (Section
13), or if when broken shows interior defect, all of the second rails from
that heat shall be rejected.
(e)
made
from the top end of any third rail of the same heat, preferably
same ingot. If the test piece shows the required elongation (Sec-
inspector
of the
rails
test piece
shall be rejected.
full
ingot of each
Open-Hearth
last
heat.
RAIL.
If all of these test pieces
(a)
show
119
the required elongation (Section
13), all of the rails of the heat shall be accepted, provided that
piece
(b)
13), or
any
If
test piece
test
if
no
interior defect.
from
Second tests shall then be made from three test pieces selected
(c)
by the inspector from the top end of any second rails of the same heat,
preferably of the same ingots.
all
show
the required
interior de-
fect.
(d)
any
If
test piece
13), or if
Third tests shall then be made from three test pieces selected by
from the top end of any third rails of the same heat, prefer-
(e)
the inspector
same
ably of the
ingots.
(Section 13),
tion
all
provided that no
accepted,
(f)
If
any
test piece
No.
test piece
interior defect.
remainder of the
1 Rails.
"No.
19.
all
13), or if
rails
show
kinds.
No. 2
Rails.
20.
from the
specifications in a
not impair their soundness and strength will be accepted as "No. 2 Rails."
The
rails to
(a)
(b)
num-
them
No. 2 uses.
Rails accepted as No. 2 rails shall have the ends painted white, and
shall have two prick punch marks on the side of the web near the heat
number, near the end of the rail, so placed as not to be covered by the
joint bars.
No. 2
rails to the
accepted.
The
entire process of
manufacture
shall be in
accordance with
RAIL.
120
Record of Manufacture.
When made
22.
soaking
charge sheets, rolling mill operation; rail weight sheets; hot bed and
straightening records, wherever such sheets or records are in regular use
sheets
pit
by the manufacturer.
Bled Ingots.
23.
steel
has been
Discard.
'
24.
There
shall be sheared
Lengths.
25.
The standard
Ten per
of 60 degrees Fahrenheit.
from the
feet,
at a temperature
foot
from 32
to 25 feet.
be acvaria-
No.
rails
less
from the
specified
Stool Cutting.
26.
in
out of the cast iron of the stools of ingot molds by the falling stream of
hot metal from the ladle, and thus avoid a frequent cause of carbon
streaks found in the finished
Mold
rail.
Spattering.
27.
much
as possible.
Stopper Defects.
28.
set
Aluminum.
29.
The
in
steel shall
be
made
to set quiet
molds.
Time
30.
Time
shall be
Ingots Vertical.
31.
in the
in
is
Section.
32.
The
section of
rails
shall
;:
RAIL.
121
fit
of
Weight.
The weight
33.
of
the
specified
rails
the order
in
shall
be main-
from
(a)
34.
work
liot-bed
shall
so that rails will cool with a small but uniform sweep, and
minimum.
(b)
from snow,
When
(c)
"ASCE"
The supports
(d)
line
"RA"
sections.
flat
surfaces and be out of wind, and shall be spaced not less than 42 inches.
The application of the gag shall be central between supports, and the
overhang of either end of the rail during straightening should be supported.
(e)
be at once
shall
rejected.
Drilling.
35.
conform
to the
varia-
size
will be allowed.
Finishing.
All rails shall be smooth at the heads, straight in line and
(a)
36.
surface,
being allowed
Rails
(b)
burrs have
and burrs
shall
improperly
not been
be carefully removed.
drilled
removed,
or
shall
straightened,
be
rejected,
or
but
may
be
accepted
When
(c)
in
any
any finished
rail
shows
shall
interior defects
at
either end or
be rejected.
Branding.
Rails shall be branded for identification in the following
37.
(a)
facture,
raised
The name
manner
month and year of manu-
letters
rolled
in
shall
be
RAIL.
122
marked by
example
letters
it
is
known, as for
A. S. C. E.
Sections of American Society of Civil Engineers
R. A.-A., R. A.-B.
Sections of American Railway Association
R. E.
Sections of American Railway Engineering Association
.
The
(b)
number
of
The
bars.
"C," "D,"
ingot
the
rolled
as
rail
it
will not be
top rails shall be lettered "A," and the succeeding ones "B,"
etc.,
"A"
will be
"B"
shall be
Open-Hearth
(c)
shall be
rails
addi-
in
(d)
may
marks
Separate Classes.
38.
Loading.
39.
When
in
all
first
manner
us
quality rails
loading.
Payment.
40.
Clause
8b
Clause
Facilities
Clause 22
Clause 40
The quick
Record of
Loading.
'
Keeping
or Open-Hearth.
bend test.
manufacture.
rails
Note A:
The
selection of the ores, scrap, molten metal, fluxes and other furnace additions; regulation and quality of the port gases; condition of the
slag, furnace bottom and lining; temperature of the bath, and time for
Note B:
The
RAIL.
deoxidation
Time
products
required
is
is
for
123
deoxidation
products
the
in
setting
and impurities
metal.
to
rise
ladle.
Note C:
Loose material and
tapping
the
is
molds, and care should be taken to remove dirt or loose material from
the tops of the ingot buggies before setting up the molds.
Note D:
The
may
pits,
steel,
which
it is
0.1
is
it
charged.
The
interior shrinkage
Note E:
The
and the
from
direct
vertical
The
Note F:
Blooming the ingots and rolling the blooms into finished rails sliould
all be done when the ranges of temperature for the ingots, blooms and
rails are suitable for the metal to be cambered and then cooled so that
the transformations and recalescence will be complete for the desired
steel.
Note G:
The hot
Note H:
The
and
"
effect of straightening
stiffer sections
may
in
good
RAIL.
124
'DRILLING OF RAILS.
The distance of bolt holes above the base of the rail shall be
(1)
such that the center line of the bolt holes shall be in the horizontal plane
midway between
with the planes of the fishing surfaces of the head and base.
The end clearance between adjacent rails, bolted in normal po(2)
sition, shall be J^-inch.
For standard
(3)
rails
up
120
to
lb.
For standard
(4)
rails
120
lb.
Application of
Recommended
Weight of
Type of
Rail, Lbs.
Rail.
Inches.
RA-A
RA-B
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
90
90
37/64
11/32
45/64
3/4
33/64
53/64
61/64
3 1/16
3 3/64
RE
100
100
100
110
120
130
140
RA-A
RA-B
RE
RE
RE
RE
The standard
shown
in the following
diagrams
T~^
RECOMMENDED 6-HOLE
\^^f
,\,
^i
RECOMMENDED 4-HOLE
Adopted, Vol.
15,
19J4, pp.
157.
DRILLING.
t-^^"-H
<b
d)
DRILLING.
106!*,
1447.
RAIL.
125
drop
test
the manufacturers'
to
plans and specifications and in general accord with the following require-
ments
1.
The machine
shall
be arranged to allow a
on the center of a
20(X)-lb.
tup to
fall
rail resting
2.
that
lbs.
the
It
shall be free to
It shall
move
(8^)
known
employed by the
as
coil,
vertically inde-
be supported on 20 springs
is
These springs
They
shall
shall be
held in place by hubs raised on the top of the base plate, and by circular
movement by removable
vertical
wearing
strips.
its
These wearing
strips shall
3.
The
finished
The
by the
anvil.
It shall
The
masonry foundation.
The
(9)
inches beyond
the ends of the base plate, and clear the columns at the side.
consist of one course of twelve by twelve
(12 by 12)
It
shall
or Southern yellow pine, preferably creosoted, laid close and well bolted
together.
The masonry,
below the
castings.
Adopted, Vol.
10,
Part
1,
bearmg
surface, witn
Part
1.
RAIL.
126
a radius of five
inches.
(5)
maximum between
feet
centers.
fixed to the anvil as to insure that the center of the span shall always
of the
The leads shall be firmly connected to the column base and well
They shall be long enough to provide the prescribed free fall
tup.
They shall be provided with a convenient ladder and a
plainly
6.
braced.
support.
zero of this
five
The
gage shall be
One
of the guides
have a removable section six (6) feet long at the bottom, so that the
lbs.
with a radius five (5) inches and a length of twelve (12) inches.
The
The
a grip of the tongs that will release at the exact height for which the trip-
ping device
test piece is
8.
is set,
and that
will be safe
from accidental
being shifted.
automatically only.
No manual
The
tripping
Standard
Drop Test
Machine.
iO J/onaartr
'C
'
S/>.
T-
2-9'
>(
-K Z-9'
6- IZ'X iZ'Timfrrs 9-/l'iOr>^
2-9'
-.4,
f Sec fion
i-n^'I
/f-^ough Ctrftr.
RAIL.
128
Thse
^^
Radius r>et
\*U than
3
!lfi9ft Ljtnfittv,
'
Basis of Purchase.
1.
and
shall
have
facturer to satisfy
all
reasonable
facilities
being exe-
is
made
in
accordance
made
at the place of
manufac-
ture prior to loading, and shall be so conducted as not to interfere unnecessarily with the operation of the mill.
^Adopted, Vol. 12, 1916, Part 1, p. 469;
PP. 410. 1243.
Adopted. Vol. 16. 1915, pp. 403. 1119.
Part
2,
p.
14;
Vol.
19,
1918.
RAIL.
129
Material.
Material for joint bars shall be
3.
steel,
made by
Open-Hearth
the
process.
Chemical Properties.
4.
from which
steel
joint
Phosphorus, per
The manufacturer
5.
cent.,
maximum
0.04.
complete report
and sulphur
The purchaser
may make
conform
from the
a check analysis
finished material
6.
minimum,
(a)
Tensile strength,
(b)
(c)
lb.
85,000.
16.
of which
is
7.
(a)
Standard
from
finished bars.
The bend
test.
test
specimen shall be
Yz inch
square in section, or
two
parallel faces
as rolled.
General Requirements.
The
8.
specified in
rail.
No
and the
variation will be
inch in
24 inches.
9.
The
(a)
All
joint
bars
shall
be
punched,
slotted
Centigrade
and shaped
at
(1470 degrees
Fahrenheit).
(b)
punched
in
RAIL.
130
ing or distorting the section, and the bars shall be slotted for spikes
when
gSs
will be allowed.
11.
must be
smooth and
finished
true,
without swell-
ing over or under the bolt holes, and be free from flaws, seams, checks
or
fins,
fully maintained.
on each
Inspection.
The
13.
joint bars
shall
One
joint
bar
for
tension test shall be sleeted by the inspector for each melt represented
in finished bars, or
rolled.
One
bend
may
test
test shall
be cut
be selected by
^SPECIFICATIONS FOR
Access to Works.
1.
to
satisfy
all
is
being exe-
bolts
manu-
in
made
at the place of
manufacture,
prior to loading, and shall be so conducted as not to interfere unnecessarily with the operation of the mill.
Rejection at Destination.
3.
show injurious
acceptance at the
place
of
manufacture or
who
shall
ways.
^Adopted, Vol. 19. 1918, pp. 421, 1245.
will
be
rejected
and
RAIL.
131
Material.
4.
or an acceptable alloy
in
show
tension, shall
It
steel.
made by
steel
Open-Hearth process
the
shall be
shall
Chemical Properties.
5.
Phosphorus, per
of
cent.,
The manufacturer
6.
ladle
each
of
melt
of
steel
from
maximum
shall
which
following limit:
be within the
shall
0.04
analysis
content of each melt, represented in the finished material and any other
The purchaser
may make
check analysis
conform
shall
to
from the
requirements
the
material
finished
Section
of
to the axis
5.
The
such analysis
drillings
for
finished bolt.
Track
7.
bolts shall
conform
to the
Carbon
Alloy
Steel.
Steel.
110,000
85,000
100,000
70,000
1,600,000
than
Ten.Str.
Minimum,
12 per cent.
3,500,00
Ten. Str.
(e)
8.
(a)
The
tension
test
from
specimens
shall
be about 4}i
in.
long with
threaded or unthreaded ends, and with the central 2-in. length turned
to
(b)
The
for
Quenching.
9.
if
so
(a)
Track
specified,
by quenching
in
oil
or water,
RAIL.
132
(1490 degrees Fahrenheit) and shall be kept in the bath until cold enough
to be handled; a
(b)
it
General Requirements.
Track
10.
bolts
and nuts
shall
made
be
to
dimensions specified
in
dimen-
in
Length, J^-inch;
Diameter of shank, 1/64-inch;
Shoulder, 1/64-inch;
Diameter of rolled thread not more than 1/16-inch over the diameter
of the body of %-inch bolts;
Diameter of rolled thread not more than 3/32-inch over the diameter
of the body of 1-inch bolts;
Variation in dimensions of elliptical shoulders under head of bolt
of 1/32-inch.
11.
shall be
free
kind.
size,
with
The head
shall be
first-class,
workmanlike manner.
body of
the bolt with the underside of the head at right angles to the
the
The threads on
bolt.
specified,
shall be full
the
and nut
from second
(a)
and nut
shall be accurate
to fifth turn.
wrench
The nuts
The
shall
otherwise
fit
in section
and pitch
go on with a
10-in.
made
less
than 40
lb.
be ^-in. thicker than the standard nuts used for untreated bolts.
shall be
wrench
shall not be
shall be
The
unless
rolled,
made
shall be
be
shall
bolts
They
of the bolts.
(b)
the purchaser
if
proved to be
will
bolts.
The
spondingly reduced.
Branding.
13.
The heads
tion symbol.
The
"Q"
shall be used to
show
RAIL.
been "quenched."
be used to
show
133
"QT"
shall
and tempered."
When
14.
the bolts are shipped they shall have the nuts applied for
at least
and
name
shall be
packed
in
marked
net.
lb.
of manufacturer.
Inspection.
15.
selected
if
it
tion,
lot
made
be
tests shall
from each
One specimen
of 50 kegs.
shall be
If the test
two additional
fails,
and
failed,
they meet the requirements of the specification, the lot will be ac-
if
cepted.
If,
tests
shall
fails,
may
be as follows
General Assembly.
Complete
(1)
rail joints,
full
rails
Before joints
contact.
show
the
strength and deflection of the joint under transverse load with head up
The
(2)
of the
results are to be
compared with a
(3)
The
The
rail
and kind of
of
shall
of
rails.
continuous
and
rail
rigidity.
as
New
piece
rail
test of a
joint efficiency
(4)
rail
rail
rails
for
continuous span.
rail
shall be
Rails
or at least
used for
test
pieces
used for
test.
RAIL.
134
Quality of Material.
Material
(5)
standard
tension
both
for
tests,
to
rail
hardness
tests,
subjected
be
shall
to chemical
analysis
to
and,
if
Measurements
(6)
of
moment
section,
camber,
of
inertia,
length,
weight,
location
section
include
area
of
holes,
bolt
any.
if
Measurements of
(7)
to be
rail
of
sketch
section,
moment
(8)
rails.
plied so that they shall not be in contact with the sides of the bolt holes
through
ends of
If necessary,
rails.
tlie
rails
The supports
(9)
faces 48
in.
radius.
The
load
block, having a
be
shall
solid,
flat
apart,
to
be
radius of
midway between
applied
inches,
16^/2
and
the
of an inch
supports
by a
rail.
Loading.
An
(10)
load of 3,000
initial
magnitude
shall
Maximum
deflection
then be applied
and
sandths
an
of
inch.
determined
be
Loading
to
of load of such
and permanent
Deflections
loading.
Uniform increments
to
to
set
shall
lb.
sets
for
each
be measured
to
continue
elastic
one-thou-
to
adjacent
until
limit.
increment of
rail
ends
meet.
Note
(11)
joint bars
Number
to
is
be
made
commence
or rails
of
readings
of
the
load
at
which the
to scale.
of Tests.
(12)
Three concordant
recorded in
tests
Abnormal
detail.
tests
shall
be
made, and
results
shall
be
to be discarded.
Efficiency.
(13)
elastic
The
limit in
pounds of the
rail
joint
Rail
RAIL.
135
Rigidity.
The
(14)
rigidity of
and the
the rail
the joint.
a joint
is
expressed in per
It is the ratio
cent.,
is,
the deflection of
the rail divided by the deflection of the joint at the elastic limit of the
joint.
The
(15)
shall
rigidity
expressed
be
for
two conditions
the
of
test,
''SPECIFICATIONS
Access to Works.
1.
and
manufacturer
in
have
shall
all
satisfy
to
at all
reasonable
facilities
afforded
being exe-
is
them
by
the
bolts
and
shall be so
made
at the place of
manufac-
Rejection at Destination.
3.
show injurious
who
shall
Material.
4.
Material
for
Bessemer process.
It
bolts
show a uniformly
shall
shall
shall be
silky
be steel
made by
the
Open-Hearth or
fracture.
for
nuts
in tension
shall
be of
from
which
soft steel.
Chemical Properties.
5.
of
each
melt
of
steel
Phosphorus,
Maximum
Per Cent.
Open-Hearth
Bessemer
"Adopted, Vol.
19,
0.05
0.10
1918, pp.
423,
1246.
RAIL.
136
The manufacturer
6.
of
ladle
analysis
shall
in
may make
conform
shall
analysis
from the
a check analysis
shall
material;
finished
requirements of Section
to the
The purchaser
The
5.
such analysis
finished bolt.
Track
7.
bolts shall
conform
55,000
breaking stress
1,500,0(K)
(c)
Ten.
Minimum, 20 per
Str.
cent.
2,200,000
Ten.
Minimum, 30 per
Str.
cent.
(e)
8.
The
(a)
tension
test
specimens
shall
about
be
4%
in-
long with
threaded or unthreaded ends, and with the central 2-inch length turned
to
a 5^-in. diameter, in
General Requirements..
Track
9.
and nuts
bolts
shall
be
made
to
dimensions specified
of
bolts
from standard
as
in
in
dimen-
follows:
Length, J^-inch;
Diameter of rolled thread not more than 1/16-inch over the diameter
of the body of ^-inch bolts;
Diameter of rolled thread not more than 3/32-inch orer the diameter
of the body of 1-inch bolts;
Variation in dimensions of elliptical shoulders under head of bolt
of 1/32-inch.
10.
-.7
kind.
well-shaped
ous
shall be
free
symmetrical
mechanical
manner.
defects,
The head
tom of the
bolt,
and be finished
shall be concentric
in
free
first-class,
from
injuri-
workmanlike
RAIL.
body of the
The threads on
bolt.
be
shall
specified;
full
137
be
shall
The
made
fit
in
section
and
between threads on
the bolt and nut shall be accurate and nut shall go on with a 10-in.
40
The
to fifth turn.
wrench
shall not be
less than
lb.
The
11.
of sufficient
nuts shall be
made
of the
bolts.
Branding.
Manufacturer's identification shall appear on the head of each
12.
bolt.
When
13.
for
at
least
packed
the bolts
two
threads,
in securely
marked
are shipped
lb.
net.
applied
be
shall
Inspection.
14.
tests shall
lected
and
if
made
be
If
one of the
will
and
if
One specimen
shall be
failed,
lot of 50 kegs.
test
specimens
fails,
two
be accepted.
will be rejected.
If,
fails,
the lot
requirements
for acceptance.
"SPECIFICATIONS FOR
Access to Works.
1.
the
Inspectors
all
shall
reasonable
facilities
manufacturer to satisfy them that the joint bars have been made
in
lOAdopted, Vol.
19,
made
at the place of
manufac-
RAIL.
138
ture, prior to loading,
and
shall be so
Rejection at Destination.
Joint bars which
3.
to their ac-
turned to
the
who
manufacturer,
shall
ways.
Material.
4.
made by
the Open-Hearth
Chemical Properties.
5.
The manufacturer
6.
of
ladle
analysis
shall
The purchaser
may make
a check analysis
conform
shall
from the
finished
material;
such analysis
5.
Quenched
Steel.
100,000
70,000
than
Alloy
Steel.
110,000
85,000
1,600,000
Ten. Str.
Minimum, 12 per
cent.
3,500,000
Ten. Str.
Minimum, 25 per
cent.
(a)
The
from
finished bars.
4%
threaded or unthreaded ends, and with the central 2-in. length turned
to a j/^-in.
American Society
RAIL.
The bend
(b)
139
test
The
(c)
shows a change
tion
and
in.
when
the elonga-
in the rate
After the
elastic limit is
reached the
or water
so specified,
per minute.
Quenching.
Joint bars shall be quenched in
(a)
9.
oil,
if
renheit)
known
enough to be handled.
as a quenching charge.
(b)
at the
is
it
General Requirements.
10.
Joint bars
shall
be
camber
11.
in either
fit
rolled
No
dimensions specified
to
in
drawing
s'^s-in.
rail.
The maximum
in 24 in.
(a)
temperature of not less than 800 degrees Centigrade (1470 degrees Fahrenheit).
(b)
shall
for spikes in accordance with the purchaser's drawing, the slotting being
done
in
one operation.
will be allowed.
13.
All types of joint bars shall be finished smooth and true with-
out swelling over or under the bolt holes, and shall be free from flaws^
seams, checks or
fins.
The
Branding.
14.
The
the following
this
marking
identification in
shall appear
on each
(a)
portion of the
ufacture, the
name of
in raised letters
bars.
man-
shall be rolled
RAIL.
140
(b)
The
letters
"O H"
(c)
The
letter
"Q"
been "quenched."
"Open-Hearth
shall be
Steel."
"QT"
shall be
The number
(d)
af bars.
Inspection.
The
15.
joint bars
lot
inspector.
shall
One
be
joint
bar for tension test shall be selected by the inspector for each melt or
heat treatment lot represented in finished bars.
test shall
One
lot.
(1)
IInspection
401-A,
401-B,
401-C,
401-D,
401-E,
rail statistics
and records:
and Shipment:
Mill Inspection.
Certificate of Inspection.
Report of Shipment.
Tabulation of Results of Mill Inspections of Rail.
Yearly Summary of Mill Inspections of Rail.
Rail Failures:
Group 2
Rail
Group 2
Wear:
Explanation of Forms.
As
groups as follows:
401
Mill
402Rail Failures.
403 Rail Wear.
Group
\.
chemical,
is
physical
and
based.
"Adopted, Vol. 10. 1909, pp. 339-363, 375, 393-395; Vol. 11, Part 2, 1910,
pp. 241-251, 576-579; Vol. 12, 1912, Part 1, p. 467, Part 2, p. 17; Vol. 22,
1921, pp. 202. 986.
RAIL.
141
accepted and
rails
etc.
When
shipment.
payment of the
rails
it
furnishes
invoice.
This form
is
a.
rails
distributed
401-E,
which the
specifications to
Summary
This form
rails
to
suit
the
are rolled.
is
rails.
Group
402-A, Report of Rail Failures in
This form
is
rail failure as it
2.
Main Track.
Foreman
It is the basic
to report each
This form
is
rail
failures
on a
division.
This form
is
by each railway to
make an annual
rail
failures
report to the
and
is
used
American Railway
Association.
This form
is
Main Tracks.
Group
3.
This
is
the loca-
403-B,
may
be shown.
is
of the section
test.
This form
rails
Wear
of Test Rail.
RAIL.
142
""
A
401
iii
Form
No
Report
!
z
ll
"6
III
(9
Ld
Ll
1(5^
<
s
1
-
?
c
UJ
1
V)
>-
XI
Q.
t <
g S
g
"^
1^1
LsJi
I
111=
III
K
-i
ijij
0)
Oc
_.
i
<
z
<
oc
It
to
-.
_i
n
_I
IJil
0.
-1
s
REPC
'-I
'J
J
OC
w
<5
Bv
-J
1.2
5g
2 J
6
M
.5
1^
3
-
<^
<
U) <0
- 00 J><I
cv
25
u> <o
o -o
2? C- CV t^
s?^
J5
SgJ
to s?
RAIL.
143
Form No 401 B
At
Bv..
Few
Report N&.
Datib Op Rollinol
Mr_
The FoLLowiNfl Steel Rails Have Been Inbpecteo Ahp Accepted Accoroin*
To CowTRACT. The Rails Are CERnriEo To Be Within The Speci?icatiom8 Op The
And Approved As Per Details Given Below. All Rails Have Been Inspected And Approved In Aocoroancc Witn
Number Of Heats Rolled
Specifications Now In Effect. Number Of Rails Rolled.
-Other
NuMBCT Or Heats RtJK&Tta
..Number Op Rails Placed In Stock jNo
No.2
__
As
4
S
6
7
Rails Accepted
This Rolling
Total
Nol From
" No.2
14
10
No.2
Other
Rails Restraishteo
12
Rails
13
Rails
32
Tons
anow.Na
bha><iw<i
.--.iJ
.OP o*..<;-.>
:
Second
'
b.i*im9
21
22
23 Surface Defects
24 Total ReJecteo
'
<
'
'
^ri;^^"
'
Airs^N*
bmsIL**"
7soirs"
Lenqtw
Rails
Mll.iM IH
20 Third
...
...
..
18
19
8
9
15
16
31
24
25
Total
Klo.l
No-Z
Other
Calculated Weight
Tons
Total Pounds
Shipp*r>s
LBS
No.
Scale Weight
Total Pounds
Lbs
Tons
No?
^ incn
r>
Amount Of Orders
Order
No.
Toms Nol
Tons Na
Nol
Tons Oth
Balance
No. 2
Tons Lbs
Other
Toms
Lbs
No.l
TOHS
'
ReUARKS
Date 0* Report.
J92...
S.gnbo
_.
Due
No.2
Jnsrector
RAIL.
144
FORM 401C
AT
LB5. PER YO
CONSIGNED TO
.._
QUALITY NUMBER
^^^
J^0R.
>
_.
^p^
.__
NO.OFRAILSOFEAGH LENGTH
LOADED ON CARS
INITIAL
33
NO.
32
31
30
29
28
26
27
25
SHlPPESrs
yaw
24
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
II
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
TOTAL
TOTAL WEIGHT OF-SHIPMENT
TOTAL TONS
OF ORDER
JONS
TOTAL SHIPMENTS
TONS
LBS.
|
1
POUNDS
BALANCE DUE
LBS.
TONS
NO.I RAIL
N0.2RAIL
TOTAL
REMARKS
1
1
DAIEOFR EPORT
1!\Z
MGNEI3
._JN5Pf:CTTD R
omoa
n
xviH *0
i.va
o
s
-KXO
^
fl
siivii
^0 ON AV
ON
.i
01 Oliiinsng ony
4r
6 2
omoa
t1a
<0 ON ''ON
ON
yOiOlrfSH]
s
^
^
MJ
lOBH,
df
8-<*a
:S
au>eN| jQ 'S
siiva MiHiQ
1!
k.
ON
roi.J.oa./o
txoiiO N
-O1./0
OJTioy
lYXCJ.
iO
/.
a:
MnON
-i
Z K
K
-1
a
o
SI
_i
<
rt
i
H
A?
0:
-.
O
5
.2
se
,2
o
2
-1
^^
o
s
a:
a:
0.
<
a:
-i
OVMSAy
SI
6
iSlMCn
s
d^
xsiWH.
1!
nviJW *0
levaiAy
<*'X
1.
Nouoas
wiy
"QON
i
s
'
"W
iHSIl^
XY|^
)
o
5
> ^
11
?
O J
it
5t
(Hi
^^
III
11
5<i
3*r.nN i...iy
S^aOxOSdSN)
1 -'f
i9
ON
N,T
-d ^^
"
Ja
i-
is
5i5
If
S:
tr
.1
a:
if
UUi
is
5
|l
(0
1 ^1
m"""
b
aj"""
d
fH"""
i
M-iioa
i
145
HI ar.nN
VJ.01
RAIL.
146
FORM 4 0*2
North
&
South
Railroad
DIVISION
RAIL SECTION
..DATE OF REPORT.
L.A.^.L
.192.
i...A
MANUFACTURER
1
DATE ROLLED
HEAT NUMBER STAMPED ON
MAIN TRACK
SECTION.
..._
IN
....
KIND OF STEEL
DATE REMOVED
EXACT CASE OF TRACK AT BREAK
LOCATION...-.
OF MILE POST.
f EET
WHICH TRACK
12 WHICH RAIL
ON CURVE OR STRAIGHT LINE
DEGREE OF CURVE.....
_
HIGH OR LOW RAIL
_
_...
ELEVATION OF OUTER RAIL
KIND OF FAILURE (SEE CLASSIFICATION)
DISTANCE FROM END OF RAIL
CONDITION OF WEATHER
_
DESCRIBE BREAK. ..._
_
KIND OF TIES
CONDITION OF TIES AT BREAK
RAIL
LETTER
RAII
1N60T NUMBER...
_
.'.
_..._
._
IF
SO DESCRIBE.
DRAW LINES ON THE DIAGRAM BELOW TO SHOW NATURE OF BREAK IF BREAK WAS NEAREST RECEIVING END
DRAW LINE THROUGH WORDS "LEAVrNQ END" INDICATE GA6E SIDE BY DRAWING LINE THROUGH WORDS
'GAGE SIDE' ON OPPOSITE SIDE.
,_^l-^2
END
SECTION
M
W
M
W
6A<5E
kj OAOE
sipE
t_J SIDE
SIGNED.
M M M
l^
UJ
U
.FOREMAN
RAIL.
147
(.X)
Oni
On More Op Twt
I-
BROKEN
RAIL.
5^2
I.
Transverse Fissunt: Tms Term Covers A Fracture PoRiSiNa Outwarolv Frou A Central Hucutut
With This Typt Op Fracture, There I Always A Smooth ( BRtHT On Dark Oval) Spot Im Tms Interior
Op The Head.
(B) Ordinary Breaks-. This Term Covers A Square Or Angular BrsAm In Which Thbrb.Is No Evioinok
Op a Transvcrsb Fissure
CA)
2-FLOWED HEAD
U7
This Term Means A Rollins Out Op The Metal On Top Op The Head Toward The Sides Without There
Beina Anv Indication Of A Breaking Down Op The Head Structure j That Is The Under Side Op The
Head Is Mot Distorted
3-
CRUSHED HEAD
And
4-SPLIT
Is
HEAD
\2
This Term Includes Rails Split Throuh Or Near The Center Line
Op The Head. Or Rails With
Pieces Split Out Of The Side Op The Head. When This Term Is
Used It Should Be Further DePINED Bv Statins Whether It Is Or Is Not Accompanibd Bv A Seamed Or
Hollowed Head.
5-
This
CRACKED WEB
S
in Au
Crack
\h
6- BROKEN
thI lz^.^rcrJ':.^:::!:^:\iz^^*The
Sketchs On The Front Pace
BASE
7-DAMAGED
"**** ^"''"
criT"*
^'
'***^'-"'** ^''-
''*"^
RAIL.
148
1
1
CNOl-IVKUJO
T)HlH39a
n
Ii
"s
i
a
1
it
1
a:
II
i
It
i
'1
1N30 U3d
il
JO-9N013AV
il
11
III
1
S
1
^ a
3
l\
...:t
+
i"
r:::""'
M
Il
14
jff
i
11
i
isiMoo'eNi>i33(iw3'nNoii3x'Moiirooccvoyniv
SHI HicM Motu MNvwoo tNiarrBNi 'loeNi imx ioi jtu hou
ovr>en /> 1N30 M3d MW3AV 3Hi MOA^OkOM 401 MVvaAV.VXNn t
3WMD3M10 KO'lNWlVJta nOil XOTIV owionj
Noaonai9 Ml
RAIL.
iNiocjoino
OD
INlOf
O
4
149
Nl
Q39VWVQ
3SY8 N3M()9
FAILURE
fl3M
FORM
0310
QV3H
OF
'-I
illdS
aY3W fl3HSn80
UJ
QV3H aaMoij
111
ravNioao'Nixaa
i aanssii sNVifi
d
5o
5
c
Ul>
CO
1
QNnOJ HiNOW
JO
JkVG
_J
SI
O-J
i
"^
uJ
J
192..
iN39NVi
MO 3 Ay no
11
Railroad
.._..
z
o
OF...
11-
i
South
MONTH
SHi9N31
&
-1
THE
ii
North
d
z
FOR
X
5
_i
<
_l a:
It!
ig
FAILURES
o
UJ
-J
1 i
RAIL
t
E
^^1
%ri
U3awnNitio<i3a
b39WnN 3Nn
&
b^
t u> ID
CO
ff>
9 -M
KJ
to J; CO en
Sj Rl 13
^S
RAIL.
150
ill
III?
3
3
m
<
1
3
i
1
<
3
?
<
I
3
^
<
1
3
^
<
Data
Yaar
Vaar
to
Parted
Thla
Thla
Tout
ii
\i'-
>\'
?
1
1*5
II
1
I'l
RAIL.
151
"
.
o
Oi
o
<0
cc
W
>
;;
Q
li.
o>
<
I'
UI
o:
ui
OQ
Z
S
t-
NEW
STEEL
LAID
19
lU
^
^
LAID
PREVIOU
TO
19
13
...
N0li033 JO
3dAi
"~
""
ayvAasd
r}
^
1H9I3M
r-)
,!
.1
.;
av3A
cd
HiNOW
5^
<
d
i
Sou
'
'i
TRACK
aivi yviA
&
a
u.
MAIN
orth
TRACKS
AIN
^ Z
(0
-1
!;;
~"
"-"
1
<
{;;
a:
UJ
a:
z
o
fe
<
z
LU
o
ft:
u.
S3111N
-J
""
"~
""'
"~
^ ^ ^ ~" ~~
"*
~"
"" ""
~"
"~ ~~ "~
-"
" ""
"" ~~
"~
" ^ "~
-"
5
J
1
"^~~
5:
H
ol
Ol
u.
U-
o
q:
u.
CL
.,
s:
-J
<VJ
to * in
3E
00
nc
rj
IT
t^
2 y w
~ ^i
RAIL.
152
~
.
<
CO
vi
i
o
>
i Dl
:
i
1
u.
o
Ral
AM
Sou
DIA
!!;
jO
AILS..
EMOV
ND
q: a:
i
i2
^j
z
o
tij
F
;
4i
i
d
ATE...
< o
UJ
'
M
M
UJ
1
g
1
ui
i:5g
i
CO
g
_)
<
io
_j
lij
>CD
<
5
o
I
w.
g
w
Q
(C
<c
o
<
5
<o
UJ
cfl
>
2
>-
<
z
z
CD
ZJ
*^
^
5
<
=i
_j
z
z
CO
<
o
z
to
TT
DATE.
PERCENTAGE
OEDPERSEC.
BRADED.
<
Of
UJ
>-
o <
r oc
<
HEAD.
TO
t^l%%
SQ.I
TONN
ABRADE
ORIGINAL
AVER.SQINA
TOTAL
TOTAL
AREA
OF
RAIL.
ui
uJ Z>
u
^
yo
Gi
Isii
"
5
u,
or fc
z 5 5
UJ
p.!
153
<
UJ
cc K- (C
UJ
ui
QC
UJ
O W H
Z <
<< O
5C
_J
S Z 3
Sio
UI
dM
1N3M
3)inSV)M|
nivMHsiH nivyMoi
dO
030VMqvNi^5e
3XV0
aaavOTv V3dv
RAIL.
154
iU
M403C
SJ
FOR
fe
im
RAIL
":::
iss^^MlSS
OF
Railroad
1
p
o
iii
TEST
til
WEAR
U'
a:
,
:-_::-:::::
X
UJ
liii
South
^PARATIVE
UJ
&
f
5
_J
t
*
UJ
iisi
ii
is
*^
l~
a
>
o
j__
"[
_IL
_I
111
ifeg
^^1
s^^
1-
<
ifsi^^n
t"_
''.
b;cj
. J -
NW
tjjO
10 t^
l^mO-juwisiEtSSSJ^gJ s ^ iQ s
;^
sbl^
COMMITTEE
V.
TRACK.
'
Alinement.The
DEFINITIONS.
horizontal
location
of
railway
with
reference
to
Branch Line.
The secondary
An arc of the
Curve, Simple.
circumference of a
circle.
Curve, Degree of. The angle subtended at the center of a simple curve
by a 100-foot chord.
Curve, Compound.
common
Curve, Easement.
some
tion
definitely
Two
common
connects, or
A curve
Two
Curve, Vertical.
it
'
Connecting Track.
the
track
between the
frogs
Crossover.
Two
parallel
tracks.
Crossover, Double.
tions,
which
Elevation
(of
intersect
Curves).
Fastenings.
Splice
The
rail,
bars, bolts
Fastenings, Auxiliary,
vertical
distance
that
the
outer
rail
is
and
Nutlocks,
spikes.
tie-plates,
rail
ing devices.
Frog.
trains
on one
rail to cross
the other.
Adopted,
Vol. 5, 1904, pp. 527, 535, 541-560; Vol. 6, 1905, pp. 748, 749.
759-761; Vol 10, Part 1, 1909, pp. 400. 461-463: VoL 11, Part 2, 1910. pp. 942.
955; VoL 16, 1915, pp. 728, 1144; VoL 17, 1916, pp. 387, 905; VoL 18. 1917,
pp. 417, 1491.
155
TRACK.
156
it
Frog Number.
the
Gage
rail
is
One-half
number of
(a Tool).
units of length in
Gage, Standard.
Level.
The
The
gage of 4 feet
8^
is
one
is
unit.
determined.
rail.
inches.
transversely
is
equal.
Line.
Lining Track.
conform
to the established
alinement.
The principal
or lines of a railway.
Main Track. The running track of railway wHereon
Main
Line.
line
a_
trains
is
the
main
the second
Out
of Face
pletely
of
first
easterly
main
track, etc.
(referring to Track
Work).
Work
that proceeds
com-
from work
Scissors Crossover.
Slip Switch.
movement
rail
common
and the end frogs of the crossing serve for the turnout.
is
uniform throughout
is
its
in
length.
Spur.
line of
The
is
line,
and over
maintained.
TRACK.
Switch.
and operating
on which
it
Any
Ties,
Tangent.
Track.
157
is
rails,
necessary connections
rails
all
positions.
Turnout.
may
Wye.
ties,
ties
"Y," with the top closed, by means of which engines and trains
letter
may
be turned.
=^
MAINTENANCE OF
LINE.
Tangents.
(a)
and
partially
least
work.
Centers
line.
(b)
all
The
With curves
With
less
in feet
should have lengths in feet of not less than thirty times the elevation
Adopted, Vol. 3, 1902, pp. 55, 56, 67-78: Vol. 5, 1904, pp. 527, 528, 535, 561,
562; Vol. 6. 1905, pp. 753, 754, 759-761; Vol. 10, Part 1, 1909. pp. 400, 429, 430.
461-463. 464; Vol. 12, Part 1, 1911, pp. 402, 447; Vol. 16. 1915, pp. 731. 1145.
=
TRACK.
158
in
inches for the ultimate speed, nor less than two-thirds the ultimate
in'
inches.
be
made without
will
is
all
cases
minimum
is
used in
For minor
The minimum
lengths should be
of main curves.
Curve elevations should be attained and run out uniformly over the
length of easement curves with no elevation on tangents and
full
elevation
full
on circular curves.
different degrees,
Any form
(1)
of easement curve
is
satisfactory:
nothing to
(2)
rail is
raised
from
full elevation.
in
by deflection or
chords of
offset with
Which
is
The 10-chord
spiral length
central
angle
may
is
spiral
is
recommended.
To
secure
the
most accurate
when
results
the
chords
approximately one- tenth the length of spiral should be used when the
central angle exceeds 15 degrees.
(c)
Permanent Monuments.
Permanent monuments should be placed
such other
reproduced with a
transit.
TRACK.
159
200
300
in
400
Feeh.
SOO
For all curves which are liable to limit the speed of trains, the length
of spiral should equal that indicated on the line marked "Elevation
8
inches."
Longer spirals may be used provided the increased length does
not adversely affect the degree of curve or seriously affect the cost of
construction.
Minor Curves.
,
For minor curves the length of spiral should never be less than that
Indicated by the diagram; an increase of about 50 per cent, over the indicated length may be desirable where cost is not seriously affected.
Spirals need not be used when elevation required for highest permissible
speed is less than two inches.
TKACK.
160
SPIRALS.
Notation.
For curve
toward station
away from
on the side
station zero.
3.T
'Adopte^l. Vol.
12,
Part
1,
lfH.
418.
TRACK.
T. C.
The
C. T.
C. C.
The
161
from tangent
to circular curve.
The
point of change
from tangent
S. C.
The
point of change
from
to spiral.
C. S.
The
point of change
S. T.
The
point of change
S.
The
.9.
The symbols
from
from
spiral to tangent.
and
A The
is
S. C.
and C. S.
changed.
from the
T. S.
spiral.
angle between the tangent at the T. S. and the chord from the
T. S. to the S. C.
The angle
at
spiral,
B The
at that point
S.
tangent at the S. C.
c
C The
The degree
The degree
the spiral
(produced
if
necessary)
The
initial
and
final
k
/
The
The
L The
o
The
C;
5".
C.
'
The
R The
s
The
S The
u
The
from
spiral.
TRACK.
162
U The
from the
C;
distance on the tangent through any given point from that point
The
V The
The
The
tangent.
spiral
T.
T. S.
The
V The
Z The
C, referred
to the T. S.
C, referred
to- the
r. S.
S
The
A The
Ts
The tangent
P.
Es
The
from the T.
whole
S. to
any given
point.
spiral.
from
T. S. to
I.
Formulas for the Exact Determination of the Functions of the TenChord Spiral When the Central Angle Does Not
Exceed 45 Degrees.
kl
= ks =
100
D = kS =
100
ds
ks^
kl^
DS
kS^
A=
14
Bz=z
LA
C=L
dl
20000
200
kL^
DL
20000
200 J
(2)
A 0.00297 A8 seconds
(CO J 0.3
X = CcosA
Y = CsinA
U=C
(1)
kL
(3)
(4)
-f .004 exsec }i
L)
(5)
(6)
(7)
sinB
(8)
sin
TRACK.
sin
sin
V^C-
163
(9)
SO
R=
(10)
sin Yz
Zz=X RsinA
o=zY R vers A
(11)
(12)
(^/)+Z
T=iR-{-o)
s
tan
E ={R-^o)
exsec (Vil)
(13)
+o
(14)
The formulas
For use
tables.
ciently
formulas are
suffi-
accurate and have the advantage that they do not require the
all
functions of any parts of the spiral without serious error, though they are
= y3A
= 10 ks^ minutes
^ = 10 kS^ minutes^
^^^^
^^^-n
^^^^
when
8 (or
A)
similar approximation
may
be used
when
the transit
U=L
(20 .fm
set at
an
from the
from the T.
S.
exceed 15 degrees.
X = L Liy3versV4
is
if
Y=
turning deflec-
-}-
A
3
-f Viaz/^rji^
A)
(17)
M A )
(18)
+ Vio v^r.? 54
exsec
1/2
V=iL{y3+'V^ exsec
Vi
A)
(20)
A) cosy2D
(21)
(2/3 -\-'Vb
=-^(sin
Z=L
(0.5
COS
Vi
-{-sinVi
A)
Ao D
(19)
(22)
TRACK.
164
The
may
spiral
tangent and the other half from circular curve, by making the offsets vary
directly as the cube of the distance
from the
and the
T. S.
normal
This
5. C.
offsets,
making
the
half o; or else by measuring half the total length of the spiral along the
tangent, bisecting the distance to the offset T. C. for the offset to the
middle point Qf spiral and using oblique offsets between equidistant points
Both methods
will
at variance with
any
no practical consequence.
may be
spiral.
is
x and
y.
offsets or deflections,
when through-line
stationing
is
is
not used.
If the spiral be divided into ten equal chords, the first deflection in
minutes equals the degree of the main curve times the length of the
chord
in
times 0.5
stations
=2
e.
minutes.
The same
g.,
when L
= 500
The remaining
4,
9,
16,
etc.,
and
D = 4,
Si
= 0.5
and
d=d
times the
first
deflection.
and (16).
When A
5*.
T.
In the latter case the deflection angle from a tangent through a point
P' to a point
distance P'
P"
P"
is
from the
5".
T.,
in
spiral,
spiral.
The
rule
is
TRACK.
165
approximate and should not be used when the central angle from P' to P"
exceeds the central angle from the T. S. to P' by more than 15 degrees.
The
deflection
is
chord
first
chord points
COEFFICIENTS OF
ai
Deflection Angle
Number
Transit at Chord-Point
to
Chord Point
Number
T.S.
r.s
18
32
50
72
98
128
162
200
14
27
44
65
90
119
152
189
20
36
56
80
108
140
176
11
26
45
68
95
126
161
14
32
54
80
110
144
17
38
63
92
125
20
44
72
104
23
50
81
26
56
10
16
18
16
10
25
28
27
22
13
36
40
40
36
28
16
49
54
55
52
45
34
19
64
70
72
70
64
54
40
22
81
88
91
90
85
76
63
46
25
100
180
112
112
108
100
88
72
52
10
S.C
10
S.C.
29
28
The following
of
coefficients of
to the
of
for values
end of the
and
and the
spiral tangents
V;
and
it
gives
and
also coefficients
of curve.
To
knowing
and choosing a
for
L and
equation (2).
determining
Opposite
L from formula
(1),
derive
A from
it
by L.
For
and
when
necessary.
proceed exactly
in the
same manner
spiral
as x,
y.
TRACK.
166
iT
Y
L
0.0
0 00'
00"
1.000 000
1.000 000
.000 000
o.r
0.2"
0.3"
0 02' 00"
0 04' 00"
0 06' 00"
1.000 000
.999 999
.999 999
1.000 000
.999 999
.999 997
.000 582
.001 164
.001 745
0.4
0.5
0.6"
0 08' 00"
0 10' 00"
0 12' 00"
.999 998
.999 997
.999 995
.999 995
.999 992
.999 989
.002 327
.002 909
.003 491
0.8
0.9
0 14' 00"
0 16' 00"
0 18' 00"
.999 993
.999 991
.999 989
.999 985
.999 981
.999 975
.004 072
.004 654
.005 236
1.0
0 20' 00"
.999 987
.999*970
.005 818
1.2"
1.3
0 22' 00"
0 24' 00"
0 26' 00"
.999 984
.999 981
.999 977
.999 963
.999 956
.999 949
.006 399
.006 981
.007 563
1.4"
1.5"
1.6
0 28' 00"
0 30' 00"
0 32' 00"
.999 974
.999 970
.999 966
.999 941
.999 932
.999 922
.008 145
.008 726
.009 308
1.7"
1.8"
1.9
4 34' 00"
0 36' 00"
0 38' 00"
.999 961
.999 957
.999 952
.999 912
.999 902
.999 891
.009 890
.010 471
.011 053
0.7
2.0"
0 40' 00"
.999 947
.999 879
.011 635
2.1
2.2'
2.3"
0 42' 00"
0 44' 00"
0 46' 00"
.999 941
.999 935
.999 929
.999 866
.999 853
.999 840
.012 216
.012 798
.013 379
2.4
2.5
2.6"
0 48' 00"
0 50' 00"
0 52' 00"
.999 923
.999 916
.999 910
.999 826
.999 811
.999 795
.013 961
.014 542
.015 124
2.7
2.8
2.9
0 54' 00"
0 56' 00"
0 58' 00"
.999 903
.999 895
.999 888
.999 779
.999 763
.999 745
.015 706
.016 287
.016 868
3.0"
1 00' 00"
.999 880
.999 727
.017 450
3.1
3.2
3.3
1 02' 00"
1 04' 00"
1 06' 00"
.999 872
.999 863
.999 854
.999 709
.999 690
.999 670
.018 031
.018 613
.019 194
3.4
3.5
3.6
1 08' 00"
1 10' 00"
1 12' 00"
.999 846
.999 836
.999 827
.999 650
.999 629
.999 608
.019 775
.020 357
.020 938
3.7
3,8
3.9
1 14' 00"
1 16' 00"
1 18' 00"
.999.817
.999 807
.999 797
.999 585
.999 563
.999 539
.021 519
.022 101
.022 682
4.0
1 20' 00"
.999 786
.999 515
.023 263
4.1
4.2
4.3
1 22' 00"
1 24 00"
1 26' 00"
.999 775
.999 764
.999 753
.999 491
.999 440
.023 844
.024 425
.025 006
4.4
4.5
4.6
1 28' 00"
1 30' 00"
1 32' 00"
.999 741
.999 729
.999 717
.999 414
.999 387
.999 359
.025 588
.026 169
.026 750
4.7
4.8
4.9
1 34' 00"
1 36' 00"
1 38' 00"
.999 70.T
.999 692
.999 679
.999 331
.999 302
.999 273
.027 331
.027 911
.028 492
5.0
1 40' 00"
.999 666
.999 243
029 073
999 466
TRACK.
167
rax.
nD
= mL nD
.666 667
.333 333
.000 000
.000 00
.500 000
.000 00
0.0'
.666 667
.666 667
.666 668
.333 333
.333 334
.333 334
.000 145
.000 291
.000 436
.000 00
.000 00
.000 00
.500 000
,500 000
.500 000
.000 13
.000 25
.000 38
0.1
0.2"
0.3"
.666 668
.666 669
.666 671
.333 335
.333 336
.333 337
.000 582
,000 727
.000 873
.000 00
.000 00
.000 00
.499 999
.499 999
.499 998
.000 51
.000 64
.000 76
0.4'
0.5"
0.6
.666 672
.666 674
.666 675
.333 338
.333 340
.333 341
.001 018
.001 164
.001 309
.000 01
.000 01
.000 01
.499 998
.499 997
.499 996
.000 89
.001 02
.001 15
0.7
0.8
0.9
.666 677
.333 343
.001 454
.000 01
.499 995
.001 27
1.0
.666 680
.666 682
.666 685
.333 345
.333 347
.333 350
.001 600
.001 745
.001 891
.000 01
.000 02
.000 02
.499 994
.499 993
.499 992
.001 40
.001 53
.001 66
1.1
1.2
1.3
.666 688
.666 691
.666 694
.333 352
.233 355
.333 358
.002 036
.002 182
.002 327
.000 02
.000 03
.000 03
.499 990
.499 989
.499 987
.001 78
.001 91
.002 04
1.4
1.5
1.6'
.666 698
.666 701
.666 705
.333 362
.333 365
.333 369
.002 472
.002 618
.002 763
.000 03
.000 04
.000 04
.499.986
.499 984
.499 982
.002 17
.002 29
.002 42
1.7
1.8
1.9
.666 710
.333 372
.002 909
.000 04
.499 980
.002 55
2.0
.666 714
.666 719
.666 723
.333 376
.333 381
.333 385
.003 054
.003 200
.003 345
.000 05
.000 05
.000 06
.499 978
.499 976
.499 974
.002 68
.002 80
.002 93
2.1
2.2
2.3
.666 728
.666 734
.666 739
.333 390
.333 394
.333 399
.003 490
.003 636
.003 781
.000 06
.000 07
.000 08
.499 972
.499 969
.499 967
.003 06
.003 18
.003 31
2.4
2.5
2.6
.666 745
.666 751
.666 757
.333 405
.333 410
.333 415
.003 927
.004 072
.004 218
.000 08
.000 09
.000 09
.499 964
.499 962
.499 959
.003 44
.003 57
.003 69
2.7
2.8
2.9
.666 763
.333 421
.004 363
.000 10
.499 956
.003 82
3.0
.666 770
.666 776
.666 783
.333 427
.333 433
.333 440
.004 508
.004 654
.004 799
.000 11
.000 11
.000 12
.499 953
.499 950
.499 947
.003 96
.004 07
.004 20
3.1
3.2
3.3
.666 791
.666 798
.666 806
.333 446
.333 453
.333 460
.004 945
.005 090
.005 235
.000 13
.000 14
.000 14
.499 943
.499 940
.499 936
.004 33
.004 46
.004 58
3.4
3.5
3.6
.666 813
.666 822
.666 830
.333 467
.333 474
.333 482
.005 381
.005 526
.005 671
.000 15
.000 16
.000 17
.499 933
.499 929
.499 925
.004 71
.004 84
.004 97
3.7
3.8
3.9
.666 838
.333 490
.005 817
.000 18
.499 922
.005 09
4.0
.666 847
.666 856
.666 865
.333 498
.333 506
.333 514
.005 962
.006 108
.006 253
.000 19
.000 20
.000 21
.49.9
918
.499 914
.499 909
.005 22
.005 35
.005 47
4.1
4.2
4.3
.666 874
.666 884
.666 894
.333 522
.333 531
.333 540
.006 398
.006 544
.006 689
.000 22
.000 23
.000 24
.499 905
.499 901
.499 896
.005 60
.005 73
.005 85
4,4'
4.5
4.6
.666 904
.666 914
.666 924
.333 549
.333 558
.333 568
.006 834
.006 980
.007 125
.000 25
.000 26
.000 27
.499 892
.499 887
.499 882
.005 98
.006 11
.006 24
4.7
4.8
4.9
.666 935
.333 578
.007 270
.000 28
.499 877
.006 36
5.0:
TRACK.
168
Y
L
5.0'
1 40' 00"
.999 666
.999 243
.029 073
5.1
5.2
1 42' 00"
1 44' 00"
1 46' 00"
.999 652
.999 639
.999 625
.999 212
.999 181
.999 150
.029 654
.030 235
.030 816
5.6
1 48' 00"
1 50' 00"
1 51' 59"
.999 610
.999 596
.999 581
.999 117
.999 084
.999 051
.031 396
.031 977
.032 558
5.7
5.8
5.9
1 53' 59"
1 55' 59"
1 57' 59"
.999 566
.999 550
.999 535
.999 016
.998 982
.998 946
.033 138
.033 719
.034 299
5.4
6.0"
1 59' 59"
.999 519
.998 910
.034 880
6.1"
6.2
6.3
2 01' 59"
2 03' 59"
2 05' 59"
.999 503
.999 486
.999 470
.998 874
.998 836
.998 799.
.035 460
.036 040
.036 621
6.4
6.5
6.6
2 07' 59"
2 09' 59"
2 11' 59"
.999 453
.999 435
.999 418
.998 760
.998 721
.998 681
.037 201
.037 781
.038 361
6.7
6.8
6.9
2 13' 59"
2 15' 59"
2 17' 59"
.999 400
.999 382
.999 364
.998 641
.998 600
.998 559
.038 941
.039 522
.040 102
7.0
2 19' 59"
.999 345
.998 517
.040 682
7.1
7.2
7.3
2 21' 59"
2 23' 59"
2 25' 59"
.999 326
.999 307
.999 288
.998 474
.998 431
.998 387
.041 261
.041 841
.042 421
7.4
7.5
7.6
2 27' 59"
2 29' 59"
2 31' 59"
.999 268
.999 248
.999 228
.998 343
.998 298
.998 252
.043 001
.043 581
.044 160
7.7
7.8
7.9
2 33' 59"
2 35' 59"
2 37' 59"
.999 208
.999 187
.999 166
.998 206
.998 159
.998 111
.044 740
.045 319
.045 899
8.0
2 39' 58"
.999 145
.998 063
.046 478
8.1
8.2
8.3
2 41' 58"
2 43' 58"
2 45' 58"
.999 123
.999 102
.999 080
.998 015
.997 965
.997 915
.047 058
.047 637
.048 216
8.4
8.5
8.6
2 47' 58"
2 49' 58"
2 51' 58"
.999 057
.999 035
.999 012
.997 865
.997 814
.997 762
.048 795
.049 374
.049 953
8.7
8.8
8.9
2 53' 58"
2 55.' 58"
2 57' 58"
.998 989
.998 965
.998 942
.997 710
.997 657
.997 603
.050 532
.051 111
.051 690
9.0
2* 59' 58"
.998 918
.997 549
.052 269
9.1
9.2
9.3
3 01' 58"
3 03' 58"
3 05' 58
.998 894
.998 869
.998 844
.997 495
.997 439
.997 383
.052 848
.053 426
.054 005
9.4
9.5
9.6
3 07' 58"
3 09' 57"
3 11' 57"
.998 819
.998 794
.998 769
.997 327
.997 270
.997 212
.054 583
.055 162
.055 740
9.7
9.8
9.9
3 13' 57"
3 15' 57''
3 17' 57"
.998 743
:99S 717
.998 691
.997 154
.997 095
.997 035
.056 318
.056 897
.057 475
10.0
3 19' 57"
.998 664
.996 975
.058 053
TRACK.
'
169
.666 935
.333 578
=: itlL
nD
= mL nD
.007 270
.000 28
.499 877
.006 36
5.0"
.666 946
.666 957
.666 968
.333 587
.333 598
.333 608
.007 416
.007 561
.007 706
.000 29
.000 30
.000 31
.499 872
.499 867
.499 862
.006 49
.006 62
.006 74
5.1"
5.2*
5.3
.666 979
.666 991
.667 003
.333 618
.333 629
.333 640
.007 852
.007 997
.008 142
.000 32
.000 34
.000 35
.499 857
.499 853
.499 846
.006 87
.007 00
.007 12
5.4
5.5
5.6
.667 015
.667 028
.667 040
.333 651
.333 662
.333 674
.008 288
.008 433
.008 578
.000 36
.000 37
.000 39
.499 841
.499 835
.499 829
.007 25
.007 38
.007 50
5.7"
5.8
5.9
.667 053
.333 685
.008 724
.000 40
.499 824
.007 63
6.0
.667 066
.667 079
.667 093
.333 697
.333 709
.333 721
.008 869
.009 014
.009 159
.000 41
.000 43
.000 ii
.499 818
.499 812
.499 805
.007 76
.007 88
.008 01
6.1
6.2
6.3
.667 106
.667 120
.667 134
.333 734
.333 746
.333 759
.009 305
.009 450
.009 595
.000 45
.000 47
.000 48
.499 799
.499 793
.499 786
.008 14
.008 26
.008 39
6.4'
6.5
6.6
.667 148
.667 163
.667 178
.333 772
.333 785
.333 799
.009 740
.009 886
.010 031
.000 50
.000 51
.000 53
.499 780
.499 773
.499 767
.008 52
.008 64
.008 77
6.7
6.8
6.9
.667 193
.333 812
.010 176
.000 54
.499 760
.008 90
7.0
.667 208
.667 223
.667 239
.333 826
.333 840
.333 854
.010 321
.010 467
.010 612
.000 56
.000 58
.000 59
.499 753
.499 746
.499 739.
.009 02
.009 15
.009 28
7.1
7.2
7.3
.667 255
.667 271
.667 287
.333 869
.333 883
.333 898
.010 757
.010 902
.011 048
.O-OO 61
.000 62
.000 64
.499 732
.499 724
.499 717
.009 40
.009 53
.009 65
7.*4
.667 303
.667 320
.667 337
.333 913
.333 928
.333 944
.011 193
.011 338
.011 483
.000 66
.000 68
.000 69
.499 709
.499 702
.499 694
.009 78
.009 91
.010 03
7.7'
7.8
7.9
7.5
7.6'
.667 354
.333 959
.011 628
.000 71
.499 686
.010 16
8.0
.667 371
.667 389
.667 407
.333 975
.333 991
.334 007
.011 773
.011 919
.012 064
.000 73
.000 75
.000 76
.499 678
.499 670
.499 662
.010 29
.010 41
.010 54
8.1
8.2
8.3
.667 424
.667 443
.667 461
.334 024
.334 040
.334 057
.012 209
.012 354
.012 499
.000 78
.000 80
.000 82
.499 654
.499 646
.499 637
.010 66
.010 79
.010 92
8.4'
8.5
8.6
.667 480
.667 499
.667 518
.334 074
.334 091
.334 109
.012 644
.012 789
.012 935
.000 84
.000 86
.000 88
.499 629
.499 620
.499 612
.011 04
.011 17
.011 29
8.7
8.8'
8.9'
.667 537
.334 126
.013 080
.000 90
.499 603
.011 42
9.0
.667 556
.667 576
.667 596
.334 144
- .334 162
.334 180
.013 225
.013 '370
.013 515
.000.92
.000 94
.000 96
.499 594
.499 585
.499 576
.011 55
.011 67
.011 80
9.1'
9.2
9.3'
.667 616
.667 636
.667 657
.334 198
.334 217
.334 236
.013 660
.013 805
.013 950
.000 98
.001 00
.001 02
.499 567
.499 558
.499 548
.011 92
.012 05
.012 17
9.4'
9.5'
9.6
.6^7 678
.667 699
.667 720
.334 255
.334 274
.334 293
.014 095
.014 240
.014 385
.001 04
.001 07
.001 09
.499 539
.499 529.
.499 520
.012 30
.012 43
.012 55
9 7
.667 742
.334 313
.014 530
.001 11
.499 510
.012 68
10.0'
9.8'
9.9'
TRACK.
170
C
L
10.0
3 19' 57"
.998 664
.996 975
.058 G53
10.1
10.2
10.3
3 21' 57"
3 23' 57"
3 25' 57"
.998 637
.998 610
.998 583
.996 915
.996 853
.996 791
.058 631
.059 209
.059 787
10.4
10.5
10.6
3 27' 57"
3 29' 57"
3 31' 56"
.998 555
.998 527
.998 499
.996 729
.996 666
.996 602
.060 364
.060 942
.061 520
10.7
10.8
10.9
3 33' 56"
3 35' 56"
3 a7' 56"
.998 471
.998 442
.998 413
.996 538
.996 473
.996 407
.062 097
.062 675
.063 252
11.0
3 39' 56"
.998 384
.996 341
.063 829
11.1
11.2
11.3
3 41' 56"
3 43' 56"
3 45' 56"
.998 354
.998 324
.998 294
.996 274
.996 207
.996 139
.064 406
.064 984
.065 561
11.4
11.5
11.6
3 47' 56"
3 49' 55"
3 51 55"
.998 264
.998 233
.998 203
.996 071
.996 002
.995 932
.066 138
.066 714
.067 291
11.7
11.8
11.9
3 53' 55"
3 55' 55"
3 57' 55"
.998 171
.998 140
.998 108
.995 862
.995 791
.995 719
.067 868
.068 445
.069 021
12.0'
3 59' 55"
.998 077
.995 647
.069 598
12.1
12.2
12.3
4 01' 55"
4 03' 55"
4 05' 54"
998 044
.998 012
.997 979
.995 574
.995 501
.995 427
.070 174
.070 750
.071 326
12.4
12.5
12.6
4 07' 54"
4 09' 54"
4 11' 54"
.997 946
.997 913
.997 880
.995 353
.995 278
.995 202
.071 902
.072 478
.073 054
12.7
12.8
12.9
4 13' 54"
4 15' 54"
4 17' 54"
.997 846
.997 812
.997 777
.995 126
.995 049
.994 971
.073 630
.074 206
.074 781
13.0
4 19' 53"
.997 743
.994 893
.075 357
13.1
13.2
13.3
4 21' 53"
4 23' 53"
4 25' 53"
.997 708
.997 673
.997 638
.994 814
.994 735
.994 655
.075 932
.076 508
.077 083
13.4
13.5
13.6
4 27' 53^'
4 29' 53"
4 31' 53"
.997 602
.997 566
.997 530
.994 575
.994 494
.994 412
.077 658
.078 233
.078 808
13.7
13.8
13.9
4 33' 52"
4 35' 52"
4 37' 52
.997 493
.997 457
.997 420
.994 330
.994 247
.994 163
.079 383
.079 957
.080 532
14.0
4 39' 52"
.997 383
.994
079
.081 106
14.1
14.2
14.3
4 41' 52"
4 43' 51"
4 45' 51"
.997 345
.997 307
.997 269
.993 995
.993 909
.993 824
.081 681
.082 255
.082 829
14.4
14.5
14.6
4 47' 51"
4 49' 51"
4 51' 51"
.997 231
.997 192
.997 154
.993 737
.993 650
.993 563
.083 403
.083 977
.084 551
14.7
14.8
14.9
4 53' 51"
4 55' 50"
4 57' 50"
.997 116
.997 075
.997 036
.993 474
.993 385
.993 296
.085 125
.085 699
.086 272
15.0'
4 59' 50"
996 996
.993 206
.086 846
TRACK.
171
= mL nD
= mL nD
A
0
.667 742
.334 313
.014 530
.001 11
.499 510
.012 68
10.
.667 763
.667 785
.667 807
.334 332
.334 352
.334 373
.014 675
.014 820
.014 965
.001 13
.001 15
.001 18
.499.500
.499 490
,499 480
.012 80
.012 93
.013 05
lo.r
.667 830
.667 852
.667 875
.334 393
.334 413
.334 434
.015 110
.015 255
.015 400
.001 20
.001 22
.001 25
.499 470
.499 460
.499 449
.013 18
.013 30
.013 43
10.410.5
10.6"
.,667 898
.667 921
.667 944
.334 455
.334 476
.334 498
.015 545
.015 690
.015 835
.001 27
.001 29
.001 32
.499 439
.499 428
.499 418
.013 55
.013 68
.013 80
10.7
10.8"
'
10.
10.3'
10.
9"
,667 968
.334 519
.015 980
.001 34
.499 407
.013 93
11.0
.667 992
.668 016
.668 040
.334 541
.334 563
.334 585
.016 125
.016 270
.016 415
.001 37
.001 39
.001 42
.499 396
.499 385
.499 374
.014 05
.014 18
.014 30
11.
.668 065
.668 089
.668 114
.334 607
.334 630
.334 653
.016 560
.016 704
.016 849
.001 44
.001 47
.001 49
.499 363
.499 352
.499 341
.014 43
.014 55
.014 68
11.4
11.5
11.6
.668 140
.668 165
.668 191
.334 676
.334 699
.334 722
.016 994
.017 139
.017 284
.001 52
.001 54
.001 57
.499 329
.499 318
.499 306
.014 80
.014 93
.015 05
11.7
11.8
11.9
.668 216
.334 746
.017 429
.001 60
.499 294
.015 18
12.0
.668 242
.668 269
.668 295
.334 769
.334 793
.334 817
.017 5 74
.017 7 18
.017 8 63
.001 62
.001 65
.001 68
.499 283
.499 271
.499 259
.015 30
.015 43
.015 55
12.1
12.2
12.3
.668 322
.668 349
.668 376
.334 842
.334 866
.334 891
.018
08
.018 1 53
.018 2 98
.001 70
.001 73
.001 76
.499 247
.499 234
.499 222
,015 68
.015 80
.015 92
12.4
12.5
12.6
.668 403
.668 431
.668 459
.334 916
.334 941
.334 967
.018 4 42
.018 5 87
.018 7 32
.001 79
.001 81
.001 84
.499 210
.499 197
.499 185
.016 05
.016 17
.016 30
12.7
12.8
12.9
.668 487
.334 992
.018 877
.001 87
.499 172
.016 42
13.0
.668 515
.668 543
.668 572
.335 018
.335 044
.335 070
21
.019
.019 1 66
.019 3 11
.001 90
.001 93
.001 96
.499 159
.499 146
.499-133
.016 55
.016 67
.016 79
13.1
13.2
13.3
.668 601
.668 630
.668 660
.335 096
.335 123
.335 150
.019 4 55
.019 6 00
.019 7 45
.001 99
.002 02
.002 05
.499 120
.499 107
.499 094
.016 92
.017 04
.017 17
13.4
13.5
13.6
.668 6S9
.668 719
.668 749
.335 177'
.335 204
.335 231
.019 8 89
.020
34
.020 1 79
.002 08
.002 11
.002 14
.499 081
.499 067
.499 054
.017 29
.017 41
.017 54
13.7
13.8
13.9
l"
11.2"
11.3"
.668 779
.335 259
.020 323
.002 17
.499 040
.017 66
14.0
.668 810
.668 840
.668 871
.335 287
.335 315
.335 343
.020 468
.020 612
.020 757
.002 20
.002 23
.002 26
.499 026
.499 012
.498 998
.017 78
.017 91
.018 03
14.1
14.2
14.3
.668 902
.668 934
.668 965
.335 371
.335 400
.335 429
.020 902
.021 046
.021 191
.002 29
.002 33
.002 36
.498 984
.498 970
.498 956
.018 15
.018 28
.018 40
14.4
14.5
14.6
.668 997
.669 029
.669 061
.335 458
.335 487
.335 516
.021 335
.021 480
.021 624
.002 39
.002 42
.002 45
.498 942
.498 927
.498 913
.018 52
.018 65
.018 77
14,7
14.8
14.9
.669 094
.335 546
.021 769
.002 49
.498 898
.018 89
15.0"
TRACK.
172
15.0
4 59' 50"
.996 996
.993 206
.086 846
15.1
15.2
15.3"
5 01' 50"
5 03' 50"
5 05' 49"
.996 956
.996 915
.996 874
.993 115
.993 024
.992 932
.087'
15.4"
IS.S"
15.6
5 07' 49"
5 09' 49"
5 11' 49"
.996 833
.996 792
.996 751
.992 840
.992 747
.992 654
.089 138
.089 711
.090 284
15.7
15.8
15.9
5 13' 49"
5 15' 48"
5 17' 48"
.996 709
.996 667
.996 625
.992 559
.992 465
.992 369
.090 856
.091 429
.092 001
16.0
5 19^ 48"
.996 582
.992 273
.092 574
lff.l
16.2
16.3
5 21' 48"
5 23' 47"
5 25' 47"
.996 539
.996 496
.998 453
.992 177
.992 080
.991 982
.093 146
.093 718
.094 290
16.4
16.5
16.6
5 27' 47"
5 29' 47"
5 31' 46"
.996 409
.996 366
.996 321
.991 884
.991 785
.991 685
.094 862
.095 433
.096 005
16.7
16.8
16.9
5 33' 46"
5 35' 46"
5 37'.46"
.996 277
.996 232
.996 187
.991 585
.991 484
.991 383
.096 576
.097 148
.097 719
17.0
5 39' 45"
.996 142
.991 281
.098 290
17.1
17.2
17.3
5 41' 45"
5 43' 45"
5 45' 45"
.996 097
.996 051
.996 005
.991 179
.991 076
.990 972
.098 861
.099 432
.100 002
17.4
17.5
17.6
5 47' 44"
5 49' 44"
5 51' 44"
.995 959
.995 912
.995 865
.990 868
.990 763
.990 658
.100 573
.101 143
.101 713
17.7
17.8
17.9
5 53' 44"
5 55' 43"
5 57' 43"
.995 818
.995 771
.995 723
.990 552
.990 445
.990 338
.102 284
.102 854
.103 424
18.0
5 59' 43"
..995
676
.990 230
.103 993
18.1
18.2
18.3
6 01' 42"
6 03' 42"
6 05' 42"
.995 628
.995 579
.995 530
.990 122
.990 013
.989 903
.104 563
.105 132
.105 702
18.4
18.5
18.6
6 07' 42"
6 09 41"
6 11' 41"
.995 482
.995 432
.995 383
.989 793
.989 682
.989 571
.106 271
.106 840
107 409
18.7
18.8
18.9
6 13' 41"
6 15' 40"
6 17' 40"
.995 333
.995 283
.995 233
.989 459
.989 347
.989 233
.107 978
.108 547
.109 115
19.0
6 19' 40"
.995 183
.989 12a
.109 683
19.1
19.2
19.3
6 21' 39"
6 23' 39"
6 25' 39"
.995 132
.995 081
.995 029
.989 005
.988 891
.988 775
.110 252
.110 820
.111 388
19.4
19.5
19.6
6 27' 38"
6 29' 38"
6 31' 38"
.994 978
.994 926
.994 874
.988 659
.988 543
.988 425
.111 956
.112 523
.113 091
19.7
19.8
19.9
6 33' 37"
6 35' 37"
go 37, 37,,
.994 822
.994 769
.994 716
.988 308
.988 189
.988 070.
.113 658
.114 225
.114 793
20.0
6 39'
36"
.994 663
.987 951
.115 360
.087 419
992
.088 565
TRACK.
173
'
"l
=
m
ml*
nD
SPIRAL.-.Conf d.
= mL nD
AA
.669 094
.335 546
.021 769
.002 49
.498 898
.018 89
15.0
.669 126
.669 159
.669 192
.335 576
.335 606
.335 636
.021 913
.022 058
.022 202
.002 52
.002 55
.002 59
.498 883
.498 869
.498 854
.019 02
.019 14
.019 26
15.1
.669 226
.669 259
.669 293
.335 666
.335 697
.335 728
.022 347
.022 491
.022 635
.002 62
.002 65
.002 69
.498 839
.498 824
.498 808
.019 39
.019 51
.019 63
15.4
15.5
15.6
.669 327
.669 361
.669 396
.335 759
.335 790
.335 821
.022 780
.022 924
.023 069
.002 72
.002 76
.002 79
.498,793
.498 778
.498 762
.019 75
.019 88
,020 00
15.7
15.8
15.9
15.
15.3
.669 431
.335 853
.023 213
.002 83
.498 747
.020 12
16.0
.669 465
.669 501
.669 536
.335 885
.335 917
.335 949
.023 357
.023 502
.023 646
.002 86
.002 90
.002,93
.498 731
.498 715
.498 699
.020 24
.020 37
.020 49
16.1
16.2
16.3
.669 572
.669 607
.669 643
.335 982
.336 014
.336 047
.023 790
.023 935
.024 079
.002 97
.003 01
.003 04
.498 683
.498 667
.498 651
.020 61
.020 73
.020 86
16.4
16.5
16.6
.669 680
.669 716
.669 753
080'
.336 114
.336 147
.024 223
.024 367
.024 512
.003 08
.003 12
.003 15
.498 635
.498 618
.498 602
.020 98
.021 10
.021 22
16.7
16.8
16.9
."336
.669 790
.336 181
.024 656
.003 19
.498 585
.021 34
17.0
.669 827
.669 S64
.669 902
.336 213
.336 249
.336 283
.024 800
.024 944
.025-088
.003 23
.003 26
.003 30
.498 569
.498 552
.498 535
.021 46
.021 59
.021 71
17.1
17.2
17.3
.669 940
.669 978
.670 016
.336 318
.336 353
.336 388
.025 233
.025 377
.025 521
.003 34
.003 38
.003 42
.498 518
.498 501
.498 484
.021 83
.021 95
.022 07
17.4
17.5
17.6
.670 055
.670 093
.670 132
.336 423
.336 458
.336 494
.025 665
.025 809
.025 953
.003 46
.003 49
.003 53
.498 466
.498 449
.498 432
.022 19
.022 32
.022 44
17.7
17.8
17.9
.670 172
.336 529
.026 097
.003 57
.498 414
.022 56
.670 211
.670 251
.670 290
.336 565
.336 602
.336 638
.026 241
.026 385
.026 529
.003 61
.003 65
.003 69
.498 397
.498 379
.498 361
.022 68
.022 80
.022 92
.670 331
.670 371
,670 411
.336 675
.336 711
.336 748
.026 673
.026 817
.026 961
.003 73
.003 77
.003 81
.498 343
.498 325
.498 307
.023 04
.023 16
.023 28
18.4
18.5
18.6
.670 452
.670 493
,670.534
.336 786
.336 823
.336 861
.027 105
.027 249
.027 393
.003 85
.003 89
.003 94
,498 289
,498 270
.498 252
.023 40
.023 53
.023 65
18.7
18.8
18.9
18.0
18.1
18.2
18.3
576
.336.899
.027 537
.003 98'
.49.8
233
.023 77
19.0
.670 6i8
.670 660
.670 702
.336 937
.336 975
.337 013
.027 681
.027 825
.027 969
.004 02
.004 06
.004 10
.498 215
.498 196
.498 177
.023 89
.024 01
.024 13
19.1
19.2
19.3
,670 744
.670 787
.670 829
.337 052
.337 091
.337 130
.028 113
.028 257
.028 400
.004 14
.004 19
.004 23
.498 158
.498 139
.498 120
.024 25
.024 37
.024 49
19.4
19.5
19.6
.670 873
.670 9i6
.670 959
.337- 169
.337 209
.337 249
.028 544
.028 688
-.028 832
.004 27
.004 32
.004 36
.498 101
.498 082
.498 062
.024 61
.024 73
.024 85
19.7
19.8
19.9
.671 003
,337 289
.028 976
.004 40
.498 043
.024 97
20.
.670.
TRACK.
1/4
SPIRALCont'd.
y
L
20.0"
6 39' 36"
.994 663
.987 951
.115 360
20.r
20.2
20.3*
6 41' 36"
6 43 36
6 45' 35"
.994 610
.994 556
.994 502
.987 831
.987 710
.987 589
.115 926
.116 493
.117 060
20.4
20.5
20.6
6 47' 35"
6 49' 34"
6 51' 34"
.994 448
.994 393
.994 339
.987 467
.987 344
.987 221
.117 626
.118 192
.118 758
20.7
20.8
20.9
6 -53' 34"
6 55' 33"
6 57' 33"
.994 284
.994 228
.994 173
.987 098
.986 973
.986 849
.119 324
.119 890
.120 455
21.0
6 59' 32"
.994 117
.986 723
.121 021
21.1
21.2
21.3
7 01' 32"
7 03' 32"
7 05' 31"
.994 061
.994 005
.993 948
.986 597
.986 471
.986 343
.121 586
.122 151
.122 716
21.4
21.5
21.6
7 07' 31"
7 09' 30"
7 11' 30"
.993 891
.993 834
.993 777
.986 216
.986 087
.985 959
.123 281
.123 846
.124 410
21.7
21.8
21.9
7 13' 30"
7 15' 29"
7 17' 29"
.993 719
.993 661
.993 603
.985 8^9
.985 699
.985 568
.124 975
.125 539
.126 103
22.0
7 19' 28"
.993 545
.985 437
.126 667
22.1
22.2
22.3
7 21' 28"
7 23' 28"
7 25' 27"
.993 486
.993 427
.993 368
.985 305
.985 173
.985 040
.127 230
.127 794
.128 357
22.4
22.5
22.6
7 27' 27"
7 29' 26"
7 31' 26"
.993 308
.993 248
993 188
.984 906
.984 772
.984 638
.128 920
.129 483
.130 046
22.7
22.8
22.9
7 33' 25"
7 35' 25"
7 37' 24"
.993 128
.993 068
.993 007
.984 502
.984 366
.984 230
.130 609
.131 172
.131 734
23.0
7 39' 24"
.992 946
.984 093
.132 296
23.1
23.2
23.3
7 41' 23"
7 43' 23".
7 45' 22"
.992 884
.992 823
.992 761
.983 955
.983 817
.983 678
.132 858
.133 420
.133 982
23.4
23.5
23.6
7 47' 22"
7 49' 21"
7 51' 21"
.992 699
.992 636
.992 574
.983 539
.983 399
.983 259
.134 543
.135 105
.135 666
23.7
23.8
23.9
7 53' 20"
7 55' 20"
7 57' 19"
.992 511
.992 448
.992 384
.983 118
.982 976
.982 834
.136 227
.136 788
.137 348
24.0
7 59' 19"
.992 321
.982 691
.137 909
24.1
24.2
24.3
8 01' 18"
8 03' 18"
8 05' 17"
.992 257
.992 192
.992 128
.982 547
.982 403
.982 259
.138 469
.139 029
.139 589
24.4"
24.5"
24.6
g. 07' 17"
8 09' 16"
8 11' 16"
.992 063
.991 998
.991 933
.982 114
.981 968
.981 822
.140 149
.140 708
.141 268
24.7
24.8
24.9
.991 867
.991 801
.991 735
.981 675
.981 528
.981 380
.141 827
.142 386
25.0
8 19' 14"
.991 669
.981 231
.143 504
.142 945
TRACK.
175
= mL nD
m
n
= mL riD
.671 003
.337 289
.028 976
.004 40
.498 043
.024 97
20.0
.671 047
.671 136
.337 329
.337 369
337 410
.029 119
.029 263
.029 407
.004 45
.004 49
.004 53
.498 023
.498 004
.497 984
.025 09
.025 21
.025 33
20.1"
20.2'
20.3"
.671 180
.671 225
.671 270
.337 451
.337 492
.337 533
.029 550
.029 694
.029 838
.004 58
.004 62
.004 67
.497 964
.497 944
.497 924
.025 45
.025 57
.025 68
20.4'
20.5'
20.6'
.671 316
.671 361
.671 407
.337 574
.337 616
.337 658
.029 981
.030 125
.030 269
.004 71
.004 76
.004 80
.497 904
.497 884
.497 863
,025 80
.025 92
.026 04
20.7'
20.8'
20.9'
.671 453
.337 700
.030' 412
.004 85
.497 843
.026 16
21.0'
.671 499
.671 546
.671 593
.337 742
.337 785
.337 827
.030 556
.030 699
.030 843
.004 89
.004 94
.004 99
.497 822
.497 802
.497 781
.026 28
.026 40
.026 52
21.1'
21.2'
21.3'
.671 640
671 687
.671 734
.337 870
.337 913
.337 957
.030 986
.031 130
.031 273
.005 03
.005 08
.005 13
.497 760
.497 739
.497 718
.026 64
.026 75
.026 87
21.4'
21.5'
21.6'
.671 782
.671 830
.671 878
.338 000
.338 044
.338 088
.031 417
.031 560
.031 704
.005 17
.005 22
.005 27
.497 697
.497 676
.497 655
.026 99
.027 11
.027 23
21.7'
21.8'
21.9'
,67J091
.671 926
.338 132
.031 847
.005 32
.497 633
.027 35
22.0'
.671 975
.672 024
.672 073
.338 177
.338 221
.338 266
.031 990
.032 134
.032 277
.005 36
.005 41
.005 46
.497 612
.497 590
.497 568
.027 46
.027 58
.027 70
22.1
22.2'
22.3'
,672 122
.672 172
.672 221
.338 311
.338 356
.338 402
.032 421
.032^64
.032 707
.005 51
.005 56
.005 61
.497 547
.497 525
.497 503
.027 82
.027 94
.028 05
22.4'
22.5'
22.6'
.672 271
.672 322
.672 372
.338 448
.338 494
.338 540
.032 850
.032 994
.033 137
.005 65
.005 70
.005 75
.497 481
.497 458
.497 436
.028 17
.028 29
.028 41
22.7
22.8
22.9
.672 423
.338 586
.033 280
.005 80
.497 414
.028 52
23.0'
.672 474
.672 525
.672 576
.338 633
.338 679
.338 726
.033 423
.033 567
.033 710
.005 85
.005 90
.005 95
.497 391
.497 369
.497 346
.028 64
.028 76
.028 87
23.1
23.2
23.3'
.672 628
.672 680
.672 732
.338 774
.338 821
.338 869
.033 853
.033 996
.034 139
.006 00
.006 05
.006 11
.497 323
.497 300
.497 277
.028 99
.029 11
.029 23
23.4'
23.5'
23.6'
.672 784
.672 837
.672 890
.338 917
.338 965
.339 013
.034 282
.034 425
.034 568
.006 16
.006 21
.006 26
.497 254
.497 231
.497 208
.029 34
.029 46
.029 58
23.7'
23.8
23.9
943
.339 061
.034 711
.006 31
.497 185
.029 69
24.0
.672 996
.673 050
.673 103
.339 110
.339 159
.339 208
.034 854
.034 997
.035 140
.006 36
.006 42
.006 47
.497 161
.497 138
.497 114
.029 81
.029 92
.030 04
24.1
24.2
24.3
.673 157
.673 212
.673 266
.339 258
.339 307
.339. 357
.035 283
.035 426
.035 569
.006 52
.006 57
.006 63
.497 090
.497 067
.497 043
.030 16
.030 27
.030 39
24.4'
24.5'
24.6'
.673 321
.673 376
.673 431
.339 407
.339 457
.339 508
.035 712
.035 855
.035 998
.006 68
.006 73
.006 79
.497 019
.496 995
.496 970
.030 50
.030 62
.030 74
24.7'
24.8
24.9
.673 486
.339 559
.036 140
.006 84
.496 946
.030 85
25.0'
..672
TRACK.
176
Y
L
25.0
8 19' 14"
.991 669
.981 231
.143 504
25.1
25.2
25.3
8 21' 13"
8 23' 12"
8 25' 12"
.991 602
.991 536
.991 468
.981 082
.980 932
.980 782
.144 062
.144 620
.145 179
25.4
25.5
25.6
8 27' 11"
8 29' ri"
8 31' 10"
.991 401
.991 333
.991 266
.980 631
.980 479
.980 327
.145 737
.146 294
.146 852
25.7
25.8
25.9
8 33' 10"
8 35' 09"
8 37' 08"
.991 197
.991 129
.991 060
.980 175
.980 022
.979 868
.147 409
.147 966
.148 523
26.0
8 39' 08"
.990 991
.979 714
26.1
26.2
26.3^
.990 922
.990 853
.990 783
.979 559
.979 403
.979 247
.149 637
.150 193
.150 750
26.4
26.5
26.6
8 47' 05"
8 49' 05"
8 51' 04"
.990 713
.990 642
.990 572
.979 091
.978 933
.978 776
.151 306
.151 861
.152 417
26.7
26.8
26.9
8 53' 03"
8" 55' 03"
8 57' 02"
.990 501
.990 430
.990 359
.978 617
.978 458
.978 299
.152 973
.153 528
.154 083
27.0"
8 59' 02"
.990 287
.978 139
.154 638
27.1^
27.2
27.3
9 01' 01"
9 03' 00"
9 05' 00"
.990 215
.990 143
.990 071
.977 978
.977 817
.977 655
.155 193
.155 747
.156 301
27.4
27.5
27.6
9 06' 59"
9 08' 58"
9 10' 58"
.989 998
.989 925
.989 852
.977 493
.977 330
.977 167
.156 855
.157 409
.157 963
.989 779
.989 705
.989 631
.977 003
.976 838
.976 673
.158 516
.159 070
.159 623
27.7
27.8
27.9
'9 12'
57"
9 14' 56"
9 16' 55"
.149 080
28.0
9 18' 55"
.989 557
.976 507
.160 176
28.1
28.2
28.3
9 20' 54"
0* 22' 53"
9 24' 53"
.989 482
.989 408
.989 333
.976 341
.976 174
.976 007
.160 728
.161 281
.161 833
28.4
28.5
28.6
9 26' 52"
9 28' 51"
9 30' 51"
.989 257
.989 182
.989 106
.975 839
.975 670
.975 501
.162 385
.162 937
.163 489
28.7
28.8
28.9
9 32' 50"
9 34' 49"
9 36' 48"
.989 030
.988 954
.988 877
.975 331
.975 161
.974 990
.164 040
.164 591
.165 142
29.0
9 38' 48"
.988 800
.974,819
.165 693
29.1
29.2
29.3
9 40' 47"
9 42' 46"
9 44' 45"
.988 723
.988 646
.988 568
.974 647
.974 475
.974 302
.166 244
.166 794
.167 344
29.4
29.5
29.6
9 46' 45"
9 48' 44"
9 50' 43"
.988 491
.988 412
.988 334
.974 128
.973 954
.973 779
.167 894
.168 444
.168 993
29.7
29.8
29.9*
9 52' 42"
9 54' 41"
9 56' 41"
.988 255
.988 177
.988 097
.973 604
.973 428
.973 2&1
.169 543
.170 092
.170 641
30.0"
9 58' 40"
988 018
.973 074
.171 189
TRACK.
^^^
mt
nD
n
Z - ml. nD
ni
.673 486
.339 559
.036 140
.006 84
.496 946
.030 85
25,0
.673 542
.673 598
.673 654
.339 610
.339 661
.339 712
.036 283
.036 426
.036 569
.006 89
.006 95
.007 00
.496 922
.496 897
.496 873
.030 97
,031 08
.031 20
25.1
25.2
25.3
.673 710
.673 767
.673 824
.339 764
.339 815
.339 867
.036 711
.036 854
.036 997
.007 06
.007 11
.007 17
.496 848
.496 823
.496 798
.031 31
.031 43
.031 54
25.4
25.5
2o,6
.673 881
.673 938
.673 996
.339 920
.339 972
.340 025
.037 139
.037 282
.037 42S
.007 22
.007 28
.007 33
.496 773
.496 748
.496 723
.031 66
.031 77
.031 89
25,7
25.8
25.9
.674 054
.340 078
.037 567
.007 39
.496 698
.032 00
26.0
.674 112
.674 170
.674 229
.340 131
.340 184
.340 238
.037 710
.037 852
.037 995
.007 44
.007 50
.007 56
.496 673
.496 647
.496 622
.032 12
.032 23
.032 34
26.1
26.2
26.3
.674 287
.674 346
.674 406
.340 292
.340 346
.340 400
.038 138
.038 280
.038 422
.007 61
.007 67
.007 73
.496 596
.496 570
.496 544
.032 46
.032 57
.032 69
26.4
26,5
26.6
.674 465
.674 525
.674 585
.340 454
.340 509
.340 564
.038 565
.038 707
.038 850
.007 78
.007 84
.007 90
.496 518
.496 492
.496 466
.032 80
.032 91
.033 03
26,7
26.8
26.9
.674 645
.340 619
.038 992
.007 96
.496 440
.033 14
27.0
.674 706
.674 766
.674 827
.340 674
.340 730
.340 786
.039 135
.039 277
.039 419
.008 01
.008 07
.008 13
.496 414
.496 387
.496 3.61
.033 25
.033 37
.033 48
27.1
27.2
27.3
.674 888
.674 950
.675 012
.340 842
.340 898
.340 955
.039 561
.039 704
.039 846
.008 19
.008 25
.008 31
.496 334
.496 308
.496 281
.033 59
.033 71
.033 82
27.4
27.5
27.6*
.675 074
.675 136
.675 198
.341 Oil
.341 068
.341 125
.039 988
.040 130
.040 273
.008 37
.008 43
.008 49
.496 254
.496 227
.496 200
.033 93
,034 05
.034 16
27.7
27.8
27.9
.675 261
.341 183
.040 415
.008 54
.496 173
.034 27
28.0
.675.324
.675 387
.675 450
.341 240
.341 298
.341 356
.040 557
.040 699
.040 841
.008 60
.008 66
.008 73
.496 145
.496 118
.496 091
.034 38
.034 50
.034 61
28.1
28.2
28.3
.675 514
.675 578
.675 642
.341 415
.341 473
.341 532
.040 983
.041 125
.041 267
.008 79
.008 85
.008 91
.496 063
.496 036
.496 008
.034 72
.034 83
.034 94
28.4
28.5
28.6
.675 706
.675 771
.675 836
.341 591
.341 650
.341 710
.041 409
,041 551
.041 693
.008 97
.009 03
.009 09
.495 980
.495 952
.495 924
.035 06
.035 17
.035 28
28.7
28.8
28.9
.675 901
.341 769
.041 835
.009 15
.495 896
.035 39
29.0
.675 966
.676 032
.676 098
.341 829
.341 889
.341 950
.041 977
.042 119
.042 261
.009 21
.009 28
.009 34
.495 868
.495 839
.495 811
.035 50
.035 61
.035 72
29.1
29.2
29.3
.676 164
.676 230
.676 297
.342 010
.342 071
.342 132
.042 402
.042 544
.042 686
.009 40
.009 46
.009 53
.49T> 782
.49B 754
.495 725
.035 84
.035 95
.036 06
29.4
29.5*
29.6
.676 364
.676 431
.676 498
.342 193
.342 255
.342 316
.042 828
.042 970
.043 111
.009 59
.009 65
.009 72
.495 696
.495 668
.495 639
.036 17
.036 28
.036 39
29.7
29.8*
29.9
.676 566
.342 378
.043 253
.009 78
.495 610
.036 50
30.0.
TRACK.
178
C
L
X
L
Y
L
30.0
9 58' 40"
.988 018
.973 074
.171 189
30.1
30.2
30.3
10 00' 39"
10 02' 38"
10 04' 37"
.987 938
.987 858
.987 778
.972 897
.972 719
.972 540
.171 738
.172 286
.172 834
30.4
30.5
30.6
10 06' 37"
10 08' 36"
10 10' 35"
.987 698
.987 617
.987 536
.972 361
.97.2
.972 000
.173 382
.173 929
.174 477
30.7
30.8
30.9
10 12' 34"
10 14' 33"
10 16' 32"
.987 455
.987 373
.987 291
.971 820
.971 638
.971 456
.175 024
.175 571
.176 117
31.0
10 18' 32"
.987 209
.971 273
.176 664
31.1
31.2
31.3
10 20' 31"
10 22' 30"
10 24' 29"
.987 127
.987 044
.986 962
.971 090
.970 907
.970 722
.177 210
.177 756
.178 302
31.4
31.5
31.6
10 26' 28"
10 28' 27"
10 30' 26"
.986 879
.986 795
.986 712
.970 537
.970 352
.970 166
.178 847
.179 392
.179 938
31.7
31.8
31.9
10 32' 25"
10 34' 24"
10 36' 24"
.986 628
.986 544
.986 459
.969 980
.969 792
.969 605
.180 482
.181 027
.181 571
32.0
10 38' 23"
.986 375
.969 417
.182 116
32.1
32.2
32.3
10 40' 22"
10 42' 21"
10 44' 20"
.986 290
.986 205
.986 119
.969 228
.969 039
.968 849
.182 659
.183 203
.183 747
32.4
32.5
32.6
10 46' 19"
10 48' 18"
10 50' 17"
.986 033
.985 948
.985 861
.968 658
.968 467
.96 276
.184 290
.184 833
.185 376
32.7
32.8
32.9
10 52' 16"
10 54' 15"
10 56' 14"
.985 775
.985 688
.985 601
.968 084
.967 891
.967 698
.185 918
.186 460
.187 002
33.0
10 58' 13"
.985 514
.967 504
.187 544
33.1
33.2
33.3
11 00' 12"
11 02' 11"
11 04' 10"
.985 426
.985 339
.985 251
.967 310
.967 115
.966 920
.188 086
.188 627
.189 168
33.4
33.5
33.6
11 06' 09"
11 08' 08"
11 10' 07"
.985 162
.985 074
.984 985
.966 724
.966 528
.966 331
.189 709
.190 250
.190 790
33.7
33.8
33.9
11 12' 06"
11 14' 05"
11 16' 04"
.984 896
.984 807
.984 717
.966 133
.965 935
.965 736
.191 330
.191 870
.192 410
181
'
34.0
11 18' 03"
.984 627
.965 537
.192 949
34.1
34.2
34.3
11 20' 02"
11 22' 01"
11 24' 00"
.984 537
.984 447
.984 356
.965 337
.965 137
.964 936
.193 488
.194 027
.194 566
34.4
34.5
34.6
11 25' 59"
11 27' 58"
11 29' 57"
.984 265
.984 174
.984 083
.964 735
.964 533
.964 330
.195 104
.195 643
.196 180
34.7
34.8
34.9
.983 991
.983 899
.983 807
.964 127
.963 923
.963 719
.196 718
.197 256
.197 793
36.0
11 37' 53"
.983 715
.963 515
.198 330
TRACK.
179
u
l
"
V
L
= mL nD
mil
nD
n
.676 566
.342 378
.043 253
.009 78
.495 610
.036 50
30.0
.676 634
.676 702
.676 770
.342 441
.342 503
.342 566
.043 395
.043 536
.043 678
.009 84
.009 91
.009 97
.495 580
.495 551
.495 522
.036 61
.036 72
.036 83
30.1"
30.3
.676 839
.676 908
.676 977
.342 629
.342 692
.342 755
.043 819
.043 961
-044 102
.010 04
.010 10
.010 17
.495 492
.495 463
.495 433
.036 94
.037 05
.037 16
30.4
30.5
30.6
.677 046
.677 116
.677 186
.342 819
.342 882
.342 947
.044 244
.044 385
.044 527
.010 2y
.010 30
.010 36
.495 403
.495 374
.495 344
.037 27
.037 38
.037 49
30.7
30.8
30.9
30.
.677 256
.343 Oil
.044 668
.010 43
.495 314
.037 60
31.0
.677 326
.677 397
.677 468
.343 075
.343 140
.343 205
.044 810
.044 951
.045 092
.010 49
.010 56
.010 62
.495 284
.495 253
.495 223
.037 71
.037 82
.037 92
31.1
31.2
31.3
677 539
.677 610
.677 682
.343 270
.343 336
.343 401
.045 234
.045 375
.045 516
.010 69
.010 76
.010 82
.495 193
.495 162
.495 132
.038 03
.038 14
.038 25
31.4
31.5
31.6
.677 754
.677 826
.677 898
.343 467
.343 534
.343 600
.045 658
.045 799
.045 940
.010 89
.010 96
.011 03
.495 101
.495 P70
.495 039
.038 36
.038 47
.038 58
31.7
31.8
31.9
.677 971
.343 667
.046 081
.01;1
09
.495 008
.038 68
32.0
.678 044
.678 117
.678 190
.343 733
.343 801
.343 868
.046 222
046 363
046 504
.011 16
.011 23
.011 30
.494 977
.494 946
.494 915
.038 79
.038 90
.039 01
32.1
32.2
32.3
.678 264
.678 338
.678 412
.343 936
.344 003
.344 071
.046 646
.046 787
.046 928
.011 36
.011 43
.011 50
.494 884
.494 852
.494 821
.039 12
.039 22
.039 33
32.4
32.5
32.6
678 487
678 561
.678 636
.344 140
.344 208
.344 277
.047 069
.047 210
.047 350
.011 57
.011 64
.011 71
.494 789
.494 To!
.494 725
.039 44
.039 54
.039 65
32.7
32.8
32.9
.678 712
.344 346
.047 491
.011 78
.494 694
.039 76
33.0
678 787
678 863
678 939
.344 415
.344 485
.344 555
.047 632
.047 773
.047 914
.011 85
.011 92
.011 99
.494 662
.494 629
.494 597
.039 87
.039 97
.040 08
33.1
33.2
33.3
.679 015
679 092
.679 168
.344 625
.344 695
.344 765
.048 055
.048 195
.048 336
.012 06
.012 13
.012 20
.494 565
.494 533
.494 500
.040 19
.040 29
.040 40
33.4
33.5
33.6
.679 245
.679 323
.679 400
.344 836
.344 907
.344 97S
048 477
.048 618
.04^ 758
.012 27
.012 34
.012 41
.494 468
.494 435
.494 402
.040 50
.040 61
.040 72
33.7
33.8
33.9
.679 478
.345 049
.048 899
.012 48
.494 369
.040 82
34.0
.679 556
.679 634
.679 713
.345 121
.345 193
.345 265
.049 039
.049 ISO
.049 321
.012 55
.012 62
.012 69
.494 336
.494 303
.494 270
.040 93
.041 03
.041 14
34.1
34.2
34.3
.679 792
.679 871
.679 950
.345 338
.345 410
.345 4S3
.049 461
.049 602
.049 742
.012 77
.012 84
.012 91
.494 237
.494 204
.494 170
.041 24
.041 35
.041 45
34.4
34.5
34.6
.680 030
.680 110
.680 190
.345 556
.345 630
.345 703
.049 882
.050 023
.050 163
.012 98
.013 06
.013 13
.494 137
.494 103
.494 070
.041 56
.041 66
.041 77
34.7
34.8
34.9
.680 270
.345 777
.050 304
.013 20
.494 036
.041 87
35.0
TRACK.
180
T
L
35.0
11 37' 53"
.983 715
.963 515
.198 330
35.1
35.2
35.3
11 39' 52"
11 41' 50"
11 43' 49"
.983 622
.983 529
.983 436
.963 309
.963 103
.962 897
.198 866
.199 403
.199 939
35.4
35.5
35.6
11 45' 48"
11 47' 47"
11 49' 46"
.983 343
.983 249
.983 155
.962 690
.962 483
.962 275
.200 475
.201 010
.201 546
35.7
35.8
35.9
11 51' 45"
11 53' 44"
11 55' 43"
.983 061
.982 966
.982 872
.962 066
.961 857
.961 648
.202 081
.202 616
.203 151
36.0
11 57' 41"
.982 777
.961 438
.203 685
36.1
36.2?
36.3
11 59' 40"
12 01' 39"
12 03' 38"
.982 681
.982 586
.982 490
.961 227
.961 016
.960 804
.204 219
.204 753
.205 286
36.4
36.5
36.6
12 05' 37"
12 07' 36"
12 09' 34"
.982 394
.982 298
.982 201
.960 592
.960 379
.960 165
36.7
36.8
36.9
12 11' 33"
12 13' 32"
12 15' 31"
.982 104
.982 007
.981 910
.959 951
.959 737
.959 522
.207 418
.207 951
.208 483
37.0
12 17' 30"
.981 812
.959 306
.209 014
37.1
37.2
37.3
12 19' 28"
12 21' 27"
12 23' 26"
.981 715
.981 617
.981 518
.959 090
.958 874
.958 657
.209 546
.210 077
.210 608
37.4
37.5
37.6
12 25' 25"
12 27' 23"
12 29' 22"
.981 420
.981 321
.981 222
.958 439
.958 221
.958 002
.^11 139
.211 669
.212 199
37.7
37.8
37.9
12 31' 21"
12 33' 20"
12 35' 18"
.981 122
.981 023
.980 923
.957 783
.957 563
.957 342
.212 729
.213 259
.213 788
38.0
12 37' 17"
.980 823
.957 121
.214 317
38.1
38.2
38.3
12 39' 16"
12 41' 14"
12 43' 13"
.980 722
.980 622
.980 521
.956 900
.956 678
.956 455
.214 846
.215 375
.215 903
38.4
38.5
38.6
12 45' 12"
12 47' 11"
12 49' 09"
.980 420
.980 318
.980 217
.956 232
.956 009
.955 785
.216 431
.216 959
.217 486
38.7
38.8
38.9
12 51' 08"
12 53' 07"
12 55' 05"
.980 115
.980 012
.979 910
.955 560
.955 335
.955 109
.218 013
.218 540
.219 067
39.0
12 57' 04"
.979 807
.954 883
.219 593
39.1
39.2
39.3
12 59' 02"
13 01' 01"
13 03' 00"
.979 704
.979 601
.979 498
.954 656
.954 429
.954 201
.220 119
.220 645
.221 171
39.4
39.5
39.6
13 04' 58"
13 06' 57"
13 08' 56"
.979 394
.979 290
.979 186
.953 973
.953 744
.953 514
.221 696
.222 221
.222 745
39.7
39.8
39.9
13 10' 54"
13 12' 53"
13 14' 51"
.979 081
.978 977
.978 872
.953 284
.953 054
.952 823
.223 270
.223 754
.224 318
40.0
13 16' 50"
.978 766
.952 591
.224 841
.205 820
.206 353
.206 886
TRACK.
181
= mt/ nD
m
n
ffPIRAL.Cont'd.
= mL nD
.680 270
.345 777
.050 304
.013 20
.494 036
.041 87
35.0"
.680 351
.680 432
.680 513
.345 851
.345 926
.346 000
.050 444
.050 584
.050 724
.013 28
.013 35
.013 42
.494 002
.493 968
.493 934
.041 98
.042 08
.042 18
35.2"
35.3'
.680 595
.680 677
.680 759
.346 075
.346 150
.346 226
.050 865
.051 005
.051 145
.013 50
.013 57
.013 64
.493 900
.493 866
.493 831
.042 29
.042 39
.042 49
35.5
35.6"
.680 841
.680 923
.681 006
.346 301
.346 377
.346 453
.051 285
.051 425
.051 565
.013 72
.013 79
.013 87
.493 797
.493 762
.493 728
.042 60
.042 70
.042 81
35.735.8'
35.9"
.681 089
.346 529
.051 705
.013 94
.493 693
.042 91
36.0"
.681 173
.681 256
.681 340
.346 606
.346 683
.346 760
.051 845
.051 985
.052 125
.014 02
.014 09
.014 17
.493 658
.493 623
.493 588
.043 01
.043 11
.043 22
36.2"
36.3"
.681 424
.681 509
.681 594
.346 837
.346 915
.346 993
.052 265
.052 405
.052 545
.014 24
.014 32
.014 39
.493 553
.493 518
.493 483
.043 32
.043 42
.043 52
36.4"
36.5"
36.6"
.347 071
.347 149
.347 228
.052 685
.052 825
.052 965
.014 47
.014 5?
.014 62
.493 447
.493 412
.493 376
.043 63
.043 73
.043 83
36.7"
36.8"
36.9"
.681 679
.681 764
.681 849
35.
35.
36.'1"
.681 935
.347 307
.053 104
.014 70
.493 341
.043 93
37.0
.682 021
.682 107
.682 194
.347 386
.347 465
.347 545
.053 244
.053 384
.053 523
.014 78
.014 85
.014 93
.493 305
.493 269
.493 233
.044 03
.044 14
.044 24
37.1"
37.2
37.3"
.682 281
.682 368
.682 455
.347 625
.347 705
.347 785
.053 663
.053 803
.053 942
.015 01
.015 09
.015 16
.493 197
.493 161
.493 125
.044 34
.044 44
.044 54
37.4"
37.5"
37.6"
.682 543
.682 631
.682 719
.347 866
.347 947
.348 028
.054 082
.054 221
.054 361
.015 24
.015 32
.015 40
.493 089.
.493 052
.493 016
.044 64
.044 74
.044 84
37.7"
37.8
37.9
.682 808
.348 109
.054 500
.015 48
.492 979
.044 94
38.0"
.682 896
.682 986
.683 075
.348 191
.348 273
.348. 355
.054 640
.054 779
.054 919
.015 55
.015 63
.015 71
.492 943
.492 906
.492 869
.045 04
.045 14
.045 24
38.1
38.2"
38.3"
.683 164
.683 254
.683 344
.384 437
.348 520
.348 603
.055 058
.055 197
.055 336
.015 79
.015 87
.015 95
.492 832
.492 795
.492 758
.045 34
.045 44
.045 54
38.4
38.5
38.6
.683 435
.683 526
.683 617
.348 686
.348 769
.348 853
.055 476
.055 615
.055 754
.016 03
.016 11
.016 19
.492 721
.492 683
.492 646
.045 64
.045 74
.045 84
38.7
38.8
38.9"
.683 708
.348 937
.055 893
.016 27
.492 608
.045 94
39.0
.683 799
.683 891
.683 983
.349 021
.349 106
.349 190
.056 032
.056 171
,056 310
.016 35
.016 43
.016 51
.492 571
.492 533
.492 495
.046 04
.046 14
.046 24
39.1"
39.2"
39.3"
.684 076
.684 168
.684 261
.349 275
.349 361
.349 446
.056 450
.056 589
.056 727
.016 59
.016 67
.016 75
.492 458
.492 420
.492 382
.046 34
.046 43
.046 53
39.4"
39.5"
39.6"
.684 354
.684 448
.684 542
.349 532
.849 618
.349 704
.056 866
.057 005
.057 144
.016 83
.016 92
.017 00
.492 343
.492 305
.492 267
.046 63
.046 73
.046 83
39.7"
39.8"
39.9
.684 636
.349 791
.057 283
.017 08
.492 229
.046 92
40.0'
TRACK.
182
1l
'Z
40.0"
.978 766
.952 591
224 841
40.1
40.2'
40.3'
.978 661
.978 555
.978 449
.952 359
.952 127
.951 893
.225 365
.225 888
.226 410
40.4'
40.5'
40.6
.978 343
.978 236
.978 130
.951 660
.951 426
.951 191
.226 933
.227 455
.227 977
40.7
40.8"
40.9
.978 023
.977 915
.977 808
.950 956
.950 720
.950 484
.228 498
.229 019
.229 540
41.0
.977 700
.950 247
.230 061
41.1
41.3"
.977 592
.977 484
.977 375
.950 010
.949 772
.949 533
.230 581
.231 102
.231 621
41.4'
41.5"
41.6"
.977 266
.977 157
.977 048
.949 294
.949 055
.948 815
.232 141
.232 660
.233 179
41.741.8"
.976 938
.976 828
.976 718
.948 575
.948 334
.948 092
.233 698
.234 216
.234 734
4.1.2-
41.9*'
42.0"
13 "-56' 20"
.976 608
.947 850
.235 252
42.1"
42.2'
42.3"
.976 497
.976 387
.976 276
.947 608
.947 365
.947 121
.235 769
.236 286
.236 803
42.4"
42.5?
42.6"
.976 164
.976 053
.975 941
.946 877
.946 632
.946 387
.237 320
.237 836
.238 352
42.7"
42.8"
42.9"
.975 829
.975 716
.975 604
.946 142
.945 895
.945 649
.238 868
.239 383
.239 898
43.0"
.975 491
.945 401
.240 413
43.1"
43.2"
43.3"
.975 378
.975 264
.975 151
.945 154
.944 906
.944 657
.240 927
.241 442
.241 956
43.4"
43.5"
43.6"
.975 037
.974 923
.974 808
.944 408
.944 158s
.943 908
.242 469
.242 982
.243 495
43.7"
43.8"
43.9"
.974 694
.974 579
.974 464
.943 657
.943 405
.943 154
.244 008
.244 520
.245 032
44.0"
.974 348
.942 901
.245 544
44.1"
44.2"
44.3"
.974 233
.974 117
.974 001
.942 648
.942 395
.942 141
.246 055
.246 566
.247 077
44.4"
44.5"
44.6"
.973 884
.973 768
.973 651
.941 887
.941 632
.941 377
.247 588
.248 098
.248 608
44.7"
44.8"
44.9"
.973 534
.973 416
.973 299
.941 121
.940 864
.940 607
.249 117
.249 627
.250 135
45.0"
.973 181
.940 350
.250 644
TRACK.
18-5
u
L
V
L
= TTiL nD
m
n
= mL nD
.684 636
.349 791
.057 283
.017 08
.492 229
.046 92
40.0"
.684 730
.684 825
.684 920
.349 878'
.349 965
.350 052
.057 422
.057 561
.057 699
.017 16
.017 24
.017 33
.492 190
.492 151
.492 113
.047 02
.047 12
.047 22
40.
.685 015
.685 110
.685 206
.350 140
.350 228
.350 316
.057 838
.058 115
.017 41
.017 49
.017 57
.492 074
.492 035
.491 996
.047 31
.047 41
.047 51
40.4*
40.5
40.6*
.685 302
.685 398
.685 495
.350 404
.350 493
.350 582
.058 254
.058 393
.058 531
.017 66
.017 74
.017 82
,491 957
.491 918
.491 879
.047 60
.047 70
.047 80
40.7*
40.8'
40.9-
.685 592
.350 671
.058 670
.017 91
.491 839
.047 89
41.0'
.685 689
.685 786
.685 884
.350 761
.350 851
.350 941
.058 808
.058 946
.059 085
.017 99
.018 07
.018 16
.491 800
.491 760
.491 721
.047 99
.048 08
.048 18
41.1*
41.2'
.057-977
40.1"
40.3"
41.
.685 982
.686 081
.686 179
.351 031
.351 121
.351 212
.059 223
.059 362
.059 500
.018 24
.018 33
.018 41
.491 681
.491 641
.491 602
.048 28
.048 37
.048 47
41.4"
41.5'
41.6'
.686 278
.686 377
.686 477
.351 303
.351 395
.351 486
.059 638
.059 776
.059 915
.018 50
.018 58.
.018 67
.491 562.
.491 521
.491 481
.048 56
.048 66
.048 75
41.7"
41.8
41.9"
.686 576
.351 578
.060 053
.018 75
.491 441
.048 85
42.0
.686 677
.686 777
.686 878
.351 671
.351 763
.351 856
.060 191
.060 329
.060 467
.018 84
.018 92
.019 01
.491 401
.491 360
.491 320
.048 94
.049 04
.049 13
42.1
42.2
42.3
.686 978
.687 080
.687 181
.351 949
.352 042
.352 136
.060 605
.060 743
.060 881
.019 09
.019 18
.019 26
.491 279
.491 239
.491 198
.049 22
.049 32
.049 41
42.4
42.5
42.6
.687 283
.687 385
.687 487
.352 229
.352 324
.352 418
.061 019
.061 157
.061 295
.019 35
.019 44
.019 52
.491 157
.491 116
.491 075
-.049 51
42.7
42.8
42.9
.049 60
.049 69
.687 590
.352 513
.061 433
.019 61
.491 034
.049 79
43.0
.687 693
.687 796
.687 900
.352 608
.352 703
.352 798
.061 571
.061 708
.061 846
.019 70
.019 79
.019 87
.490 992
.490 951
.490 910
.049 88
.049 97
.050 06
43.1
43.2
43.3
.688 004
.688 108
.688 212
.352 894
.352 990
.353 086
.061 984
.062 122
.062 259
.019 96
.020 05
.020 14
.490 868
.490 827
.490 785
.050 16
.050 25
.050 34
43.4
43.5
43.6
.688 317
.688 422
.688 527
.353 183
.353 280
.353 377
.062 397
.062 534
.062 672
.020 22
.020 31
.020 40
.490 743
.490 701
.050 43
.050 53
.050 62
43.7
43.8
43.9
.688 633
.353 474
.062 809
.020 49
.490 617
.050 71
44.0
.688 739
.688 845
.688 952
.353 572
.353 670
.353 768
.062 947
.063 084
.063 222
.020 58
.020 67
.020 75
.490 575
.490 533
.490 491
.050 80
.or.o 89
.050 98
44.1
44.2
44.3
.689 059
.689 166
.689 273
.353 867
.353 966
.354 065
.063 359
.063 496
.063 634
.020 84
.020 93
.021 02
.490 448
.490 406
.490 363
.051 08
.051 17
.051 26
44.4
44.5
44.6
.689 381
.689 489
.689 597
.354 164
.354 264
.354 364
.063 771
.063 908
.064 045
.021 11
.021 20
.021 29
.490 320
.490 278
.490 235
.051 35
.051 44
.051 63
44.7
44.8
44.9
.689 706
.354 464
.064 182
^021 38
.490 192
.051 62
45.0
.490
659,
TRACK.
184
^MAINTENANCE OF SURFACE.
Elevation of Curves:
(a)
which
E = Elevation
Z?
and
5"
in inches
oi the outer
= Degree of Curve,
= Velocity in miles per
is
This formula
recommended
the gage
line,
hour,
of curves and
rail at
rail
in the follow-
ing table:
IN INCHES.
10
15
30
Va.
1%
2H
3%
4%
5H
5%
6%
3Ji
10
2H
AYb
2'A
m
5H
h 1
14
15
16
V/s
17
V4
m
5H
5%
6%
6J^
8}i
3
iVa
11
1?
3y*
4%
2%
2%
2}i
2%
4
VA
2%
3%
4%
%
IV*
IH
2H
3%
m
2%
n
Vs
45
35
2
3
30
50
in
6H
S%
8%
"'
-
7'/8
^'
......
1%
8%
5H
6%
;;;;;;
......
...r^i
7
'
2%
3%
in
4%
I
8
speed
1"
70
7%
4K
18
19
?0
65
the
first
rec[uire(I is
18
19
?n
element to be determined.
economy
in train operation.
Where easement
TRACK.
Where easement
185
elevation should
full
if
in a distance in feet
equal to
1^
times the
Ordinarily
maximum
elevation used.
The inner
rail
Vertical Curves:
(b)
The use
of vertical
is
recommended.
On
summits and
minor roads
may
Class
0.05
per
0.2
0.1
should not be
sags
in
0.1
per station on
exceeded.
On
be used.
(c)
(1)
Tools:
ing bais.
Tamp
Method:
each
tie
from
end of the
tie
outside of
tamping inside of
rail;
dirt
tamp center
rail;
rail
tamping
first
and
let
train
tamp the
it
will quickly
If possible,
bar.
the
ties;
between the
filling
should be as high
as,
ties
bottom
rail
and
of the track.
(2)
Tools:
Method:
(3)
Same
as for gravel.
Tools:
Shovel only
in soft material.
When
TRACK.
186
Tamp
Method:
end of
15
inches
of
inside
to
rail
end of
tamping
tie,
tamp
rail;
center loosely; tamp well between the ties; dress ballast same as for earth
or cinders.
(4)
Tools;
Tamp
Method:
tamp end of
tie
end of
putside of
rail
tie;
if
possible,
first
before tamping inside of rail; tamp well under the rail; tamp well under
ties
accordance
tie; finish in
(5)
Tools:
shovel
Shovel,
tamping
sufficient.
is
For heavy
For
bar.
traffic,
is
light
traffic,
tamping pick or
the
recommended
instead
Tamp
Method:
end of the
tie;
and allow
first
if
solid
from a point
possible,
dress
same
(6)
tie
bar.
rail;
rail
care
as stone ballast.
General:
When
outside of the
tie
tamping inside of
in
or other low places, the general level of the track should not be dis-
turbed.
elevation
Where
is
is
where the
diflference in
two
rails of }i
inch
may
be per-
MAINTENANCE OF GAGE,
(a)
maintenance
will result
from
all
cases where
economy
in
their use.
. "Adopted. Vol 5. 1904. pp. 534. 535^ 563-569; Vol. 6. 1905, pp. 749. 750,
757 759-761: Vol. 7, 1906, pp. 654. 664; Vol. 10. Part 1, 1909, pp. 398. 400. 467;
Vol. 11, Part 2, 1910, pp. 934, 935. 944-946; Vol. 12. Part 1. 1911. pp. 402, 465;
Vol. 16, 1915. pp. 732. 1145.
TRACK.
Shoulder
(2)
recommended
plates are
tie
rails
187
and stock
rjtils
at
in
preference to
rati
should be used.
For heavy
(3)
shoulder
traffic,
tie
all
all
on curves.
ties
For medium
(4)
traffic,
shoulder
tie
ties
For
(5)
of both rails
light traffic,
where
tie plates
General;
(b)
The gage
(1)
used
(tool)
should
be
the
gage recom-
standard
mended.
Within proper
(2)
standard
is
limits,
is
amounted
from the
to
if
is
uni-
gage
of
variation
slight
inch,
is
uniform.
Wide
(3)
gage, due to
worn
rail,
high
in
is
equal to 5^ inch
rails.
Where
(4)
track
is
is
being driven.
(5)
come
in
rail;
The
(6)
of the
tie,
The
inside
The ordinary
spike
2^
and out-
and character
tie.
The
should be plugged.
mam
for
all
clear width
rails
and guard
tracks of 4 feet
Adopted, Vol.
10.
all
8^
1909,
inches gage.
pp.
398,
4G.
467.
line,
TRACK.
188
^GAGE ON CURVES.
Curves eight degrees and under should be standard gage.
Gage should
be widened one-eighth inch for each two degrees or fraction thereof over
maximum
eight degrees, to a
gage.
9^
of 4 feet
9%
inches.
Where
frogs occur on the inside of curves the gage at the frog should
^SPEEDS OF TRAINS
are
Diagrams
shown
following pages.
in
Relative Speeds
The following
table
shows
relative
theoretically required:
TURNOUT
SPEED
Miles per
Frog Number
Length of Switch
11
-5
11
12
11
13
16.5
17
8-10
16.5
20
22
27
15
33
37
16-24
33
40
11-14
^ Adopted. Vol.
"Adopted. Vol.
11,
15.
Part
2,
1914.
Hour
1910. pp. 942, 954, 985; Vol. 16, 1915, pp. 733, 1145.
pp. 594. 1063.
TRACK.
189
30
29
ZS
Z7
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
10
17
O-
16
D
14
13
12
II
10
ECEHsn-CTJXJFOUTEBEMUKINJffiS
7
6
5^
4
3
I
0&
VEI-CCnrV
ro
2D
30
40
K5
ER h OUC
ro^eb 9o nte
IN MJ.^.ESF
6D
'
rio
TRACK.
190
5PEEX)S or TCAINS ON
CURVES
10
20
30
-40
50
60
TO
90
lOO
IIO
TRACK.
191
19-
TRACK.
SP^IEDS OF -TRAINS
THROUGH LEVEL. TURNOUTS
MOQiT or coMTrD or GRAVITV - 04"
TRACK.
193
SPEEDS OF -TRAINS
THROUGH LEVEL. "TURNOUTS
RESULTANT or FORCES THROUGIi POINTS AT
NE or TRACK
VARVING DlSTANCELb FROM CCLNTLk
VELOCIT^,^ IN MI L.Et5
20
30 AO 50
10
P^g HO^g
60
TO
80
90
100
TRACK.
194
To
thermometer.
TEMPERATURE.
allowance.
(Fahrenheit.)
to
inch
0 to
25^
..14
inch
25 to
50
75
A
H
inch
50 to
75 to 100
tV
inch
20^
rails
inch
'"
standard
(1)
It
(2)
It
permanent
It
(3)
ends of the
It
(4)
STANDARD RAIL
rail joint
should
fulfill
JOINT.
rails into
resist
deformation or taking
set.
effective.
there
is
'^
Definition.
1.
Worn
Adopted, Vol.
"Adopted, Vol.
Adopted, Vol.
" Adopted. Vol.
2.
7,
11.
21.
known
as relayer rails.
TRACK.
195
Classification.
Relayer
2.
rails shall
(a)
wear,
side
1,
2,
shall
side
an
letters,
worn on both
is
repreetc.,
in.,
rail.
sides
the
first
figure
the
letter
shall
top wear,
(d)
capital
If
represent the
by
represented
be
of
sixteenths
rail.
Top wear
(b)
number of
the
representing no
by figures,
represented
representing
etc.,
3,
in
The
3.
the
the section,
steel,
shall be specified.
4.
1.
Used
They must be
lines.
Rails.
rails
free
suitable for
from
all
physical
The
all
and
shall
respects
pass the
except wear.
surface of the rails of this grade must be fairly smooth and shall
not have
not
or
defects
in
the
shall
flat
with
cut
spots
or wheel burns.
chisel.
furnished
They
shall be
uniform.
be
shall
specifications
be
Drilling
the
at
the ends,
Chemical analysis
rails
when requested by
sawed
purchaser.
There
shall
be
full length pieces, 30 or 33 -feet long, and not over 10 per cent, of shorts
varying
in lengths
Resawing
5.
which
as
ft.
with a
minimum
2.
All
rails
with
battered
rails shall
length of 22
ft.
Rails.
Grade
if
by
Rails.
be of uniform length, 27
ft.
or
otherwise
defective
ends,
TRACK.
196
Grade
6.
All
3.
They
in this grade.
used
than 15
and gage
be included
long.
ft.
Drilling shall be
shall be accepted.
Any
ends,
piped,
short,
pitted,
end,
split
split
head flow,
spots,
flat
surface
head,
bent,
bent,
line
worn
twisted,
under head, shall be specified where they occur and the extent of the
defect shall be represented by the use of the term "slight," "moderate"
or "bad."
7.
They
rails.
Rails
and
heads
split
4.
similar
than 6
and guard
rails
All
rails
frogs, switches
ft.
Badly
defects.
twisted
will not be
or
rails
bent
rails,
accepted.
Scrap Rails.
Grade
8.
5.
used
Grade
5.
Rails
9.
web about
ft.
side
the
number
No
only.
shall be painted
two grades of
followed by a dash
first,
be
shall
rails,
rails shall
the
the
and
Examples.
10.
top
top wear
(c)
so
Side
would be
track
wear would be
physical
classified
and marked
(b)
s'z-in.
top
Main track
(a)
wear would be
defects,
classified
as
rails
classified
side
-is-'m.
C 1.
classified
relayer
and marked 4 C
having
J^-in.
and marked 8
curved ends,
line
bent,
2.
wear
side
pitted,
If
etc.,
specified
as
and
there
^^^-in.
are
any
they should be
"slight,"
"mod-
erate" or "bad."
(d)
and ^-in.
fied
Side
side
having
side,
and marked 8
3.
etc.,
J^-in.
side
wear on one
If there are
any physical
would be
side
classi-
defects, as curved
TRACK.
197
Process.
The
1.
may
steel
made by
be
or
Open-Hearth
bars
from which
Bessemer
the
process.
(II) Physical
Requirements
Tension Tests.
The
2.
finished
full-size
ments as to
or
spikes,
conform
the
full-size
following
the
to
require-
tensile properties:
Bend
minimum
55,000
0.5 tensile strength
25.
Tests.
The body
(a)
3.
of
on
flat
the
itself,
full-size
finished
spikes
shall
bend cold
bent portion.
The head
(b)
ward
of the full-size finished spikes shall bend backface of the spike, without cracking on the out-
Number
of Tests.
One
(a)
4.
from each
lot
made
flaws,
it
may
be discarded
Retests.
If
5.
any tension
test
(Ill)
Design
Workmanship.
The
6.
purchaser.
body of the
spikes
spike,
1/32-inch over
of
shall
conform
the
to
dimensions
specified
by
the
specified
and a variation
body of the spike,
to the back,
dimensions
of
the
will
variation of
deg.
in
(IV) Manufacture
Fmish.
7.
shall
3
The
finished
spikes
have a workmanlike
Adopted, Vol.
21,
shall
be
free
finish,
from
injurious
defects
and
TRACK.
198
(V) Inspection
Inspection.
The
8.
at
formed,
to
inspector
times while
all
all
work on
of
parts
inspector,
shipment,
to
satisfy
to
facilities
him
that th^
and inspection
tests
being per-
is
manufacturer's
the
unless
shall
made
be
All
manufacture prior
and shall be so conducted as
of
the place
at
otherwise specified,
Rejection.
show
which
Spikes
9.
subsequent
defects
injurious
works
will
to
rejected, ^and
be
their
the
ac-
manu-
(VI) Shipment
Packing.
When
10.
spikes
iceable packages.
size of spike
^=
are
All packages
must be
plainly
marked
in
good, serv-
as to material,
Process.
The
1.
steel
may
be
made
by
the
Bessemer
or
Open-Hearth
process.
Finishing.
The heads of the spikes shall be formed and the threads rolled
temperature not less than 750 deg. C.
2.
at a
(II)
Physical Requirements
Tension Tests.
The full-sized
3.
minimum requirements
finished
spikes
conform
shall
Bend
4.
to
the
following
as to tensile properties:
60,000
0.5 tensile strength
20.
Tests.
The
full-size
finished
spikes
shall
is
eter of the spike, without cracking on the outside of the bent portion.
Number
5.
lot
of Tests.
(a)
One
tension
test
shall
be
(b)
If any spike tested develops
and another spike substituted.
"Adopted. Vol.
21,
1920,
flaws,
it
may
be
discarded
TRACK.
Adopted, Vol.
22,
1921. pp.
653,
199
TRACK.
200
LBTTEK
UndT Head
MAX.
Root
Over Thread
Thread
STAND.
1
MIN.
1.
M
A
Length
6/,
5fJ
pn
'Adopted, Vol.
18.
^arieii
according to thicknei s
Jf Rail
Ben<rTie Plate
TRACK.
201
Retests.
(a)
6.
is
the percentage
If
less
3,
(b)
from
f^-in.
the
(Ill) Design
Workmanship.
7.
The spike shall conform to the dimensions specified by
purchaser. The head shall be concentric with, and firmly joined to
body of the spike. The threads shall be sharp and true to gage and of
specified
be permitted.
will
the
the
the
by the purchaser.
variation of 1/32-in. over the
diameter of the unthreaded portion of the body of the spike
pattern
specified
of
the
variation of
1/32-in.
diameter
variation
of 1/16-in. under and J^-in. over in the reach of the head of the spike
will be permitted.
from
variation of J^-in.
(IV) Manufacture
Fi'nish.
The
8.
finished
spikes
have a workmanlike
shall
be
shall
free
finish.
Marking.
9.
A letter or brand indicating the manufacturer shall be pressed
on the head of the spike while it is being formed.
(V) Inspection
Inspection.
10.
The
representing
inspector
work on
performed,
to
all
of
parts
the
manufacturer's
the
spikes
All
tests
free of cost,
are being
and
all
reasonable
furnished in
inspection
shall
have
shall
be
is
free
being
The manufacturer
purchaser
the
facilities
to
shall afford
satisfy
him
that
made
at
the
and
place
of
manufacture
shall be so
conducted
Rejection.
11.
Spikes
defects
subsequent
to
their
ac-
(VI) Shipment
.Packing.
12.
vent
packages
name
When
spikes are
rusting and
shall
be
shall
plainly
of manufacturer,
be packed
marked
unless
as
to
material,
otherwise specified.
size
of
spike
and
TRACK.
2i)Z
Adopted, Vol.
18,
TRACK.
''
203
TIE-PLATES.
much wider
as
The
of the
length of the plates shall be not less than the safe bearing area
ties
when made
for screw
spikes, shall be
spikes.
The
Where
in
bottom plate
flat
is
The
distance
rail
where
Where
preferable.
rail base.
ribs
inch
in depth.
where
to
the
slotting
the
in
splice
bars and,
advisable,
joints.
Spike
the slotting will permit such punching without the holes interfering with
is
ly,
These Specifications cover two grades of steel tie plates, nameThe soft grade steel shall be used, unless other-
wise specified.
(I) Material
Process.
2.
Steel
may
be
The
steel
to
(a)
the
Phosphorus.
3.
made by
chemical composition
conform
shall
:
*-
the
following requirements as
I Bessemer
Phosphorus
Carbon.
to
(b)
Unless otherwise specified, the material will be furnished according to chemical composition only, in which case the minimum carbon
shall be as follows
Bessemer
Carbon
Open-Hearth
Carbon
^s
Medium Grade
Soft Grade
Not under
Soft Grade
Not under 0.15 per cenr.
Adopted, Vol.
Adopted, Vol.
14, 1913,
21, 1920,
Not under
.
Medium Grade
Not under
TRACK.
204
Ladle Analysis.
(a)
4.
carbon
determination
shall
made
be
of
each
melt
of
and two analyses every 24 hours representing the average of the elements, carbon, manganese, phosphorus and sulphur, contained in the steel, one for each day and night turn, respectively. These
analyses shall be made from drillings taken at least J^-inch beneath the
Bessemer
steel,
The
Section
3.
An
shall be
made
manfrom
(b)
by
Open-Hearth
steel
the
drillings taken
at least
determined
and
be
shall
conform
shall
reported
to the
purchaser
the
to
or
his
thus
representative,
3.
Check Analysis.
An
5.
tie
or lot of
mined
may
analysis
be
representing each
plate
of Bessemer
10 tons
shall not
phorus content
made by
the
steel.
exceed
not
that
content
specified
in
thus
deter-
Section
in
from a finished
and each melt
steel,
The carbon
purchaser
Open-Hearth
melt of
3,
Bend
Test.
6.
The bend test specimens specified in Section 7 shall bend cold
through 180 deg. around a pin the diameter of which is equal to the
thickness of the specimen for the soft grade, and to twice the thickness
of the specimen for the medium grade, without cracking on the outside
Test Specimens.
Bend
7.
test
tie
be rectangular in
section,
^-inch
free
from
ribs
or projections.
Where
faces
the
in
as
plates,
They
shall
They
of
tie
design
the
shall
plates
such that the specimen cannot be taken between the ribs or projecthese ribs or projections shall, in preparing the specimen, be
tions,
tie plate.
chaser,
If
the
preferred
by
the
manufacturer
may
and approved
be substituted
for
by
that
the
pur-
described
in Section 6:
A
a
pin
piece of
the
TRACK.
205
where bent for the soft grade, and to twice the thickness of the secwhere bent for the medium grade, without cracking on the outside
tion
Number
Hearth
of Tests.
One bend
steel,
or
(b)
flaws,
(a)
9.
test shall be made from each melt of Openfrom each melt or lot of 10 tons of Bessemer steel.
any test specimen shows defective machining or develops
If
it
may be
Tension Tests.
10.
(a)
make
to
desired by
If
manufacturer
does
the
make
not
purchaser or
his
own
conform
following
the
to
minimum
and
no case
in
Elongation in
less
8-in.,
requirements
no case
not
is
as
tensile
to
64,000
0.5 tens. str.
1,500,000
1,500,000
Tensile Str.
Tensile Str.
20 per cent.
1,400,000
18 per cent.
1,400,000
Tensile Str.
Tensile Str.
18 per cent.
16 per cent.
25 per cent.
per cent
less
to
Medium Grade
55,000
than
able
be purchased
than
Reduction of area, per cent
in
may
Soft Grade
But
the
properties
But
for
bars
steel
30 per cent.
Test Specimens.
The
(b)
tie
plates,
tension
test
specimens
shall
They
be
shall
taken
of the
shown
sions
have
filleted
testing
in
Fig.
shoulders,
machine
in
or
Fig.
2-in.
or threaded ones, to
.
such a
way
Ix^dios 06+
Hian s
The
2.
finished
in
to
which the
the
specimen
fit
plates
tie
dimen-
essential
(Fig.
1)
shall
on the
shall
less
from the
2i"
f3Sf
Fig.
Note:
The
Gage Length,
Parallel Portions
and
Fillets
will
fit
shall be as
the Holders
TRACK.
206
may
(d)
shall
shall
be
not
less
than
be rectangular
in
width
in
H-i"-
section,
When
rolled.
tie
plates
be
obtained
without projecting
these
ribs,
shall
planed
be
in
between the
off
the
cannot
before
Fig.
Number
2.
of Tests.
One tension test shall be made from each melt of Openand from each melt or lot of 10 tons of Bessemer steel.
If any test specimen shows defective machining, or de(b)
velops flaws, or if it breaks outside the gage length, it may be discarded and another specimen substituted.
(a)
11.
Hearth
steel,
Retests.
If
12.
is
the
less
5,
or
if
is
speci-
men or is outside the middle third of the gage length of an 8-in. specimen, as indicated by scribe scratches marked on the specimen before
testing, a retest shall be allowed.
(IV) Design
Plan.
13.
The tie plates shall conform to the drawings sqbmitted to the
manufacturer, with the following permissible variations:
Tolerance.
(a)
For
plates
]4-in.
of
For
plates
with
a variation of
rolling,
in
shoulders
1/32-in.
in
perpendicular
thickness,
to
the
direction
of
The
distance
shoulder to the ouside end of the plate shall not vary more than
J4-in.,
H-in.
to the inside
TRACK.
(V> Manufacture
Workmanship.
The
14.
207
plate
tie
smoothly
be
shall
rolled,
true
to
and
templet,
be straight and out of wind on the surface which will form the
shall
rail.
Finish.
The
15.
deformations
face
also be
free
by the
caused
shearing
like finish.
Marking.
The name
16.
or brand of the
manufacture
of
year
be
shall
rolled
in
raised
and figures on
marking
letters
shall
The
representing
inspector
work on
performed,
to
all
of
parts
manufacture of
the
plate.
<V^) In^P"*!""
Inspection.
17.
tie
the
the
purchaser
manufacturer's
plates
tie
the
shall
have
all
works which
is
free
being
concern
The manufacturer
ordered.
reasonable
facilities
to satisfy
shall
him
that the tie plates are being furnished in accordance with these speci-
All
fications.
made
and
specified,
tests
place of
at the
shall
made
in
their
manufacturer
shall be notified.
Rehearing.
19.
rejected
Samples tested
tie
plates,
the
in
accordance with
Section
5,
which represent
two weeks
shall
be
preserved
for
time.
Packing.
<^^^> Shipment
Tie plates shall be wired together in bundles of uniform number, weighing not to exceed 100 lb., unless otherwise specified.
20.
TRACK.
208
*
made
Plates shall be
1.
Requirements
(II) Physical
The
2.
ments as
require-
48,000
0.6 tensile strength
28
Bend
minimum
to tensile properties:
25
37
Tests.
The bend
3.
specimen
test
bend
shall
cold
through
is
180
degrees
Test Specimens.
The
(a)
4.
ished
tie
plates,
tension
test
specimens
taken
shall
be
They
shall
from the
fin-
which the
tie
plates
Tension
(b)
mensions shown
have
filleted
specimens
test
in Fig.
or Fig. 2.
testing
machine
by the
testilfg
in
such a
machine
way
1693
^
,2"
Gage Length,
may
Gage IcngH^
Fig.
The
on the
2ir
7^
Note:
f^ius^nof
fit
1.
Parallel
fit
the Holders
21.
1920,
pp.
182,
l.?69.
TRACK.
Number
of Tests.
One
(a)
5.
each
(b)
selected
tension
of 1,000
lot
209
to
any
If
lot
but
testing,
from
specimen
test
represent
visible before
test
made ~from
be
shall
test
plates.
tie
either
after
visible
of
testing,
bars
the
surface
contains
material
of
or
if
originally
defects
not
tension
test
specimen breaks outside the middle third of the gage length, the indi-
vidual
be allowed.
Fig.
(Ill)
Plan.
The
6.
Design
conform
shall
plates
tie
2.
to
the drawings
submitted to the
For
plates
For
with
plates
a variation of
shoulders
1/32-in.
in
J/^-in.
rolled width,
in
perpendicular
thickness,
the
3/16-in.
direction
of
The
to
and
distance
and
^-in.,
from
the
face
of
shoulder
to
the
inside
than J^-in.
<^^) Manufacture
Workmanship.
The
7.
shall
tie
plate
shall
be
smoothly
rolled,
true
to
templet,
and
be straight and out of wind on the surface which will form the
rail
finish.
Finish.
8.
face
The
caused
from
slivers,
also be free
deformations
of being burnt.
by
the
shearing
TRACK.
210
Marking.
The name
or
(V) Inspection
Inspection.
The
10.
work on
being per-
is
the
are being
plates
tie
All
tions.
tests
prior
facture
of
parts
all
the
manufacturer's
furnished
and inspection
shipment,
to
in
accordance
with
made
the
be
shall
otherwise
unless
at
these
and
specified,
specifica-
manu-
of
place
be so
shall
works.
Rejection.
the test bars selected to represent a lot does not
either of
If
11.
conform
2,
3,
4 and
5,
the lot
be rejected.
will
(V^) Shipment
Packing.
12.
Tie plates shall be wired together in bundles of uniform numweighing not to exceed 100 lb. for shipment, unless otherwise specified.
ber,
^SPECIFICATIONS FOR
Plates shall be
1.
Tension Tests.
The
2.
form
tension
test
to the following
iron.
Physical Requirements
(^I)
specimens
specified
minimum requirements
in
Section
con-
shall
as to tensile properties
45,000
7.5
Special Tests.
3.
(a)
proportional
by ^-in.
at
tie
in
All
to
tie
the
plates
shall
thickness
cross-section.
of
These lugs
plate,
tie
shall
test
but
not
of a size
lugs
exceeding
be attached to the
tie
plate
such a point that they will not interfere with the assembling of the
plates,
(b)
may
off
be teAed to destruction.
by the
Such
a tie
malleable iron.
21,
in.spector.
representative
so
plate shall
desires,
tie
plate
TRACK.
211
(a)
4.
shown
sions
section
in Fig.
less
is
test 'specimens
1.
3
41
"W1
test.
JjTr
J2r
Fig.
(b)
each
of three tension
set
without
melt,
chills,
using
1.
test
risers
of
sound bars.
The specimens
shall
melt.
containing
Number
5.
lected
plates
tie
to
in
be annealed.
of Tests.
plates
in
if,
the event
test
tie
of failure of the
the
to
first
require-
specified
and third specimens conform to the requirements, the tie plates in that
oven shall be accepted, except that any tie plate may be rejected if its
If either the
test lug shows that it has not been properly annealed.
second or third specimen fails to conform to the requirements, the
entire contents of that oven shall be rejected.
Re-annealing.
6.
Any
annealed
the
tie
tie
once.
remaining
plates
rejected
for
The re-annealed
test
lugs
or
tie
insufficient
plates
tie
plates
broken
may
annealing
shall
as
be
inspected
show
specimens
be
and
if
reif
the
not, they
(Ill)
Design
Plan.
7.
Variation.
(a)
The
the
dimensions shown.
(b)
The
sions shown.
more than
1/32-in.
TRACK.
212
<^V) Manufacture
Workmanship.
The plates
8.
be
shall
straight
rail,
Finish.
The
9.
ing,
fins,
Marking.
The manufacturer's
10.
identification
shall
mark and
be cast on
plates
tie
positions that they will not interfere with the service of the
The
(a)
11.
inspector
performed,
plates
tie
free of cost,
the inspector,
the contract of
the
purchaser
all
and inspection
tests
being
is
to all
manufacture of the
All
tie plate.
work on
times while
all
such
in
<V> In=Pt'n
Inspection.
entry,
num-
pattern
the
all
shall
be
made
the specifications.
place
the
at
of
manufacture
The manufacturer
(b)
tie
plates
shall be
be available and
shown
to the inspector
and
These records
shall
whenever required.
Rejection.
12.
Tie
acceptance
jected,
plates
the
at
shal!
be
which
show
injurious
defects
works may be
the manufacturer
manufacturer's
replaced
by
subsequent
rejected,
free
of
cost
their
to
and,
if
to
re-
the
purchaser.
<V^> Shipment
Packing.
Tie plates shall be wired together in bundles of uniform numweighing not to exceed 100 lb., for shipment, unless otherwise speci-
13.
ber,
fied.
"ANTI-CREEPERS.
General Requirements to Be. Met in the Design and Manufacture.
Anti-creepers shall be so designed as to
weights of
rail
fit
two or more
different
re-applied.
TRACK.
They must be
enough
substantial
213
chance of breaking.
The
tie
number of movable
least possible
When
applied they
must be
parts
in position
is
rigidly
desirable.
enough
to carry the
They
shall
be
made with
take-up
sufficient
permit of
to
proper
tightening.
When
erative
in place they
when
the
rail
sufficiently to
Anti-creepers
slacks back.
made
made
of non-rustable material.
destruction by rust.
Anti-creepers
made
and of
sufficient
^'
Plan No.
16'
102
103
16'
risers.
risers.
risers.
risers.
risers.
risers.
30'
risers.
risers.
risers.
risers.
and
30'
-^
switches).
210 Illustration Bills of Material for 11' 0" and 16' 6" Split
211 Illustration Bills of Material for 22' 0" and 30' 0" Split
301 No. 6 Bolted Rigid Frog.
302 No. 7 Bolted Rigid Frog.
303 No. 8 Bolted Rigid Frog.
304 No. 10 Bolted Rigid Frog.
305 Detail of Plates for Nos. 6, 7, 8 and 10 Rigid Frogs.
306 No. 11 Bolted Rigid Frog.
307 No. 16 Bolted Rigid Frog.
308 Detail of Plates for Nos. 11, 16 and 20 Rigid Frogs.
Data
No.
320
for Laying
331
Adopted, Vol.
973, 974.
Switches.
Switches.
21,
1920,
pp.
188,
1370,
1371; Vol.
22.
1921,
pp.
676,
678,
TRACK.
214
PlanNo.
No.
7 Clamp Frog.
8 Clamp Frog.
334 No. 10 Clamp Frog.
335 Detail of Plates for Nos. 6, 7,
390 Diagram Preferred Names of
391 Diagram Preferred Names of
401 No. 10 Spring Rail Frog.
402 No. 8 Spring Rail Frog.
403 No. 11 Spring Rail Frog.
490 Diagram Preferred Names of
332
333
No.
602
603-
-No.
-No.
AND GUARD
RAILS.
General Instruction.
The purchaser
1.
drawings, giving
eral dimensions,
2.
shall
Unless
conform
rail
will
furnish
sections,
and such
otherwise
special details as
the
specified
ing Association as
manufacturer
the
recommended
may
construction,
L'L".
l!iM.
j>i).
practice.
r,},
design
and
details
and
and gen-
be required.
=*
specifications
;?::.
shall,
when
requested,
TRACK.
The
3.
detailed
215
bottom.
lines
V/i
Drawings
in the
XY
be
one subject.
ft.
The
shall be placed
title
drawings
wherever practicable.
foot
ft.
The
and
the top
between outside
in.
equals one
When
shall be confined to
in.
wide between
in.
from
in.
border
in.
Yz
shall
in.
in feet
and
inches.
Cross-
is
not
in
Man-
steel
The drawings
shown on
shall be part of
Anything that
the specifications.
is
mentioned
tions,
which
is
in
in
if
both.
the specifica-
from
the
is
the work, or should any error appear in either the drawings or specifications
and
affecting
shall not
the
so.
Material.
Rail.
5.
The
tion called
rail
for,
used shall be
first
manufactured according
to
A.R.E.A. specifications or to
dium grey
shall
iron.
Steel Castings.
7.
in
Steel
castings shall be of
shall
"B"
except that
steel castings
rail
TRACK.
216
Cast Manganese
8.
The
Steel.
manganese
cast
shall
steel
conform
cations of the
to
410,
Volume
18,
A.R.E.A.
Proceedings.)
Malleable iron
castings
shall
be
of
properly annealed.
mercial mild
ness to rail
steel.
medium grade
of com-
steel.
Fillers.
11.
good
Fillers
shall
be of rolled or forged
steel,
wrought iron or of
Heel Risers.
12.
Heel
steel.
Foot Guards.
13.
malleable iron.
Filler blocks
Wooden
when
may
steel
or
be of grey iron.
Bolts.
14.
Bolts,
other
than
are
bolts
called
for
on
plans or specified, shall be of mild carbon steel and shall have a tensile
strength of not less than 50,000
lb.
in.
to the following
minimum
Tensile Strength
Yield Point
Elongation in 2 in
Reduction of Area
Full-size
bolts
shall
100,000
70,000
lb.
lb.
15 per cent.
40 per cent.
bend cold
or alloy steel
requirements:
bolt.
The
180
deg.
from a
test piece
Vi in.
by 2
in.
bolt.
Nuts may
develop the
full
TRACK.
217
Rivets.
Rivets shall be
15.
made
American Society
Reinforcing Bars.
Reinforcing bars shall be of wrought iron or mild open-hearth
16.
steel.
Plates.
17.
of mild open-hearth
Switch
tie plates,
shall be
steel.
Clips.
18.
Switch
designs which
clips
may
shall
be of mild open-hearth
steel,
except special
Switch Rods.
19.
steel
or wrought iron.
iron.
Anti-Creeping Device.
21.
iron.
Braces.
22.
steel,
steel.
Washers.
23.
Washers
Nut Locks.
24.
Nut
steel,
as
specified.
Springs.
26.
The
steel in
springs shall
conform
of the American Society for Testing Materials for carbon steel bars for
railway springs.
pressed position
upon
release,
Spring Housings.
27.
Spring housings
cast steel.
shall
TRACK.
218
28.
shall be of
steel
or wrought iron.
29.
WOKKM.ANSHIP.
Workmanship.
Workmanship
30.
current practice.
be
shall
first-class
The assembly
of
and
in
the several
31.
of
all
work
finished
shall be
even and
Length.
Length of frogs and crossing arms
Z2.
>^
from lengths
in.
not vary
more than
Switch-point
specified.
from length
J/ in.
rail,
not vary
shall
and guard
rails
specified.
more than
rails
shall
Flangeways.
ZZ.
in.
The width
line Y% in.
when measured on
Flangeways
more than
Bending.
34.
Bends
shall be
is
made
It
resorted to
is
it
1%
in.
specified.
must be done
in
manner
If heating of
so as not to injure
the metal.
Planing.
35.
All planing
all
fit
accu-
rately.
Grinding.
36.
Running surfaces of
practically as
the
manganese
rolled rail.
be ground to
Manganese
steel
fit.
All holes
in
carbon
steel rails
must be
for tight
drilled.
fit
of
In other parts
all
TRACK.
drilled.
219
ing will be permitted only in wrought iron or mild steel parts for rivets,
and
spikes, except
when such
come
holes
so close to-
gether or close to the edge of the piece that the metal between holes or
is
less in
drilled.
Fit of Bolts.
38.
Main or body
true
straight
in
bolts in frogs
more than
a clearance of not
more than
in
in,
and crossings
holes.
fit,
iV
in.
in drilled or
S.
have a tight
fit
Threads must be U.
cored holes.
have a tight
shall
shall
Nuts must
fit.
Rivets.
39.
more than
in.
and
for on plans
greater in diameter.
When
rivet
not other-
wise called for by plans or specifications, rivets shall have standard button
or cone heads of uniform size for the
surface and
fill
Fillers,
specifications,
the
and into
fit
web
When
in.
grooved or cut
filler
where
shall not vary more than ^-inch from being flush with end of
shall
rivet heads
The heads
shall
of the
fillets
size rivet.
rivets
the countersink.
same
Countersunk
fit
when
fit
of
to clear
specified
rail.
the brace
fill
rail.
4L
and of the
flat
and true
to surface.
Painting.
42.
No
paint,
tar
TRACK.
220
Welding.
No
43.
Welding
on surfaces of other
rails or
in other portions
may
be permitted
in the
not im-
is
paired.
Marking.
The
44.
and
stamped on a
The
identification.
and weight of
section
rail
i"-
or
figures
initials,
rail
or
seen,
web
may
name
manufacturer's
letters
stamped with )4
for
letters
may
of the
be stamped on a separate
rail,
in
be used.
loose parts or fixtures shall be similarly stamped with suitable size letters
and
figures, the
On
may
marked on
whh
the head
letter or
cast parts
all
facturer.
Inspection.
45.
have
shall
to
all
tion
all
The
inspector
its
work
is
in accord-
of material
may
be
made
at the
made
is
however,
such
test.
rails
if
the
is
furnished
in
accordance with
used
in
Tests
amount
For the
manufacture.
if
specifications, in
at the place of
the
work
fails
to
this
made he
meet the
expense of
the manufacturer,
when
re-
from
The acceptance
subsequent rejection
if
bj'
own
expense.
TRACK.
^
221
FROG DESIGNS.
Steel
For data
given below
rules
from
2^
in.
from No. 16
Design
No,
to
from 80
sections
width of head.
to 3 in.
of
rail
of
designs
for
all
Design
lb.
applicable to
is
all
angles
applicable to angles
is
both inclusive.
20,
Sections and other details are to conform to those for similar angles
Lengths
to 607, inclusive.
shall
conform
A.R.E.A.
to
Heel.
The
gage
2.
manganese point
heel end of
lines
4^
is
The
26
is
in.
in.
in.
7,
up
to
is
lines
made
is
10>^
in.
all
heel blocks
is
to
3.
Rails.
The
heel
rails
are
offset
in-
run 6
The
all
in.
heel
frogs
in.
The
horizontally
end
in.
riser at the
Heel
and 6 and
of
7J4
to
integral part
is
4,
is
line
by a
TRACK.
222
15^
in.
No.
15,
No.
20, inclusive, so as to
from gage
rail
Head on gage
1^
from
line
in.
(+
t^ in.)
is
Back of head
a vertical side
all
line of
to reverse bend.
on
rails
in.
is
in.
The
Wing
4.
end
rounded
for
in.
of flangeway of
flangeway
2]/^
with
between the
and
rail
opposite to a
No.
2^ in. spread
a 3^ in. flare
below tread
The
level.
wing
rail
Where
2]/^
wing
in.
steel
opening
side of full
head 4
theoretical point
toe spread of 3
in.,
in 8,
rail is
10,
in.
make
the angle
at the
end of a
to be
flare
on the wing
moved toward
1^
rail
instead of
in.,
in.
in.
below tread
com-
is
in.
2)/\
wing
at
rail
head of
level,
in.
If angle
man-
Opposite
in
in 8 until a
in
measured
minimum
and
minimum
No. 12
width flange-
inclusive).
frog) to
1%
in.
from gage
in.
wing
i"-
2%
of
notched to a radius of
rail is
for a 1^4
away head of
wing and
in.
with a width
is
rail is
ganese
made
for a
and 20j^
the
line
width
from the
line
manganese wing
vertical.
filler
producing
but
way
mencing
gage
15,
line
frogs) to
reverse bend or
to
parallel to
is
in.
radius.
all
in.
full
The
heel rail.
flare
b}^ 5 in.
rail
15^
y%
is
Rail.
Wing
length of
is
at point
in.
is
spread
rail
the toe end of the frog by extending the line of wing rail
to
the point 4
in.
TRACK.
223
Head
angle.
head
5.
the
is
web
of the wing
where
rail to
It
rail.
wing
2%
width ef flangeway to
wing
wing
4^
in.
in.
base of wing
rail to
web
of bent
The back
where
lies
it
steel
flare
from
planed
casting on top of
Bearing
up
rail,
spread
is
rail.
rail
rail
Manganese wing
the
angle of 30 deg. to
in.
section of
tire
fits
1^
in
full
middle bend.
at
wing
in
spread on the
toe
in.
through bolt commencing with the second bolt from the manganese heel
from
tlie
tlieoretical point
towards
in.
and
and 4
filler
filler,
between heel
14 j4 in-
rails
20, inclusive,
and 19>^
manganese
filler is
steel
Toe blocks
7.
in.
long, with
in.
from the
all
toe
for frogs
as the
are beveled,
wing
rail.
15,
long with two bolts for frogs No. 16 to No. 20, inclusive.
Bolt Spacing.
At
is
in.
are placed 2
same angle
in.
line,
and 12
in.
rails
inclusive,
15,
measured on gage
and are 7
the
in.
and wing
No. 16 to No.
when
then for 3
Fillers
Fillers
-of
beyond end of
at each bolt
6.
constant; 3
and 3
gage
in. -5
in. -5 in.
heel
No. 16
rail.
from No. 4
to
No.
wing
rails
and
fillers
No.
15, inclusive,
20, inclusive,
measured on
to
TRACK.
224
sion
placed 2
is
in.
and
through
last bolt
6^
from
in.
last belt
long heel
in.
first bolt
through flangeway
fillers
bolt
In longer extensions
and additional
is
placed
(No.
bolts
frog and above) are spaced between this bolt and the end bolt in least
11
gage
toe
Position of
toe block.
in.
end
is
constant 2 in.-7
end of casting.
Body
in least
to
from
in.
in.
two
first
to
c.
constant, being 6
is
line
for 12
c.
In 26
frogs.
filler
all
placed
is
bolts
in.
At
c.
toe block
toe end
measured on
in.
and 4
in.-8 in.
measured on gage
at
from toe
line
bolts
number of equal
from
in.
c.
The
cations
8.
heel
as given for
4^
is
in.
To
Heel
To
11.
same
are the
The
10.
for frogs No. 16 to No. 20, inclusive, with the following modifi-
Heel.
gage
9.
Design
D^^n A
Rails.
Wing
To
RaU.
back on a straight
line to
gage
from gage
meet guard
The wing
then bent
where the
in.
from guard
line
from notch
to 4 in.
spread.
from gage
rail
in 8
1 in.
Angle
for
(1 in 7.1
in 8
wing
two
lines
is
in,
Wing
wide throat).
No. 16 frog).
meet.
to opposite
(equals lYz
line is 1 in.
down
rail is
line.
line,
where
it
is
toe
in.
TRACK.
Manganese
12.
To
Steel
a distance of 10
rails
in.
Manganese body
at throat.
wing
4%
225
filler
between
in.
from
rail
toe
13.
between heel
Fillers
same as Design A.
rail
blocks 2
steel
body
in.
apart
Toe
block 20
in.
in.
long
in.
and wing
rail
frog2
one 6
in.
outer
in.
inner
one 16J^
in,
Bolt Spacing.
14.
Rules for bolt spacing at the heel and heel block extension are the
same
as
At
ganese
for Design A.
From
frog No.
8^
constant: 2 in-5
is
between wing
extension
follows
body
first
Bolts
rails.
first
in. -6
in.-7
in.
No. 18 frog, 7
Body
bolts
at heel
in.
from
c.
to
same as Design A.
SOLID
The
MANGANESE STEEL
FROGS.
are applicable to
all
No. 20 frog,
connecting
all
rail sections
3 in. (inclusive),
manganese
steel
frogs
from 80
lb.
2^
in.
to
width of head.
Head=Head
to 655, inclusive.
Grouping of
Rails.
To
establish a
minimum
of different standard
TRACK.
226
lengths of
frogs,
rails
for each
lengths
Dimensions."
Class "A"
and head
in.
2^
Rail
2^
Rails
ing 2il
in.
Class *'D"
in.
1.
Lengths.
to 2t^
in.
5%
wide, inclusive
in.
with a base of 5
in.
not exceed
7U
in.
Si'e
hi.
or
rail
head
at or
exceeding
in.
(General Rule.)
For Design
frog
not exceed
with a base of
2iJ
in.
to 2i'6 in.
Rails
point
in.
in.
8-5^
in.
5j/2
in.
in.
in.
"i-
with a base of
Rails
2U
5-)4
in.
Class "C"
in.
2^
in.
Class "B"
in.
with a base of
to
in.
1,
Toe Lengths.
theoretical
J^
in.
times frog
number
plus 13
in.
(below a No.
11 frog, class
"A"; a No.
"B"; a No. 14 frog, class "C," and a No. 18 frog, class "D").
For Design 2, Toe Lengths. Toe Lengths from theoretical ]/2 in.
12 frog, class
point
frog number.
(below a No. 5 frog, class "A"; a No. 6 frog, class "B"; a No. 7 frog,
and a No. 8
class "C,"
For Designs
3/j
in.
and
Heel Lengths.
point =3
times frog
and 15
in.
length of flare
ft.
in.
2.
in.,
maximum
all
splicing
classes).
in.
or more).
Heights.
4U
in.
high, inclusive.
of 4)4
in.
to 5i^
in.
high, inclusive.
5%
in.
4^
in.
in.
rails
5^
in.
rails of
5^%
6%
6^
i"-
in.
high, inclusive.
in.
rails
of
S],^
in.
to
6A
in.
high, inclusive.
in.
rails
of
6%
in.
to 6S/i
in.
high, inclusive.
TRACK.
3.
Heel Extension.
Heel extension to run
For Design
from
in,
J^
4.
in.
joint.
rails.
in 6 in.
extreme end.
in 6 in. at
1^
in
below tread
in.
be
For Design 2
ing to
beyond heel
15 in.
Its top to
Easer to be formed
ing
227
End
fit
walls
in. thick.
Toe Extension.
For Design
Toe
toe joint.
Its
webs
to
fit
End
wall to be
For Design 2
for 15
Toe extension
beyond toe
in.
connecting
rails.
below tread
to y2 in.
in
at
in.
and
]/$
beyond
in. thick.
rails.
joint,
in.
Side walls or
extreme end.
thick.
in.
web
rail,
sloping
of extension
Method of fastening
toe rails
mentary
5.
tie plate,
Width
of
Width
2y2
in.
wide for
4%
2^
in.
wide for
5 in.
2}i
in.
wide for
5^
in.
2]/i
in.
in.
in.
wide for
6^
in.
Tread Surface.
Design
in.
and S}i
in.
Design
4
in.
414
6.
in.
wide for
5-34 in.,
6%
and
in.
5^
2.
in.
and 6]^
For Design
toe
5 in.
in.,
1.
end
guard
to
Carry
full
opposite theoretical J^
in.
point,
lines.
For Design 2
Carry
from
toe end, including toe extension, parallel to gage line to opposite theoretical point.
TRACK.
228
Then
wide flangeway,
and No.
in
in.
7,
class
to a
3^
point
at
opposite
2j/<
If this brings
than 4
in. at
extreme
mal standard
the lYz
in.
in.
spread, go back 6
in.
classes,
and then
spread of gage
by placing
flare
in.
3^
10
end of
point where
in.
4, 5, 6, all
in
in.
Flare begins
flare.
opening
in.
1^
in.
beginning of
1^
to the regular
is
2^4
in.
in.
in.
If end of flare comes closer than 23fB in. from heel joint, reduce 10
portion of the normal standard flare to a length of 6 in. and relocate
end of flare at 23
in. from. heel joint (for frogs Nos. 4, 5, 6, all classes,
and No. 7, Class "D").
in.
7.
Run web
with a
3^
lines parallel to
in.
gage
for a length of 17
line
in.,
round
off
(Both designs.)
8.
Toe End.
Joint Surface at
Design
only
Run
web
line
from
toe joint
parallel
round
in.,
in.
in. to
guard
to
this
If
line
in-
would
reduce joint
line at throat,
gage
with a 3^4
off
make
wall
in.
Bolts at Joints.
Bolt spacing at joints to agree with purchaser's specifications.
to be of
high tensile
steel.
Bolt holes to be J4
have
signs
mum
to
in.
Through
in.
bolts
in
minimum
to
from web
to
Bolts
web of
heel of de-
in.
section.
maxi-
TRACK.
229
^.^
:?;
ill
S^
to
?^
NC>|i(%iIIj[^
^^^O* ^NJlB^
'^k^
NNN
^i;
r^
^O'A'^
??
.n'??
h'^^ '^a^
^t ^*
1(
>
*>-^N
^ 5
B^IM.^^ ^'^'^
5S
5P?
,r 1,^
"oM^
f^
^l!||
??^^^^?^ ? ?T
N)
"^
1
^T?
i!
11^
n55;
'ft'^^^I^^Sjjj
#i
?5
-3
|^^^3^^t5
tSj^^S
TRACK.
230
Ssaa 2 SE
?^
(ivi^<3
ssss i 5 Sis
c:^
^ *
'^^S^
5??^
II
^^
i
q
Oi
5^ii
v,c
NflC
->-'?-t
CO
a:2
??
:s3 5,4
!l
>"!>>-!<
ii
^sISS^
TRACK.
231
(""
1:-."
-1
^BI
tr-
1^^
1^'
-_|
TRACK.
232
jttgn
\-\
^.
5i
TRACK.
**
233
steel
away
1.
shall
of
consist
rolled
rail
manganese
and supported by the web and
to
rail.
The manganese
2.
piece,
tail
switches
and attached
thereon
set
tip
steel
pointed
and the
rail,
of such
tail
to at least
3.
in.
minimum
length
piece to be 10-inch
at surface joint.
reinforcing strap not less than ^-inch thick, fitting the fishing
section, shall be provided on the opposite side of the web of the rail,
extending along the full length of the manganese steel tip and beyond
The
4.
Where
rail.
should be
of
top
stock
installed
rail
with a
rail,
joint,
shall be at least
rail,
the
surface
the
is
worn considerably a new stock
new switch point to assure the joint
rail
be-
tween the manganese tip and the rolled rail coming below the running surface.
5.
The end of the point shall be 12-inch below the top of the
stock rail and rounded off with a radius of 1^ in.
It shall be shaped
by grinding froni a theoretical distance of 5/16-inch, between gage
lines, to a thickness of 1/16-inch on the top line.
A depth of 1^-inch,
measured from the top of the stock rail, shall be provided for clearance of the wheel flanges, on any parts of the manganese steel or reinforcing bars projecting below the path of the wheel flange.
6.
tip
The
thickness
adjacent to the
of
rail
the vertical
web
shall be
The minimum
length
in.
ft.
and 2
sive,
for switches
ft.
in.
dinary conditions.
severe
lengths
side
wear,
for
On
the
to
of
manganese
the
steel
from 10
ft.
in.
to 12
ft.
in.
measured
tips,
line,
shall
be
in length, inclu-
all
longer
tips
recommended may
also
may
be
required.
Variations
tie
from the
spacing in
individual cases.
"^
NECTING RODS.
1.
Provision shall be
made
Adopted, Vol.
Adopted, Vol.
21,
22,
TRACK.
234
Classification
2.
of
is
tie to
14'
18'
0"
0"
2'
14'
(Note.
bottom of taper
7'
6'
0"
0"
9"
0"
4'
0"
1'
0"
0"
Low
Switch Stands:
Height greater than
To and including
2'
rO"
or less
Extra
The operating
3.
work
lever
of
shall
4.
The
it
can easily be
in-
spected.
5.
There
shall be
no
lost
motion
the bearings.
in
The connections
movement
to insure
movement
of
than 1^8
in-
Provision shall be
made
shall
be so arranged
that
it
will
lock
or latch in either extreme position without the use of the switch lock.
9.
No.
251, dated
10.
The
November
target
and lamp
when used on
tip
movement
Shapes and
12.
Lamp
tips shall
plan
switch
stand
shall
to
17th, 1920.
conform
to plan
conform
to plan
TRACK.
235
CO
(0
o
Z
i|
(0
o
o
ci
i "I
On
t5 'w
'S
obV9
vl
10 0
fO fo
d
Z
'* lo ts
^t K)
lo lO in JO lo lO
Is
N
tf)
now on
the
market and the fact that many of the features are patented, the Committee
recommends
that
it
broad
The
requisite of
to include the
mercially available.
more
to prepare plans
in lieu thereof
efficient
nor
recommends
drawn
sufficiently
TRACK.
236
principles are
recommended
as desirable agencies to
The
period during which the rate of pay shall be the same as that of a laborer,
men
shall be given
foreman.
From
men
title
of assistant
section foreman.
(2)
The
application of a
periodical meetings, at
which supervising
officers
is
in
The
application
among
the men.
dealing with the best practices are written by supervising officers and
are printed and sent to
Later an examination
is
depends.
Adopted, Vol.
14.
1913,
pp.
108-109, 130,
1058,
1059.
cost.
TRACK.
aojj
JO
eox
237
8 s 8
S5
d d d d d d
d d d d
CO
8
s
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
e d d d d d
d d d d d
HS 32 as :^ ::^ :32 Hs
A '^ It X :^
<m
(m
im
e^
M
o^
000000^
e<i
e<i
e<i
e<i
c<i
c<i
C<1
ooa>ooo>o>o>oo^o>0500
><
O-HOOOO^OOOOr-l
>
^ i
r~
J<
c^
X
X
M
>"
S
::^
o *
(M
>0
J2
Pl<
tJ-
01
-H
i
CI
CO
oi)
(M
ti
-<
-^
(M
10
CO
>o
p,
fe
o)
>o
i^
o>
CO
mS
S
00
^
O
>0
+^-t<t^D050-<*<eC>doM<005
;W
.9-n
SAJIIQ
^eo(Mio^HOJt^o>oeoco<Mc<i'-H
M CO e
08a38Q
Q
o>
t^
_c
1^
e^
"5
1/5
o>
e<j
t^
00
t-l
->
"5
JO enipBjj
Tl<
'^i
r^
T-l
00
(N
00
o>
fs:
^
^
^
;^
C<1
CO
:5^
^
CO
rt
UJ
*"
oocoeOQeooocO't<ooocoeo
C>COC^1COCOC<ICO(MCOCOeOCOCO
^1
rt
i-(^H,-l^,-<<M(MCO(M(MC<lCO
I
1"^
:^
l
ci3
:?t
:;i^
N^
^t
:^
i5
(H
-^
00(r<i-*<iot>.<Meocot (M(MTt<
CJCOT-HT^,-l(MCC(M-HC^eOCO'-l
"S^
CO i *"
a
3
o
CO
2 S c
oocoooco-*oooeoeo
(^icocoiMcoc^cocococoeo
'S
J?:
:juioj
e<
ui
^ Sojj
o^
^!:5oOrtOeoc5coo5eo<MOOo
^^^coeot^>.oooc<coeo>o
to
JO t{^3U8'^
jaqmn^sj Sojj
to
to
<M
ic
(M
(M
~0Q w
" is
-2
SSI
CO
eo
CO
e>0'-'e<i-rt<3oooo
~>
C9
ct
TRACK.
238
aojj
JO ^uio^
txj
IBOi^ajoaqx
cjtoot^aioco>ot~-o#
*jooo>co(^
4iooooc^oor
^oo
t^ 0 0
><"
^<
CO
CO
o o 00
pi<-<t<oto-ooo>o-<eo-*ooao
<-i
.0
<^
<<Qoe^'ooooo<ocooo
Si'77??7T77'r7T7
OC<tOCOpQ^O-^C*"5tO
OQoo
Seo
oil
ooocooeoor^o-^oo>oo
Op
W
H
j6
8nipH
Soj J JO ^uio J
IBoi-^ajoaqx
o qJ^iMg JO
Si
*COCO<000-<<CO0-<''^^"50
i^'-^'-^e^e^toto
0
0>
C^
O M < 00 ^ ^
*c^oo-Hr>.e^t-Jcir>^t>^ui^-Hp
><oot>-t^oooe^tO'<<5
go*
<
>-
<<
pi<-*
CQooi<o>ot^ooeooooooooo
W .-Irt^e^^>lCOt<^OptOp
7TT77?t*^'^'f7T
S7 .O>0'-H0>t~-Oi0t0t0C)C4>-i
M^ e^ 1
eo
.
OH
JO
snipBy
OJOooo^Ht^o^i<eoo>'^oo
^o-*<oot^e-WMtot-<ot>-^^
S'lCO'^odoootop'^c^d-"*'
*oooo<ooo
<o>'t>eoO<oeococo
(li<-<McO-l'Ot>-03'^Ot-0OCO
^^
-H
to
CI
CI
-l
_
C0O5
.-ii-i^oOOOOOOOOOOOOO
77777?'??7777
OS
b7
Jgeoeoif'*"'^"*'-! i-ioooo
MM Cli-ii-i
oooo
^O
5?
I 1
JO q-jSuaq^
pBajdg
I98H
pBdjdg
oox
eiSay
8ojj
=s
to
iS
t^
to
CI
<
^to
01
leq
H o
eox
ro
..
-.
to
r^
<-4
^5
^t^
ti
4.
1(H)
1 S 2 2
9-0
Ft.
Bojj
<
t^
C4
g ^
CO
s s
i?
CI
t>i
00
CO
as
o
Xj*
'
.^
J,
^ - O S
00
..
^ I
il
ot
oi,
<J>
17-0
18-6
21-6
22-6
24-0
26-6
29-0
r4
'
>o
<o
oo
^ ^ 6
In.
jaqmnjivl
00
2 S
Y
jio-Hd>0'^tocooo'>'0'-;
^'^!ij:T*i:T7T?T77'?
M^ 0>obt^Ou'j/>-*<-'COtOtOC<
<niaH
moj
1 ^ i I 1 1
<
to
H2
C4
c<
.^
<^
<i>
o!>
o
^
COMMITTEE
VI.
BUILDINGS.
DEFINITIONS.
Ashpit.
from locomotives,
Coaling Station.
An
of coal to locomotives.
Drop
Pit.
chinery
pit
Engine House.
structure
ma-
is
the
general
maintenance
of engines in service.
Engine
Pit.
pit
the
in
track
inside
the
engine house to
facilitate
A building
F^reight House.
Inbound.
for
the
handling of
freight
for
delivery
to
consignee.
Outbound.
building
for
the receiving of
freight by the
railroad
for shipment.
Inspection Pit.
pit in
Oil House.
A building for
A building
Power House.
for
oil
and waste.
generating
light,
Rest House.
building
for the
Shelter Shed.
Butterfly
Type. A type of
tection
from
and roof
Umbrella Type.
tection
239
and roof
240
Shop Buildings.
Various
Smoke Jack.
for
the
accommodation of passenger
ventilating appliance
of engine houses.
Station.
An
established
and freight
location
for
traffic.
Transfer Platform
(Freight.)
from car
Transfer Table.
with
to car.
Turntable.
Turntable
in
Pit.
ground
'ASHPITS.
General.
The
is
a maintenance standpoint.
and
at
this heats
Most
ingredient.
in a short
it)
in the ashes.
is
the
the
steel parts
work and
(coming
in
at a rapid rate.
is
a principal
off.
shows that
Slag and gravel concrete has been used in place of limestone contrap rock is available it makes a
and makes a good substitute.
crete
either
down
To warn and
falling
into
'Adopted, Vol.
on a 20 per
18,
cent,
all pits.
fqet.
This
BUILDINGS.
Where
twenty-five (25) or
more engines
Various Types of
(1)
ties,
241
is
recommended.
Pits.
At outlying
districts,
Fig.
1.
ties.
tracks.
Pit located between the track rails, of length to suit the busi-
(2)
ness handled.
The
at
a convenient
place.
These
pits
Where
track
is
moved
alongside
Pit similar to
;
Type No.
Track
2,
to the crane
Fig. 2.
(3)
pit,
and loaded
into cars.
Pit.
the relative location of the top of the car with respect to the
Fig.
3.
Depressed
Ash Car
Track.
BUILDIN<;S.
242
(4)
Depressed
dropped.
One
pit
filled
with
water,
into
which
the
cinders
are
pit
freely.
An-
other feature being the easy removal of the cinders by grab bucket operated either by a gantry, traveling or locomotive crane.
Depth of water
in pit
ft.
age outlet.
Railing or iron posts with chains hooked between to be placed around
pits,
is
to be
fol-
lowed.
Kii^iiii^
i3
Fig.
(5)
4.
Water
Pit equipped
ft.
dump
in a
car located
BUILDINGS.
243
=>
(Applicable to
Door Openings.
The clear opening
New
Houses.)
Doors.
Doors should be
easily operated,
fit
Drop
Pits.
Drop
pits
wheels.
Electric Lighting.
pits
workmen
for
light
at
the
sides
of the locomotives.
in jeach
There should be
pits.
Engine
Pits.
Engine
pits
floor,
of concrete.
The
may
be
jacking timbers.
Floors.
The
between
floor should be of
permanent construction.
It
pits.
should be crowned
Form.
(a)
(b)
it
it is
is
more economical
to provide a
"Y"
rectangular house, either with through tracks or with switches at one end
only,
may be
(c)
desirable.
At shops where
transfer table
is
used,
rectangular engine
Heating.
(a)
at the pits.
Adopted, Vol. 6, 190.5, pp. 684-686, 690-696; Vol. 7, 1906, pp. 630, 638; Vol.
Part 2. 1909, pp. 112.S, 1124, 1132-1136; Vol. 11, Part 2, 1910. pp. 1022,
1024-1026, 1040-1054; Vol. 16. I9ir>, pp. 740, 1149; Vol. 17, 1916. pp. 392, 912.
=
10.
BUILDINGS.
244
\
The
(b)
(c)
for heating
is
fans through permanent ducts, which should be under the floor where
practicable.
pits
It
Hoists.
Hoists with
repair parts,
diflferential
them.
Length of House.
The
length of
(15)
fi.fteen
stall
and
pilot
it
a certain distance in
in
front of the
to
move
Locomotive, Position
of.
Materials.
(a)
The
(b)
The
from
fire
warrants serious consideration of the use of a fireproof roof, and dividing the engine house into units of approximately 10 stalls by the use of
division walls built of fireproof material.
(c)
When
the roof
is
where engine
is liable
where
to run into
it.
Piping.
(a)
piping for
air,
and water supply, and where desired, piping for a washout and
steam
refilling
BUILDINGS.
Where
should be led to
this
245
system
installed, the
is
where
reservoir;
a central
it
is
blowoff
(b)
boiler.
the cold-water connections should be near the front end of the firebox.
Smoke
stalls.
Jacks.
The smoke
not less than forty-two (42) inches wide, and long enough to receive the
due
to the
adjustment of
the driving wheels to bring the side rods in proper position for repaii^s.
The bottom of
it
gradual to the
flue.
The area of
The
slope
upward should be
made
be not less than seven (7) square feet, and the jack should be
non-combustible material.
regulations will permit.
in force, special
When
there
In
some
cities,
all
of
houses where
Tools.
facilities
few machine
Tracks.
(a)
Lead tracks
movement of
the
rails, to
and on
give good
Turntable.
(a)
The
the tender
(b)
is
empty.
deck turntable
is
when
'
BUILDINGS.
246
(c)
At important
may
operation
tric
electric
tractor
is
is
tenance.
The
power and
hand
be desirable.
Where
of power
cheaper, and
first
cost
is
it is
air
motor of equal
size.
Power wires
underground method.
bility for inspection
and
repair.
Special care
must be taken
head
protect
collector
rigidly
ties,
accessi-
to properly
collector
to steel
frame
be large enough to keep them from breaking from sleet and should be
Any
When
are that
all
is
properly installed,
fire.
its
advantages
if
turntable pit
is
is
prop-
erly drained.
The disadvantages
much more difficult to
tected
are:
the wire
is
it
Compressed
in
At
case of
fire
It
fill
or on ground
circle.
laid in a
Where
place.
is
points having no
electricity
and
is
not
it
The deck on
is
for
placed.
rails.
BUILDINGS.
Turntable
247
Pit.
(a)
The
(b)
The
circle wall
ports
The
(c)
on the coping.
rails
circle rail
and
ties
tie
plates supported by
masonry
is
desirable
Window
is
made
Lights.
much
so
be
made
as large as prac-
with the largest glass or light area consistent with the requisite
ticable
strength.
from the
and only
floor,
sill
window frames and girders and window heads to properly secure the
window frames. Windows or transoms as large as practicable should be
of
provided over
all
Window
lights in doors
FREIGHT HOUSES.
When
the
amount of
freight handled
is
sufficient to justify
Where
good
is
in
it
it,
When
sepa-
these
more than 30
feet
is
practice.
In large cities
several
stories
it
high,
is
floor
for
handling
freight
and
Most
of the material stored will not be affected by heat or cold, but provision
should be
*
made
Adopted, Vol.
15,
warm
1914, pp. 710, 1099; Vol. 16, 1915, pp. 751, 1150; Vol. 18,
BUILDINGS.
248
Cranes.
Where no gantry
pillar
crane
provided
is
Checkers* Stalls.
for checkers should be located at least one in each section.
Stalls
on
open
in front,
Some
local conditions.
them
as to allow
left
to be
roads
moved
make
Doors.
Several kinds of doors are satisfactory
folding or not),
rolling
counterbalance
lift
(either
sliding.
It is
With
as possible.
all
last, all
With
more than
With no
As
all
It is
greater than
at times
On
the
be convenient*
"
Downspouts.
placing
little
in
Economical Handling.
is
is
The
is
cost of handling a
known (approximately),
but
it is
almost
impossible to figure the cost per ton mile for trucking and handling of
unclassified
freight at the
freight house.
Fenders.
On
all
good type
is
one made up
BUILDINGS.
to
249
keep the timber approximately 2 inches away from the wall, so that
Fireproof Building.
Where
the laws
freight stored
is
prohibit
considerable, and
it
is
between
fill
siding.
Roof
trusses,
framing,
steel
can be
etc.,
throughout.
Fire Protection.
General.
Where water
more than 150
pressure
them on the
ting
accessible
and
points, but
fire
is
and
end
standpipes
they
thought
are
less liable to
if
are
The
floor.
station.
As
and
this in turn
by a stem ex-
put-
more
be
the
to
located at other
entire
to
By
fire.
available,
is
It
pit,
so as
25^-inch standpipe
and
linen hose.
it
is
on the water
same
Chemical Extinguishers.
Chemical extinguishers should be provided
and standpipes.
vision
As they
in
some pro-
Tanks
Red
Light.
is
rack a small red light to designate the location of the fire-fighting apparatus, this light to be kept
burning at
all
times.
BUILDINGS.
250
Watchman's Clock.
Where a watchman is
located
various
at
throughout the
places
freight
should
houses,
be
in-
should
be
stalled.
Fire Walls.
walls
located so as to
of brick
or
conform
other
non-combustible
material
The
to the
no outside platform.
with
wide
In
houses this locates the walls rather close together for economical operaFire walls should
tion.
in
Where
non-fireproof construction
ends of the
feet
fire
feet apart.
Non-Fireproof Buildings.
in
used,
is
the
construction
at
the
This
fire wall.
is
especially desired
where there
Doors
Doors
in Fire Walls.
in fire walls
should be as limited
in area
fire
in
number
80 square
feet,
No
as^ possible.
and
all
openings
doprs.
Floors.
On
from
3 feet to 4 feet above the street grade, depending on the type of trucks
in use.
feet.
Slope of Floor.
To
street approximately
toward the
An
proper.
I
inch in 8 feet,
thi.s
from the
Frame
street to
tiic
inch in 8 feet.
Building.
General.
In outlying districts,
on
joists,
where
will
fire
permit,
hazard
is
siding,
BUILDINGS.
251
and wood rafters and sheathing covered with appropriate roofing, are
Floor for this type
fairly satisfactory and cost less than any other type.
should ordinarily be designed to carry 250
lb.
Floor Ventilation.
Access to the space under the house should be prevented to avoid the
accumulation of rubbish and increased
,
fire
hazard.
Filled Floor.
Even where
a
a frame house
is
to be used
is
it
fill
fire
hazard
Heating Plant.
heating
the
with
plant,
room
for
supply of coal.
Lighting.
Artificial Light.
Artificial light is
at night
possible electricity
late
should be used,
One
full
length inside the house, and one line over outside platforms.
Another
circuit
socket arrangement for push plug for use in attaching an extension cord
to
hang
at night.
The
somewhat on
allow
The
maximum economy
from conveniently
use of lights..
Natural Light.
Natural light should preferably be provided in the side walls above
the doors.
as
is
Offices.
office
BUILDINGS.
252
office
for the agent should be provided by a second story over the inbound
and stationery
cases, toilets
The
Where
possible
"over,
for
short and
damaged
in
all
etc.,
O., S.
is
offices,
room
provided
it
one section.
room.
is
clerk.
first floor.
freight,"
and when
should,
freight,
all
it is
etc.,
records
file,
This
as far as possible, be in
in
and locker
may
should
and D. Room.
In inbound houses a
and damaged
it
to
Panel Length.
Where an
outside platform
is
cient.
22 feet
is
in
is
suffi-
framing,
Platforms.
General
platform 8 to 10 feet wide along the track side of the house avoids
track next to the house, and also eliminates the necessity of keeping an
wide to give
sufficient
room
It
where
electric
and
sleet, as
the house
may
be desirable in
is
some
considerable snow
is
is
At some
points,
With
this type
it is
With
the house
BUILDINGS.
congested with freight
crowded
is
up,
making
it
difficult
is
to
253
it
Ramped Extensions
built,
inbound and outbound houses, with ramps on the ends of the platforms.
if
valuable.
is
and
covered.
possible
if
Transfer Platform.
Where
is
center of
the
the
platform.
usually included.
One of
is
Where
this
design
is
should not be less than 12 feet wide, to provide room for trucks between
the posts and the cars.
Roofs.
Where
is
often used.
rail,
car.
than the width of the platform and at least 10 feet above the platform
level.
protection
On
to
from a driving
at least
rain.
have at
least
at
it
is
desirable
Posts.
It is
in
due
to
BUILDINGS.
254
Repair Room.
In large layouts, particularly where there
business, a
considerable transfer
is
Scales.
General.
The weighing
number of
package
scales,
freight,
possibly
standard
to the
packages
practically all
is
very important
installing
of
greater
weighing of
known
freight handled
the
all
weight.
is
of
standard package freight, and at such houses very few scales are needed.
There are three classes of freight terminals, the largest being where
both inbound and outbound houses are arranged in the same layout.
is
recommended
At
layouts
freight,
is
heavy and
Where
centers.
this
number
of
scales
maximum
of
should be
stations,
where there
is
freight room, fixed scale with platform level with the freight
room
floor,
located preferably at one side of the door nearest the driveway side,
recommended, as
at this point
it
is
or large packages.
door opening, or a
it
is
maximum
Same Layout.
of 75-ft. centers.
These
to be located ap-
maximum, and
it
is
Capacity.
Scales
for houses
capacity of four
(4)
handling
tons.
freight
only
Higher capacity
should
scales
have a minimum
cost very
little
more
to.
BUIT.DTNGS.
At combination
freiglit
255
minimum
tons
is
recom-
mended.
Location.
The
location
ideal
for
scales
to
is
place
so
Platforms.
In large houses
accommodate
Type
Where
is
at certain localities,
freight that
scale platforms
ft.
by
8ft.,
except
especially bulky.
of Scale.
large
volume of freight
is
handled during
sliort
periods, dial
nance
is
justified
At terminal
where
stations,
scales can
will
justify,
dial
for
Tracks.
The
distance from the center of the nearest track to the face "of the
from platforms
is
The
top of
Distance Platform to
The
less
rail
Top
of Rail.
platform level at the track edge, where refrigerator cars are not to be
handled
in
any quantity.
Where
refrigerator
cars
are
cars
the
doors
set.
to
be
handled
regularly,
the
height
should not be more than 3 feet 8 inches, this conforming to the recom-
the
maximum
Many
rail,
its
in
BUILDINGS.
256
(1)
stations,
the cost per ton of handling coal should include charges for
interest
and operation and a charge for the cost of such actual storage as
required in the daily operation of the coaling station
Commerce Commission
"Issue of
ing
in
1914,"
July
The
1914.
1,
The
way.
effective
classification
of
in
the
"Invest-
all
*Tuel
is
addi-
ment
The
tional
in
itself.
classification of
covering
Stations,"
essentially
to
coaling
an
stations;
for estimated
depreciation,
in the cost of
itself.
the cost of switching cars onto trestle or coaling tracks, nor the cost
all
damage
(3)
Provision should be
to the coal
The use
ordinarily
and
of
self-clearing
should
made
be
possible,
and
it
its
made
recommended.
general, to be
In
some
are,
is
desirable.
Where
coal
is
stored in
summer
winter, and
mechanical device
is
recommended,
it
less
it
coal,
by
it
such as locomotive
is
recommended
for use.
2,
Each
installa-
8, 1907, pp. 268. 286; Vol. 9. 1908, pp. 163-166, 173, 183-200;
1910, pp. 1027, 1054; VoL 16, 1915, pp. 743, 1149; VoL 20, 1919.
BUILDINGS.
257
of a type of coaling station can be based upon the least cost per ton of
must be given
to the extent to
which invest-
handling
coal, consideration
ments
in
and character of
cost
amount of
service available
(a)
Where
buckets,
(b)
small,
is
over night,
lie
shifting
cars
arrangements,
track
possible
labor,
materials,
particularly
recommended
is
it
at
that
and one-ton
crane
jib
desirable
is
at
ter-
of
coaling
station
space
is
is
Where
is
it
it is
five (5)
on top of the
it
tracks,
de-
proximately
where
is
trestle
is
placed
trestle
type
is
recommended. Where
tracks,
or where the
is
recommended.
OIL HOUSES.
(1) Oil houses at terminals should be separated
from other
build-
ings.
in large
houses
cars.
made
For
oils that
are stored
11,
Part
2,
1910,
BUILDINGS.
258
(4)
The
system
delivery
The
matically.
mum
to
the
faucets
oil
may
drain back to
when
(6) Lighting,
steam.
(7)
oil
For
fire
Compos//-/an A>oof
"
rP//cA / "//? /JO
/J Sr/c/: )va//
cvfs/z/f or
m a/7o/i^&rjbcz//i///7f
- J//aZ//7y
Si/pp/y
z/oor
c/aa'
///?
J/op* 2 "2
cr
gy
yj<-iii;':rf
'<<:v'y:
Forp/fl/nf a//
3i///f//}^foifAfa/fj/jiy jffa/77 a/?^
j/ie
o/o//
/c//?a^
Ta/rJI's
rz9 o/zP
Aasf/77f/7f Za df yf/gr/fp/of^accon/z/ff/y
Ce/rcr^/e
Fig. 2.
Co/fcrf/'e
* -Co/u/n/f
PASSENGER STATIONS.
Passenger Stations with One General Waiting Room.
is
recommended
BUILDINGS.
(1) It permits the general waiting
(2)
259
room
to be properly proportioned.
room
It
for
women,
the baggage
room and
from the
It
to facilities.
(7) It offers
To//^/
7b//e/
economy
in heating.
^%
S%
]
1
T/cA-e/-
Of//'ce
"''J
Fig.
1.
1
1
Method
for
of,
Medium-Sized Stations.
office,
can be heated
stoves, especially
where
it
single
recommended
central
the
as being the
preferably in
satisfactory.
water heater.
An
fire risk
even temperature
is
office
are to be
the basement,
may
is
For such
be used.
The
more
easily
maintained by hot
BUILDINGS.
260
is
The
is
and should be
lighting,
where
method of
reliable current is
recommended
is
schedules
The
following.
proximate amount of
table
gives
general
figures
two
the
light
passenger stations
First Class
Room
Waiting
Direct
Direct
Ticket Office
Ticket Windows
Baggage
Direct,
Room
3.5 to 4.5
1
drop
General Illumination
News Stand
Rooms
Direct Illumination
5 foot candles
"
Direct General Illumination. .1.5 to 2 "
Toilet
Two
Stalls.
Window
Baggage Room
Toilet Room
1.5
foot candles
1
1
to
1.5
3
3.5
"
"
foot candles
"
.*'
'*
3.5
25 Watt Lamp
Direct Illumination (1 or more drop)
Direct (generally 1 drop is sufficient)
Platform adjacent to Station
Direct.
1
to 1.5 foot candles
"
"
Outlying Platforms
Direct. .25 to 5
One
Ticket
The
tion
is
recommended
traffic.
stations
all
different planes
be avoided
and
may
all
collect dirt
filth.
BUILDINGS.
261
Shelter Sheds.
of
shed
preferable
is
in
cost
first
In that part of the country where heavy snows are not a factor, the
Butterfly type of shed
is
preferable.
Stairways.
General.
due regard
to local city
and
cities,
Provisions as to strength
state regulations.
Avoid
steps
inclines
satis-
steps.
Consider both
tlie
and with
and
falling,
new passenger
stations
and
and considera-
tion
from
slipping,
stumbling and
falling.
The
Personal injury
colliding or slipping
Where crowds
trains or trucks
in
etc.
and stumbling.
from colliding of persons with
or
reduce to
minimum
the
at
way
stations,
in
the
matter
of location
classes,
BUILDINGS.
262
or
of
lines,
much
as
traffic
as
any certain
Particular
attention
should
given
be
the
to
of
location
ticket
offices,
conveniences,
similar
main
lines of
main
ing
room
rush travel.
union
depots recently
built,
Personal
injury
from
falling
finish
many
platforms, by avoidance of
and
stumbling
slipping,
details
in
common
should
floors
be
and
all
The
No
plans
for
new
stations,
and no
of
details
movement
traffic
afiFecting
in
critical
rush hours,
stairways and
much
in
as
may
and about
stations.
Drainage.
Obtain necessary drainage at the ends of the treads, and not by sloping
the surface in line of travel.
Location, General.
Place important stairways conspicuously
in
crowds
at
the
disperse,
with
walking.
To
Arrange
so
that
minimum amount
this end,
provide
at the
of
confusion
and cross-currents of
directly into
Locate minor stairways away from regular lines of travel, and avoid
arrangements,
particularly
from natural
will
BUILDINGS.
263
Lighting.
lights
directly
Maintenance.
the choice of materials and arrangements, consider the
tenance conditions that will exist in daily use, particularly those
In
mainwet
in
and stormy weather just before stairways are cleaned, and also give
consideration to that poorest condition of safety treads and other parts
which
renewal
is
The
pitch
of
stairways,
i.
e.,
the
inclination
determined by the
as
upward
Provide treads not over 13 in. nor less than 11 in. in width, and
not over 7 in. nor less than 6 in. in height; and make the sum
of two risers and one tread be between 25 in. and 26 in. The width of
risers
Where
16
risers,
provide intermediate
treads for
all
Always make
ing.
Make
four
risers
in
of
feet.
Avoid,
class
the
of
traffic
without,
in
with travel at
main stairway.
Railings.
Provide hand
Where
intermediate hand
rails
are
used,
double hand
rail
is
BUILDINGS.
264
recommended.
of sidewalls, or 8
in.
from face
least 5 in.
at
rails
hand
rails.
Make
section of
guard against
ft.
high,
Place
no
signs,
mirrors,
or
other
objects
of
interest
where they
will attract the attention of persons using stairways, except such signs as
Stairways, Outside.
Where
to
feasible, enclose, or
roof over,
all
to keep
oflF
sleet
means which
will
in
good condition.
Treads.
Where
one
inch.
Make
all
rein.
shorter than that of the stair tread, and use a width of safety tread of
from
in,
to 8
in.
in
The use
width of the
make
it
difficult
Type.
and,
if
Where
BUILDINGS.
265
Width.
Proportion the width according to the character of
handled,
traffic
the extent
to
(See text of report for certain data obtained in conHudson Terminal Building, New York).
Bevel, or round, landings to maintain a constant width, and keep
people
moving
landing and
form a
single
stair-
other two.
less
than 3
in.
ft.
^REST HOUSES.
Purpose.
Rest houses are built to furnish hotel accommodations for trainmen
held at terminals
With them
the towns.
the
men
is
increas-
centers of
modations, are kept out of temptation, are in better condition for their
The
ability
site
attractive
and
its
is
the requi-
associations can be
made
to
Railroad Y. M. C. A.
The Railroad Y. M.
to help find
good
results.
Its
what
many
of the houses,
is
able
its
will give
good
made
to
is
not dif-
by the railroad.
Attractiveness.
Especial effort should be
first
have
it
attractive
impression.
Bedrooms.
No
provision
is
ordinarily
made
sleeping purposes.
"Adopted, Vol.
BUILDINGS.
266
Beds.
Ventilation for the sleeping
is
Double-deck beds are being used, and while they are economical
Under average
in
conditions
beds for about 75 per cent, of the number to be provided for daily are
necessary.
'
Outside Windows.
Ceiling.
tlie
floor
and a
ceiling.
ing of the sleeping room's in charge of the manager, but gives a house
which
is
partitions, occupants of
Some houses
suit themselves.
and the
the partition
rooms are
ceiling
floor.
Noisy men
With
full
and
Sleeping rooms should be cut off from the rest of the house so that
odors from the dining room and kitchen, and noise and smoke from the
lounging rooms and
office
Doors
at the
more economical
use of heat.
modate two
beds.
The
size will
accom-
room should be
fur-
Check
Room
and Safe.
The design
traffic
in
of.
to
be
At some
BUILDINGS.
267
and telegraph operators, and the average length of lay-over of the road-
men must be
considered.
Entrance.
room
be a
building,
large
and
enough
to serve as a
c-^nter
manager.
Environs.
Provision should be
made
v^ralks,
Expansion, Provision
In planning the house
sion.
it
for.
is
it.
Dining Room.
Counter.
The counter
top, as
a rule,
3 feet
is
table
and
on the
their feet
The
floor instead of
it
allows the
having to use a
men
some
the
same
to
and place
sit
as a
foot-rail.
ings where dirt and vermin can lodge, and the whole counter should be
so constructed that the top will project approximately 12 inches, so that
a
man can
It is
sit
it
and the
wall.
For
the ordinary house the counter should be so located that ready access can
one
man
office.
down
At
the
of the force
at night.
factory results.
quired.
It is easier
The roadmen
satis-
268
BUILDINGS.
wood
tops and a
large flaring base that can be securely fastened to the floor are recom-
mended.
less
senger
Y.M.
that
C. A.
men
cloths.
is
home influence.
with wood seats, are recommended
worth the
cost, in
has a restraining
it
Metal chairs,
at tables.
fire
recommended.
all
fireproof building
is
to be strongly
Fireproof Cost.
A
a
wooden
more than
building.
Heat.
It is
good practice
to locate the
eco-
Kitchen.
is
very
is
important
matter.
Cool Room.
In the basement a cool
room
Coal Storage.
In the basement there should be provided ample
room
age of coal for ranges and for the heating plant, where impossible to
locate the plant outside of the
enough
to take a carload
is
main building.
desirable.
BUILDINGS.
269
Fan.
In a large kitchen an exhaust fan
is
desirable.
the rest of the house and will keep cooking odors out of the building.
Ice Box.
Too
room
often sufficient
is
There
is
The
box
it
is
important.
It
ice.
Adequate drainage
should be provided.
It
Pastry Room.
With
a separate pastry
room
in the larger
liness.
and
is
cleanhelp,
The
minimum
of
Range Hoods.
There should,
in
off
odors, and the chimney should have a flue for this purpose.
The
ice
waiters can often be kept separate from the kitchen help by the
tables.
box
ordinarily
move
directly
Shelf
Ample
Room.
shelf
for cleanliness
room
it
for.
While
and cupboards as
possible,
but a
separate
accessible;
must be planned
it
is
storeroom makes
it
harder to
supervise the
Steam Tables.
Steam
houses.
They save
fuel,
where
many
BUILDINGS.
270
Storeroom,
^ storeroom
If
as
No
is
practically
is
it
Outside Entrance
provided,
to.
it
impossible to keep
it
and
locked,
this
encourages
thieving.
Lecture Room.
kinds
is
some
men.
it
is
possible to
make
also at times
valuable for the railroad officers in handling investigations and instruction classes, the rest
However,
it
shut
their cost
and
that,
where
off.
Lighting.
Electricity should be used for lighting even
providing
less
necessary.
it is
when
it
It is
if
from
fire is
much
used.
is
Linen Closets.
Linen closets should also be provided on the sleeping room
in
floors,
utilized.
Lockers.
Lockers allowing the storage of
trips are also desirable.
To them
the
house between
access,
and they
The
office
can be done.
It
fullest possible
dining room.
A
in
manager
is
Porch.
proposition
likely to
it
much
to the
to passersby.
BUILDINGS.
271
from the
feet
floor,
wear on the
rail
paint.
many
In
for the
manager and
his family
Recreation Rooms.
etc.,
to be deter-
is
is
made.
value
is
It is
to be
It
nected together with wide openings are better than reading and amuse-
quiet
is
them may be
the
not ordidesirable.
Provision for bowling alleys, pool tables and other games in addition to
room are
the reading
desirable,
and also
Sanitary Floors.
If
wooden
structure
is
necessary,
some sanitary
can be
floors
more
Sanitation
No
Made
Easy.
The houses
it
easier to keep
game rooms,
lobbies
feet,
wear
and
Where
well.
halls,
it
is
de-
paint.
Sewage.
Where
is
a sewer
desirable.
is
BUILDINGS.
272
Showers, Individual.
Individual showers where provided should be arranged as illustrated
in Fig. 3.
used, as
it is
and the floor underneath properly cleaned, but there are some men who
prefer the tub to the shower.
3-6"-
"x
S/?ip^er
Compar^/??e/7t
Q*
{^
/?ra//7
./X^^^^^S-ZX^
--i.
%
i^
^
^
Co/7?pffrf/77e/?/
^aar-.
i_-
Fig. 3.
in Rest Houses.
Site.
Too
is
the fact being overlooked that the extra cost of such a site
may
site,
be a very
it
attrac-
are all-important.
BUILDINGS.
273
Toilets.
Breakage of Fixtures.
has been done by leakage from shower baths on the
Much damage
this.
General Toilet.
On
ties,
the
first floor
including
wash bowls.
who do
facilities
facili-
baths are
It
Where
there
is
Women.
a possibility of
women
toilet facilities
can be-
Separation of Fixtures.
fixtures.
Slop Sinks.
At a convenient
provided.
Toilet on
toilet
floor.
Toilet
The
Room
toilet
room
Floors.
floors should be of composition or
tile.
Urinals.
Urinals are the hardest fixtures to keep clean, and, as a rule, they
"ROOFINGS.
General.
In selecting roofing there should be considered:
(1)
(2) Probable
life,
to character of construction.
including chance of
damage by
"Adopted, Vol. 12, Part 1, 1911, pp. 588, 623; Vol. 14, 1913, pp. 839, 1084;
Vol. 15. 1914, pp. 705-709, 1099; Vol. 16, 1915, pp. 746. 1149.
BUILDINGS.
274
The important
may
materials
be classified as follows:
felts
made of
asbestos
rags,
or jute.
slate.
Metals.
They are
laid in
that
for a
cemented
roof,
flat
Flashings.
No
made
contracts should be
and positive
including
specification
flashings,
should not be less than those of the materials specified, plus a reasonable
amount
and
profit.
Protection.
Where
the roof
is
to be subjected to wear,
flat
or brick should be
slag.
Workmanship.
In the laying of
all
To
is
of vital importance.
attention
ticularly,
must be given
buying a roof
its
is
regular
its
Careful
types, par-
repairs.
In
depend-
a better
fire risk
Inspection.
Thorough
inspection of
is
recommended.
Life of Roof.
application, a life of
flat
from
fifteen to
twenty
roof.
Guarantees.
The
upon guarantees
in selecting roofing.*
results.
BUILDINGS.
275
Asphalts.
The asphaUs
are unsuitable
for
They
Bituminous Materials.
General.
materials are:
water
lies in
Blown
and comparatively
stable.
Oils.
The blowing of
air
through a heated
oils,"
still
of
certain
petroleum
and are
Coal-Tar Pitch.
Coal-tar pitch
at all
It
by water,
is
is
by heat and
easily affected
easily
worked, and
it
if
properly protected
still,
is
very
upon
stable.
"straight run,"
Combinations.
single oil
To
is
compounded.
This requires
and experience.
skill
a-
must ordinarily be
are for certain conditions invaluable, particularly for ready roofing, for
The
suited.
is
coal-tar pitch,
They
and
are
lesser
in handling, and,
when
much
protected,
some
at least are to
oil
fluxes.
some extent
skill
liable
Unprotected, they do
BUILDINGS.
276
Petroleums.
in this
The
oils,
Cali-
for roofing.
Water Gas-Tar
Water
which
Pitch.
is
inferior to
coal-tar
resembles coal-tar.
oils,
It is
it
It
Kinds of Roofing.
Asbestos Shingles.
They have
some
elasticity
and can be
They come
in a variety
Built-Up Roofs.
The bituminous
roofings
come ready
up on
mopped with
felt,
pitch
and properly
protected.
The
made
built-up roof
is
as heavy as desired,
and
and
shown
to be economical
efficient.
For the
flat
recommended
in
preference
can be
It
if
still
skill,
to
amount of
its
use
material,
when
laid
coal-tar
It
more
necessary,
is
is
easily
it
pitch
more
is
more material
and, while
expected from
products.
asphalt
insulating
value.
The
Good
large
results,
however, can be expected from built-up roofs using good asphalt compounds, where laid by skilled workmen.
When
application
and asphalt,
it
more
difficult
which
is
it
The
desirable
straight-run
is
more
coal
tar
life
of the pitch.
This must
BUILDINGS.
277
not be done except under supervision skilled in such work, and especial
care must also be taken in the selection and application of the stone or
slag coating.
Built-up roofs with a ready roofing for the coating sheet are pro-
steep slopes.
The advantage
is
recommended
of the
character
allow
fire
hazard.
structure
use.
its
that
allows,
is
building be
the
so
it
desired,
designed
as
to
flat
from one-half
pitch of
to
better
is
Cement
Tile.
Small cement
Large cement
tile,
tile
much
being
value,
brittle.
are in use on shops and freight houses and seem to have consider-
lins,
able merit.
skylights.
It is
or heated buildings or
offices,
where an occasional
slight leak
would be
disastrous.
Felts.
The bituminous
"Wool
cotton.
the rag
felt,
felt"
is
The ordinary
a misnomer.
felt is
Asbestos
medium
made of
felts,
felts,
rags, mainly
compared with
as
They
are
more
It is
used
in
a few ready roofings with rag felts to increase their tensile strength, the
need of which
is
to.
Metallic Roofings.
Metallic roofings with steel as a base are not
recommended
for general
They
good
results.
is
steel
not to be heated.
BUILDINGS.
278
Metallic Shingles.
tin,
very light
They
are
in weight,
west.
The pure
quality.
made
to secure those of
good
overstated, but they are not expensive, and experience seems to indicate
considerable
economy by
and
for
steel.
Ready Roofing.
The ready
Most
kinds,
to
It
get a
averages
fair
life,
require
occasional
is
more
more expensive
where the
The
roofings,
flat
to
the
justifiable.
steep slopes,
For
recoating.
is
not
where a built-up
cost,
justified.
They are
also
small, tem-
considering maintenance of
of value
for
not available.
steeper the slope the greater their relative value and the wider thtir
economical
The
their
field.
making
life
and
their
more
desirable because of
In
and the
On
the
steeper
They
are supposed
to give better results than the rolled goods, but cost more.
They would
seem
at least to be
Slate
Slate
It
and
worthy of
is
growing.
investigation.
Tile.
if
slate.
BUILDINGS.
Tile of
results.
279
It is
not so tight as
It
its
use
slate,
is
but
growing
tile
where expense
much chance
flattest
Wood
fire
effect,
is
slope allowed.
Wood
of
is
Shingles.
on account
hazard.
'"SECTION
TOOL HOUSES.
Class A.
House, 14 by 20
feet,
in clear at
house to
Class B.
House, 12 by 18
feet,
in clear at
to permit
Class C.
House, 10 by 14
feet,
with double swinging doors, swinging out on the end nearest the track.
'"Adopted, V61.
746, 1149.
11,
Part
2,
1910,
1915,
pp.
COMMITTEE
VII.
TRESTLES.
DEFINITIONS.
General
Wooden
Trestle.
wooden
structure
Frame
Trestle.
members or supports
Pile Trestle.
members or supports
are piles.
Bent.
The
trestle,
members are
piles,
One
members of
trestle.
Batter.
in
piles
them
Sill.
in the
The
form of a
lowest horizontal
Mud-Sill or Sub-Sill.
framed
bent.
member
of a framed bent.
bent.
Intermediate
Sill.
horizontal
member
in
Sway
Brace.
member
diagonally across
its
the
sill
plane
of
the
bent
of an upper section.
face.
stiffening
member running
horizontally,
Longitudinal
Brace.
member extending
Sash Brace.
horizontal
member secured
bent.
Adopted. Vol. 6, 1905, pp. 35, 36, 42, 55-67; Vol. 7, 1906. pp. 683, 684; Vol.
11, Part 1, 1910, pp. 178, 228; Vol. 16, 1915, pp. 894, 1179; Vol. 21, 1920,
pp. 1281, 1434.
281
282
Stringer.
TRESTLES.
longitudinal
Jack Stringer.
Bridge Tie.
the
main
stringers.
rails.
Guard Timber.
longitudinal
ties inside
of the track
rail,
rail,
secured
rail,
Packing Block.
of a composite
member
in their
in
Drift Bolt.
Dowel.
An
iron or
members of
Shim.
wooden
extending
pin,
into,
small piece of
wood or metal
members of
Fish-Plate.
Bulkhead.
Timbers
to retain the
embankment.
'Piles
member
Pile.
its
to end.
ground on
The
its
surface.
load; (b)
To compact
(a)
To
carry a superimposed
(c)
To form
a wall to
exclude water and soft material, or to resist the lateral pressure of adjacent ground.
of Pile.
pile.
Foot of Pile.
pile.
pile.
pile.
190y,
p.
565;
superimposed load.
Vol.
16,
1915,
pp.
894,
1179;
Vol.
21
Pile.
One
TRESTLES.
283
its
foot to
One
Disc Pile.
its
bearing area.
Batter Pile.
One
vertical.
Sheet
Piles.
Piles
Pile Driver.
A machine
or driven to
ground.
to drop.
Steam Hammer.
One which
is
The
upright parallel
hammer
it*
frame which
rests
on the
pile.
hammer and
piles,
movement.
in its
in a
members of
in the leads
during
of a pile and
driving".
pile
Shoe.
pile.
pile
when below
This
Douglas
cedar,
2.
fir,
grade
includes
burr,
and
post
oak;
dense
pine,
redwood and
cypress.
solid, free
v^^hite,
from sound
trees
and
may
strength or durability.
of heart rot at the butt, which does not materially injure the strength of
the
pile, will
3.
Piles
be allowed.
must be butt cut above the ground swell and have a uniform
tip.
10,
1909, pp.
537,
541,
542,
603-611.
line
drawn
284
pile.
4.
Piles
to the
body of the
piles
down.
is
after cutting.
pile.
5.
TRESTLES.
round
at the tips of
piles shall be
9 inches
for lengths not exceeding 30 feet; 8 inches for lengths over 30 feet but
not exceeding 50
feet,
feet.
The minimum
diameter at one-quarter of the length from the butt shall be 12 inches and
maximum
the
6.
be 9 inches
not exceeding 30
lengths
for
feet.
feet,
and
tip
feet;
inches
for
lengths
at
Square
piles shall
show
10*/^
stick,
and
all
round
piles shall
on each side
show
at least
8.
all
road Heart grade, sycamore, sweet, black and tupelo gum, maple, elm.
hickory,
9.
Norway
The requirements
same
as for Railroad
Heart grade.
10.
11.
No
12.
Piles
work grade.
^PILE DRIVINGS-PRINCIPLES
(1)
soil
OF PRACTICE.
by borings, or preliminary
to the design
and construc-
Adopted, Vol.
12, 1911,
Part
1,
if
most favorable
to
may
be
jet.
In clay
sufficient
it
may
jet
is
285
advantageous,
(4)
TRESTLES.
its
pile,
soil
pile,
Two 'jets
jet
where one
In special cases
fails.
in
keeping
Where
material
the
may
of such
is
be dissipated and
fail to
is
come up
in the
imme-
(9)
hammer should
steam or drop
and used
The use
is
effective
means of
There
(10)
to
(11)
(12)
all,
also
is
indicated
pile.
The brooming
some cases
hammer
Overdriving
bounce.
staggering of the
in
is
is
usually
more
hammer.
effective
wooden
pile
without injury,
Where shock
to surrounding material
which
is
hammer.
This
is
hammer
is
(14)
piles,
286
of
This period
rest.
may
be as short as
TRESTLES.
fifteen
and rarely
minutes,
Where
(15)
hard stratum at
if
(16)
available,
The
may
bearing power
the approximate
test piles.
site is
be obtained by loading
fairly
is
piles
in the
proposed foundation.
In case the piles in a foundation are expected to act as col-
(17)
test
piles
number
to
(18)
lateral
motion.
where
its
pile
Where
(19)
friction
the
possible
is
it
resistance
group of
capacity, of a
of
diminish
to
piles
piles
the
depends
combined
by driving additional
mainly
strength,
piles
upon
or
skin
bearing
area.
Wnere
(20)
be
made
to
piles
will
determine that
this
stratum
is
(21)
Timber
piles
may
be advantageously pointed, in
some cases
(23)
form an
(24)
of the
in
when
(22)
The
it
piles
is
very
so constructed
use of a cap
is
holding
in position
advantageous
in
during driving.
pile,
as well as
TRESTLES.
287
8^x11
Form M. W.
701.
Pile
Record
Bridge
of
LOCATION
Weight and Kind
of
Hammer
Date
Bent No.
No.
of
Pilo
Tip End
19
Date
End
Piles
Ba.se-rail
3^
to
Total
Ground Pcnetrat.
Av.
L.-vst
Five
DropoIHim'r
Blow.';
Penetrat.
to
Kind
of
Right
Remarks
Soil
__
"Adopted, Vol.
12,
Part
1,
1911, pp.
278,
30'
288
TRESTLES.
'SPECIFICATIONS FOR
Site.
The
1.
to be built
trestle
Railway
the line of
County of
is
located on
at
State of
General Description.
The work
2.
to be
wooden
track
tion of a
about
feet
trestle
feet high.
General Clauses.
The
3.
ery, supplies,
all
outfit required.
He
workmanlike manner,
in a
rails,
in
accordance with the plans and the true intent of these specifica-
Company.
4.
The workmanship
work.
Details, fastenings
and connections
each class of
shall
Holes
shall be
bored for
all
The depth
bolts.
will be
no axe
7.
on the
8.
Framing
allowed
shall
in
be accurately
making
joints.
No
fitted.
Timbers
blocking
The Engineer
Any
at his
own
If
These
'Adopted, Vol.
8,
specifications
1907, pp.
power
to
or altered,
his
men
expense.
in
arise
shown
measurements.
full
down
workmanship or carelessness of
is
by the Engineer.
9.
saw;
to be used.
shimming
or
call
preference to scale
or
irregularities
be
397-400. 442-450.
cide,
The
On
11.
shall be referred
it
when
contractor shall,
a satisfactory
watchman
reason of
all
construction, shall be
its
to the
to
that
289
if
plans or specifications,
10.
TRESTLES.
Detail Specifications.
Piles
12.
shall be
shall
When
to be driven.
Such shoes
and the
will be furnished
tips
shod with
by the Railway
Company.
Piles shall be driven to firm bearing, satisfactory to the
13.
or until
five
hammer and
to cause
where
lb.,
fall
an average penetration of
Engineer
falling 15 feet
effect),
(or a
are required
Batter piles
14.
plans,
and
15.
shall
Butts of
all piles
trimmed so as not
16.
shall
framing.
to leave
off,
piles.
Caps.
17.
Caps
shall be sized
and brought
to a
bearing on piles or posts. -The side with most sap shall be placed down-
ward.
Posts.
18.
tical
(ver-
sill.
Sills.
19.
Sills shall
piles,
piles.
When
shall be properly
piles of a bent
in size
290
TRESTLES.
Longitudinal Braces.
2L
Longitudinal
22.
may
require.
Stringers.
The
23.
Jack Stringers.
Jack stringers,
24.
on
caps,
if
shall be in the
same plane
Ties.
25.
They
line, as called
shall
Guard Timbers.
26.
to
line
Guard timbers
and
to
shall be
They
shall
laid
be firmly fastened
Bulkheads.
27.
ment
Bulkheads
There
shall
shall be of sufficient
and
ties, at
The
oflF
to
conform
embankment,
Time
28.
of Completion.
The work
shall
be
completed
in
all
its
parts
on
or
before
19....
Payments.
29.
Payments
Railway Company.
will
be
made under
the
usual
regulations
of
the
(1)
It
recommended
is
space the
when
rail,
good practice
ties
It
as
recommended
is
to use
guard timbers on
(2)
291
^USE
all
TRESTLES.
as to properly
in their places.
derailed truck will strike the inner guard rail without striking the guard
The
timber.
inner guard
rail
to
rails
distance as
is
every
the bridges
of
for -such
and spliced
tie,
or
be not less than 50 feet; that inner guard rails be fully spiked
case,
to
recommended
It is
(3)
guard
rail.
at every joint;
section
protected
that the
against
direct
impact
with
moving parts of
equipment.
(4)
on
all
It
is
recommended
as
good practice
to
all solid-floor
bridges
trains
is
and structures
branch-line
tracks
and on similar
on which the
speed
of
^USE OF
(1)
in
rails
bridges and
Lag screws
tenance.
(2)
Lag
screws,
where properly
applied,
hold
ties
from bunching
equally as well as bolts and nuts, and better than daps, in guard timbers.
(3)
is
If the lag screws are tightened after timber has shrunk, there
less cost of
(4)
timbers,
Use of
and,
lag screws
therefore,
decreases
cost
of
trestles
without
impairing
quality.
^Adopted, Vol. 14, 1913, pp. 652, 653. 1136-1143; Vol. 15, 1914, pp. 403,
1036-1044; Vol. 21, 1920, pp. 1285, 1434.
"Adopted, Vol. 19, 1918, pp. 584, 608, 1225. -
292
Surfacing
(5)
(sizing)
TRESTLES.
ties
is
better
construc-
(6)
in. less
(7)
in
lui
in.
less in
in
guard timbers
ties
in,
not driven.
4UAR0 TIMSen
ELEVATION.
^M
nn
n^
^^f
ri
[71
rp
UB SCREWS --)
vy<_
uuuuuuuuu
PLAN
Omit
Note. Ties and guard timbers to be sized one dimension.
dapping of guard timbers and ties. Use lag screws in every tie. Holes
to be bored for lag screws one inch deeper than penetration of lag screw.
Holes to be bored -h in. smaller than diameter of lag in guard timber,
and Ya, in. smaller than diameter of lag in ties. Lag screws must not be
Fasten alternate ties to stringers. Lag
driven but screwed to position.
screws to be staggered 2 in. in guard timbers.
293
"SPECIFICATIONS FOR
IN
TRESTLES.
Wrought-Iron.
1.
Wrought-iron
in character.
It shall
When
surface defects.
of at least 50,000
in.,
lbs.
and uniform
fibrous
same
length,
shall
it
form of
Fig.
or in
Specimens
bend
shall
with the
cold,
fiber,
through 135 degrees, without sign of fracture, around a pin the diameter
of which
and
When
is
show
nicked
Steel.
2.
made by
Steel shall be
uniform
It shall
quality.
made by
phosphorus ; and
phosphorus.
it
made by
if
When
more than
contain not
more than
If
more than
form of Fig.
or full-
1,
5c<tioo
L Abouf3\
About
j\f^ ^^
Aboot
Fig.
same
strength of 60,000
lbs.
lbs.
length,
it
18"
1.
shall
retest shall be
It shall
made on
lbs.
the
same
of the desired
1,500,000
tensile
in
8 inches of
Cast-iron.
3.
Except where
tough gray iron, with sulphur not over 0.10 per cent.
to pattern, out of
"Adopted, Vol.
They
made of
shall
be true
1906, pp.
If
294
demanded, they
tests are
made on
shall be
TRESTLES.
The
is
a round bar
1%
inches
made on a
The minimum break-
lbs.,
standard
The
size,
heads,
nuts shall be
made
Threads
shall
Drift Bolts.
5.
may
with or without
steel,
Spikes.
6.
steel,
square or round, as
when used
called for
on the plans.
ing, shall
greater lengths
and shape
called for
shall be of cast-iron,
The diameter
on plans.
made
of hole shall be
to size
inch
Cast Washers.
8.
less
The diameter
it
The diameter
shall
used,
is
be not
and
its
of hole shall be
Wrought Washers.
9.
Wrought washers
and not
less
3H
shall be of
wrought-iron or
steel,
the diameter
The
hole shall be
it
is
used,
Special Castings.
10.
free
Special
castings
shall
be
made
true to pattern,
size
without wind,
TRESTLES.
295
good practice
to repair
TRESTLES.
trestles
by parts
until
such time as the general condition of the structure requires entire renewal.
(1)
in
little
is
creosoted ballast deck timber trestles, yet due to the very nature of
the material used the reinforced concrete trestle has a decided advantage.
The
(2)
concrete structure
is
ture for bridging waterways subject to flood currents, or wide fluctuations in elevation of
water surface.
(3)
wooden
trestle,
trestle
may
the matter
so intangible in character as
Where
(4)
other
considerations,
neither
type
of
is
trestle
(5)
are,
with cer-
tain limitations, equally suitable for the construction of trestles, the use
of concrete
is
more
in
ing, for
against the several advantages of the concrete not susceptible of mathematical demonstration.
(7)
except
when
wooden
structure.
"Adopted, Vol.
19,
1918, pp.
592,
603,
1223.
is
less
296
Analysis No.
TRESTLES.
1.
CAPITALIZATION
Wooden Trestle.
of
Cost of Concrete
- Rate of interest.
m-
Life in years of
n -
'
X- Amount
"
yf
Trestle.
wooden
trestle.
concrete
which
capitalized
will replace
wooden
trestle every
"
"
concrete
Ratio of first cost of concrete trestle to first cost of
trestle to produce equal ultimate economy, that is
or fw= c
years.
wooden
Then
x(i+r)'"
'"^y^
[O
w+x
+ rV-i]
"
[O
rr-i]
w
Dividing by
f-
''^
fw
x-
"
'
which
it
is
is
found that
[(i+r)"-i]
nn
and concrete.
first cost of
By using as an argument
constant
life
re
life
of n years
is
found by applying
Analysis No.
TRESTLES.
297
2.
SINKING
- Rate of Interest
on Cost of Trestle.
r'
b
d
"
"
Life, in
"
"
"
Annual
"
Concrete
Wr
wooden
=.^orFW*C
Then E
Wr
+ -7
;r-rr
/.
E - Cr +
-t-
and
^^
r-
/.
O+r')""* + (l+r*)""^--+l
To produce equal economy E - E' and by substituting values of
E, E'and C and solving for F.
r+
^'^
[
O-t-rr-T
(i+r')"-'+(i+r')"-
'''
I
^^
"^
r+
^1^;:]":;
o + rr-
298
Analysis No.
TRESTLES.
3.
f = -^ or
fW=C
F--L
or
FW-C
1+
By capitalization method f
(,)
I
By
sinking fund
method
'
(}^r)"^-^
+ r)n-
^'^^^r"'
^*-(i
(z)
+ r')n-,
if same rate of
interest is earned on sinking fund as that paid on cost of trestle,
for in that case r'-r and by substituting r for r' in (2) it becomes
'^ (l+r)n-|
Analysis No.
TRESTLES.
299
5.
'
Concrete
Rate of Interest
mLife
n -
B-
Concrete
Concrete
Then A
= w[(i+r)'"+(i+r)2"'
of wooden
is
+Cn-r)n-2'"+(i+r)"-'" + (n-r)"] =
w^^^^^^^^=^~^
and B = cO+r)"
Dividing by
'
it is
5,
which by substituting
found that
0-t-r>>"'--04r)m
Cn-r)"*"-Cn-r)'"
f
'"
^ Q.-n^'^'^-Cn-r)'"
(i^-r)'"-!
(i+r)"
(n-r)"*""--
O+r)"
^
"
"[(n-r)"-i][Ciir)"'-i3
(n-r)"^"^
-(n-r)"
[(n-r)''-i][(n-r)'"-i]"
>
<:'::>:;'
(i+r)"-
0^r-->
-^
'"*
I
+ r)"-i
^^.^^
,3
-^denrK^] to the
f in the
Capitalisation Method
value of
300
TRESTLES.
Annum. Assuming
Serve 20 Years.
Creosoted Timber
Justifiable
Service Life
20
Years
SIO 00
11 00
12 00
13 00
14 00
15 00
16 00
17 00
18 00
19 00
20 00
Serve 25 Years.
Creosoted Timber
Service Life
25
Years
510 00
1100
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
15
10
20
25
40
.30
50
60
70
80
Years
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
25
20
15
10
5
3.94491
3.93569
3.91741
3.88960
3.83663
3.74177
3.56295
3.26770
3.03470
2.72290
2.30564
1.74725
1.00000
2.25779
2.25251
2.2420.^
2.22613
2.19582
2.14153
2.03918
1 87020
1.73684
1..55840
1.31958
I.oeooo
This statement
is
1.71099
1.70699
1.69906
1.68700
1.66403
1.62288
1.54532
1.41727
1.31621
1.18098
1.00000
1.44880
1.44551
1.43869
1.42848
1.4C903
1.37419
1.30852
1.20008
1.11451
1.00000
1.29994
1.29690
1.29087
1.28171
1.26426
1.2.3300
1.17407
1 .07678
1.00000
1.20725
1.20442
1.19883
1.19032
1.17411
1.14508
1.09035
1.00000
in
1.10721
1.10462
1.09949
1.09168
1.07682
1.05019
l.OOOOO
1.05429
1.05182
1.04694
1.03951
1.02771
1.00000
Analysis No.
1.02822 1.01422
1.02582 1.01185
1.02105 1.00715
1.01380 J^OOOOO
1.00000
I.
1.00702
1.00467
1.00000
90
100
1.00234
1.00000
1.00000
WOODEN
'
-s.
--
~~""
*~""""
""
~~"
~~
""~
"~
301
"~"
1
ECONOMY CURVES
FOR
RATIOS OF LIFE PERIODS
ta
Symbol*
ratio of
hate of intekest
LIFE
Formula
6% nx
*
*
-n"-
"l
EXFENDITURE FOR FIRJT COST OF BETTER STRUCTURE ABOVE THE CURVE CORRESPONOINC
ETC.
a)
civt
'
All
fwst costs to
\
1
'
\v\\
\
^
ls\'
\j
*^
\\
\,
^
\
l\
\i
'*-
\^
\^
\^
\'*
LX
^
N
s
s\
^J
.^
^^
--,^.
^
<;
.^
k.
<>.
<,
8
^
V
s
'i
\ \
" ~-
V..,
S
<!
?^
JSj
-V
^
^
__
^s ^
---
'~i.f
-^
-^
==:
"
'~
r~
.^
d= =
Al
^'
= ~ =i
i
rr
53 rf
;i
^
^
(i)
s4
Abscusa
Life
in
302
5.2
OOOO
(J
HH
3 O
^2 Oo
l-i
i2
=
:3
J
<
d
o
4>
^5
_o
G
o
a^
o.
(0
B
o
c
o
*^
CT"
OiOOO
Hc3S
>>.2
"'".^
lOTj-OlO
^r-lC\J<N
looom
CMOiorvj
I
.-^ i-<
CM
OOOO
OioOO
5|
Co
|i OOOO
oopo
t^iof^^
09
0^
s o
M s o
w-<
ooooo
oto
t^ fO
CM
CM-i
Cv>
CM ro
o
o
t>.
r^n
t^^
vocnSSIC
fr)C^l
ro
CJ CM
^ ^
o Oo m
CM
CM
<-l
o OOiO
OOO o
oo o
8 lO
o. oo
o
cgcMfC
rOCM
CM
ro
i/>oioioo
CMOCMCMVO
to
OOO oo oo g oo oo
o
ooo
oo o
tx
c^*^n
OlOO
o
00
"
OOOOO
00nioO
o oo
oo o
o
o 00 VO o
o
"
OIOIO
u^CMCM
CMMCM
IT)
CM
.-1
lOOO
(MOO
CMCMCVI
o
o
CM
lOlOO
CVICMO
CMCM^
lO
o>nooo
oo
"-1
^2
ooo o
o OOO o
o
iO
ooo
o t^
o s Ov
o
ooo
VO
ovi^cq
o
-HOXOO
-t^
r^H
CMCMrt
CMOt^t^OO
C^4
too
CMO
CM
o
p
CM
OOOOO oo oo
o
lom o
t^Ul
-HO\t^t^00
Ov
o\
oo>otoo
II
c
O
4-.
oooo
o
ooo
o ooo
oo o
o oo
ooo oo in
ooo
o
VO
OxOOt^
OOVOO 00 0\V0 00
lotooo
vOTt-vO 00
H^
OOOOO
Oovomo
OVQOvovot^
o in
oo
m o
o
VO-*
Ul
t^
00
<
H)
H
iii
1
sO
3'g?
O
C/3
V'
OOOO
OOt^OxO
'"'
S>,?g^
OOOO
Ou-)iOO
a\t^O\ro
lopo o oo
o o
t>.t^rlino
o
o
'-""'
-^
'^
'^
ooio
OCX 00
r>.
xn
CM
'"
lOlOlOlOlO
xno
tN,
lO
Ov
OOOOO oo Oin
oo
OOOOO
^t^
o
o
CM
CMOOOOOOO
t^
00
<
t3
ooo o
ooo oo oo ooo
oo o
oo
o
o u^O
tT
f^OOv
ss 0\
CM
vof^a\<7v.-H
CVJ
<3
(x^
o o
o
OOiO
oO>,
roroCM
TRESTLES.
.S
V C
G
to
c
X
OOOO
OuiioO
c
CO
CO
oo^oco'-'
oo
o
ooo o oo ooo
oo CJo
ooo
ooo oo fOON
^-iCA t^ ON ri On
IT)
U-)
OOOOO g oo
o
OOOOO
o OlO o
1^00 ooo
(?^vo
-r
"""
'"'
l-H
0.
1l^
_o
CO
t^vOt>0\
<
ooo
o
o oo
o
ooo
o
o ooo
ooo
o
oo o
o
VO
OvooM 0\ OtN o
^CT\^
00
OOOOO
00ono
<^rxtxoo
o
o
o
o oo
oo
Ov
00 VO
00
CO
CO
.
'v^
CO
.2
O
u u
i-H
i1
rt
22c
o o
T3
e C
CO
II
o o
., *
(5
CO
li
VVXi
uuuu
>
^Adopted, Vol,
21,
o
u
n
a
3
o
1920, pp.
1337,
1434.
li
>
c
u
1,
if
i
.2
TRESTLES.
303
Definitions.
Axis.
The
line
stick.
Corner.
The
line
of
intersection pi
the planes
of
tudinal surfaces.
at right angles to the axis.
A section of a
Either of the two narrower longitudinal surfaces of a
the
exposed to view
Face.The surface of a stick which
Cross- Section.
stick
stick.
Edge.
in
is
finished
structure.
Full Length.
Long
enough
to "square"
up to the length
specified in the
order.
Girth.
The perimeter of a
The older and
Heartv^ood.
cross-section.
central
part
of
log,
usually
darker
It
in
in
Out
splits
worm
or insect holes.
vessels or pores.
Square-Cornered.
Straight.
line
ring formed
summer, being usually dense
later
in
the
in structure
Names
Chamaecyparis lawsoniana, along the coast line of Oregon > Libocedrus decurrens, Cascades and Sierra Nevada of Oregon
and California. Red Cedars: Thuya gigantea, Washington to NorthMississippi
"Adopted, Vol.
22.
304
ern
and
California
TRESTLES.
to Montana;
Juniperus
Western Red Cedar: Thuja
eastward
virginiana,
plicata.
Cypress
cypress,
Douglas
pine.
The term
Fir.
red
fir,
Hemlock
fir.
states east of
is,
hemlock from
all
Idaho White Pine covers the variety of white pine from Western Montana, Northern Idaho and Eastern Washington.
Norway Pine covers what is known also as "Red Pine" and Banksian
(Pinus Banksiana).
Oak.
Under
Oak,
this
to include
(c)
to include
Red Oak,
Oak and
all
bastard oaks
growing
pine
Spruce covers Eastern spruce; that is, the spruce timber coming from
points east of and including Minnesota.
Tamarack
rack,"
from
states
east
known
of and
as "Tamarack," or "Eastern
Western Pine
California,
is
Tama-
including Minnesota.
the
Rocky
New
This
Mexico, Colorado, Oregon and Washington.
known as "Western Yellow Pine," or "Pon-
White Pine
pine,
known
as white
Classification
Terms.
Lumber is the product of the saw and planing mill not further advanced in manufacture than by sawing, resawing and passing lengthwise
through a standard planing machine, crosscutting to length, and end
matching.
is
Yard Lumber
is
of yard lumber
is
and
lumber that
is
less
is
in thickness
stated
305
factory lumber
as
classified
structural timber.
TRESTLES.
amount of waste
to
remove defects
provided
is
and
The grading
except when a
in the classification
Yard lumber
ber.
There
is
is
is
classified
no sharp
line
in
which appearance,
perfection of the surface and finishing qualities are primarily the basis
for
is
determined.
The higher
more
Construction
upon the basis of
Lumber
its
is
is
graded primarily
its
fitness
for
Strips are yard lumber less than two inches thick and under eight
inches wide.
manufactured
into
lumber.
less
or over wide.
Planks
Heavy
Joists
is
is,
Dimension includes all yard lumber except boards and strips; that
yard lumber two inches and under six inches thick and of any width.
as
left
as
it
WOODEN
306
Worked lumber
lumber which has been run through a matchWorked lumber may be matched, shiplapped or patterned. Patterned lumber is usually matched or shiplapped.
Matched lumber is lumber that is edge dressed and shaped to make
a close tongue and groove joint at the edges or ends when laid edge to
edge or end to end.
Shiplapped lumber is lumber that is edge dressed to make a close
is
when
Patterned lumber
or moulded form.
laid
edge to edge.
worked lumber
is
that
shaped
is
to.
a patterned
Any
Blemish.
want occurring
irregularity or
lower some of
Any
its
as applied to
wood
usually imply
or on
in
wood
that
may
strength value.
mark or formation
wood
of
structure
pearance.
The
may
or
may
not be detrimental
Knots.
Knot.
measuring the
In
all
size of
shall be used
grades of material
all
otherwise specified.
Oval Knot.
One having
times as great as
Spike Knot.
eter
is
its
One sawed
its
its
minimum
maximum
minimum
in a
diameter.
diameter.
its
minimum
maximum
diam-
diameter.
Sound Knot. One which is solid across its face, and is as hard as the
wood surrounding it and shows no indications of decay.
Unsound or Rotten Knot. One not as hard as the wood surrounding it
so fixed
TRESTLES.
it
307
casement
may
be partial or complete.
Watertight Knot.
One
Holes.
Holes
in
are enumerated
as
partially or entirely
knot, dog,
through the
picaroon, bird,
insect
piece.
They
(including pin,
shot, spot, grub worms, etc.) metal and wooden rafting pin holes,
through pitch pockets and the like.
When holes aVe permitted, the average of the maximum and minimum
measuring the
size,
when
river timber
which has
wood
for secur-
ing the timber, and a solid plug or pin driven in the hole, completely
filling
Knot
it.
Defects.
Dog-hole
Worm
is
Grub
Holes
These holes are usually not over iV-inch in diameter, the wood surrounding them is sound and does not show any evidence of the
worm hole having any effect on the wood other than the opening.
Spot Worm Defects (also known as Flagworm Defects) are caused, like
pin worm holes, by minute insects or worms working on the timber
during the growth. The size of the hole is about the same as Pinworm holes, but the surrounding wood shows a colored spot as eviThis spot is usually sound and does not
dence of the blemish.
affect the
Checks.
Check
is
a separation of the
wood
cells
308
TRESTLES.
to
Heart Check
is
Star Check
is
Honeycombing
checks
is
-are
On
as occur in
may
appear very
in yard,
or season checks of equal size in kiln-dried lumber shall not be considered defects.
Shakes and
Splits.
Shake
piece to
Pitch Shake.
the
clearly defined
be either
filled
Split
Pith
is
is
log.
In some
on which
it
woods
appears.
it is
large enough to
mar
the
It
growth ring of a
is
often dis-
is
known
as
Heart Center.
Pockets.
an inch to
One
TRESTLES.
309
of an inch provided a
maximum
^4 of
of an inch to
One
of an inch provided a
maximum
limit of length of
One
as permissible for a
medium
pitch pocket.
Pitch Streak.
the
wood
cells.
is
summerwood appear
known
as
medium
small,
One
important blemish
They
saturated.
their
size
are
with
in.
it
occurs.
it
occurs.
One
Pith Fleck
is
narrow
up
occurs.
it
to several inches in
having burrowed
in the
growing
Bird Peck is a small hole or patch of distorted grain resulting from birds
pecking through the growing cells in the tree. It usually resembles a
carpet tack in shape with the point towards the bark and it is usually
It
may
occur in conjunction
bird
brown
stain, kiln
burn and
chemicals,
etc.
Discoloration
may
light,
medium and
etc.
heavy.
310
Light Discoloration
medium
is
TRESTLES.
discoloration and occurs in
Medium Discoloration
a shade most
is
in
Heavy Discoloration
medium
is
in
Decay
is
disintegration of the
kinds of fungi.
standing tree
into lumber.
Red Heart of
Douglas
fir
conifers,
and
peck of cypress and incense cedar are produced by fungi of this type.
Decay may be classified as incipient and advanced decay.
Incipient Decay
.
is
coloration of the
Advanced Decay or
rot
is
and
to be firm
solid.
are
sometimes
called
or
scalded
burnt spots,
before
it
is
defects,
as
they
is
improperly piled
do not
affect
the
"Sap"
the
tree
as provided herein.
Sound Heart.
The
sound and
was
solid,
is
not decayed.
Cross Grained Wood is that in which the wood cells or fibers do not
run parallel with the axis or sides of a piece. It may be classified as
The slope
spiral, diagonal, wavy, dip, curly and interlocked grain.
of the grain can be determined by observing the direction of surface
checks, resin ducts, pores of the wood, annual layers of growth, etc.
of the grain
when placed on
in the direction
Spiral Grained
e.,
diagonally)
is
It
may appear on
or tangential surface.
Wavy
Grained Wood
is
may
wavy surface
form of waves
It
WOODEN
Dip Grained Wood
is
liKiDGES
that
AND TRESTLES.
311
fibers
etc.
is
in
Wood."
diameter.
Interlocked Grain
in a
direction for a
the succeeding
etc.
Cross Break is a separation of the wood cells across the grain. It may
be due to tension resulting from unequal longitudinal shrinkage or
mechanical stresses.
Compression Failure
ing in a more or
is
wood
extend-
cells
It
due to
is
Collapse
is
sometimes occurs in
is often due
when drying wet wood at high tempera-
It
Warping
is
It
includes
Crook
a deviation edgewise
is
Unless otherwise
piece four
(4)
is
It
crook based on a
Medium Crook,
a departure of 2 inches.
Shorter or longer pieces shall have the same limits for curvature.
Bow
is
Wane
is
piece.
312
Loose Knot.
TRESTLES.
Rotten Knot.
TRESTLES.
313
314
\\()(JDEX
Pin Knot.
Standard Knot.
Large Knot.
Spike Knot.
TRESTLES.
315
316
TRESTLES.
317
318
TRESTLES.
Pitch Streak.
TRESTLES.
Solid Pitch.
319
320
TRESTLES.
Pitch Knot.
Cluster of Knots.
Defects.
Sound Knot.
S.*
--
'ir.^.'t.Ciid.r^
>^^,^.~'i^^''
Largk
1-
TRESTLES.
321
322
WOODEN
Loose Knot.
Pith Knot.
Pin Knot.
TRESTLES.
323
324
Standard Knot.
Burl Knot.
TRESTLES.
TRESTLES.
Pin Worm.
325
326
TRESTLES.
Spot
Worm.
Grub
Worm
TRESTLES.
Holes.
Cypress Defects.
327
328
Pecky Cypress.
TRESTLES.
to
TRESTLES.
329
330
TRESTLES.
SPECIFICATIONS.
Defects of Manufacture, Applicable to All Timber and Lumber.
Defects
1.
in
ing will reduce grade, unless they can be removed in dressing such stock to
standard
sizes.
Li
2.
structural
timber defects of
manufacture
Imperfect
3.
in
dressed
stock,
such
torn
as
grain,
insufficient
ceiling,
drop siding,
etc.,
shall be
considered defects, and will reduce the grade according as they are slight or
serious in their effects on the use of the stock.
Torn grain
4.
in dressing.
It
is
torn out
of four dis-
6.
broken out in small particles l^low the line of cut and, as usually found,
should not be classed as torn grain, and shall be considered a defect only
when
7.
unfits
it
the piece
for
Pieces of Flooring,
use intended.
Drop Siding or
Partition with
less
iflj-inch
or
more
of t(fngue; and
Pieces of Flooring,
Drop
more
in
less
Common.
Pieces of
No. 2 Common.
Standard
Sizes.
1.
In the absence of a special agreement between buyer and seller for
each order, the following sizes shall be standard for all lumber and timber.
"Rough timbers sawed to standard size" means that they shall not
2.
vary over one-quarter (J4) i"ch scant from the nominal size specified.
For instance, a 12x12 inch timber shall measure not less than 11)4x11)4
inches.
TRESTLES.
331
Dimension SlSlE.
Thickness
Nominal
Width
Actual
Thickness
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Nominal
Actual
IH
2%
2%
3^
2
2V2
3
5
. .
35/8
^Vz
Ss/s
6H
7/2
sy2
10
9/a
12
11^
14
13^/4
16
two
Width
feet,
15J^
4 to 24 feet, inclusive,
Common
Boards and
Strips.
Thickness
Nominal
Width
Actual
Thickness
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Nominal
Actual
Width
3Vs
SIS
Vs
55/8
S 2 S
7^
lA
lA
10
9/2
12
IIH
1/2
Nominal
Thickness
Nominal
Width
Actual
Thickness
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
^c^Ma/
Width
Vs
35/8
'A
tV
45/8
fs
55/^
Ya
ii
65/^
7/2
8^
il
Wa
IH
13/^
10
9/2
IM
12
IP/^
2/2
2^
2^
14
13^
15^
The standard
16
332
TRESTLES.
Flooring.
Nominal
Thickness
Nominal
Width
Actual
Thickness
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Actual
Width
Vs
V2
Vs
2Vs
Wa
VA
4>4
5>4
6 Factory
5/8
ii
2%
Splined
3
2H
5/2
3/2
3Vs
6K2
7/2
8K^
10
9/2
12
11^
Shiplap
10
12
11
ot
conservation
allowed
in
in
in
will
Five
to 20 feet.
est
is
five
No.
in
feet
4 to 20 feet inclusive.
short lengths
customary, and
is
in
in
tiie
inter-
all
ship-
Thickness
Nominal
Width
Actual
Thickness
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Nominal
Actual
Ks
V2
f<^
Va
Width
2H
3%
4^
SVa
eVa
WOODEN
feet is
foot,
allowed
in
from 4
333
to 20 feet.
of 6 or 7 feet in No.
mixed
in all
Common.
the interest
shipments of
lengths.
Partition.
Thickness
Nominal
Width
Actual
Thickness
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Vs
j%
V2
3J4
j%
4^
Va
ih
Va
Nominal
Actual
Width
2H
SVa
Same percentage
in ceiling.
Grooved Roofing.
Nominal thickness one
Nominal Width
(1)
Actual Width
Inches
Inches
8
10
9/2
12
11^
Roofers.
Fencing.
Nominal
Thickness
Nominal
Width
Actual
Thickness
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
m
IK2
...
Actual
Width
il
2H
1^
U\
35/8
4f^
SH
334
Drop
Nominal
Siding,
TRESTLES.
D&M.
Thickness
Nominal
Width
Actual
Thickness
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Actual
1%
Ya
Va
IK
1^
. ,
Drop
Siding,
Worked
(1)
Width
2%
3K
A%
Wa
j.
(^)
inch.
Nominal Width
Actual Width
Inches
Inches
6
9%
10
Common.
The above
is
customary and
in the inter-
shipments
of mixed lengths.
Shiplap.
(1)
(^)
Actual Width
Inches
Inches
3H
5^
7%
6
8
10
9\i
12
\\y%
Bevel Siding.
Nominal
Thickness
Inches
'AVaE
h'VaE
VaVa^
Actual
Thickness
Inches
/ff and i\
Nominal
Width
Actual
Inches
4
Inches
Width
3H
4/2
5V2
-h and fa
7Va
10
9Va
12
\\Va
TRESTLES.
335
of
mixed
lengths.
1.
No
arbitrary
rules
for
the
inspection
of
With
mined by
4.
its
this
in
is
considered and
Inspection
is
sum of
its
grade deter-
more than
5 per cent,
The enumerated
such grades
may
contain.
understood to be equivalent in damaging effect to those mentioned applying to stock under consideration.
In case of a piece of lumber which lies so close to the boundary
between two grades that there is doubt as to which grade it belongs in,
shall be given the lower grade.
7.
line
it
8.
A shipment of any grade must consist of a fair average of that
grade and shall not include an unfair proportion of the better or poorer
pieces that would pass in that grade.
A shipment of mixed widths shall
contain a fair assortment of each width. A shipment of mixed lengths shall
contain a fair assortment of each length.
9.
size
more defects than smaller pieces in the same grade. Defects in flooring,
and base, drop siding and rustic are based on a
piece 4 inches wide and 12 feet long, except where otherwise specified.
10.
Lumber must be accepted on grade in the form in which it was
ceiling, partition, casing
shipped.
hibit a
Any
What
is
known
etc.,
as
is
336
side,
dressed
is
TRESTLES.
is
side.
etc.,
each piece.
13.
All dressed lumber shall be measured and sold at the full size
its
manufacture.
inch thick.
15.
The term
grain, rift
"Vertical Grain"
is
The term
"Flat Grain"
is
synonymous
Shall contain
graded
in
1.
shall
show on
either one
end or the
other an average of at least six annual rings per inch or eighteen rings
in three inches as
radial line
girders
square
central
of the
cepted,
The
3.
it is
impossible
locate
it
second inch
in
or less in thickness.
4.
line,
which
the
inspection
show over
shall
apply to
show a
second
inch
from the
from the
pith.
TRESTLES.
2>2,7
5.
The radial line chosen shall be representative. In case of a disagreement between purchaser and seller as to what is a representative radial
line, the average summerwood and number of rings shall be the average
of the two radial lines chosen.
Fir.
summerwood
hereinafter.
1.
an average of
shall
at least six
be at least one-half.
as described shall
summerwood
is
Any
2.
show
sion
five
is
inches or
When
3.
is less
is
least
dimen-
the pith.
five inches or
which the rate of growth and per cent, of summerwood measurements shall be made shall run from the pith to the corner
farthest from the pith. To find the -beginning of the three-inch line, measure a distance of one-half the least dimension of the piece, less two inches,
from the pith. This distance may be expressed as follows
present, the line over
a=ij^
= distance in inches
d = least dimension of
where a
When
4.
the line
but the
from
d2,
pith to beginning of three-inch
line,
piece in inches.
it
may
be necessary to shift
not be changed.
For
5.
pieces
all
is
inch line shall be at the center of the end of the piece, and the direction
6.
made over
shall be
is
available.
General Requirements.
Shall
1.
consist
sawed standard
When
2.
be
of
lumber
well
manufactured,
square
edges
and
size.
the timbers
specified.
3.
in
clusters,
decay,
its
Shakes
shall not
show on any
its
338
4.
Knots limited
permitted
TRESTLES.
in size
will be
if
For the
limitation of knots in
beam
vol.
j^^ LEH&TH
Measurement
1.
J^
to
On
its
1
4.
line
In columns, the
Beams
is
diameter.
its
mean
diameter.
shall not
than
on a
shall be taken as
3.
of Knots.
be taken as
2.
-*f-^ LtNGTM
timber.
T?i DEPTH
LC.H6TH
have diagonal or
1
in 20;
in
spiral grain in
Volumes
and
in 15.
No.
1.
No.
Structural.
or Dense Douglas Fir, and shall meet the General Requirements for Structural Grades.
2.
This grade shall not have tight pitch pockets over six (6) inches
inch wide or wane exceeding one (1) inch on one corner
long or over
Joists.
Beams, Stringers, Girders and Deep Joists shall show not less than
85 per cent, of heart on each side of the four sides measured across the
sides anywhere in. the length of the piece.
2.
Beams, Stringers, Girders and Deep Joists shall not have knots in
Volumes 1 and 2 larger in diameter than one-fourth CA) the width of
the face of the beam in which they occur, up to and including six (6)
inches, nor larger than one and one-half (V/2) inches in a face over six
(6) inches. Knots within the center half of the length of a beam shall
not exceed in the aggregate the width of the surface of the beam in which
1.
they occur.
3.
shall not
have knots
TRESTLES.
Volume
in
3 larger in
339
diameter than
maximum
for
The
5.
beam
or
Caps and
Sills.
Caps and Sills shall show 85 per cent, of heart on each of the four
measured across the surface anywhere in the length of the piece.
2.
Caps and Sills shall be free from knots larger than one-fourth (^)
the width of the surface in which they~ occur with maximum for any one
knot of 3 inches in diameter. Knots shall not be in groups.
1.
sides,
Posts.
1.
less
in
piece.
2.
Posts shall not have knots larger than one-fourth {%) the least
dimension of the posts nor larger than three inches. Knots shall not be in
groups.
two
sides shall
show not
all
less
inches in diameter.
show not
less
Sway
Braces.
Sway Braces
shall
2.
free
occur, with a
maximum
of 2 inches in diameter.
side
340
TRESTLES.
No. 2 Structural
No. 2 Structural Timbers
1.
shall
Structural Grades, and shall include timbers not passing the No.
is
permitted.
This grade shall not have pitch pockets longer than twelve (12)
inch wide or wane exceeding two (2) inches on one
2.
inches or over
wane
in
sizes.
Joists.
Beams, Stringers, Girders and Deep Joists shall not have knots in
1 and 2 larger than as follows
2.
If of Dense Southern Yellow Pine or Dense Douglas Fir, onethird (ys) the width of the face of the beam in which they occur, up to and
including nine (9) inches, nor larger than three (3) inches in a face over
1.
Volumes
If not of
Fir, one-
fourth (J4) the width of the face of the beam in which they occur, up to
and including six (6) inches, nor larger than one and one-half (1^^)
inches, in a face over six (6) inches.
4.
Knots
Beams
one-third
(^)
shall not
have knots
in
Volume
Loose knots larger than one-half (14) the size of knots allowed
beams shall not have loose knots, in Volume
larger than one and one-half (V/2) inches.
6.
above
3,
Caps and
Caps and
Sills
shall be
free
Sills.
in diameter.
Knots
maximum
Posts.
Dense Douglas
TRESTLES.
maximum
occur, with a
Specifications
wood allowed
2.
Many
shall
be
which they
Timber to be Treated.
same as for unupon the amount of
sap
in
of 2 inches in diameter.
Specifications for
1.
Braces.
Sway Braces
Sway
341
no
restriction
timber which
in the
is
is
to be placed
to be treated.
if
would not
treated, that
rapid decay
if
Common,
Selected Common
Selected
1.
shall
be sound,
or rotten knots.
its
strength.
from shake,
if
Must be
splits,
loose
which in no case shall exceed in diameter one-sixth the width of the face
which such knots occur up to and including 12xl2-inch; and further
providing that such sound and tight knots in 14x 14-inch and larger shall
in no case exceed 2J/4 inches in diameter.
2.
The select common grade also will allow tight pitch pockets, not
over six inches in length, wane not to exceed one inch on one corner and
in
White sap or a
slight
amount
White
No.
Pine,
Norway
Pine, Spruce,
Common.
No. 1 Common Timber 6x10
products.
342
TRESTLES.
No. 2 Common.
Common Timbers
No. 2
may have
lOxlO-inch
admit
will
large,
a 3-inch
its
utility
Dimension Plank,
Selected
Joists,
Common.
Common
Selected
1.
or rotten knots.
2.
Will allow occasional variation in sawing, sound and tight, small
and standard knots and tight pitch pockets not over 6 inches in length.
3.
Twelve inches and wider may contain, in addition to the above, a
couple of large knots not to exceed 2 inches in diameter when well placed,
a slight
No.
1
1.
admissible.
Common.
No. 1 Common must
for
able
amount of sap
all
the piece;
the thick-
on face of 8 inches and wider, extending not more than one-third the
both edges
in
of the piece.
3.
Pith knots or small defective knots which do not weaken the piece
more than the knots above allowed are admitted, solid pitch, pitch pockets,
sap stain, a limited number of worm holes well scattered, limited torn
grain, seasoning checks, splits in ends, not exceeding in length the width
of the piece, firm red heart, heart shakes that do not go through.
4.
in
May
in
16
feet,
and yi inch
feet of
No.
Common
16
less
feet.
Dimension may
No. 2 Common.
1.
Common.
TRESTLES.
343
Will admit large, coarse sound knots, which in a 2x4 and 3x4-inch
2^ inches in diameter; in 2x6 or 2x8 or
3x6 or
and
in
third the width of the piece in diameter, spike knots, smaller, loose, hol-
low or rotten knots that do not weaken the piece more than the knots
aforesaid,
worm
split
the piece, heart and sap stains in any amount, decayed sap,
wane
if
leaving
May
16
feet,
and
may
contain crook
in
16
inch less in
feet.
Length
proportion to the
above.
4.
Common
Miscut 2-inch
thickness or
Common
in all
fall
size, shall
in
be admitted in
at point of miscut.
No. 3 Common.
1.
No. 3 Common will include all pieces falling below No. 2 Common
which are sound enough to use for cheap building material by wasting
25 per cent, of each piece or one-third of number of pieces in any one
item of a shipment but it must not be more than J^ inch scant of standard
finished width nor
inch scant of standard finished thickness. This grade
will admit a greater degree of all t|ie imperfections allowed in No. 1 and
No. 2 Common, but shall not admit useless culls.
D &
M.
Common.
Common
Will
shall be square edged, well manufactured.
admit sound tight knots not over 1 inch in diameter in 4-inch and 6-inch,
not over V/2 inches diameter in 8-inch, medium sized tight pitch pockets
Selected
not over 6 inches in length, two pith knots, the equivalent of one split
not to exceed
in
slight shake, sap stain, seasoning checks, firm red heart, small
No.
1
1.
Common.
No. 1 Common
will
Sound and
amount of
344
ing
TRESTLES.
inch in width on face and extending not over one-third the length
number
4.
of pin
firm,
worm
in
ordinary
5.
No. 1 Common Ship Lap or D &
or Barn Siding shall be
graded by rules governing No. 1 Common Boards except as to wane which
shall not be so deep as to extend into the tongue or one-half the thickness
of the top lip on the groove in D & M, or over one-half the thickness
of the lap in Ship Lap on the face side; pieces of Ship Lap with
inch
No. 2 Common.
No. 2
1.
Common
will
approximately 2 inches
in
2^
inches in
8 and 10-inch and one-third the width of the piece in 12-inch and wider,
spike knots, solid heart or sap stain, solid pitch or pitch pockets, a limited
number of
well scattered
Small amount of
piece.
worm
fine
shake,
wane
2 inches wide
if
it
does not
extend into the opposite face, or through heart shakes over one-half the
piece or through rotten streaks
its
when
firm, J^ inch
2.
piece
in
is
Common.
Common
3.
No.
Common.
3 Common
No.
will
that
is
will
heart or
sap
size,
split,
pieces,
scattered
loose knots,
wormy
It
Common.
No, 4 Common.
1.
No. 4 Common shall include all pieces that fall below the grade of
No. 3 Common, excluding such pieces as will not be held in place by
nailing, after wasting one-fourth the length of the piece by cutting into
two or three pieces.
2.
The predon\inating defect characterizing this grade is red rot.
worm
cross-checked.
split,
extremely
TRESTLES.
345
No. 5 Common.
No. 5
in
Common
is
is
and admits of
all
defects
known
when
carefully handled.
Common Lumber.
Thick
Common
lumber,
1%
same
as
1-inch lumber.
Rough Stock
for Finish.
1.
all
sizes
from
2-inch not
more than
Stock
3.
width
shipments
of
when
seasoned.
either
rough
or
more than 20 per cent, of any shipment is }i inch scant on 8-inch widths
and under;
inch scant on 9 or 10-inch; and yi inch scant on 11 and 12inch and wider when seasoned pieces narrower than the above and pieces
in excess of 20 per cent, of the shipment that are of the minimum measurement given, should be measured as of the next lower standard width
and not reduced in grade.
Standard lengths are 8 to 20 feet; and in shipments of mixed
4.
lengths, 5 per cent, of 8 feet in grade of "C" and "Better," shall be admitted.
The above percentage of short lengths is customary and in the
will dress
out
in
working standard
are admissible.
sizes
6.
Finishing lumber ordered rough if thicker than count thickness for
dry or green stock, may be dressed to such count thickness, and when so
7.
side
8.
shall be
Subject
to
the
foregoing provisions,
side,
Lum-
ber.
9.
When
like
is
must
be made.
all
sap or
defects on face and edges and shall be selected for beauty and character
of grain.
346
TRESTLES.
"A" Finishing, inch, \%, IJ^ and 2-inch dressed one or two sides
and including 12 inches in width, must show one face practically
clear of all defects, except that it njay have such wane as would dress off if
surfaced four sides; 13-inch and wider "A" Finishing will admit two
small defects or their equivalent. "B" Finishing, inch, lJ4, 1/^ and 2-inch
dressed one or two sides, up to and including 10 inches in width in
addition to the equivalent of one split in end which should not exceed in
length the width of the piece, will admit any two of the following
or their equivalent of combined defects: slightly torn grain, three pin
2.
up
to
pocket, one standard pitch streak, 5 per cent, of sap stain or firm
heart;
wane not
to
exceed
inch in width,
red
Eleven-inch and wider "B" Finishing will admit three of the above
defects or their equivalent, but sap stain or firm red heart shall not exceed
10 per cent.
4.
"C" Finishing up
to
in
in
addition to the equivalent of one split in end which should not exceed
in
length
the
two standard
pitch
pin knots,
or
their
wane
of the piece.
medium
streaks,
two standard
following,
six
allowed that do not prevent its use as finish without waste. Eleven-inch
and 12-inch "C" Finishing will admit one additional defect or its equivaPieces wider than 12 inches will admit two additional defects to
lent.
those admitted in 10-inch or their equivalent, except sap stain which shall
not be increased.
worm
holes.
Special Finish.
all
In case both sides are desired, "A," "B" or "C" grade, or free from
must be made. Defective dressing or slight
shall be
worked
to
established patterns.
2.
ordered.
Grades A, B and
1.
"A" Grade must
and well manufactured.
be practically free
C.
side
TRESTLES.
347
the
in
in the
Moulding.
1.
"B and Better" Moulding. One-third of any item may contain any
one of the following defects or its equivalent: One pin knot, small pitch
pockets, pitch
worm
fects in dressing.
Standard lengths
2.
number
Drop
Defects
1.
from 1x6
mixed
lengths
12
the
Siding.
named
feet,
greater or lesser
basis.
2.
The amount
Drop Siding may be
Common
and Better
as follows
3.
4.
5.
amount of crook.
6.
In
all
side,
not ex-
ceeding one-third the width and one-sixth the length of any piece
missible, providing the
"A" Drop
1.
is
ad-
Siding.
practically
free
face side
2.
3.
more from
may have
more than 1^
from
other defects.
1.
Medium
stain,
will
torn grain, three pin knots, one standard knot, 15 per cent, sap
15 per cent, firm red heart, small seasoning checks, six pin
worm
holes or any one of the above defects combined with either three small
pitch pockets or one small pitch streak.
2.
piece that
is
may have
a de-
can be cut out by wasting not more than 2>4 inches in the length
of the piece, providing the defect is 4 feet or more from the end.
fect that
348
1
Drop
1.
No.
No.
medium
TRESTLES.
Siding.
Common Drop
or one large pitch pocket, one standard pitch streak and in addi-
sound knots not over one-half the width of the piece in the rough, a
small knot holes, pin worm holes or a few well scattered
tion
couple of
worm
grub
holes, sap stain, firm red heart, slight shake, heavjj torn grain,
Pieces otherwise as good as "B" Drop Siding may have one defect
knot hole) that can be cut out by wasting 2^ inches of the length
of the piece, provided both pieces are 16 inches or over in length after cut2.
(like a
No. 2
Common Drop
Siding.
Common Drop
No. 2
Common
Siding admits of
good as No.
more than one-fourth the
pieces not as
all
Bevel Siding.
Bevel Siding shall be graded according to the rules for Drop Siding
and
admit
will
will be
in
2^
to the weather.
Rustic Siding.
Rustic Siding shall be graded according, to the rules for
Drop
Siding.
Flooring.
Special.
named
greater or lesser
1.
Defects
12
from 1x4
in 3-inch
2.
\%
inches in diameter
flooring.
The amount
Flooring
in
feet long,
may
of crook permissible
in
No.
Common
and Better
be as follows:
3.
4.
5.
6.
feet
may have
-inch crook.
a proportionate
amount of crook.
7.
to be surfaced
two
sides with
scored
back.
8.
come up
to
re-
Grades A, B,
Common Edge
any
point.
349
or Vertical Grain.
C,
TRESTLES.
Common
or
from
from
all
Bright sap showing not more than one-third of face half the length of piece
be admitted.
will
from
vertical at
2.
piece
12
feet
or longer
2^2 inches in
end of the
its
laid
may have
4 feet or
more from
the
piece.
from
vertical at
piece in
any
point.
number of pin worm holes, well scattered, shake that does not
show an opening through, loosened or heavy torn grain or other machine
a limited
(like a
3.
It is
its
utility
350
No.
4.
Common
Common
all
Flooring
is
TRESTLES.
C and D
No.
5.
Floor-
better than
Edge
or
Common
No. 2
Admits
1.
Flooring.
all
good
as
"D" Flooring
that
can be used for cheap floors without waste of more than one-fourth the
length of any one piece.
Pieces of flooring having not less than iV inch tongue will be ad-
2.
Common.
mitted in No. 2
Common
No. 3
Admits
are
all
or No. 3 Sheathing.
Common
Flooring but
still
more than
Ceiling.
1.
12 feet long
lesser
2.
Ceiling
may
their size
in
No.
on
a greater or
this basis.
Common
and Better
be as follows
3.
4.
5.
-inch crook.
6.
amount of crook.
exceeding one-third the w;idth and one-sixth the length of any piece
is
or Flat
"A" CeUing.
"A"
Ceiling
must be
practically free
side,
and
tight
defects.
"B" CeUing.
1.
"B" Ceiling
will
two
small or one standard knot, three small pitch pockets, any two of which
may
be open, one
worm
holes.
stain,
six
2.
piece otherwise as
cut out
Ko.
Common
No.
1.
good
laid with
is
as
TRESTLES.
351
Ceiling.
Common
Heavy
one-half the cross-section of the piece in the rough, pitch, pitch pockets,
seasoning checks that do not show an opening through, a sap stain, firm
red heart, slight shake, defects in manufacture that will lay without waste,
a
limited
well
scattered.
2.
defect (like
a knot hole) that can be cut by wasting 2j^ inches of the length of the
piece, providing both pieces are
No. 2
Common
No. 2
1.
Common
Ceiling.
Common
Ceiling admits of
all pieces
that can
2.
less
than -h
be
Common.
admitted in No. 2
Partition.
General Instructions.
Those who are not familiar with the anatomy of the oak
is
the poorest piece that goes into the grade and that a large per
above the grade described.
Definition of
1.
Oak
all
recommended
2.
but
tree should,
list
of products which
Firsts are to be
may have
is
Construction Oak.
Trestle and Bridge Timbers.
ing,
Mud
Sills,
Sway
Braces.
352
Timbers.
TRESTLES.
Mud
Sills,
Posts,
Bracing Caps,
Wales,.
Mud
Posts, Girders, Framing Joists,
Plank. Railroad Crossing Plank, Bridge Floor
Sills,
etc.
Planking.
Sheet Piles.
amount of
ited
Round
Same
may
contain an unlim-
heart.
Piling.
Stock Guards.
Names
Standard
Unless specifically mentioned, the terms "White Oak" and "Red Oak"
include the following:
"White Oak."
"Red Oak."
White Oak
Red Oak
Chestnut or Tanbark
Oak
Oak
Water Oak
Willow Oak
Oak
Pin
Black
Rock Oak
Post or Iron
Oak
Overcup Oak
Live
Basket or
Swamp
Oak
Spanish
Turkey Oak
Oak
Cow Oak
Post
Oak
Yellow or Chinquapin
Shingle or
Oak
Scarlet
Laurel
Oak
Oak
Oak
of oak.
Oak Timbers.
General Requirements.
(1)
to
Except as noted,
be sound
timber
all
and sawed
specified
sizes,
in
free
groups,
in these specifications.
White Oak,
dote,
wane
in
TRESTLES.
353
Boxed Hearts.
Boxed Hearts are permitted in pieces of 5 by 5 inches square
The center of the heart should be boxed as near the cen-
(2)
and
larger.
cent,
Wane.
The term 20 per
1.
to each item
and
cent, of
number of
pieces or
amount shipped
refers
Pieces 5x5 to 8x8 inches square may show 1 inch wane, side
2.
measurement, on any two corners or edges, and this wane not to exceed more than 25 per cent, of the length of the piece singly, or 50
per cent, in aggregate. In the absence of wane on all corners excepting
may
contain
wane 50 per
cent, of
may have
number of
pieces
this defect.
3.
square,
may show 1^
inch wane, side measurement, edge of any two corners or edges, and this
wane not
to
singly
66^
or
exceed more than 33y3 per cent, of the length of the piece
In the absence of wane on all
per cent, in aggregate.
of the length of the piece as above described, not to exceed 20 per cent, of
the
number of
pieces
may have
this defect.
may show 1^
4.
urement, any two corners or edges, and this wane not to exceed more
than 40 per cent, of the length of the piece singly, or 80 per cent, in aggre-
wane on all
wane 80 per cent, of
the absence of
gate,
in
may
contain
length
the
number
of the
of pieces
piece
as
above
may have
this
defect.
5.
In event that pieces have two faces as wide as above described and
two faces narrower, the proportion of the amount of wane is admissible.
6.
Pieces
governed
inch
by
to
inches
thick,
not exceeding 8
inches
wide,
above mentioned, with the exception that they shall not contain wane, and not to exceed 20 per
cent, of pieces 2 inches and thicker may show sound heart on one face;
pieces under 2 inches thick must be free of heart.
Pieces 8 inches and
are
wider
7.
inch
may
contain
Rough
from
defect
wane
sizes of
specified size.
specifications
Structural
Dressed
Timber
shall
nominal
354
TRESTLES.
2.
6 inches, 8
10 inches and
inches,
12
inches wide,
12
feet,
14
and
feet
16 feet long.
This product
3.
worm
is
intended to
face side
this
Must be
4.
mitting
inch
from rot and shake; practically square edges, adwane on each edge of reverse face, running twoSound hearts on one side, rafting pin holes, knot holes
free
of
Sheet
Piles.
Same
as
Ties,
except
that
it
may
contain
sound heart
in
heart
check.
Stock Guards.
To
To
Classification
General Instructions.
Cypress lumber shall be graded according to the following rules and
specifications, bearing in
mind
maintained
fications can be
in
and
left to the
speci-
common
Lumber
and thickness.
Tank,
2.
the poorer
3.
shall
1st
shall
be graded
from
side.
Select
finishing
shall
be graded from the better or finished side, but the reverse side should in
alternately
to
all
seller;
the
fractions above
one-half foot are to be counted to the next higher figure on the board
rule.
6.
In "line boards," pieces 14 feet and longer shall be given the ad-
vantage
7.
TRESTLES.
355
Standard Lengths.
1.
Random
may
odd
as even foot lengths, but there shall not be to exceed 20 per cent, of
Tank
3.
1st
4.
shall
be
10 to 20 feet.
5.
20
sizes 6 to
all
feet,
in
6,
7,
8 and 9 foot
lengths.
6.
7.
may
under or
the size specified, both in thickness and width) shall be
thickness to S2S to standard thickness, as follows:
2.
4/4
3.
5/4
Lumber SIS
Select,
6/4
Select,
5.
6.
shall
shall
and 2d
1st
inch
and No.
inch
of
over
sufficient
selected
clear,
common
tank
and tank
common
tank
and tank
inches thick.
shall be V/s
S2S
S2S
or
and 2d
1st
be
selected
clear,
be l}i
inches thick.
8/4 No.
shall
be
S%
8.
10/4
9.
12/4
10.
All
11.
All
12.
inch by 2J4
inch,
3%
inch, 4^^
inch,
inch face.
13.
5/4
Flooring shall be
6/4
liV,
shall
be
lie,
by same widths
as 4/4.
14.
15.
t^
inch,
rs
inch,
i*
inch,
16.
17.
18.
Widths
specified.
and
of
ceiling
to
Ceiling up to ^^
worked
be worked
be worked
3^
be
inch
same as
only.
only.
only.
only.
flooring,
unless
otherwise
on one edge
be beaded center and edge.
inch face to
SIS
SIS
SIS
SIS
faces.
356
inch,
21.
in
Drop
20.
5%
TRESTLES.
7%
siding
be
shall
9%
inch,
inch,
inch face,
less
Tank
Stock.
1.
Shall
be
in
specified
Shall
2.
be 5
in
Pieces 7 inches to
sap.
one edge,
the
not
sap on both
14
half
inches
inches
inches
13
exceed
to
Pieces
piece.
IJ/^
Pieces up to 7
length.
length
the
and
and
half
In
all
be free from
the
may have
wider
thickness
inch
of
of
sound
shall
may
be admitted.
random
Shall be
1.
widths, and
furnished
in
specified
shall
its
Pieces
equivalent.
12
inches
wide
may have
may
or,
fects
inches
as
above
specified
in
in
of
lieu
proportion
from other
defects,
may have
exceed
in
sap,
as
Pieces 10
width increases.
which shall not exceed in
split,
is
not a defect.
Selects.
1.
Shall be
widths, and
will
not be
furnished in specified
be graded
Slight
wane on
pieces
Bright sap
is
not a defect in
in
width
is
al-
amount of
appears, slight
Common Tank
Selected
When
length.
feet in
may
stained sap
TRESTLES.
no other defect
Pieces 10 inches
be allowed.
which
split,
357
shall not
exceed
in length
Stock.
be
Shall
wide,
inches
feet
No.
Barn or Dimension.
Shall be
and
specified
thicker, 8 feet
and over
one side and one edge, or very slight peck on both sides and both edges
which defects, howof pieces comparatively free from coarse defects
ever, shall not be sufficient to seriously impair the strength, or prevent
the use of each piece for "common" purposes in its full length and
;
width.
full
Shall
specified
widths,
inches
and wider,
all
barn, but
addition will
No.
admit
peck on both sides; however, the defects shall not be sufficient to prevent the use of each piece in full length and full width for low-grade
fencing and other very
common
purposes.
Cull or Peck.
May
be
random or
specified
grade of No. 2 boxing, and shall also admit the product of that
known as "pecky;" however, each piece shall have sufficient strength and nailing surface to permit its use as a low-grade
the
Finishing.
Shall be specified widths 4 inches and wider,
1.
thick,
and
inch to 2 inches
shall
side. A, B and C, but the reverse side should not be more than one
All grades of finish, rough or SIS or S2S may vary
grade lower.
inch from the width specified.
2.
of
"A"
sap,
inch
Finish.
knots
of bright
Pieces
or,
in
lieu
of
Pieces
sap,
inches
one small
inches
lieu
of
sap,
358
sound knots, or
12 inches
Pieces
1^
wide
of
inches
bright
may have
TRESTLES.
and one small sound knot.
sap
sap,
in
two inches of
Pieces
"B" Finish.
3.
inches
"C" Finish.
All
"D"
worms and
All
worms,
pin
Finish.
slight
shakes and
Siding.
1.
feet
length,
in
in
side,
width,
A, B,
10
feet
C and
to 20
D.
"A" Siding. May have one inch of bright sap on thin edge
2.
and may contain one small sound knot.
"B" Siding.
3.
all
bright sap,
worm
May
may have
holes
not exceeding in
slight
4.
gating
over
inches
in
diameter,
or
removed
in
two
with
that
can
cent,
of the length, or
worm
three small
be
holes
cuts
may have
not exceeding
in
small
damage
knots,
splits
amount of
the
or
other
defects
10
per
small
knots
above de-
scribed.
5.
"D" Siding. May have
may have other defects that will
the piece.
worm
holes,
or
TRESTLES.
359
1.
widths,
specified
be
10
feet
20
to
feet
and
length
in
graded from the finished side, or, if both sides are finished, it shall
be graded from the better side, A, B, C and D.
"A" May have bright sap on one edge one-fourth its width,
2.
"B"
3.
clear,
have a
May
in
or,
"C"
4.
one-half
may
sap,
of
bright
face
its
sap
otherwise
if
may
split
one to
have
of
lieu
(10
20
to
knots,
five
feet)
May
have
all
bright
may have
or
sap,
or knots
inches,
or other defects that can be removed in two cuts with waste not exceed-
may have
worm
three pin
holes,
or
length.
"C"
5.
to
(4
feet)
knots,
none that
will
May
worm
have
all
bright
small
sound
May
"D"
6.
sap,
holes,
may have
or
waste to exceed
be
Shall
be graded
shall
to apply as in
Pickets.
II
1.
2.
inch
by
inch
and No.
shall
be
2.
to
11
inch
by
inch.
1%
inches shall be
to
li^ inches
to
li^g
Vyi inches by
3.
by li^ inches.
4.
by
inches
inches,
li^g
5.
to
j4
inch by
2^
inches.
6.
No.
Shall
may
slight shake,
manufacture.
Battens.
1.
used
Battens, both
with
will
all
defects allowed in
No.
length
360
poses.
TRESTLES.
S2S
inch strips
to
iS
inch
OG
2.
shown
battens
be manufactured
Molding Book.
shall
the Universal
in
in
the
and
sizes
pattern
Shingles.
Bests.
1.
dimension shingle,
4,
and 6 inches
width, 16
in
Primes.
2.
14-inch
ting
shingles.
Clippers.
6.
widths
2Y2.
wormholes and
butts,
linear
4,000
slight
7.
on
from
for 5 inches
inches
in
width,
of
shingles,
making
1,000
of
all
grades,
is
based
sequently there would be only 667 6-inch shingles packed and counted as
standard shingles
1,000
like
pro-
portion.
In
8.
bundles,
making
taken
vestigation
to
shipment.
Classification
grades
provided
for
shall
not be
and
described
considered a defect
in
these
rules,
in
except
any of
where
stipulated.
Water
Stain.
discolorations, sound
and
firm,
TRESTLES.
361
Rough Lumber.
Piece Stuff.
18,
4, .6,
6,
8,
8,
10
9,
10,
12,
14,
and 12 inches.
Boards.
Standard lengths for Rough Boards are 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
ft.
Standard widths are 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12 inches.
and 20
thickness
16,
18
Standard
inch.
il
is
14,
Dressed Lumber.
Piece Stuff.
Standard
SISIE
are:
Wa^Wa, Wa^^WaBoards.
The standard
is
il
Drop
3J4,
SIS
is
il inch.
Siding.
5^, 7^,
9%
and W]/^
in.
face.
Standard
in.
in.
3 in.
Plank,
Feet, Shipping
Dry
3,000
to 8x8,
S4S or
D & M
3 in. Plank,
Rough
SlSlE
2,700
2,500
3,500
3,200
3,000
2,500
2,200
SlSlE
Rough or SIE
2 in. Piece Stuff, S4S or D & M
in. Boards, Rough
1
1 in. Boards, SIS or S2S
1 in. Clear and Select, SIS
Shiplap, D & M, or Drop Siding
in.
Piece Stuff,
in.
Piece Stuff,
Lath
32
in.
2,200
2,500
2,000
2,400
2,000
2,000
1,800
1,800
.
1,500
500
Lath
300
362
TRESTLES.
Grading Rules.
Thick
Thick
1.
VA
in.
2,
Inch
and Better.
Common
Boards and
made
grades
six
'
Boards and
in
Inch
No.
No. 3 Common.
Stock.
No. 4 Common.
Common.
Select.
face,
Strips
No. 2 Common.
2.
in.,
Strips.
There are
the
1^
of Inch No.
1.
in.
grade
or best
adapted
especially
is
side,
is
expected
in.
for
interior
show,
to
long
ft.
long.
ft.
and only
some attention
finish
although
No
4.
shake or season
but a very
tight
little
check shall be
allowed
piece.
This grade will admit on the face side several tight pin knots
5.
not over
in. in
diameter.
In a 4 or 6
in.,
12
ft.
and longer
piece, not
more
than three knots are admissible, and proportionately more in a wider piece.
6.
10 or
12 in. piece,
12
ft.
and longer,
will not
in. in
admit of more
diameter.
Nar-
rower and shorter pieces will admit of fewer large knots, but not a combination of large knots and other defects.
Pieces 12
7.
ft.
will,
than 10 per cent, of waste, produce two clear cuts, each four feet long or
longer.
Inch
1.
Stock.
Inch
in.
ft.
long,
character.
2.
exceed
\%
in.
iit
firmly
set.
set.
^4
i'l
6-in.
12
strip
extreme
fects of the
No
363
ft.
sizes.
TRESTLES.
in this grade,
may
contain relatively
pieces
relatively less.
into "consideration.
and water
5.
Inch No.
1.
Common.
The grade
of No.
Common
in
1.
3.
Two
4.
5.
more of small
ones.
poses.
Inch No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Common.
shake.
Common.
Inch No. 4
all
3.
No.
1.
The grade
not materially
2.
No.
of
afifect
Dimension.
Dimension
will
will
red,
and
fairly
sound.
3.
Or some
4.
This
same time
grade,
retain
while
admitting
the
pose.
No. 2 Dimension.
^
1.
The grade
to be classed as
of
No.
1,
364
found
in
No.
1,
TRESTLES.
except that they are more
pronounced.
2.
all
any one
piece.
Merchantable.
The grade
of Merchantable
is
a combination of No.
and No.
2,
con-
No.
1.
The
defects
Dimension.
are excessive
shake,
numerous knot
holes,
coarse,
No. 4 Dimension.
2x4 and Wider, 4 Feet and Longer.
This grade includes
No.
all
serviceable
3.
Combination and
1.
2.
3.
B.
Truss Spans.
8.
Railing.
9.
Stiffeners.
10.
Splices.
11.
Nailing
Floor beams.
12.
Grillage.
versal
4.
Howe
Compression members.
Tension members.
Diagonals subject to reof stress.
strips.
5.
Stringers.
13.
Deck
6.
Ties.
14.
Bridging.
7.
Guard
Pih2
plank.
timbers.
I.
Piles.
2.
Sills
9.
and mud
sills.
End
plank.
10.
Stringers.
3.
Posts.
11.
Ties.
4.
Caps.
12.
Guard timbers.
5.
Cross bracing.
13.
Planking
6.
Sash bracing.
7.
Longitudinal bracing.
8.
Girts.
deck.
14.
Railing.
for
ballasted
WOODEN
c.
D.
E.
F.
G.
2.
365
Falsework.
7.
Centering.
8.
Lagging.
1.
Piles.
2.
Sills
3.
Posts.
9.
Bracing.
4.
Caps.
10.
Wedges.
5.
Stringers.
11.
Scaffolding.
6.
Truss timbers.
and
mud
sills.
Concrete Forms.
1.
Dimension lumber.
2.
D.
& M.
3.
Bracing.
planks.
& M.
1.
Piles.
7.
D.
2.
Sills.
8.
Staves.
flooring.
Rafters.
3.
Posts.
4.
Caps.
10.
Roof.
5.
Bracing.
11.
Ladders,
6.
Joists.
12.
Frost-box material.
9.
etc.
Piles.
7.
Guard
2.
8.
Ties.
3.
9.
Plank decking.
4.
Caps.
10.
Mooring
5.
Stringers.
11.
6.
Bracing.
12.
Warehouse.
Coaling
Stations
and
Ore
timber.
8.
Bin
9.
Rafters.
Piles.
Sills
3.
Posts.
10.
4.
Caps.
11.
Chutes.
5.
Bracing.
12,
Decking.
mud
sills.
(See IL)
lining.
1.
and
posts.
Stations.
2.
Flooring.
6.
Stringers.
13.
7.
Joists.
14.
Roofing.
Frame
A.
Buildings.
Finish flooring.
1.
Piles.
2.
Caps.
(a)
Pine.
3.
Sills.
(b)
Fir.
(c)
Maple or oak.
9.
4.
Posts.
5.
Stringers.
10.
Studding and
6.
Joists.
11.
Sheathing.
7.
Bridging.
12.
8.
Sub-flooring.
13.
Furring.
Siding.
plates.
366
TRESTLES.
14.
Ceiling.
22>.
15.
Lath.
24.
Millwork.
16.
Truss
17.
Purlins.
(b)
Stairs.
18.
Rafters.
(c)
Doors.
(d)
Windows.
timbers.
19.
Roof boards.
20.
Shingles.
21.
22.
Outside
finish
Mouldings.
(a)
25.
Partitions.
26.
Shelving.
lumber.
Engine House.
1.
Piling.
14.
Ceiling.
2.
Caps.
15.
Lath.
3.
Sills.
16.
Truss timbers.
4.
Posts.
17.
Purlins.
5.
Stringers.
18.
Rafters.
6.
Joists.
19.
Roof boards.
7.
Bridging.
20.
Shingles.
8.
Flooring.
21.
9.
Pit timbers.
22.
frames.
10.
Studding.
23.
11.
Sheathing.
24.
Millwork.
12.
Furring.
25.
Sleepers.
13.
Siding.
CeiHng.
Machine Shops,
1.
Piling.
13.
2.
Caps.
14.
Lath.
3.
Sills.
15.
Truss timbers.
4.
Posts.
16.
Purlins.
5.
Stringers.
17.
Rafters.
6,
Joists.
18.
Roof boards.
7.
Bridging.
19.
Shingles.
8.
Flooring.
20.
9.
Studding.
21.
Outside
10.
Sheathing.
22.
11.
Furring.
2^.
Millwork.
12.
Siding.
24.
Sleepers.
lumber.
finish
Section Houses.
1.
Posts.
8.
Finish flooring.
2.
Sills.
9.
Studding and
3.
Caps.
10.
Sheathing.
4.
Stringers.
11.
Furring.
5.
Joists.
12.
Siding.
6.
Bridging.
13.
Ceiling.
7.
Sub-flooring.
14.
Lath.
plates.
18.
E.
G.
3.
Rafters.
19.
Roof boards.
20.
Shingles.
21.
Millwork.
Siding.
1.
Posts.
12.
2.
Sills.
13.
Ceiling.
3.
Caps.
14.
Lath.
Stringers.
15.
Rafters.
5.
Joists.
16.
Roof
6.
Bridging.
17.
Shingles.
boards.
7.
Sub-flooring.
18.
8.
Finish flooring.
19.
9.
Studding and
20.
21.
Millwork.
10.
Sheathing.
11.
Furring.
plates.
Warehouses.
1.
Piling.
14.
Ceiling.
2.
Caps.
15.
Lath.
3.
Sills.
16.
Truss timbers.
4.
Posts.
17.
Purlins.
5.
Stringers.
18.
Rafters.
6.
Joists.
19.
Roof boards.
7.
Bridging.
20.
Shingles.
8.
Sub-flooring.
21.
9.
Finish flooring.
22.
10.
Studding and
23.
11.
Sheathing.
24.
Millwork.
12.
Furring.
25.
Sleepers.
13.
Siding.
plates.
Ice Houses.
1.
Piling.
14.
Siding.
2.
Sills.
15.
Ceiling.
3.
Caps.
16.
Lath.
4.
Posts.
17.
Truss timbers.
5.
Stringers.
6.
Joists.
18.
Purlins.
19.
Rafters.
Roof boards.
7.
Bridging.
20.
8.
Sleepers.
21.
9.
Sub-flooring.
22.
23.
Shingles.
10.
Finish
11.
Studding.
24.
12.
Sheathing.
25.
Millwork.
13.
Furring.
flooring.
Ties.
A.
367
4.
F.
TRESTLES.
Cross-Ties.
B.
Switch Ties.
368
Miscellaneous
4.
Roadway
A.
Crossing Plank.
B.
Platforms.
C.
G.
H.
I.
Bridging.
1.
Posts.
6.
Caps.
7.
Planking.
3.
Sills.
8.
Railing.
4.
Stringers.
5.
Joists.
Stock
9.
Steps.
10.
Skids.
Guards.
1.
Posts.
4.
Slats.
2.
Ties.
5.
Fillers.
3.
Wing
3.
Sign boards.
4.
Moulding.
F.
Material.
2.
2.
E.
TRESTLES.
Posts.
Bracing.
Fencing,
Including
Snow
Fence
1.
Posts.
4.
2.
Bracing.
5.
Fence boards.
Gate material.
3.
Stringers.
6.
Stakes.
Sills.
4.
Planking.
2.
Bracing.
5.
Grillage.
3.
Timbers.
Stock Pens.
1.
Posts.
6.
Rafters.
2.
Sills.
7.
Roof boards.
3.
Fencing.
8.
Shingles.
4.
Studding.
9.
5.
Sheathing.
Poles.
Conduits.
J.
Bumping
K.
Cross-arms.
Blocks.
COMMITTEE
VIII.
MASONRY.
DEFINITIONS.
Abutment.
Arch Masonry.
That
The
external
Batter.
The
from
a vertical plane.
Bench Wall.
Cement.
The
when mixed
with water.
Cement, Natural.
Natural
from the
sulting
cement
is
Cement, Portland.
Portland
cement
is
materials,
Centering.
with
calcined
temporary
mixture
of
argillaceous
no additions subsequent
or
support
to
and
calcination
cal-
ex-
uncalcined gypsum.
used
in
arch
construction.
(Also
called centers.)
Coping.
to shelter the
Culvert.
Dowels.
definition
Extrados.
(See
Final Set.
ness.
by certain hard-
^Adopted, Vol. 7, 1906, pp. 596-601, 619; Vol. 12, Part 1, 1911, pp. 478,
579; Vol. 16, 1915, pp. 794, 1175; Vol. 19, 1918, pp. 721, 1227; Vol. 21, 1920,
pp. 84, 1354.
369
MASONRY.
370
Flush
(adj.).
Having
surface
the
even
or
level
bring
to
with
an
adjacent
surface.
Flush
To
(verb). (1)
(2)
fill.
To
(3)
level.
To
ramming.
Footing.
bottom course.
Foundation.
(1)
(2)
The
Foundation Bed.
Grout (noun).
An early stage
Initial Set.
its
sur-
support.
upon
rests.
fluid consistency.
hardness.
Lock.
Any
bond
special device or
in the
Masonry.
its
of an arch to
construction.
to secure
work.
Masonry,
in its
all
construction of stone
encased
in
word "Masonry"
is
qualified
by some proper
Mortar.
mixture of
fine
masonry
Parapet.
protection or ornament.
Pier.
Pointing.
filling
deposited behind
Sand.
(See
Set (noun).
it.
definition
The
change from a
plastic to a solid or
hard
state.
MASONRY.
Slope
Wall.A
Soffit.
The
Spandrel
line
371
embankment or
cut.
Wall. The
and extrados of the arch and below the coping or the string
course.
Wing Wall. An
definition
earth.
A squared or
Backing.That portion
Ashlar.
of the face.
a stone.
Foundation Bed.)
Bed Joint.
Bond.
In
A horizontal
joint, or
line of pressure.
(See
Broken Coursed.
Laid with
parallel,
(See
Coursed; Uncoursed.)
A vertical
Clamp. An instrument
Build.
joint.
for
lifting
is
is
stone so
designed that
wood
is
grip on
its
applied.
That
in
such a manner as to
Course.
Laid
is
in
to be laid.
coursed.)
Cramps.
Dimension Stone.
in the
the body
MASONRY.
372
Dowel.
in
stone.
lifting
The dowel
engages the stone by means of two holes drilled into the stone at
an angle of about 45 degrees pointing toward each other.
not keyed
is
in place.
The dowel
initions.)
Draft.
chisel.
Dressing.
finish
Rough-Pointed;
Fine-Pointed;
Dry Masonry.
to
Masonry
in
Rock-Faced.)
built
of mortar.
English Bond.
Scabbled
That
alternate course
composed
is
(See
Bond.)
Having
Fine Pointed.
Flemish Bond.
That
line.
(See Dressing.)
in
which the
so placed that the outer end lies on the middle of a stretcher in the
(See Bond.)
course below.
Header.
its
face of the wall, and which bonds the face stones to the backing.
Joint.
The
Lewis.
filled
with mortar.
(The lewis
Natural
keyed.)
Bed.
The
Paving.
Pitch (verb).
rock
is
cut
its
stratification.
stone.
away by
make approximately
true edges.
Ring Stones.
Riprap.
^The
Rough
to prevent scour
Rock-Faced.
tool
by water.
Presenting
mark.
(See Dressing.)
MASONRY.
Rough
Pointed.
Having
?>7Z
A
Field
Rubbed.
Rubble.
fine finish
it is
Scabbled.
Having
it
grit or sandstone.
Having
from the
Spall
(noun).
chip
(See Dressing.)
pitch line.
small
or
do not
(See Dressing.)
line.
sixteenth inch
which
of
variations
the
Smooth.
When
is
surface,
irregular
it
(See Dressing.)
line.
of
piece
stone
from a large
broken
block.
Stretcher.
its
the wall.
Uncoursed.
Laid
regard
without
to
(See
courses.
Broken
Coursed;
Coursed.)
VoussoiRS.
The
individual stones
forming an arch.
Concrete Masonry.
Acid Treated Finish.
Having
surface
scrubbing to
expose
the
aggregate.
(See
Finish.)
Aggregate.
The
Aggregate
making
Cast-in-place Piles.
Piles
Pre-molded Concrete
Coarse Aggregate.
The
in holes in the
ground.
(See
Piles.)
(See Pre-mixed
concrete.
it
making
is
The upper
in
which
concrete,
retained on a
limit of its size
(See Aggregate.)
Concrete.
stone,
material
assembled
harden.
together
with
Course.
Each
MASONRY.
374
Crushed Slag.
Air-cooled,
slag
blast-furnace
of
sizes
included
under
"Coarse Aggregate."
Crushed Stone.
Crushed
natural rock of
sizes
Aggregate."
Crusher-Run Rock.
Expansion Joint.
for
expansion.
Faced Surfaces.
Having
not less than one inch next to the forms and contiguous with the
body concrete.
Fine Aggregate.
(See Finish.)
The
usually considered
inert
finer
to
Finish.
The
finish
used
Tooled
making
in
concrete,
(See Aggregate.)
(See Acid-Treated
Finish;
material
Finish;
Unfaced
Washed
Surface;
or
Scrubbed
Finish.)
A temporary structure
Form.
Gravel,
Bank-Run
Gravel.
in
which
Normal
to cast concrete.
Laitance.
ticles
which
Mixer-Batch.
is
cement par-
in
separate batches as
finer
Monolithic
concrete
joints
construction
by a continuous
operation.
Pre-Mixed Aggregate.
mixture of
fine
(See
Aggregate.)
Piles "which
Reinforced Concrete.
in
is
embedded
stresses.
resist
(See Concrete.)
Rubbed Finish.
Having
(See Finish.)
all
MASONRY.
Rubble Concrete.
Concrete
375
in
(See
Concrete.)
Sand.
The
ing
under
fine
aggregate.
Spaded Finish.
Having
(See Finish.)
Having
surface
back from the form into the mass concrete, so as to bring a surface
of mortar next to the form.
Standard Sand.
No. 20
sieve,
Stone Screenings.
Aggregate."
Tooled Finish.
(See Finish.)
Crushed
111.,
screened to pass a
sieve.
(See Aggregate.)
Having
(See
Finish.)
Tremie.
form of
cylindrical or other
Unfaced Surface.
Having
in water.
entire
Washed
or Scrubbed Finish.
Having
to
(See Finish.)
surface
formed by rubbing or
^^SPECIFICATIONS
Definition.
1.
Portland
cement
is
the
product
obtained
by
finely
pulverizing
and properly
proportioned mixture of argillaceous and calcareous materials, with no
additions subsequent to calcination excepting water and calcined or uncalcined gypsum.
(I)
Chemical
Properties.
Chemical Limits.
2.
"Adopted, Vol.
(MgO),
18,
per cent
4.00
0.85
2.00
5.00
MASONRY.
376
Physical Properties.
(II)
Specific Gravity.
The
3.
specific gravity
below
requirement a second
this
The
ple.
Should the
test
(3.07
test of
made
Fineness.
The
4.
by weight.
cent,
Soundness.
5.
show no
Time
of Setting.
The cement
6.
when
is
shall not
Final set
used.
is
Tensile Strength.
The average
7.
tensile strength in
less
than three standard mortar briquettes (see Section 51), composed of one
part cement and three parts standard sand, by weight, shall be equal to or
Age
at Test,
days.
7
28
8.
Tensile Strengrth.
lb. per sq. in.
Storage of Briquettes.
1
1
day
day
in
in
The average
moist
moist
air. 6
air, 27
days in water
days in water
200
300
mortar
at 28
days shall
(Ill)
376
lb.
net.
Storage.
10.
The cement shall be stored in such a manner as to permit easy
access for proper inspection and identification of each shipment, and in
a suitable weather-tight building which will protect the cement from
dampness.
Zn
MASONRY.
(IV)
Inspection.
Inspection.
11.
Every
facility shall be
pling and inspection at either the mill or at the site of the work, as
At
least 10
may
shall be allowed for the completion of the 7-day test, and at least 31
days shall be allowed for the completion of the 28-day test. The cement
shall be tested in accordance with the methods hereinafter prescribed.
The 28-day
test
when
be waived only
shall
(V)
specifically so ordered.
Rejection.
Rejection.
12.
The cement may be rejected
ments of these specifications.
13.
Cement
fineness requirement
accepted
if
it
upon
if
meets
it
Cement
if it fails
to
on account of failure
meet the
to
this requirement.
failing to
meet the
test
new sample
at
may
be
days thereafter.
15.
may
as
be rejected; and
if
5 per cent,
specified,
from the
specified
weight
may
at
random,
is
less
than that
be rejected.
Tests.
Sampling.
(VI)
Number
16.
of Samples.
Tests
be ordered.
may
Each
be
test
Individual Sample.
may
(a)
shall be taken
Method
18.
of Sampling.
Cement may be sampled
cement
From
the
the mill
shall be taken
the conveyor.
at
practicable, as ordered:
MASONRY.
378
From
Filled Bins by
inserted vertically
may
From
shall
is
started.
Treatment of Sample.
Samples preferably shall be shipped and stored in air-tight conSamples shall be passed through a sieve having 20 meshes per
linear inch in order to thoroughly mix the sample, break up lumps and
remove foreign materials.
19.
tainers.
Chemical Analysis.
(VII)
LOSS ON IGNITION.
Method.
20.
One gram
of
cement
platinum crucible, of 20 to 25
shall
be
heated
cc. capacity, as
in
weighed covered
method
Permissible Variation.
21.
all
results in
excess of the specified limit, but within this permissible variation, shall be
reported as 4 per cent.
INSOLUBLE RESIDUE.
Method.
22.
To a 1-gr. sample of cement shall be added 10 cc. of water and
5cc. of concentrated hydrochloric acid; the liquid shall be warmed until
effervescence ceases. The solution shall be diluted to 50 cc. and digested
MASONRY.
on a steam bath or
cement is complete.
and the filter paper
solution of sodium
The
is
it
379
in
about 30
cc.
of a 5 per cent,
The remaining
washed with cold water, then with a few drops of hot hydrochloric acid,
1 :9,
and finally with hot water, and then ignited at a red heat and
weighed as the insoluble residue.
Permissible Variation.
23.
all
results
Sulphuric Anhydride.
Method.
24.
One gram
cc.
of concen-
when
ing;
solution
is
complete 40
warm-
cc.
and the residue washed thoroughly with water. The solution shall
cc. heated to boiling, and 10 cc. of a hot 10 per cent,
solution of barium chloride shall be added slowly, drop by drop, from a
pipette and the boiling continued until the precipitate is well formed. The
solution shall be digested on the steam bath until the precipitate has
settled. The precipitate shall be filtered, washed, and the paper and contents placed in a weighed platinum crucible and the paper slowly charred
and consumed without flaming. The bariurn sulphate shall then be ignited
and weighed. The weight obtained multiplied by 34.3 gives the perfiltered,
be diluted to 250
The
mination of the insoluble residue may be used for the estimation of sulphuric anhydride instead of using a separate sample.
Permissible Variation.
25.
all
results
in excess of the specified limit, but within this permissible variation, shall-
Magnesia.
Method.
26.
To
cement
complete.
The
The
liquid
in
and then 10
and agitated
until attack
To
may
be
heated to 150 or even 200 degrees Centigrade for one-half to one hour.
The
residue
shall
be treated with 10
cc.
of concentrated hydrochloric
MASONRY.
380
made
faint
ides,
and
be
alkaline
with
ammonium
hydroxide,
boiled
until
there
is
but
odor of ammonia, and the precipitated iron and aluminum hydroxafter settling, shall be washed with hot water, once by decantation
slightly
on the
transferred
dissolved in 10
cc.
filter.
water to
of hot hydrochloric acid.
by a
of
jet
hot
filtrate,
the
precipitating
The paper
vessel
and
shall be extracted
with acid, the solution and washings being added to the main solution.
constant stirring.
When
in a
shall be collected
the crystallin
ammonium-magnesium orthophos-
cc.
of a saturated solution of
sodium-ammonium-
involve
the determination of
silica,
MASONRY.
ignited to constant
enough
381
as phosphates.
Permissible Variation.
27.
in
all
results
excess of the specified limit, but within this permissible variation, shall
(VIII)
Apparatus.
28.
The determination of
made with
a stand-
illus-
1.
Method.
29.
The
on the stem between zero and one cubic centimeter, and 64 g. of cement, of
the same temperature as the liquid, shall be slowly introduced, taking care
that the cement does not adhere to the inside of the flask above the liquid
and to free the cement from air by rolling the flask in an inclined position. After all the cement is introduced, the level of the liquid will rise
to
the
is
The
flask,
The determination
ment as received;
if
it
(IX)
falls
Determination of Fineness.
Apparatus.
32.
twilled)
Wire
from
may
woven (not
The
sieve
MASONRY.
382
sieve should
inch,
wires in any whole inch shall not be outside the limits of 192 to 208.
No
Method.
The
34.
test shall be
made with 50
The cement
hand
if
g.
of cement.
shall be placed
desired,
and
shall
The
sieve shall
times per minute against the palm of the other hand on the up stroke.
The
in the
direction.
0.05 g. passes
35.
Mechanical sieving devices may be used, but the cement shall not
if it meets the fineness requirement when tested by the hand
be rejected
method described
in Section 34.
Permissible Variation.
36.
permissible variation of
will be allowed,
and
all
results in
excess of the specified limit but within this permissible variation shall be
(X)
Method.
37.
The
g.
MASONRY.
crater by the aid of a trowel.
383
San
*-.^
above land
below Mark-
-jr
Capacity
of Bulk
a/^>me.
ZSOcc
^Fig.
1.
Le
Ch atelier
Apparatus.
vigorous mixing, squeezing and kneading with the hands for at least one
minute.* During- the operation of mixing, the hands should be protected
by rubber gloves.
*In order to secure uniformity in the results of tests for the time of
setting and tensile strength the manner of mixing above described should
carefully
followed.
At least one minute is necessary to obtain the debe
sired plasticity which is not appreciably affected by continuing the mixing
minutes.
The
exact time necessary is dependent upon the perfor several
sonal equation of the operator. The error in mixing should be on the side
of overmixing.
MASONRY.
384
38.
The temperature of the room and the mixing water shall be
maintained as nearly as practicable at 21 degrees Centigrade (70 degrees
Fahrenheit).
Normal Consistency.
(XI)
Apparatus.
consists of a
g.,
Fic.
2,
Vicat Apparatus.
sired position
square.
MASONRY.
385
Method.
In
40.
making
measured
tion by tossing
six times
it
maintained about
to the other,
apart; the ball resting in the palm of one hand shall be pressed
in.
filling
removed by a
single
then be placed on
its
the excess at
movement
in the other
the larger
hand, completely
end
shall
then be
the smaller end sliced off at the top of the ring by a single oblique stroke
Table
1.
Percentage of
Percentage of
Percentage of
Percentage of
Sand.
15
9.0
9.2
9.3
9.5
9.7
9.8
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
sistency.
Sand.
23
10.3
10.5
10.7
10.8
11.0
11.2
11.3
11.5
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
10.0
10.2
During these
on the
The
paste con-
plate, shall
larger end of which shall be brought in contact with the surface of the
paste
read,
mm. below
the original
surface in
sistency
all
when
released.
The
test.
The
Trial pastes
made with varying percentages of water until the normal conobtained. The amount of water required shall be expressed in
is
The
amount
be as indicated in Table
1,
made from
the
same sample
shall
MASONRY.
386
Apparatus.
42.
A steam apparatus, which can be maintained at a temperature between 98 and 100 degrees Centigrade, or one similar to that shown in
Method.
43.
diameter,
made on
in.
square,
and stored
24 hours.
in
first
in
be
be flattened on
distortion
plate,
may
be detected best
contact with the
in
plate.
(XIII)
46.
The following
are alternate
may
be
used as ordered
Vicat Apparatus.
47.
The time
(See Fig.
2.)
Vicat Method.
48.
ring
end of which
shall
The
be said to
have occurred when the needle ceases to pass a point 5 mm. above the
glass plate in J^ minute after being released; and the final set, when the
needle does not sink visibly into the paste.
in
test.
This
may
in a
The
Unsoundness
be kept
or they
cloth,
may
be
distortion,
MASONRY.
387
j^a^:g^qgg^i
IIa
*
e
.5
',
i^
4,
r1- --zi-lV-^,
zrojjH
1
? P
3
tS
1.'
;;ei
-.%S->i
>
^L
*1
5(OOOq3U!d.|ij.
388
MASONRY.
:^^#5-;.^-,
^ y.iktyi.^m^^ '^.^m^^^^^mmm^^^y?^mk<Amim
MASONRY.
stored in a moist closet.
Care
389
shall be taken
to
as the collection of cement on the sides of the needle retards the penetration, while
of setting
is
may
The time
water used and the amount of kneading the paste receives, but by the
(a)
W5
7^.
(6)
Fig.
5.
Gillmore Needles.
Gillmore Needles.
air,
and
its
determination
is
therefore
only approximate.
Gillmore Needles.
49.
The time of setting shall be determined by the Gillmore
The Gillmore needles should preferably be mounted as shown
needles.
in
Fig.
5 (b).
Gillmore Method.
50.
The time
in.
in
in.
in
A' pat of
thickness with
>
MASONRY.
390
grees Centigrade
indentation,
weigh y^
lb.
The
when
the
Gillmore needle
final set
has been
The cement
shall
be consid-
acquired
in,
in
when
diameter, loaded to
diameter, loaded
-^
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
Fig.
to
weigh
position
6.
(XIV)
Form
in a vertical
Tension Tests.
of Test Piece.
molds
shall be
MASONRY.
391
Standard Sand.
52.
The sand
to
sand
may
III,
This
warp wires and between 19 and 21 wires per whole inch of the
The diameter of the wire should be 0.0165-in. and the average diameter shall not be outside the limits of 0.0160 and 0.0170-in.
The No. 30 sieve shall have between 29.5 and 30.5 wires per whole inch
of the warp wires and between 28.5 and 31.5 wires per whole inch of the
inch of the
shoot wires.
Fig.
shoot wires.
The diameter
7.
Gang Mold.
Molding.
'^\
\
Testing.
Tests shall be
shall be tested as
The
dirt.
lb.
per minute.
Faulty Briquettes.
58.
more than 15 per cent, from the average value of all test pieces
made from the same sample and broken at the same period, shall not be
fering
considered
in
MASONRY.
392
(XV)
Apparatus.
59.
The moist
may
closet
If a
wooden box
The bottom
of
The
non-absorbent shelves on
test pieces,
is
felt
readily.
Methods.
60.
Unless
otherwise
specified,
all
test
pieces,
immediately
after
The
shall be
molds on glass
After 24 hours
immersed
in
in
ma-
terial.
62.
The
air
and water
shall be
NATURAL CEMENT.
^SPECIFICATIONS FOR
Definition.
1.
Natural cement
is
from
the
(I)
Physical Properties.
Specific Gravity.
2.
The
Fineness.
3.
The
cent, and on a standard No. 200 sieve shall not exceed 30 per cent, by
weight.
Soundness.
4.
(b)
Another pat
in.
in
in
diameter,
J/2
in.
thick at center,
Fahrenheit as practicable.
'Adopted, Vol. 18, 1917.
i>n
U(i
MASONRY.
These pats
shall
393
Time
5.
of Setting.
The
initial' set
in
than 10 minutes,
less
using Vicat needle. Final set shall be attained in not less than 30 minutes
Tensile Strength.
6.
for briquettes
Neat Cement.
Age
Strength
air,
air,
75
6 days in water) .... 150
27 days in water)
.250
.
lb.
lb.
lb.
(II)
lb.
lb.
The cement
and name
the brand
be delivered
shall
in
suitalDle
marked thereon.
lb.
bag
net.
Storage.
8.
The cement
shall
be stored
in
suitable
weather-tight
building,
which
will
protect
the
cement
from
dampness.
(Ill)
Inspection.
Inspection.
9.
Every facility shall be provided the purchaser for careful
(a)
sampling and inspection at either the mill or at the site of the work,
as may be specified by the purchaser. At least 10 days from the time of
sampling shall be allowed for the completion of the 7-day test, and at least
31 days shall be allowed for the completion of the 28-day test.
{b)
The cement shall be tested in accordance with the methods
contained in the Standard Specifications and Tests for Portland Cement.
MASONRY.
394
(IV)
Rejection.
Rejection.
10.
rejected
if
it
fails
to
re-
Cement
11.
failing to
may
be held await-
*MASONRY SPECIFICATIONS.
It is
recommended
they
may
and use
specifica-
when
desirable.
Standard Specifications.
1.
The requirements
Engineer Defined.
2.
Where
the
tern> "Engineer"
is
it
General Requirements.
Stone.
3.
durable,
approved
imperfections.
injury by
quality
Unseasoned
and
stone
shape,
shall
not
free
be
used
to
liable
frost.
Dressing.
4.
5.
Beds and
Hollow beds
shall not
and
be permitted.
all
cases
^Adopted. Vol.
3,
Adopted, Vol.
7,
8.
p.
C34: Vol.
9.
MASONRY.
395
and accurate.
7.
Marginal drafts
8.
shall be neat
Mortar.
Mortar
9.
mixer,
foreign
matter.
consistency
be
shall
mixed
the
batch
The
size
of
be as
shall
water then
suitable
and
shall
or
box,
shall
machine
in
kept
be
free
the
directed
type,
in
of
preferably
from
and the
When mixed
by the Engineer.
by
uniform
is
until
the
cement
color and
in
is
homoge-
neous.
Laying.
10.
The arrangement
and
lines
levels,
Stone shall be
laid to exact
in
12.
Heavy hammering
its
bed of mortar.
slid
laid.
laid.
15.
is set
fresh mortar.
16.
Engineer.
If laid,
it
in freezing
shall be freed
in the
from
mortar
snow or
frost by
warming.
shall be heated.
The brine shall consist of one pound of salt to eighteen galof water, when the temperature is 32 degrees Fahrenheit; for every
the mortar.
lons
Pointing.
18.
the wall
19.
to
is
set in
one
beds and
inch.
joints,
it
shall be
removed
when
frost
is
in the stone.
MASONRY.
396
be wet, and
shall
filled
tool
tool the
width of a
joint,
used with a
straight-edge.
The
20.
Stone.
more than 30
Courses
shall
Dressing.
21.
stone
shall be fine-pointed, so
mortar layer should not be more than ^-inch thick when the
that the
is laid.
Joints in face stone shall be full to the square for a depth equal
22.
no case
less
than
12 inches.
Face or Surface.
23.
shall
project
more than
rock-faced, with
be
The
face
shall
not
line.
24.
25.
show
exposed
in
surfaces.
Stretchers.
Stretchers shall not be less than 4 feet long with at least one
26.
Headers.
Headers
27.
shall
shall
occupy one-
of face of wall; shall not be less than 18 inches wide in face; and,
fifth
is
more than
Headers
and a joint
occur
in
29.
shall not
same
size
shown
in face,
back of wall.
Headers
in face
shall interlock
when
thickness
Where
the wall
entirely through.
is
Backing
MASONRY.
397
Backing.
Backing
*31-a.
jointed;
At
inch.
least
one-hal^ of the
backing stone shall be of same size and character as the face stone and
The
The
2 inches.
vertical joints in
concrete.
Voids
shall be
thoroughly
filled
with
,.,,,,.
bedded in
cement mor-
spalls, fully
tar,
concrete.
Backing
31-b.
shall be of
headers
Where
32.
Where
33.
stretchers,
filled
./.
as
specified
tn
with concrete.
less
and
ft.
sides.
stone
is
thick.
in.
Bond.
Bond
34.
than
12
inches.
Backing
be
shall
laid
to
face
Coping.
35.
Coping stone
shall be
full
size throughout, of
dimensions indi-
37.
plates, as indicated
on the drawings.
Locks.
38.
Where
and stone on
piers, shall
on the drawings.
Beds
wall.
The
shall
Wall MasonryRubble
Stone.
Face joints
shall not be
more than
inch thick.
Bottom stone
MASONRY.
398
The
40.
all
voids
concrete.
in
,
with
filled
suitable stones
and
spalls,
fully
41.
and
templet,
shall
full
size
Stone.
less
Dressing.
Joints of voussoirs and intrados shall be fine-pointed.
42.
Mortar
Face or Surface.
smooth.
43.
.
shall be
rock
faced,
with
a marginal draft.
44.
Number
the drawings.
45.
Backing.
^,
46.
Backmg
concrete.
shall consist of
large
bonded
47.
shall
stone,
shaped
to
fit
the
arch
to the
Where waterproofing
is
Bench Walls,
49.
Bench
shall be built
Arch Masonry
Rubble
Stone.
Dressing.
50.
less
Voussoirs shall be
full size
Beds
52.
Mortar
shall be
inch.
MASONRY.
399
Face or Surface.
53.
shall be rock-faced,
and edges
54.
in the
Backing.
^^
Backing
55.
bonded
to the spandrel,
Where
56.
concrete.
^^^^^ ^^^^^^^
shall consist of
and
laid in full
waterproofing
is
^^
,^
^f^^
^^^^^
^j^^^^^
bed of mortar.
upon which
shall be placed
(For information, on
57.
Bench Walls,
Bench
58.
shall be built
Culvert Masonry.
Culvert Masonry shall
59.
work
bfe
shall
laid in
cement mortar.
Character of
Side Walls.
One-half the top stone of the side walls shall extend entirely
60.
Cover Stones.
61.
thick,
to
make
They
and
They
at
shall be
least
shall be
12
inches
roughly dressed
width at least
End
Walls, Coping.
62.
End
the drawings.
Dry Masonry.
63.
Dry Masonry
shall include
MASONRY.
400
Retaining Walls.
Retaining Walls and Dry Masonry shall include
64.
is
all
walls in which
similar purposes.
Dressing.
Flat stone at least twice as wide as thick shall be used.
65.
and
Beds
and to face of
stone.
66.
Disposition of Stone.
67.
face of wall, generally keeping the larger stone in lower part of wall.
The work
68.
shall be well
true and
Slope WaUs.
Slope walls shall be built of such thickness and slope as directed
69.
by the Engineer.
Stone used
The wall
in
this
at
embankment which
it
is
to protect.
AND
REINFORCED.
(I)
Material.
Cement.
"Specifications
for
American Rail-
Portland
Cement."
shall be stored in a
less
in
Cement
Fine Aggregate.
2.
(a)
The
fine
when dry, a
Not more than
more than
(%)
inch in diameter.
when screened
dry,
nor more
than ten (10) per cent, dry weight shall pass a No. 100 sieve when washed
on the sieve with a stream of water. It shall be clean and free from soft
particles, mica,
lumps of
Adopted. Vol.
clay,
87,
1355.
MASONRY.
The
(b)
401
fine
of one (1) part of Portland Cement and three (3) parts of the fine
aggregate by weight shall show a tensile strength, after an age of seven
made
(7) days, not less than the strength of briquettes of the same age, made
of mortar of the same consistency in the proportion of one (1) part of
the
same cement
to three
Ottawa Sand.
Coarse Aggregate.
The
3.
which, unless otherwise specified or called for on the plans, shall, for
plain mass concrete, pass a screen having holes two and one-quarter
(2^)
holes one
for
in
graded
(%)
inch
in size
4.
shall be of
good
known
as
They
"one-man stone."
Slag.
Provided
5.
contract
the
forming
graph 3.
it
specifically
The crushed
permits
use
the
of
crushed
lb.
per
for a period not less than one (1) year, unless in the opinion of the
gineer a shorter period is sufficient.
En-
Water.
6.
The water
shall be free
from
oil,
acid
Steel Reinforcement.
(a)
7.
form
ciation's
the
"Specifications
"Specifications
for
for
Steel
Billet-Steel
(II)
Unit of Measure.
8.
The
unit of
measure
(%)
foot.
Ninety-four (94)
MASONRY.
402
Proportions.
(See
Reinforced
Fine
Aggregate.
Cement.
Use.
Class.
8. 10.)
Concrete
concrete
12
de-
Mass concrete
Foundation
in
Coarse
Aggregate.
forms
4
5
2l4
3
(b)
shall
large stones.
(c)
cement
to fine
class
of
concrete,
the
relative
The
proportion
necessary,
if
maximum
of
relative proportion
density.
during the
(See 9a.)
Measuring Proportions.
The
10.
separately,
The
measured loosely
as
thrown
into
Consistency.
The
11.
into the
amount
Under no circumstances
not be permitted, as
it
in handling.
An
excess of water
will
be rejected.
Premixed Aggregate.
(a)
12.
gate
may
quent
tests
shall
be
made
to
if
Engineer, or so irregular as to
proportioned concrete, he
may
Fre-
fine
make
it
require that
it
be
The proportion
time be less than that specified for the classes of concrete where separate aggregates are used
(See 9a.)
MASONRY.
403
Forms.
(III)
Materials.
The forms
(a)
13
shall be of
wood
called for
on the plans.
both edges, to a uniform thickness and width, and shall be sound and
free of loose knots.
For
exposed edges, corners or other projections of the conmoldings or bevels shall be placed in the angles of the
forms to round or bevel the edges of the concrete.
(b)
all
suitable
crete,
Workmanship.
The forms shall be well built, substantial and unyielding,
14.
(a)
and made sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and voids in the
concrete.
They shall be properly braced or tied together by rods, bolts
or wires. Metal braces or ties shall be so arranged that when the forms
are removed, no metal shall be within one
(1)
finished work.
(b)
The
surface
Any
of-
irregularities
in
the
Inspection.
15.
Where
base of the
forms
placing concrete.
to
facilitate
directly
before
(See 23b.)
Oiling.
16.
The
inside
of
the
forms
shall generally
be coated with
Removal of Forms.
17.
The forms
shall
ra^y
(See 23b.)
not be removed
until
gineer.
(IV)
Reinforcement.
Placing Reinforcement.
18.
Reinforcing
steel
shall
be cleaned of
all
mill
and rust
scales
its
Splicing Reinforcement.
19.
Wherever it is necessary to splice the reinforcement otherwise
than as shown on the plans, the character of the splice shall be decided
MASONRY.
404
maximum
splice.
made
at points of
stress.
Mixing.
(V)
Machine Mixing.
when under
Engineer permits otherwise), in a batch mixer of
an approved type, equipped with suitable charging hopper, water storage
and a water measuring device which can be locked.
All concrete shall be mixed by machine (except
(a)
20.
The
(b)
mixed
to the required
consistency and the mixing continued not less than one and one-half (V/i)
minutes after
batch
the materials are in the mixer, and before any part of the
all
The mixer
discharged.
is
shall be completely
The volume
used per batch shall not exceed the manufacturers* rated capacity of the
drum.
Hand
(See
11.)
Mixing.
When
21.
it
permitted to
is
on a watertight platform of
terials
The
The
sufficient size to
at least
two batches of
mixed dry
(}^)
mixture is
of a uniform color, the *required amount of water added, and the mixing
continued until the batch is of a uniform consistency and character
throughout. Hand mixing will not be permitted for concrete deposited
under water. (See 11.)
materials shall be
until the
Retempering.
The retempering
22.
ened; that
will
is,
not be permitted.
(VI)
Depositing.
General.
(a)
23.
all
hardened concrete
all
conveying equipment.
(b)
all
debris
shall
be
removed
to be occupied
the Engineer.
(See
steel
15,
MASONRY.
405
Handling.
Concrete shall be handled from the mixer to the place of final
rapidly as possible, and by methods of transporting which
24.
deposit
shall
as
The
concrete shall be
The
its
final position
piling
Compacting.
During and after depositing, the concrete shall be compacted
25.
by means of a shovel or other suitable tool moved up and down continuously in the concrete until it has all settled into place and water
has flushed to the surface.
The concrete shall be thoroughly worked
around all reinforcing material so as to completely surround and embed
the same.
Cold Weather.
deposited in the
salt
27.
set,
the forms shall be retightened against the face of the latter, the
The new
concrete
placed in contact with set or partially set concrete shall contain an excess of
To
first
be slushed with a coating of mortar, not less than one inch thick, composed of one (1) part cement to two (2) parts fine aggregate, against
its
initial
When
bed.
(See
9b.)
upon
their natural
MASONRY.
40o
(VII)
General.
Concrete shall
29.
not
be
deposited
in
work
(See
started.
is
9a,
11, 21.)
Cofferdams.
30.
Cofferdams shall be sufficiently tight to prevent any current
through the space in which the concrete is to be deposited. Pumping
will not be permitted while the concrete is being deposited, nor until it
has fully set.
Method.
31.
The concrete shall be deposited by such method as will prevent
washing of the cement from the mixture. In no case shall the concrete be allowed to fall through the water.
the
Tremie.
The
Z2.
where used,
tremie,
The
initial filling
shall be
made
flanged
^nd put
manner
It shall
all times,
as not to
be kept
filled at
progresses.
lost in
it
can-
The
until
it
rests
The bucket
(b)
shall
be completely
When
avoid
withdrawn slowly
filled,
discharged
the
bucket
shall
to
be
Bagging.
34.
They
The
shall
fully placed
is
when
bags,
used,
be about two-thirds
by hand
in a
shall
filled
interlocked.
Continuous Operation.
35.
Where
possible,
is
the
concrete
started until
shall
it
is
be
deposited
continuously
MASONRY.
to the
finished
surface.
The work
shall
407
be carried on with sufficient
The
surface of the
Laitance.
36.
possible while
On
(VIII)
Joints.
General.
Instructions given on the plans, in
(a)
Z7.
as to location
and construction of
be strictly followed.
joints, shall
When
(b)
work
(See 38a,
ified.
mod-
b, c, d.)
Construction Joints.
When
(a)
38.
and formed so as
require,
shall
be
Where
Engineer,
directed by the
reinforced as
to least
conditions
in
(b)
the
work
shall
be prepared
at
the
of placing concrete
At
(c)
is
all
(See
work
resumed.
all
of
time
is
and
laitance
foreign
material
before
depositing
and cleaned
new
concrete.
27.)
(d)
Where
girders,
beams and
slabs are
designed to be monolithic
with walls and columns, they shall not be cast until four (4) hours after
the completion of the walls or columns in order to permit of shrinkage
or settlement.
crete or concrete
(See 37b.)
Watertight Joints.
(39)
When
it
is
is
metal, not less than six inches wide, and extending the full length of the
joint, shall
MASONRY.
408
Sliding Joints.
superimposed concrete
is
deposited,
in
joint.
Expansion
Joints.
At
(a)
41.
two sections
petroleum
all
shall be complete,
oil,
felt
(IX)
General.
42.
finish
is
"Spaded Surface."
specified for a
(See 43a,
b, c.)
Spaded Surface.
(a)
43.
shall be carefully
bars
Care
form.
shall be taken to
remove
all air
in the surface.
(b)
be removed as
shall
(See
17.)
After the removal of the forms, any holes or voids in the surfilled with a mortar made of the same proportions of sand and cement as those of the concrete and rubbed smooth
and even with the surface with a wooden float. A trowel shall not be
used for this purpose. (See 42.)
(c)
Top
Surfaces.
(a)
Top surfaces shall generally be "struck" with a straight
edge or "floated" after the coarse aggregates have been forced below the
44.
surface.
(b)
made by
Where
"sidewalk finish"
the spreading of a
1 :2
is
called for
mortar
on the plans,
at least three-quarters
it
shall
be
(}i) inch
MASONRY.
thick,
and floating
this to a
smooth surface.
409
a coarse broom.
Wetting Surfaces.
The
45.
kept thoroughly and constantly wetted for a period of at least three (3)
days.
For wearing surfaces, this period shall be at least ten (10) days.
(X)
Special Finishes.
General.
In special
(a)
46.
work where
detailed instructions
are given on
concrete, the
called for, the
same
same
shall be strictly
shall be in
(c)
The whole extent of a surface to be finished shall be built in
one continuous operation. Where a continuous operation is not possible,
the seam or joint between the concrete placed first and that placed later
shall
be
equally
made
in
the
method.
(d)
Where
of the surface are required, the forms shall be removed at the proper
time to permit these to be laid off and finished in the best manner for the
method
(f)
specified.
All
work
shall be finished
free
from
streaks, discolorations or
Bricks.
the surface.
carefully
MASONRY.
410
The forms
(b)
shall be carefully
chipped
off,
and
all
voids
filled
These surfaces
(c)
shall
while wet, rubbed to a smooth uniform finish, with a brick made of one
part Portland Cement and two (2) parts or two and one-half (2J^) parts
sand, or with a No. 3
Carborundum
a No. 24
Carborundum
brick, as
may
degree of smoothness.
No
(d)
mortar or cement
shall
be
applied
except to
fill
distinct
voids
in the surface.
less
(See 46a,
b, c, d, e, f.)
forms
into the
shall be carefully
fine
stone forks, or
surface,
(b)
The forms
shall be
carefully removed
from
the surface to be
and inand all voids filled with a mortar made of the same
proportions of cement and sand as those of the concrete.
The surfaces shall then be rubbed with soft wood floats, and
(c)
kept well flushed with water during the rubbing.
When the desired
finish is obtained, the whole surface shall be thoroughly washed with
finished while the concrete
is
green,
all
water.
(d)
No
mortar or cement
shall
be applied except to
fill
distinct
or
cavities.
Faced Surfaces.
49.
The
(a)
outsrde layer of
the surface
to
be finished shall be
composed of one (1) part cement and three (3) parts graded aggregate
mixed to a stiff mortar. The aggregate shall be crushed to pass a sieve
of three-eighths (>^) inch mesh and be retained on a No. 100 sieve. The
cement and the aggregate shall each be measured carefully and accurately for each batch and all batches shall be gaged with the same amount
of water and carefully mixed in the same manner and for the same
length of time, in order to obtain uniform surfaces.
(b)
For vertical surfaces the above surface mixture shall be placed
against the forms by skilled workmen (using metal slip plates, where
practicable)
is
in
Care
shall be taken to
For horizontal
remove
MASONRY.
ture shall be placed as the concrete
has
is
set,
46a, b,
411
(See
d, e, f.)
c,
Unfaced Surfaces.
The surface concrete shall be of the same mixture as specibody of the structure. The cement and the aggregate shall
be measured carefully and accurately for each batch and all batches shall
be gaged with the same amount of water, and carefully mixed in the same
manner, and for the same length of time, in order to obtain uniform
(a)
50.
fied
for the
surfaces.
The
(b)
as
much
as will
remove
c,
d, e,
away from
the
form.
(See 46a,
b,
f.)
Washed
or Scrubbed Finish.
As soon
51.
is
air pockets
hardened
still
be finished, and
voids
all
filled
sufficiently,
but while
it
to
The surface
gate or to better bring out the color, the surface shall be washed with
(1) part commercial hydrochloric acid and two and
parts water, applied with brushes of stiff vegetable fiber.
a solution of one
one-half
(2^)
washing with water. After the final washing, the surface shall be kept
moist and protected from rapid drying for not less than three (3) days.
(See 46a,
b, c, d, e,
f.)
52.
(b)
As soon
stiff
is
exposed
to the desired
is
washed
obtained,
off
amount.
all
traces of
46a, b,
c, d,
e,
the
f.)
Note For concrete that is but a few days old, a dilution of one (1)
part acid to six (6) parts water may be sufficient. For concrete two (2)
weeks old, a dilution of only two (2) or three (3) parts may be necessary.
MASONRY.
412
Sand Blast
Finish.
After the forms are removed, all voids shall be filled with the
surface mixture, and left to harden as long as possible. All joint marks
and projections shall be chipped off. The outside mortar shall then be
cut away with a sand-blast, using a hard sand with angular grains. The
53.
Care
(^)
to a uniform depth. The work shall preferably be done between ten (10)
and fourteen (14) days after the concrete is placed. (See 46a, b, t, d, e, f.)
Tooled Finish.
The proportions
(a)
54.
(b)
voids shall be
all
(with a bush
hammer
all
terns straight
These
(a)
specifications
cover two
plain
classes
of
billet-steel
con-
and deformed.
(b)
tural-steel,
Twisted bars
(c)
under these
specifications.
Basis of Purchase.
2.
The
(I)
Manufacture.
Process.
3.
(b)
rial
(a)
be
made by
rolled
the
from new
Open-Hearth process.
billets.
No
rerolled mate-
will be accepted.
(II)
Chemical Composition.
4.
The
steel
shall
conform to
the
following
requirement
chemical composition:
Phosphorus
as
to
MASONRY.
413
Ladle Analyses.
An
5.
made by
the manufac-
and
This analysis shall be made from a test ingot taken during the
pouring of the melt. The chemical composition thus determined shall
be reported to the purchaser or his representative, and shall conform to
the requirements specified in Section 4,
sulphur.
Check Analyses.
may
made by the purchaser from finished bars repreOpen-Hearth steel. The phosphorus content thus
not exceed that specified in Section 4 by more than
Analyses
6.
be
determined shall
25 per cent.
(Ill)
Tension Tests.
The
(a)
7.
following requirements' as
to tensile properties:
Tensile Properties
Deformed Bars
Plain Bars
Properties
Considered
Inter-
Structural
Steel
Tensile stren^h
lb. per sq. in.
mediate
Grade
Grade
Hard
Structural
Grade
Steel
Inter-
mediate
Grade
Grade
Hard
Grade
55,000
70,000
70,000
to 85,000
80,000
min.
55,000
to 70,000
to 70,000
to 85,000
80,000
min.
,33,000
40,000
50,000
33,000
40,000
50.000
point,
Yield
min.,
lb.
per
in
sq.
1,250,000 o 1,125,000
1,000,000 a
Tens. Str,
Tens. Str.
Tens. Str.
Tens. Str.
Tens, Str.
Tens. Str.
o See Section 8.
(b)
The
beam
Modifications in Elongation.
(a)
8.
For
plain
in Section 7 (a)
shall
in
thickness
or
diameter, a deduction of
For
plain
diameter, a deduction of
in Section 7 (a)
shall be
made
Bend
Tests.
The test specimen shall bend cold around a pin without cracking
on the outside of the bent portion, as follows:
9.
MASONRY.
414
Bend-Test Requirements
Grade
Steel
Under
}i inch.
inch or over.
Intermed-
Structural
iate
180 deg.
d=t
d 2t
90 deg.
d 2t
=
=
d=t
d=
Explanatory Note :
Grade
180 deg.
180 deg.-
Deformed Bars
Bars
Plain
Thickness or
Diameter of Bar
Hard
Structural
Grade
Steel
Grade
Intermed-
Hard
Grade
Grade
iate
180 deg.
d 3t
180 deg.
180 deg.
d=t
d=3t
d=4t
90 deg.
d 3t
180 deg.
90 deg.
90 deg.
d=2t
d=3t
d=4t
is
180 deg.
bent,
Test Specimens.
Tension and bend
10.
shall be taken
from the
test
specimens
finished bars,
and
for plain
Number
of Tests.
One
11.
tension
marked on
(IV)
Permissible Variations.
12.
from the
cent,
lot of
(V)
Finish.
Finish.
13.
The
have a workmanlike
shall
finish.
(VI)
Inspection.
14.
at
all
The
times while
work on
is
free entry,
being per-
works which concern the manufacture of the bars ordered. The manufacturer shall afford the inspector,
free of cost, all reasonable facilities to satisfy him that the bars are being
formed, to
all
made
at the place of
and
shall be so
manufacture prior
conducted as not
MASONRY.
415
Rejection.
Unless otherwise
(a)
15.
in
from the
specified,
shall
tests
made
receipt of samples.
(b)
to
their accept-
shall
Rehearing.
16.
Samples tested
in
accordance with
for
test report.
tests,
the
FOR CONSTRUCTING
CONCRETE PILES.
'^SPECIFICATIONS
1.
made
PRE-MOLDED
in
Piles shall be
the drawings.
2.
way Engineering
Association,
with
the
following modifications:
Aggregates.
3.
The
Proportions.
4.
fine
The proportions
Forms.
5.
The forms
shall
Reinforcement.
6.
The longitudinal and transverse reinforcement shall be assembled
and securely wired together in accordance with plan before being placed
in" form.
Care shall be taken to maintain the proper position of reinforcing unit in the form until concrete has been placed and compacted.
Freezing Weather.
7.
In freezing weather concrete materials shall be stored, and mixing and placing shall be done in a building maintained at a temperature
of not less than 40 degrees Fahrenheit.
Piles shall not be exposed to a
19,
MASONRY.
416
Curing.
Where
8.
shall be seasoned
is
employed,
piles
moved on the skids and not less than twenty-eight days before handling
and moving to the site or driving. No method of accelerated seasoning
shall be
Marking.
Each
9.
pile shall
its
manu-
facture.
Handling.
Piles shall be handled carefully, avoiding
10.
1.
be protected
shall
while being
an approved
with
driven
cushion cap.
The
2.
Principles
Frame
Manual of
Trestles in the
for
Workmanship
the Association.
In driving, a steam hammer shall be used unless otherwise speciby the Engineer, Where a drop hammer is permitted, a heavy hammer with a short drop shall be used.
3.
fied
Any
4.
replaced by a
On
5.
be
dug
new
pile or pulled
means of guy
tion by
to
few blows.
first
6.
be either
require.
and
set to the
proper posi-
lines.
Any
pile
out of plumb more than one-half inch per foot shall be pulled ^nd redriven
7.
if
Reasonable
efforts
shall
be
made
to
plan cut-off, the lengths of the piles having been determined by borings
or test piles.
until
neer.
is
is
through soft
excepted.)
this
point
is
reached or
MASONRY.
8.
When
driving
is
417
is
reached
record for degree of penetration shall not be taken until after at least
may
When
necessary to
(4)
which are
to act as
Piles
as columns.
Explanatory Notes.
Longitudinal Reinforcement.
Piles
eight
(8)
(30)
feet
in
(4)
midway between
shown
as having addi-
out the middle third length of the pile in order to provide for handling.
418
MASONRY.
MASOXRY.
419
13
k?
e -
Jl
r.i
5
o u *.
-^5
-.
mnn
1
%
;l'
iJ^^f*
?-|4
i!
v^\
iii
|i|-.
^^1
^ri'n-ii.
0:
ri
3
.
'^
ut
0>
" '
e
...{
';
l.-.j.A
^.r.
22
(0
55-^
ii?
03
(0
f
CO
1 1
y
i^
0
ao
J_
.c
fl
ft-.
:-.-.4.-.-A
ll
'f4
'm
"o
<g
ITjr
t-
._
MASONRY.
420
"'DESIGNS
Materials.
The
(1)
materials and
The
concrete
is
Dead Load.
The dead
(2)
and
ture
load
is
all
Live Load.
The
(3)
forces acting
live load is
any direction.
in
Span Lengths.
Impact.
As
(4)
loads, the
the working
dynamic
effect
stresses
herein
of moving loads
is
to be
added to the
static
live load
stresses.*
(5)
for
For
beams and
for bending
from center
moment
to center
of the supports, but not to exceed the clear span plus the depth of
beam or
slab.
Internal Stresses.
(6)
The
following assumptions:
(a)
(b)
bending
(c)
crete
is
The
The
ratio of the
assumed
subject to
moduli of
elasticity
15.
the
members
is rectilinear.
Impact=
L=Live
load stress.
L
L-fD
D=Dead
load stress.
Is
MASONRY.
The
(e)
in
stress
initial
is
neglected.
(f)
421
the distance
is
The
(g)
effective depth
of a
beam
any section
at
stresses
to
the distance
is
centroid of the
the
tension reinforcement.
(h)
unit stress in
beams
is
This
maximum
shearing unit
effective
stress
for
is
web
stresses.
The bond
(i)
unit stress
is
beam and
side of the
For columns
(k)
in fireproof construction
Web
and
is
and
is
in
hooped columns
to be considered as a
Stresses.
*(7)
"When
the
maximum
al-
lowed for the concrete alone, web reinforcement should be provided to aid
in
members, attached
Where
inclined
may
to or looped
members are
used,
against
slip.
may be counted
The remainder is to be pro-
The
requisite
amount of such
amount assumed
by the reinforcement
in a length
to be carried
by the concrete,
of beam equal to
its
reinforce-
entire shear
on a
is
carried
stresses, in
amount
depth."
of the Joint
per
cent.,
MASONRY.
422
will
Working
(9)
Stresses.
stresses,
pounds per
in
16 inches long
when
tested
and 28 days
old,
in
cylinders 8 inches
diameter and
same consistency as
used in the
in
field:
14,000
High carbon
16,000
steel in tension
rounding concrete.
Concrete in bearing where the surface
is
loaded
700
area
Concrete
in direct
450
per cent,
nor
times
tudinal reinforcement
the
is
least
width,
provided,
the
longi-
Concrete
in shear,
fiber in cross
bending
750
in the
120
concrete
web
The
450
is
stress
limit of shearing stresses in the concrete,
even when
not exceed
Bond
Bond
for
drawn wire
Bond
for
deformed
bars,
80
40
80-100
MASONRY.
423
1.
if
competent to handle
There
is
work
this class of
is
Many
vision.
is
failures
ignorance or lack of
supervision.
It
3.
from
is
work
is
started until
which can
it
is
level,
or
Of
the
1.
The
lowered
is
in
best results
which sets sufficiently far above the lower edge of the bucket that it may
open freely downward and outward when the bucket reaches the surface
upon which the concrete is to be deposited. The top of the bucket is left
open, and care
lowering.
cessful,
is
EflForts
made
to
is
completely
filled
before
as the bucket
2.
reaching
as
filled
with concrete at
filled in
or tremie
deposited.
all
times,
When
the
This is accomplished
bottom of the tremie in a box, partially filling it with concrete so as to seal the bottom, then lowering the
tremie into the position in which it is to be used. Another method is to
plug the tremie with cement sacks or other material, whicR will be forced
down as the tube is filled with concrete. A third method is to plug the
end of the tremie with a cloth sack filled with cement. In case the charge
crete
is
in several
is
lost, the
3.
ways: One
i-s
to place the
filled
as at
first.
is
.
in a
filled
with
header and
4.
Where it is difficult to construct a cofferdam or monolithic work
not required, premolded concrete blocks of large dimensions have been
used successfully.
"Adopted, Vol.
21,
1920,
pp.
114,
1361.
MASONRY.
424
5.
rial
the
made of canvas
is
This
is filled
Methods to be avoided:
There are a number of other methods
1.
as depositing directly through the water; depositing a portion of the concrete by one of the above
methods
in the corner
in
air
gradually
filling
it
in
a plastic condition;
depositing the
not be used.
The aggregate should be free from loam and other material, and
is
it
Washed
gravel of
somewhat smaller
size
set.
it
is
and that the concrete shall not be exposed to current until it is fully
This requires that a cofferdam be constructed in such manner as to
One
by any of the above methods is that the concrete be disturbed as little as practicable during the depositing, thus avoiding the
formation of laitance. It is impracticable in depositing concrete in water
by any method to entirely avoid laitance, and it is therefore necessary
iting concrete
air,
as
under water.
it
is
difficult,
level
if
is
not impracticable,
The formation of
to
may
be removed in
entirely
remove
it
be avoided.
not sufficient
MASONRY.
425
of the fact that cold retards setting, the concrete should not be deposited
water the temperature of which is low enough to cause serious retardaConcrete should be thoroughly mixed before it is deposited in water
and, therefore, hand mixing should pever be permitted, but a batch mixer
in
tion.
used.
^^DESIGN
OF RETAINING WALLS.
= the
is
recommended
filling.
e =z the angle
fill.
angle
of surcharge, which
is
(It is
filling.
recommended
/t^=r
height of surcharge in
ant thrust
a =r
l-<?
^^
that values of 5
or
be used.)
and a horizontal
line.
feet.
= distance
thrust
f-'^m
and the
of
toe
wall
intersection
to
of
the
resultant
base.
P=:the
E = the
wall.
w^the
weight of the
filling
Wi
and
due to F,
at toe
heel, respectively.
Formulas.
away
from the
filling
are
and the formulas for walls leaning toward the filling are based on a
of Rankine's Theory, as given in Ketchum's "Walls, Bins
and Grain Elevators."
modification
MASONRY.
426
For
by the formula
p'^
Pi
p _ ii,hr
2
where
sin
(1)
For
given
is
2
-f sin
parallel to the top surface,
is
P = wJi' cos 5
cos
V cos^S
5+
cos'0
cos''0
cos
V cost's
parallel to the top surface of the
where P is
a normal to the back of the
wall,
and
is
(2)
filling,
of the wall
of repose
makes an angle
with
p^ wh'cos^
(3)
For a
on
P wh
where h
is
sin
(4-)
2
l-|-sin0
the height of the wall and h^
charge, which
is
is
The
(h 4- 2h')
resultant pressure
filling.
is
horizontal and
is
h'
+ Shh'
(5)
3(h-\-2h')
(a)
In
calculating the
surcharge due to a
track,
the
entire
load
center to center of tracks where tracks are spaced less than 14 feet.
carries
at a
is
distance
from the
vertical line
through the back edge of the heel of the wall equal to h, the height of the
wall. For intermediate positions, the equivalent uniform surcharge load
is to be taken as proportional.
For example, for a track with the edge of
h
the distributed load at a distance,
from the
vertical line
through the
back edge of the heel of the wall, the equivalent uniform surcharge load
one-half the normal distributed load distributed over the filling.
is
MASONRY.
Figs. 15 to 18 explain the distribution.
427
The
single
track railway).
Where
by b (&
= 14
feet for a
load cannot
T"
.1J'
<*
^urchor^C
P-03S3wh^
P
,,
^'
come nearer
than h
3fh^2A>')
x, the
/^or
--
^ -//^/ (^ ^4Sy
is
X
h
For walls leaning forward or walls with the base extending Into the
filling,
MASONRY.
428
to be
is
of filling contained between this vertical plane and the back of the wall.
ff
as in Cose /
/y* ioio/ i^tcfhi o^i^oU one fi/oncf^
u eoriPf >va^ H m ^
Win u
Wz^Wi-iV/.
J ^P
5.
/o<^/ir7Sc/Surc/forqe
Q.
^rchorqe
39 /i' f /t^.
OS in coee 3
W'ioiof </eiqh^ of^o// onc^ fi
Noie
/oncf:
M inc/uc/e& Aurc/7arqe,orfc/tvhen
For walls leaning toward the
c//^
pressure
will be
horizontal for a wall without surcharge or with a horizontal loaded surcharge, and will
sloping surcharge.
vertical, to zero,
sure
is
where
The
8,
is
horizontal.
P = j4wh^K
10
in Figs.
and
11.
10
and
11.
Values K,
MASONRY.
The formulas
429
to 9.
7'Wa//Lean/ng Tbkvardfhe
Ff///n^^Hor/zonto/St/rv/ion^e ]^
p^^wh^Ko
40 50 60 70 80 90
/0-ValuesQfKoandK4 ^^'SS'aZ'
0ythl/Leon/ng 7bv\A7rdi/7e
Surcharge
P^i wh(/7t2h')Ko
40 50 60
Values
70 80 90
ofOfndegrees
l/Vo/aescfKoonc/K^ ibr^^'t^
"
Discussion of Formulas.
Cases
is
the
may
lean forward, or
is
may
in
lean
The
in the
wall
The pressure
filling.
may be
Vertical
vertical or
MASONRY.
430
Cases 7 to 9 are for walls without heels. Walls with heels come under
cases 4 to 6 as long as the upper edge of the back of the wall
of the vertical plane through the edge of the heel;
if
is in
front
Thins/
c,
fl
13-Pressures
on FoundaHon. /^esu/fan/a^ed^eofM/c/e^/eThirvf.
rr
'/i
fi
14- Pressures
P'a
pjliJ^
back of the wall extends back of the vertical plane through the edge of the
heel,
to 6
and 7
to 9.
MASONRY.
431
MASONRY.
432
Pressure on Foundations.
The
pressures
on foundations
be calculated by the
will
following
formulas
/
Where
is
/a
= (4/ 6a)
(6)
is
p,=
(6a
2l)
(7)
Where
is less
than
is
2F
P^
=-
(8)
3a
The following
(1)
IH
1
to
to
=
= 45)
may be used.
The maximum pressure
(0
(2)
When
(3)
may
settlement
where
middle or back of the middle of the base of the wall so that the wall
/
will
settle
toward the
filling
(o
= or >
).
2
(4)
may
When
= or >
),
3
(5)
Where
mum
is
solid
rock or
is
carried on
allowable pressure
(6)
E may
is
not exceeded.
may
(7)
the wall
hydrostatic pressure.
MASONRY.
(8)
The foundation
below frost
(9)
433
line.
made
tions,
it
in obtaining a
"MONOLITHIC CONSTRUCTION.
These conclusions are based upon the supposition that the structure
is
good:
is
may
of cracking for abutments of any length that the working conditions will
permit, provided the length does not exceed about three times the height.
(2)
wing walls
(3)
may
(4)
may
the conditions will permit, otherwise the arch ring should be constructed
"WATERPROOFING OF MASONRY.
Watertight concrete
(1)
may
Re-
filling
visioa
(2)
Membrane
waterproofing,
mended
as
is
layers,
recom
floors.
"Adopted, Vol.
"Adopted, Vol.
580.
MASONRY.
434
Permanent and
(3)
essential to
is
(4)
good
results.
crete,
Special care
made
should be
tests
and
lost
is
some
is
their
if
waterproofing
effect
value of the
Careful
destroyed.
and
effectiveness
of such compounds.
Integral
As
same
results
as to watertightness can
strength.
its
since the
(5)
mastic,
if
waterproofing
these cannot be
(6)
abutments,
arches,
for important
similar structures;
recommended for
retaining
walls,
all
and
reservoirs,
of water
conditions.
oil
paints
'"DISINTEGRATION OF CONCRETE
AND CORROSION OF
REINFORCING METAL.
(1)
Cement
to
and
fine
materials
in a
are
in
maximum
The
Only
concrete
drum.
Where
concrete
is
deposited
into
all
sea
to time
work
Tests should
to maintain
"Adopted, Vol.
15,
MASONRY.
Concrete should be deposited
(2)
When
In
435
wherever practicable.
the air
it
The
(3)
concrete,
where
practicable,
ft.
In case of unavoid-
able stoppage of the work, the previously cast concrete should be thor-
oughly cleaned of
From
(4)
all laitance.
ft.
wave
to 2
ft.
mechanical abrasion
and frost
action.
-be
zone.
and not
than 4
less
The most
in.
to
in.
surfaces.
all
In
cleaned of
all
all
concrete exposed to
cleaning
(2)
is
receive
the
by means of a steam
patch.
must
and the
WORN
tirst
SUR-
be thoroughly
clean, rough,
sound
jet.
new mortar or
surface and
is
concrete, while
not to be
it
is
still
made of
the
is
more than
to be
made on
a vertical or sloping
this
stiff
plaster coat
as
cement to
was used
2^
sand.
MASONRY.
436
J^-in.
The
coat.
its
initial
set
wooden
If
(4)
till
float
is
at the
to permit
The
applied.
sur-
final coat,
is
to
be
made on
should be slushed and broomed with a thin cement grout, following this
however).
When
to'
(5)
face
and
is
more than 1^
to be
this
such a finish as
made on
to be
is
in.
thick,
it
may
2j/^
parts sand
initial
set,
be desired.
a vertical or sloping
will be advisable to
embed
dowels into the old concrete, as deeply as the thickness of the proposed
patch,
and spaced
ing
may
and
The
an additional safeguard.
patch-
supported by forms, depending upon the thickness and the extent of the
patch.
(6)
made on
a horizontal or nearly
dowels
(7)
this, it
may
treating
be used, or
may
may
to
To
avoid
should be undercut.
COMMITTEE
SIGNS,
IX.
'
Fences.
Fence.A
egress,
vertical boards
Post.
End
rails
or pickets.
members of
Post.
Corner
and used
a fence.
at
of fence.
of two lines or sec-
tions of fence.
Anchor
Post.
^A
post
placed
posts.
Brace.
piece
of
than wire.
fastened transversely
wood,
metal
or
other
it
greater stability.
material,
in
compression,
piece
of wood,
metal
or other material,
in
tension,
between
adjacent posts.
Panel.
Brace Panel.
Stay.
two adjacent
piece of wood,
tie,
posts.
ends for fastening the longitudinal wires of the fence to the posts.
Gate.
^The
Gate Frame.
to
Adopted, Vol.
5, 1904, pp. 381, 382, 886, 390, 446-451. 458, 459; Vol. 16,
1905, pp. 781, 782; Vol. 7. 1906, pp. 458, 479; Vol. 10, Part 1, 1909, pp. 885,
915-917; Vol. 11, Part 2, 1910. pp. 1230, 1231, 1246; Vol. 16, 1915, pp. 485, 486,
1039-1041.
437
SIGNS,
438
Gate Brace.
Gate
Tie.
Gate Post.
Snow
is
Fence.
eddies on the
windward
carried or to which
it
is
latched.
away
to
cut.
Surface Stock-Guards.
Stock-Guard.
barrier of wood,
to
strip
surface stock-guard.
Filler.
and
slats to space
Apron.
stiffen
flared panel of
them.
Wing
Fence.
the height to
conform
shall be
Class
2.
steel
Fence.
Class
wires; the top and bottom wires shall be No. 7 gage; the inter-
The spacing
shall be 4,
five
4^,
5]/i,
6,
7,
8 and 9 inches.
(commencing
at the
bottom)
shall be
inches above the ground and the stay wires shall be spaced twelve
inches apart.
Adopted, Vol. 5, 1904, pp. 386-390, 458, 459; Vol. 7, 1906, pp. 451-456, 478;
Vol. 11. Part 2, 1910. pp. 1231-1234, 1246; Vol. 16, 1915, pp. 436-443, 1040;
Vol. 22, 1921. pp. 269. 997.
SIGNS,
When
2^
wire.
Fence.
Class
3.
woven
added
Class
439
fence
shall
consist
seven
of
longitudinal
smooth
gal-
vanized steel wires; the longitudinal and stay wires shall be No. 9 gage.
spacing of the longitudinal wires, commencing at the bottom,
The
be 6^,
shall
7^,
7,
8,
8^
and 9
inches.
shall
be
seven inches above the ground and stay wires shall be spaced twelve
inches
apart.
Glass
Fence.
Class
4.
fence shall
of
consist
smooth, galvanized
steel
inches
fencing
The
wires.
longitudinal and stay wires shall be No. 9 gage and the stay wires shall
be 12 inches apart.
The spacing
3^,
4,
Class
ribbon, smooth,
The
10,
4H,
10
inches,
The spacing
and 12
commencing
inches.
Fence.
Class^
5.
shall be
5^
and
fence shall
of five
consist
strands
of
galvanized
steel
12 and
12 inches.
shall
10,
ground.
The
A,
wires
longitudinal
B and C
of
all
shall be
and contraction.
Material.
Wood
Posts.
Posts
6.
shall
be
made of
cedar,
locust,
They
shall be
straight
chestnut,
wood
Bois
d'Arc,
splits,
rot
or other defects.
If
sawed or
split posts
End
Posts, Etc.
7.
and 8 inches
ground.
in diameter
shall
set 3
feet
4 inches
in
the
SIGNS,
440
Intermediate Posts.
Intermediate or line posts shall be at least 7 feet long and 4
8.
inches in diameter at the small end, set 2 feet 4 inches in the ground.
Braces.
Braces
9.
for end,
corner,
in
rot
splits,
durability to
Wire.
Woven
10.
must
It
of
basic
open-hearth
winding
size.
Locks.
The
11.
locks
them from
slip-
The
12.
posts
1
staples
be
shall
used
fastening the
for
longitudinal
wires
the
to
shall
be
Galvanizing.
13.
The galvanizing
sulphate of
shall
shall consist of
one-minute immersion
an even coating of
tests in
zinc,
which
a solution of commercial
Immediately
Fahrenheit.
washed
in
each
after
immersion
If the zinc
is
the
sample
be
shall
removed, or a copper-
colored deposit formed at the end of the fourth immersion, the lot of
material from which the sample
is
Manufacture.
14.
The
fence
shall
be
so
fabricated
as
not
to
remove the
gal-
Erection.
least
anchored.
shall
be
set
vertical,
at
braced and
SIGNS,
441
16.
ft.
the
in
in,
The
ft.
line
first
center to
ft.,
Post Holes.
17.
Holes
of
depth
full
if
is
in
For
to.
inter-
sills
for
other
all
Posts shall be
posts.
set
with
strung.
corner,
end,
all
be provided
shall
for
must be resorted
blasting
provided
be
shall
is
erected,
wood
posts
be sawed off with a one-fourth pitch, the high side being next
large
to
is
be
shall
tlie
wire
it.
Anchoring.
18.
Wood
corner,
end,
anchor and
gate
posts
shall
be
anchored
by gaining and spiking two cleats to the side of the posts, at right angles
to the line of the
surface
fence,
of the ground.
one
The
at the bottom,
cleat
put on the side next the fence and the bottom cleat shall be put on the
opposite side.
shall be
Intermediate
wood
anchored by gaining two cleats into the side near the bottom
All cleats
shall
be 2 inches by 6 Inches by 2
in durability to that
made
feet
long.
All
of the posts.
Bracing.
20.
Wood
end,
corner,
the
end,
corner,
in
durability
to
that
of
the
posts,
gained
from the
top and into the next intermediate or line post about 12 inches from
the ground and be securely spiked.
cable
made
of a double strand
of No. 9 galvanized soft wire looped around the end, corner, anchor
line,
SIGNS.
442
or line post about 12 inches from the top, shall be put on and twisted
until the top of the
is
2 inches.
Stretching.
21.
allel;
shall
shall be placed
be
straight,
vertical
Wires
Stapling.
22.
driven
home
The
tight.
wood and
Splicing.
23.
Approved
clamp
bolt
it
or
wire splice
made
as
follows
by
splice
shall be closed
tool
is
tool
SIGNS,
H
o
lOlDOOO
O coScS^^
443
^ s
i
b
o
CU
u
i
.hi
rt
03
83K^^
ooooo
1
o
0,
??^^^s
ooooo
.s
U
o
s^s^
ooooo
OOOOO ooooooomo
ddodu-imdddmmor>.'d
OOf-HOCMOlrHOOOCMaiCDOr^O
CMCOCDCTlCMCDCMCOCOCrjC^TrCMtri
s
e
O
S
jG
j5
^^SS!2
ooooo
U-j
ai
cnoocDOCDOTcocDomcnmcMCD
iri ui in CO iri IT) in in CD CO CD t^ 'om
CD c: TT t^ to
CD uS ^' Tf
i-^
C^l
QC
TJ" r-l
O) t^ in
'Tt*'
c^ cS c^
<
CM 00 05
I^do
OOOi-HOOOOr
CDCDC5CDOCO-^CCT5CDCDtX3CM
5)''"-:^. LOOOOlDilOOCDTTCMrH
1^'
CD
>rj
TT ^"
oo
rj
T-^
CJ
"^
i-( t
CD 00)00Oi-(CDCD'<#'^O-^^
00
ICDC^li(OOlOCOi-HOOOt^
CDlOTfCOCOCOCsJcMCMCvlCMi(I
ooooooooooooo
ooooo
o' CD
ct!
rt
in en in r; in to in CO in to in co
m to
CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
C^J CVl
-d
Q
C^io
oil
aj
oo
_,
an S
' c
ddddcDdcio'o'dddd
ooooooooooooo
'^'
,0)
ni
a!
ooooooooooooo
CVJCMCVJCM-H^^-^^i
ooooooooooooo
O
>
O
t-i
^ a
X)'>
'''-C
Ot/3
cn
0)0^
(I>iIr-H
o'
ao '^
CM
ooooooooooooo
0)
c
O
doodoOOOrt-^00'3'!T)CD
cocvj-^r^e^CMO^cD-^CMOooi^
COUT^f^C^, C^<MCMC\JCMCMrHr-l
cm'
d 00
r-^
CD CD
m lo
rt
CO
?.o
CDIO
>^ouT
ooc^cDir)CDr>.o-^t^cD00 2'
OOCOrIC>JOmOlDi-(00OCO
II
2i
(U
.CVJ
u^
<^xi ba-HoicI^O'^
OCOCOr-iOS O) 00 t^ CD CO in ID
(OOOOOOO
OiCr^
s?^3sssg^5;sss
OS
CO
O
c3
03
S
K
0-0 3
J3
SIGNS,
444
&
Gage.
Lb. to Mile
Feet to
1 lb.
Wire Company
^mmmmmmmmmmm
1121
4.71
968
5.45
833
6,34
707
7.47
599
8.81
514
10.28
439
12.05
367
14.37
306
17.24
10
255
20.70
11
202
26.18
12
154
34.25
13
118
44.64
14
89
59.17
IS
72
73.00
PIMP
iMHi
m
1
iUmJiJH
16
55
95.24
17
41
129.87
18
31
172.11
19
24
222.22
20
17
312.50
SIGNS,
445
No. of
Wire
Gauge.
000000
00000
0000
000
00
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
&
Moen.
.460
.430
.393
.362
.331
.307
.283
.263
.244
.225
.207
.192
.]\n
.162
.148
.135
.120
.105
.092
.080
.072
.063
.054
.047
.041
.035
21
032
22
23
24
25
.028
.025
.023
.020
.018
26
27
^
A.S.&W.C6..
or Washburn
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
017
016
.015
.014
.0135
.0130
.0110
.0100
.0095
.0090
Birmingham,
Brown &
or Stubbs.
Sharpe.
^454
.425
.380
.340
.300
.284
.259
.238
.220
.203
.180
.165
.148
.134
.120
.109
.095
.083
.072
.oa5
.058
.049
.042
.035
.032
.028
.025
.022
.020
.018
.016
.014
.013
.012
.010
.009
.008
.007
.005
.004
0085
.0080
.0075
.0070
..
.46000
40964
.36480
.32495
.28930
.257H3
.22942
.20431
.18194
.16202
.14428
.12849
.11443
.10189
.09074
.08081
.07196
.06408
.05707
.05082
.04526
.04030
.03589
.03196
.02846
.02535
.02257
.02010
.01790
.01594
.01419
.01264
.01126
.01002
.00893
.00795
.00708
.00630
.00561
.00500
.00445
.00396
.00353
.00314
English Legal
Standard.
.464
.432
.400
.372
.348
.324
.300
.276
.252
.232
.212
.192
.176
.160
.144
.128
.116
104
Old English.
or
London.
;4546
.4250
.3800
.3400
.3000
.2840
.2590
.2380
.2200
.2030
.1800
.1650
.1580
.1340
.1200
.1090
092
0950
.080
.072
.064
.056
.0830
.0720
.0650
.048
.0490
.0400
.0350
.0315
.0295
.0270
.0250
.0230
.0205
.01875
.01650
,01550
.01375
.01225
.01125
.01025
.00950
.00900
.00750
.00650
.00575
.00500
.00450
.040
.036
.032
.028
.024
.022
.020
.018
.0164
.0148
.0136
.0124
.0116
.0108
.0100
.0092
.0084
.0076
.0068
.0060
.0052
.0048
0580
SIGNS,
446
POINT.
ELLWOOD
Regular or Cattle
JUNIOR,
TWO
WAUKEGAN. TWO
inches apart.
inches apart.
inches apart.
POINT.
Regular or Cattle
Barbs
POINT.
Barbs
Barbs
Regular or Cattle
Round Barbs.
5
inches apart.
Thickset or
HogBarbs
3 li^ches apart.
HogBarbs
Barbs
Round Barbs.
5
inches apart.
Thickset or
inches apart.
BARBLESS FENCING.
Two-Ply Twisted Galvanized Barbless Fencing. Sizes 11 to
Sizes
3-Ply, 4-Ply, 5-Ply and 6-Ply Twisted Barblees Fencing.
14 inclusive.
to 14 inclusive.
SIGNS,
447
COMMON
Approximate
Size.
16d
20d
30d
40d
50d
60d
NAILS.
3^
inch
No. to
No. 8
49
"
31
4K>
"
24
"
18
'*
3
2
14
"
"
11
lb.
SIGNS.
448
COMMON
Approximate
Size.
2d
3d
4d
5d
6d
7d
8d
9d
NAILS.
No. IS
inch
"
1/2
"
"
"
"
IVA
2A
2^
2M
"
"
"
"
11J4
181
161
lOA
106
"
"
"
"
1054
"9
96
69
63
3A
"
14
"
12J4
i2y2
''
"
lb.
876
568
316
271
lA
2
lOd
12d
No. to
FENCE STAPLES.
Length,
H
1
VA
lA
VA
VA
2
l%ln.
l%in.
No. to
120
108
96
87
72
65
58
lb.
SIGNS,
449
(2)
The width
is
recommended.,
depend-
feet,
as required
The minimum
ates.
height of
inches
feet 6
Farm
(3)
and,
track,
if
away from
the
opposite the hinged end should lap by the post a sufficient distance to
prevent
it
side pressure.
(1)
substitute for
wood.
(2)
than
from
inch
(3)
(4)
to the
surface of the
surface.
not less
off to radius of
inch.
(5)
Concrete should be
made from
clean,
The minimum
more than
Yz inch.
parts of
size
of the
inch nor
proportion of one
in the
mixed aggregate.
Concrete
should be of such a consistency that water can be brought to the surface by tamping; the use of
an excess of water
mixed
Reinforcing should be
in the
(6)
preferably deformed,
or
made from
steel
is
detrimental.
in a batch, not a
form of
stiff
Con-
continuous mixer.
round or square
limit.
rods,
Crimped
when brought
3 Adopted, Vol. 8, 1907, pp. 528, 533; Vol. 10, 1909, Part 2,
pp. 876. 910;
Vol. 11, 1910, Part 2, pp. 1234, 1246; Vol. 16, 1915, pp. 440, 1140.
* Adopted. Vol. 10, Part 2, 1909, pp. 898, 916, 917; Vol. 11. Part 2, 1910,
pp. 1243, 1244, 1246; Vol. 16, 1915, pp. 440, 1040; Vol. 19, 1918, pp. 671, 1238.
SIGNS,
450
reinforcing in
its
length
entire
its
should be used.
(7)
or
to
in the post,
employed.
Posts should be
(8)
strength
in
substantially
vi^ill
carefully
posts,
all
made
and
so
this
as
secure
to
uniform
than 180
less
lb.
right angles to the axis of the post, the post acting as a cantilever
ground
It
line.
th'^
economical
not
is
manner above
make
lb.
posts
when
that
the post
above the
have the
is
tested in the
described.
(9)
in.
will
at
beam
than round
efficient
posts in resisting the forces that ordinarily cause failure, but the differ-
ence
is
resistance to deterioration
(10)
(11)
first
in
some cases be
better
may
and
made out
of doors in
by an increased
freezing weather.
offset
methods of manufacture.
made
to aid curing.
sticking to them.
(12)
less
(13)
in
straw, sawdust
The study
of
the
results
obtained
from concrete
line
posts
should be continued from year to year and the results tabulated for the
SURFACE STOCK-GUARDS.
General Requirements.
(1)
11.
Part
2.
1910.
SIGNS,
(2)
It
451
all live-stock,
it
It
(3)
in the
should be reasonable in
first cost,
(4)
minimum
at
expense.
is
wind close
carried by the
ground and
in the
wind.
The
to deposit
The
fence.
snow fence
function of the
is
eddies
artificial
snow
cut.
form
to
snow
to accumulate
on the windward side of the fence; an open fence causes the snow to
accumulate principally on the leeward
The
side.
and the fence depends upon the height of the fence, the width
drift
of the openings between the boards, the velocity of the wind and the
character of the snow.
The
character of a
its
for
this
purpose portable
Where
the right-of-way
close,
track;
for
most economical.
is
greater
distances,
is
space
should
be
provided
between
the
boards and at a distance of 100 feet, 50 per cent, of the fence should
be open space.
The
amount of snow.
The maximum
height,
ten feet.
Adopted, Vol.
1910.
10,
Part
2,
16.
in
the
fields
adjoining the
Part
2.
SIGNS,
452
They should be
right-of-way.
set
at
of the wind,
direction
crescent form.
The
it
sometimes necessary to
is
quantity of
line of
set
the panels in
fence
sufficient.
is
or four lines of portable snow fences set parallel and spaced about 100
feet apart.
Hedge
fences
and where
great,
may
not too
is
for
worm
suitable
stones
available.
laid
ties,
the
in
fences.
Railway companies
in
or provide a slope of 4 to
their
all
cuts
cuts less
new
on existing railways
filling
in
snow
most
districts,
snow
snow
conditions,
when
the
material
should
be
i.s
winter
the
snow melts
in
is
it
at night.
12
inches below the surface of the ground at points where the accumulation of the ice requires frequent
Snow Plows.
Rotary snow plows are necessary for quick removal of snow where
the depth of the drift exceeds 6 feet and
moved by
fall
has
filled
its
Snow
is
less
is
in
level
mountain
fall
of snow
rail.
to
districts.
and minor
snow
flangers.
SIGNS,
Sheds.
Snow
way should be
unnecessary.
so located,
if
possible,
as
make
to
protection
of
453
slides,
their
localities
OPEN BOARDING.
i^
53
'Oar-
I
'm\\y//AWfm "fM\mw/mMWAm\^
s-^-
!*I4
II
//^y^
L
:-
/^e/7ce
which require
permanent material.
rail-
construction
\WAWA'
<9'^-
'
'
U
"^
'
SIGNS,
454
3"T
M5
^
.5
^^mm!^.\
^///\\y//Aw//w//A\mi!^ }^xv^'w/v\';y/A\vy/^/A\y>>//^J
??OT {^/^^^
iJ^-L.J
-
fB-
UJ
L_J
Portable
1^
Sxow
i,\
7- is'
JtL
Fknce.
-7-27-
\o
A^
rH 3'3x2'^'-\^^Kera^fsprea'a'S-6'^^,
/xd'k/S-C'"
'
I-
^O-
T"
.1
n
\VW>>A\W^/A^^WVVV^>/AVW^VV^/y>(^\V/A\\V^^
K--.
- -/^-^7
f/ /s //a/ ///cr^asffo'.
SIGNS,
'WOODEN CROSSING
The
SIGNS.
455
blades
an angle
at
The
post.
wooden
of post
inches
12
and the
should be painted white with black letters and one-half inch black border
around blades.
should be Egyptian
recommended
sides.
Letters
style, 9
sign,
high.
TRESPASS SIGNS.
ij^ch
in
thickness.
foot
6 mches deep by 2 feet 6 inches wide, with ^-inch diagonal cast ribs
all
to be raised
pipe, or
posts.
When
is
to be
planted 3 feet 6 inches deep in the ground and a 1-inch diameter gas
pipe-
about 18 inches long to be run through the pipe post about one
foot
below ground
cated
on
typical
line
to
keep
is
or
from turning.
Property
"Danger
The wording
Trespassing
Do
indi-
Forbidden
suggested.
'
Signs for
it
"Railroad
signs,
ROADWAY INFORMATION
Dump
SIGNS.
End
of Block,
Lack
Trespass Signs.
to be changed, if necessary,
on account of word-
Note.
In
general, the cast-iron plates are intended for use with the
more permanent
signs, or
^Adopted, Vol.
* Adopted, Vol.
Adopted, Vol.
is
justified.
1137-1148.
1148-1150.
it
is
SIGNS,
456
NOTE
R4.1NT LOWER 9'0' Of POST BLACK,
BALANCE WHITE PAINT BLADC5 WHITE
WITH BLACK LETTERS AND V BLACK
BORDER AROUND BLADE5. BORDER
ANQ LETTERING ON BOTH SIDES.
LOCATE SIGNS AT SUCH POINTS AS
WILL ADMIT OF THE BEST VIEW BY
rCETAN
U
^
Qrfl^n^
H
Crossing Sign.
Note.
form
Lettering
on Crossing Sign
to local conditions.
is
SIGNS,
457
BACK ELEVATION
PLAN
.tV
PAILROAD PROPER
DO NOT
TRESPASS ON
RAILROAD
J'ENALTY OF LAW
CAST
IP >N
DANGER
TRESPA55INe
FORBIPPEN UNDER
DANGER
DO NOT
I
[TRESPASS ON THlsl
I
THE
\^
BRIPSE.
PLATE
NOTE
/^sLL
5IQN5 XO HAVE
FACE OF LETTER?
AND
BOR-
BLACK LETTERS
AND BORDERS OF ALL ^
SieNS TO E.F- RAISED i
WITH 5LIGHT DRAUGHT
GOOD 3CCOND HAND
BOILER TUBE5 MAY BE
USED FOR POSTS ANP
PAINTED
|0
%
V.I-.N
:^l;^:
m.
vtJ'V-';
'
'
iz&_
Trespass Signs.
local conditions.
is
458
SIGNS,
METAL DISC
REVERSE SIDE BLACK
Note.
Signs to be located in
HIGHWAYS on EACH SIDE OF
RAILROAD CROSSINQS AND NOT
LES5 THAN 300 FEET THEREFROM.
6RAOC
OF
HigHWAV
SIGNS,
459
k-iB^"-*-
7TTt71
rIKIfll-.
To be placed preferably on
north or east side of tracK
or in direction feading
from principal termini.
Material:- iVoond steel bara T' longConcrete - class l-fi-4-.
Location
IB!
:-
&
iSiL
SJ
figures recessed
SECTION
TRACK ELEVATION
SIDE ELEVATION
NUMBERS
TYPICAL DETAIL OF
^izes to be vsed
3"Hi'
*A-"A
5iz.es to
,
be u^ed
vrtTen
jL-;
'RHi'hf+''4-if4fki^
Mile Post.
460
SIGNS,
Concrete
^-^'A.
Section Post.
Post.
SIGNS,
461
^^
-j\U\
Letters to be moulded
Info post.
lo be set
io
b^
462
SIGNS,
Pipe Flattened
i" thick
Pass
trains.
k41
on Structure
Concrete
IOS5 2 4
)
Bridge Sign.
SIGNS,
463
-i3-.jV'-.,
hQ!:\
"ioy Rsinfwhita
on dl sides.
;jf??sm%'*
Paint blacK
FuLLELEVATion fhsT
SiMGfLE
5e+on
TRACK
all
each end
7'-0"from gauge side cfnear rail +o
nearside of posr and opposireEnd
of Easement in all cases. EJevaf ionto
read approaching curve. Degree
cf Curve te be on side facing tracK,
and number of Curve lobe on side
opposrf Eleva+iorp.
inside of curve af
on
Elevation Posts.
sides.
SIGNS,
464
-ai-6"
WLSECT!
t3
Cast IRON
Plate
BACK ELEVATION
^
io^rJ^
PLAN
dJ
Q.
a
r
COMMITTEE
X.
by trains
is
Block Station.
place
erated.
Fixed Signal.
Block Signal.
movement of a
fixed
signal
train.
of
controlling
the
use
block.
Home Block
Signal.
fixed
approach thereto.
a
p
rt
OS
with a
home
vance.
Block System.
Manual Block
System.
Manual Block
Controlled
System.
block
system
in
which the signals are operated manually, and so constructed as to require the cooperation of the signalmen
at both
block signal.
by
in
which the
or
other
affect-
are
operated
block system
signals
Adopted, Vol.
7.
1906.
465
electric,
pneumatic,
466
One
at
a time
of
movement
in
is
Arm
Sweep.
The
segment of a
of the arm.
Arm.
which
Blade.
That
arm which, by
part of the
form and
its
positions, gives
A mast mounted on
Post. An arrangement of
Bracket Mast.
a bracket post
Bracket
which
placed one or two masts for carrying the signal arms, the
is
Bridge Mast.
Chain Wheel.
line.
in
Ckank.
line.
Crank Stand.
Cross
dog,
Detector Bar.
effected
between the
levers.
is
crosswise of
rail,
device or
so that
its
and
operation,
An
Electric Slot.
train.
appliance
actuating lever,
its
returning signal
signal
arm
to
"Stop/
Foundation.
for carriers,
Interlocking Machine.
ism of an
which
The
and
in
Interlocking Plant.
An
Interlocking Signals.
The
appli-
movement must
suc-
place
467
is
operated.
Jaw.
Leadout.
wire,
nections are
Lever.
That
pipe runs.
the operation of
Locking.
inside
etc.,
its
whose movement
effects
function.
which
of
interconnection
is
effected
Locking Bar.
in the
interlocking machine to
Locking Dog.
variously
Mast.
The
is
accomplished.
Operated Unit.
switch,
lock
signal,
or
other
device
signaling,
in
Permissive
Block
System.
One
which
in
two
or
more
trains
may
plant,
with
Pipe Carrier.
Pipe Run.
line.
their carriers
Rocking Shaft.
line of
and foundations,
rotating
in a
shaft
common
with
arms,
course.
used
for
changing the
.the axis
of the shaft; also used at slip switches for operating several detector
Route.
course or
way
may
travel between
two
places.
to
Semaphore Spectacle.
glasses
Tappet.
a.
and
to
That
is
locked by them.
468
b,
swing dog
pivot or
Wire Carrier. A frame with roller support for the wire line.
Wire Run. An assemblage of wire lines of an interlocking
their carriers
and foundations,
in
common
plant,
with
course.
S.
A. Drawings.)
TRAIN-ORDER SIGNALS.
The American Railway
installation of
(3)
"Signals
if
practicable
(to
be) either over or upon the right of and adjoining the track to which
Fig.
they refer."
(4)
"Semaphore arms
recommended
to fixed train-order
illustrated in Figs.
1.
that these
signals
1
and
for
two
all
that govern
(to
be)
from an approaching
displayed to
train."
up,
as
2.
Fig. 2.
'Adopted, Vol.
15,
Adopted,
4,
Vol.
may
it
bracket.
One
signaled.
In
no
post,
469
of these uprights
other words,
may
the
(See Fig.
its
left
upright
3.)
Station Siding
^
Fig.
It
seems proper
3.
It
is
way than
to place a
to be
no
of the signal station toward the direction of the approaching train, and
convenient for the operator to reach from one of the windows.
The
signal of
definition
two
which
Signal"
is
is
follows:
recommended
as
good
The
recommended
location
is
arm
of 90 degrees from
for
in the case
Adopted,
Vol.
the
it
governs, as shown
SIGNALS.
fixed
practice.
"A
the horizontal,
as
of "Train-Order
indications,
1905, pp.
518, 527,
550,
when
551.
it
is
in
Fig. 4;
impracticable to
470
spread them apart for this purpose, then the recommended location
is
on a bracket
6.
post, as in Fig.
5,
DOUBLE TRACK
Fia
th
4.
FOUR TRACKS
KT
Fig. 5.
FOUR TRACKS
'
n
><
Fig. 6.
(2)
It
is
good practice
to
make
on single-track
signals
may
in
Fig.
is
be used.
"Adopted, Vol.
7.
1906. pp.
good
and a block
practice
signal.
for
use
Distant
Fig.
471
7.
Fig. 8.
(2)
in
Fig.
train length
1
Fig. 9.
(3)
is
The
recommended
as
good
10
and
11,
practice.
1
Fig. 10.
472
yVof /ess
than one
train length
Fig.
11.
the following
principles is
recommended
in
view
(1)
recommended
That on
(a)
shall
all
night indication
for
"stop;"
a yellow
light
light
the
be the
shall
night indication
for "clear."
(b)
the
in
inclined
"stop;"
degrees^
"proceed."
division
of
expense
of
the
installation,
renewal
and
main-
Name
of Operated Unit.
8,
8,
Value.
uzfc
^
*
473
1
1
1
1
Electric Locking.
One Route
'
Stop.
K?
3.
Proceed.
J]
L The
The
2.
use of a
number
plate; or
use of a red marker light below and to the left of the active
light; or
3.
The
'Adopted. Vol.
14.
474
Scheme No.
2.
Fundamentals.
Supplementary
Indications.
ID
I.
Stop.
2.
ID
J]
3.
Proceed
ID
4.
Proceed
at
low speed,
F
5.
Proceed
at
medium speed
F
As means
system
rules, the
number
1.
The
use of a
2.
The
use of a red marker light below and to the left of the active
plate; or
light; or
3.
The use of
a pointed blade,
signals giving
1.
several
in
Stop,
or
this
^
2.
475
\C>
or
J]
3.
XI
J]
or
Proceed.
tl
4.
or
=1
<> or
<?
J<>
D D
5.
or
6.
7.
8.
Reduce
to
As means
system
1.
2.
medium
K? K?
D D
speed.
The use
The use
of a
number
suggested:
plate; or
light; or
3.
The use of
476
They may
block system.
be
following
(a)
Whether or not
(b)
Whether or not
Home
Whether
a train
Block Signal
Home
clear.
is
Block Signal
in the direction
of
stop.
at
is
advance
in
approaching trains
approaching.
is
among
"(C) Indicators
at
may
It
is
recommended
that
the
specified
(C)
or
more
tracks, one or
Home
2.
essary,
is
at
approaching.
is
that portion
Block Signal
Whether or not
approaching trains
the following:
a train
Whether or not
(b)
(c)
more of
Whether or not
"(a)
the next
advance
in
Home
is
clear,
Block Signal
in the direction of
stop.
at certain
are so located and controlled that the indications which would be given
by the switch indicators can be obtained from the aspects of the signals.
Requisites of Installation.
1.
(a)
may
clear
At main
in
ing switches, or the derails or diverging switches are connected with the
main-track switches.
(b)
At independently operated
on which trains
(C)
At
may
points
clear
main
tracks.
point.
Adopted. Vol.
18,
lf>17.
(d)
477
of crossovers between
main
at the
marked
Switch
indicators
that
cannot be
identified
by their
locations,
(a)
The connections
or not a train
is
the approach of a train that has reached a point at least such a distance
in
thrown
is
moment when
at the
a train reaches
and
the engineman,
Home
Block
Signal
the
in
advance of the
Home
lieu
by
rear
when
of
the
Block Signal.
is
first
trains,
switch or,
the switch
The
is
approximately,
more than
the
feet
Equivalent control of
signals
certain
aspects
of which
serve,
is
ap-
proaching.
'"LIST
way Engineering
members
of the
American
Rail-
Association.)
Exhibit "A"
SPECIFICATIONS.
AbbreTnations.
A Iternator. Specificatidn.
trol.
"Adopted, Vol.
21,
478
Battery, Primary.
Caustic Soda
Caustic Soda.
Coppers.
Primary
Specifications.
Instructions for Installation
Cell.
Gravity
and Handling.
Battery, Specifications.
Jars, Specification.
See Drawings 1053 and 1189.
Jar.
Zinc.
Gravity Battery, Specification.
Battery, Storage.
Operation.
(Charged
from
primary
cells.)
Lead
Lead
Lead
Lead
Type,
Type,
Type,
Type,
Bells.
Annunciator, Specification.
Highway Crossing, D. C. Vibrating, Specification.
Bridges, Movable, Protection of Traffic at.
Buttons.
(See Push Buttons.)
Cables.
Aerial Aluminum, Specification.
Aerial Braided, for 660 Volts or less, Specification.
Armored Submarine, for 660 Volts or less, Specification.
Armored Submarine, for 2,200 Volts, Specification.
Lead covered, for 660 Volts or less. Specification.
Lead covered, for 2,200 Volts, Specification.
Underground Braided, for 660 Volts, Specification.
Cell.
See Battery, Primary.
Channel Pins. Specification
Circuit Nomenclature and Written Circuits.
Fibre, Specification.
Fibre and Metal, Installation of a System, Specification.
Pipe, Steel, Specification.
Pipe, Wrought Iron, Specification.
Vitrified Clay, Specification.
Vitrified Clay, Installation of a System, Specification.
Copper Sulphate. Specification.
Coppers. See Battery, Primary.
Cross-Arms.
Wood
Specification.
for, Specification.
Specification.
See Pushes, Floor.
Forms. For Recording Signal Performance.
Friction Tape. See Tape.
Fuses. Specification.
Galvanizing for Iron or Steel. Specification.
Gasoline Engine. See Engine.
Fibre, Hard.
Floor Pushes.
(A.R.A.)
Impedance Bonds.
Specification.
for.
Interlocking.
Electric, Specifications.
Electromechanical, Specifications.
Electropneumatic, Specifications.
Mechanical, Specifications.
Mechanical, Machine, Saxby and Farmer, Specification.
Specification.
Iron.
Castings, Gray, Specification.
Malleable, Specification.
Wrought Bars, Specification,
Lamps.
Lenses.
Incandescent Electric,
See Roundels.
Specification.
Lightning Protection.
Arresters, Made Ground Apparatus.
Arresters, Requisites for.
Choke Coils, Requisites for.
Vacuum
Machinery
Markings.
Gap, Specification.
See Steel Machinery.
See Standard Sections.
Steel.
479
480
See
Bridges.
Oil.
Illuminating, Specification.
Transformer, Specification.
Overlaps in Connection with Automatic Signal Systems.
Packing. See Standard Sections.
Paint and Painting. Specification.
Performance Signal. Forms for Recording. See Forms.
Petrolatum. For use in Impedance Bonds.
Petroleum Asphaltum. Specification.
Phrases and Words.
Pins. See Channel Pins, or Cross-arms Steel Pins.
Pipe Compensation. Specification.
Pipe, Signal.
Wrought
Rules.
Signal Performance.
Signaling Practice.
Signal Indications and Aspects. (A.R.A.)
(See Indications.)
Signal Indications, Principles of.
Standard Designs. See Separate Section.
specifications.)
Switchboards.
Materials
for.
Requisites for.
Sivitch Indicators, Purpose and Requisites of Installation.
See Indicator.
Take Siding Indicator. See Indicator.
481
Automatic.
Specification.
Rubber Insulated.
Rubber Insulated.
Rubber Insulated.
Signal.
^^Galvanized Steel,
for.
Type
of.
Specification.
Exhibit "B"
Drawing
Adapter, Base for Ground
Mechanism Signals
No.
Mast Bottom
1387
1459
Sept.,
Sept.,
1916
1919
Adjustment, Switch
Details
Insulated
1390
1392
Non-Insulated
1391
1058
1916
1916
Sept., 1916
March, 1913
1088
1053
1087
Oct., 1913
June, 1918
Oct., 1913
Anchor Posts
BatteryPrimary
Copper
Jars and Covers, round
Sept.,
Sept.,
Zinc
Storage
Connection Bolt
1340
Jars, Covers, Hold-downs and Sand
Trays
Lead Elements
Separators
Battery Box
Primary, Concrete
Storage, Concrete
Battery Chutes
Assembly
Details of Double
March, 1914
Dec, 1919
March, 1914
1224
1241
1341
1343
1342
1914
June,
1918
March, 1914
i*'
1230
1229
Sept.,
Dec, 1912
Dec, 1912
482
No.
Drawing
1228
1227
1070
Details of Single
Elevators
Binding Posts
Dec, 1912
Sept.,
Sept.,
1916
1915
BladesSignal
Bolt Lock, Multiple Unit
Hand
Rail
for
6-way
Mounting for Bottom Mast Mechanism
Mechanical
Connections,
Cases on
1065
1095
March, 1918
March, 1917
1032
1198
1030
May, 1914
March, 1915
May, 1914
1020
1196
1179
1190
March, 1915
March, 1915
Oct.,
Oct.,
1912
1912
1033
Sept.,
1038
1024
1025
1031
March, 1915
March, 1915
1914
PipeBase for
Crank Bracket Fittings for
Crank Bracket Fittings for
Head and Trunking Cap
Cable PostAssembly with Relay Boxes
Base for
Mounting for, and Relay Box
Pinnacle and Cable Outlet
Channel Pins
Compensation Chart
Compensator, Pipe
Horizontal, one-way
Vertical, one-way
Conduit
Cable Hanger Sockets, Sewer Steps and
Oct.,
1913
May, 1914
1185
1180
1374
1181
1086
1102
June,
June,
1014
1231
March, 1919
March, 1919
June,
Oct.,
Oct.,
Oct.,
1917
1912
19.17
1917
1912
1919
1334
Manhole Clevis
Duct Reducers, Mandrels, Duct Plugs
and Dowel Pins
1332
1335
Sept.,
1914
Sept.,
1914
1913
Oct.,
Method
--
of Laying
Single and Multiple Duct
Single and Sewer Pipe Duct
1336
Oct.,
1331
Sept.,
1338
1337
1333
1339
Sept.,
Sept.,
Sept.,
1914
1914
1914
1914
1199
Sept.,
1914
1913
1914
Manhole
Brick
Concrete
Horizontal,
three
Horizontal,
Two-way
Sept.,
May, 1915
1361
1007
1013
Nov., 1913
Nov., 1913
1057
1008
1011
1009
Feb., 1914
June, 1913
Nov., 1913
June, 1913
and
Drawing
483
1916
Nov., 1913
Nov., 1913
Oct., 1912
Cross-arm
1220
1219
1167
1165
1166
1069
Bolt
Brace
Pin, Cap Gage
Pin, Standard Steel
Pin, Steel Terminal
Deflecting Bars
Deflecting Stand
1396
Horizontal, Adjustable
1068
Vertical
1098
Detector Bars
Position of, and Location of Clip Bolts. 1099
1097
Dwarf Signals, Mechanical
1232
Bearings, Top and Base
1239
Fittings
Spectacle and Lamp Bracket Support.. 1233
.'
Electrical Instruments
Scale Ranges for
1378
Foundations
For Channel Column Bracket Post.... 1105
1104
For Corhpensator, Concrete
1106
For Dwarf Signals
For Ground Mast Bottom Mechanism
Signals
1912
1912
March, 1912
Oct., 1912
Oct., 1912
Oct.. 1917
Oct.,
Oct.,
Oct.,
1917
Dec, 1917
Oct.,
June,
Sept.,
Sept.,
Sept.,
Sept.,
1917
1913
1914
1914
1914
1914
March, 1917
Oct.,
1913
March, 1913
March, 1913
1259
May, 1916
107
May, 1916
103
Oct.,
Oct.,
Signals,
Concrete
with
Wood Top
Bottom
Concrete
1108
1052
1913
1913
Dec, 1913
and
1109
1080
Dec, 1909
Feb.,
1914
1309
Oct.,
1914
1394
1424
Dec, 1917
Fuses
Cartridge, Enclosed
Globes
Hand Lantern
Grounds, for Lightning Arresters
Hydrometer
Lead Type Storage Battery
Indication Locking, Circuit
Insulation
Rod
Jaws
Screw and Solid
Solid with
Tang Ends.
Adjustal3le Link
Junction
1175
1173
Nov., 1917
Sept.,
June,
1094
1055
Sept.,
1016
1018
1019
1155
Sept.,
Sept.,
1916
1912
1916
1914
1916
Nov., 1913
Sept., 1916
Ladders
1371
1366
Dec
1918
March, 1918
484
Drawing
No.
Hand
Rails
Parts
Platforms
Equipment
Lamp, Switch
Base Socket For
Leadaway
Leadouts,
1372
1365
1363
1362
1364
1329
1100
1049
1222
1395
1101
1460
1461
1402
Dec, 1918
March, 1918
1914
1918
March, 1914
Dec, 1918
Dec, 1918
April, 1914
Sept., 1919
Sept., 1919
June, 1916
Sept.,
June,
Tower
Mounted
Mounted
(Details)
Bars
Cranks, Deflecting
Shafts
and
Mounted
Mounted
Low
1912
1203
1204
1205
June,
June,
June,
1912
1912
1912
1217
Oct.,
1912
Rocking Shafts
Rocking Shafts
Foundation For
Mounted,
June,
Rocking
Foundation For
Deflecting Bars and
1202
1206
June, 1912
1200
1912
1912
1912
May, 1914
March, 1914
Dec. 1915
1201
1201
1237
Bearings
1238
1035
Masts, Signal
June,
June,
June,
Ground
Base For
Connections
for
Jan.,
1036
1178
Feb.,
Feb.,
1191
1083
1050
Oct.. 1912
Feb., 1914
Feb., 1914
1914
Dec, 1915
1914
1914
three-
arm
"U"
1034
1059
For
Pinnacle
1010
Sept.,
1915
Pipe
One-inch Signal and Coupling
Pipe Carrier
Details and
Assembly
Side
,
Strap
Tranverse, Assembly
Tranverse, Details of
Pipe Run, Turn In
Plunger Lock
Pneumatic Interlocking
1015
March, 1915
1085
1084
1071
1072
1073
1400
1096
1913
1913
Dec, 1913
Dec, 1913
March, 1916
June, 1916
Aug., 1914
1389
May, 1915
June,
Oct.,
For
'
Drawing
485
Power
Interlocking
Graphical Representation
of
Electrical
1388
Sept.,
1915
1242
June,
1913
1185
1182
1184
1183
1369
1367
1368
1374
1422
June,
June,
June,
June,
June,
June,
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1917
1918
Oct;,
1912
Rectifier
Box
Boards
Arms
1060
1062
1061
1063
Low
Oct.,
Oct.,
Oct.,
Dec, 1912
Dec. 1912
Oct.,
1913
1001
1002
Oct.,
Feb.,
1913
1914
1093
1040
1041
1235
1090
1091
1092
1064
1082
1194
Dec, 1913
May, 1913
May, 1913
Screws
1.
Wire Adjusting
2.
Pipe Adjusting
Semaphore
Spectacle
Clearance
Design "A"
Design "B"
Design "C"
Filler Block for 0 to 45 Travel..
Filler Block for 45 to 90 Travel..
Filler Block for Fixed Arms
Torque Curve for Electric
Bearing, Mechanical
Details and Assembly
March
1916
1913
1913
1913
1912
Sept., 1916
March 1917
,
Dec,
Dec,
Dec,
Dec,
Signals
Adapter Base
for
Mechanism
March
1916
1917
1915
March
1915
March
1916
1387
Sept.,
June,
Signals
Mechanical
1398
Two Way,
Stuffing
Single,
Lamp
1918
June,
Lamp
'
1356
1357
1195
1043
1044
1045
1236
March 1916
March 1916
March 1917
1225
1226
March
March
Sept.,
Sept.,
Sept.,
March
1915
1915
1915
1916
Box
1913
1916
486
No.
Drawing
Switch Boards
Charging Panels, Electric Interlocking. 1244
Charging Panels, Electric Interlocking,
Circuits
For
Throw Switches
Supports
Switch Box Connections
Switches
Single
Single
Throw
1246
1420
1174
1913
1916
1916
1247
1379
1344
1242
1240
1345
1243
1223
1913
1916
March, 1914
June, 1913
March, 1913
March, 1914
Oct., 1913
Aug., 1914
1345
March, 1914
1376
1017
1360
1399
1... 1056
1154
March, 1918
June,
Sept.,
Tang Ends
Double
Thermometer
For Lead Type Storage Battery
Trunking
Bootleg Terminal
Built-Up
Grooved
Junction
Box
Dec, 1915
March, 1916
Oct., 1916
Dec, 1911
1375
Nov., 1917
1157
1177
1176
1155
1154
Dec, 1911
May, 1912
May, 1912
Sept., 1916
Dec, 1911
Dec, 1911
Dec. 1915
Dec, 1915
1350
Oct., 1913
1352
1351
Oct., 1913
Oct., 1913
Vertical
High
Low
487
>
2-8
STOP u
CM
o
LIGHT,
INDICATION IS
IFIED
-i
BASE OF RAIL
,
PWNTrflG:
Adopted, Vol.
,.
19,
LIGHT,
INDICATION
IS
NI6HT
TO BE -YELLOW.
WHE^
IFIED
TO
FIT
BASE OF RAIL
GROUND-WHITE, LETTERS AND BORDER-BLACK
489
490
STATIONS
3-8
491
ID
DESIGN
iriEO
itnAAA^X) 03T^
MAY BE MOth
BASE
painting:
TO
OF RAIL
492
ttVARD
-1
to
o
I
CLf"
DESIGN MAY BE
MODIFIED TO FIT LOCAL CONDITIONS AND LIMITED CLEARANCES.
'M'J
BASE
PAINTING
OF
RAIL
493
JUNCTION
3-9"
o
o
.1
ID
DESIGN
MAY BE
BASE OF RAIL
PAINTING
494
tCROSSING
^11
3-9
DESIGN MAY BE
MODIFIED TO FIT LOCAL CONDITIONS AND LIMITED aEARANCE,
.A)rlA'fAjjO OillMl-j
BASE OF RAIL
PAINTING:
495
dORO YAWHSH
ttDRAW
DESIGN
IONS
.'V
BASE
RAINTING:.
MAY BE
J 500
M^.'
OP RAIL
10
ID
iU.
CM
1^
''
Ht
DESIGN MAY BE
MODIFIED TO FIT LOCAL CONDITIONS
BRsr-or-RAiL
Painting: groumo wHUt, letter and band - black
497
DESIGN MAY BE
MODIFIED TO FIT LOCAL CONDITIONS AND LIMITED CLEARANCESJ
BASE OF RAIL
PAINTING:
GROUND-WHITE, DISC-BLACK.
COMMITTEE
XI.
made
for labor
total cost
Account.
of
work or
class of expenses.
Conventional Sign.
common
objects, both
to indicate
Ledger Account.
expense kept
An
in ledger
Progress Profile.
use
form.
work
at stated
in graphical, tabular
or state-
periods.
Record.
Authenticated
ment form
information or data
other information as
may seem
Right-of-Way Map.
and dimen-
owned or
controlled
by a railway company.
Track Chart.
and
Track Map.
bridges,
and
all
characteristics of
buildings,
roadway
track.
plant,
leases,
including
station
tracks,
facilities
at hand correct information of the progress of work under conand the location, extent and condition of the operated property.
As means for keeping up this record the following forms are considered essential and recommended
must have
struction,
A.
'Adopted.
of Construction Contract)
Form
Form
1100
1101
II
Adopted, VoL
Form
pp. 279, 318; Vol. 9, 1908, pp. 663, 664. 667, 668,
18, 1907, pp. 752, 1525; Vol. 22, 1921, pp. 904, 1083.
Vol. 5, 1904, pp. 237, 372-375; Vol. 6, 1905, pp. 656, 657, 668;
pp. 1100, 1103, 1141; Vol. 15, 1914, pp. 924, 1157; Vol. 16, 1915,
Vol. 21, 1920, pp. 368, 1456.
7,
1906,
499
500
B.
(a)
(b)
(c)
Buildings
(d)
Summary
Form
Form
Form
Form
1102
1103
1104
1105
Form
Form
1106
1107
2.
3.
4.
Track:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Bridges
and Buildings:
Monthly Bridge Material Report
Bridge Section Tool Report
(c)
(d)
(e^
Pile
(c)
(d)
(c)
(d)
(e)
1108
1109
1110
1111
701)
for Recording
(See
(See
(See
(See
Form
Form
Form
Form
1304)
1303)
1301)
1302)
Signal Performance
or
(d)
(e)
(f)
6.
(See
Water
(b)
Form
Form
Form
Form
Form
Service:
Form
5.
Record Form
(a)
(b)
(a)
(a)
(b)
Water
Form 1113
Authority for Expenditure
Form 1114
Detailed Estimate
Register of Authorities for Expenditure.. Form 1115
Form 1116
Monthly Report of Expenditures
Form 1117 to 1117C
Roadway Completion Report
Form 1118
Equipment Completion Report
Time
Roll
Contract and Lease Record
Register of Title Deeds.. (See D. V.
I.
C. C.)
Form
Form
1119
1120
Forms 107-8
501
.Line
or
1100
Branch
...3.
For
Th* number of fe1 of Moin \roeK loid is o be sent bij Tete9roph eoch doj) to the Chief Engr This report to be mode out in tnplitota
otend ot eoch doy's *ork; the oriainal to be sent bsjtirst troin to the Chief tngr, the first carbon to the Oivision tnor.the
tnqr.the secorxl
second
corbon^ to be retoined b^j A&sistqnt Engr. in ctwrqa of worK.
I
Main Track
Track
laid to iiaiion
Number
of feet
of Irock laid
afler
corrcding
PL
A.i-tv'
^^v'S
,_,_
date
Approximate
total lenqth of
Moin Track
vMntaw
Full spikit^g
to station
Full spikir^g
from station
CHAR>^CTtR OP Track
Rail
Rail
;
;
Roil-,
Brond
Class
Class
Class
Tie Pjdes;
Kind
Rail
Rail
Weight.
Weight
Number
per mile
Numbcrper mile
.._Numberper mile
Ties; Kind
Kind
_.Vfci3h'V.
__
Brand
Ties; Kind
Ties; Kind
Tie Plotes;
Brand
_ Ttj pe
Type
Class _
Anchors; Kind
Anchors; Kind
Closs
Class
Passing.Side
Numb_
_.CIass
Number.
Which
Clas
Ties; Kind
Ties; Kind _
Switches; Type
_.
Ft.
Usngth
Type
Ff.
Frog No.
Frogs; Type
Frog
Weather Report
:
No.
Specifications for
Numbec
Number
..
Number.
No
Fo RCB R EPORT
_ljength
5witche5;Typ6
Frofls;
Brand
Weight
Brand
Weight
Number per mile
Number per mile
Rail; CkJSS
Rail;
Number.
.Number
Number._
Numbec
Number...
men
Form
1100.
Form
title
of the
502
1101
Lmt OR Brahch
For
19
This report lo be mode out in triplicate ot ttie end of each day's work, the oriqinol to be
sent btj first troln lo the Chief tnqineer, the first carbon to the Division tnqineer, the second carbon to
be retoined bij Assistont tnqineer in chorqe of work
KD
Pit and
Quarry
Location
Name
CARS
Bolloftf
Hawt
Loaded
T0TAL5
ROOGER
LlDGER-WOOO
Kind
No. Cars
Cu.Vds
from M.R
plus
ft.,
M. P
plus
plus
ft..
M.R
M.R
M.P
M.R
plus
plus
plus
ft.JracK
ft.Trock
ft.
ft..Trock
ft.
ft.
Surface, skeietonitinq.etc.)
to
ft.,
MP.
MP
MP
MP
plus
ft..
plus
ft.,
plus
plus _..
plus ._.
ft. to
M.
<D
to
ft.,
plus
plus
fl.Track
ft.,Trock
ft.
plus
ft..Track
ft.
plus
plus
plus
ft, Track
ft.
iHSERTtNG Ballast
First Lift.
Co)
From
(b)
MP
MR
M.R
Second Lift.
FromM.P
MR
MR
Finishing
Track
ft.,
M.R
M.P
ft..
M.P
ft.,
ft.
ft..
M.R
M.P.
ft.Track
ft.Track
ft.
ft..
plus
plus
plus
ft..Track
plus___
plus__.
toM.R
M.P
M.R
plus
plus
plus
ft.Track
ft.Track
ft.Track
(Lining
to
ft.
end Dressinq)
plus
ft.,
M.R
M.P
plus
plus
ft..
Force Report:
ft.
ft.
plus
FromM.P
ft.,
Foretrten
Delay Report:
MR
ft.
ft.Track
ft..Trock
Laborers
Asst Foremen
min.
hrs.
Cause
Weather Reports
KD
5KETCH
A sketch showinq the trochs ballasted each dovj to
section ihowinq depth of bollost under \he ties
Specifications for
Form
tae
mode
in
1101.
Form
1101.
the form.
title
of
Form
~~
^ -
""
1102
in
1^
It
1?
1
i
-^
0^
El
^1
o
UJ
a^j
~*
-S R
Is
ffc
of
<
I r!
*.
(X
liJ
a:
V IS
S
v)
(X
^i
3;
<
^5
1-^
>
tO
j!
It
jl
a 1?
cr
<
s:
>-
in Id
o<
Mi
!
1
!
1
13
'
!^
^
CO
|.
1^
|1
IS
UJ
^|2
iS
<
Es
O-ul
II
F,
a
<
if
>
.5
1^:
X
1^
'c
'"
<
ti
I
y
?
ii?
^Ul
I5
to
tt
<
i.
a-ij
<
-J
or
-l
-^
a:
1-
>-
<
J
<
HI
-<
0:
DC
h-
z.
j!
(D
ill
(O
ii
r
l2
\l
<
i
kl
I-
ih
1
-J
il
"1
-J
(OH
OF
Form
a=sm
"
.c
J
^
_1
1103
-t^
rfS
'
III
ill
E"
c
uj
i^
^<"
S*?
"S
C
e
-^
C:
=^.5
1
r"
1
1
"I"?
Au
v-Q
'
f2
'J?
If
6
-J
Is
%
a
l^J
ji
> t
Vt-
lU
fit
Is
1
I
O.UJ
l^^a
Id
If
'J?
ot
So
2i
!
!
"
u
cr
Z
o
1
c ^2
5'^
^2
(0
i
I
>->
CD
.'=3
,r
'
<
Id
1-
^gfe
^ ' d
5J)
O.UJ
ii
c
E
6
llJ
1
a^l
||2
T.I
,^S
ipi
\\in
1
Is
1
.8
<nH
ail!
P
1=
Is'
11
Wj
- -
5?
1
1^
Ii
II
1104
~~~~"
I
RAILWAY
DIVISION
Form.
ESTIMATE N-
of
By
NOTE
:-
1
1
-._
ja
dated
form to be used for monthly es-timo+e erf work construdinq Sto+ion Buildings. Fuel 5fa+ion5j
Enqine Houses, Roadway Buildvnqs and ol! other buildmqs.
T^^'S
Wo+er
Name or
Bu\\_oing
OR OTHER
Structure
Location
Price
Quantity
Total
_fl|,Retoincd
..;-
Bolonce
1
hereby
Examined
orid
correct.
esident tnqineer
Approved.
'
kSsistonrt- Engineer
.-
..
.........
.'--:
.:
1105
..RAILWAY
PbRM.....
gUiSiS-
ESTIMATE NO
By
NOTE
:-
This form
under corTtroct
UNITS CONTKAC
PRICE
Acre
Cleorino
Qrubbina
Sq.Rod
CuYds.
:orth&(COVDtion,Houlrwftewe<l
-
HordFbn
Loose Rock
5hIlRocK
5ondl^
_f
3UnON
Feet
toWOOFeet
trom
not to exceed
1000 Feet
lOOOFeet
CLA55iriCATI0N
:orlh ExcOYO+ion
19.
dated
mode out by the Assistoni- Cnqineer os o consolido+ion fhotn Forms ..
for oil work done
under his direc+ion
Blonk line* should be used for Classes of work or i+ems no^ shown.
be
will
of
1000 feet
tmbonkment.
Houl from
WOOfect
Jo
1000 Feet
RipRoo. Loose.
Hotrf
wtteexceed JOOOFeet
..
lOOOFeet
RipRop.HondPloced,
Extra Haul
i/MiJOOfj
Train Houl
iiias-Mi.
Pilina ryiven
Un.Ft
Piiiny
Cutoff
Tmber
in
Cost Iron
MT.RM.
Structures
Structures
Pound
in
Wrought Iron
in
STtructunss
Mile
Switches placed
Each
Trock
fullu tie-pkited
DoIIostinq
Mile
Eoch
Cu.Vd.
*iiiir!^iii
A+toch
Estimate
tobuloted stotcmen+ listing eoch txtro Bill ond showing
the distribution
to
ttiis
TotQ\
'
d^Rcroinftj
Balance
'\i>
correct
Assistont Enaineer.
1
of Contract
Work
Form
Grading
Specifications for
507
Form
1102
1102.
Form as shown. Size 11x17 inches. All lines and printing black.
Perforated for binding in loose-leaf binder for permanent record after
serving as report.
Instructions for use of Form 1102.
Promptly at the close of the month the Engineer in charge of a residency or project should prepare on Form 1102 detailed estimates by stations of all grading work done by contractors. Further instructions are
given under the title of the form.
(b)
Specifications for
Form
Form
1103
1103.
Form as shown. Size 11x17 inches. All lines and printing black.
Perforated for binding in loose-leaf binder for permanent record after
serving as report.
Form
Buildings
Specifications for
Form
1104
1104.
Form as shown. Size 11x17 inches. All lines and printing black.
Perforated for binding in loose-leaf binder for permanent record after
serving as report.
Instructions for use of Form 1104.
Promptly at the close of the month the Engineer in charge of a
residency or project should prepare on Form 1104 detailed estimate by
buildings or other structures of all such work done by contractors.
This estimate should be made out in triplicate, forwarding the original
and first carbon to the Assistant or other Engineer, his immediate superior, having general charge of the work, who will consolidate all for his
line onto one form, and then forward one copy of each Resident Engineer's estimate and the consolidated estimate with Form 1105 to the
Division Engineer.
(d)
Summary
Specifications for
Form
Form
1105
1105.
Form as shown. Size 11x17 inches. All lines and printing black.
Perforated for binding in loose-leaf bindec for permanent record after
serving as report.
Instructions for use of Form
Upon
Forms
1105.
and 1104, from the Resident Engineers under him the Assistant Engineer, after checking and approving,
will consolidate them on forms of the same numbers and forward one
copy of each with a copy of each of the Resident Engineer's estimates,
together with the summary M. W. 1105, to the Division Engineer for
voucher. The Division Engineer will forward Form 1105 to the Chief
Engineer with the voucher covering the estimate.
As contractor's estimates are generally payable on a specified day of
the month, the estimate and voucher should reach the Chief Engineer's
ofllice
receipt of
1102, 1103,
1107
n
ih
w
lis
|slh
li^
IP
li
lllh
hi
i
li
8^x11
509
Form
inches.
1108
Month
of JJCrL-
KIND OF MATERIAL
.19-
I.".
(Gang: or District.)
DISI'OSED OF
ON HAND
MONTH
USED
SHIPPED
AWAY
ON HAND
END OF
REMARKS
MONTH
The above
statement
is
correct:
Foreman
Approved:
Size
8^x11
oi Bridges.
Master Carpenter
Form
inches.
1109
.Division.
For
.ending
SENT TO BROKES
RECEIVED SHOP FOR OR WORK
REPAIRS
OUT
gKNT TO BROKEN
BsciivKo|snop roB ob worn
OUT
REPAIRS
5"
is
.19-
1.5-
correct:
Approved:
Foremen
of Bridg-es.
Master Carpenter
510
Form
.'
1110
o
s
th
by
party)
also
*
signed
inspection
I:
be
to
<5h
"C
{t
3<
t
o
"
8
U3
ing
*"
qI
H
K
1u
Mc
2
M
Pi
t
1n
Vi
1
(9
tO
2
H
U
'
(Tt
M
A
1
M
S^
M
fA
S5
g.
31
1
1
Mw
I.
'P
ni
^1
1
&
1"
^ize, ll"x24"
Side Tracks on
Township
Location
Mile Post
or
Right
or
Left
Station
Amount brought
Name
School
or
Number
of Track
District
forward.
Amount
carried forward.
.
Con-
A.F.E.
nected
or Spur
Number
A. B.
&
Con.
A.F.E.
timet
cted
Sub-Division
Total, Dec. 31,
Character of Rail
Date
Completed
11
it-
Railroad
InCorp. Limits
10
Ownership
Length of Service,
Weight and Kind
i:
In
County
13
Private
r-
Form
___
H
{J
Railroad
1
II
Valuation Section
In County
16
17
Private
18
1
1
L,
as
__
:=:
= --^
Tot
.'9
Remarks
1106
zAor
:-
...
*
..
-ocrA
.1^
i
:
:..
r.
.-
511
Track:
(a)
(b)
Form
Specifications for
Form
Form
1106
1107
1107.
Form
Six horizontal
form.
2.
Bridges
(a)
and Buildings
Specifications for
Form
Form
inch.
Form
1108
1108.
Three horizontal
lines per
Form
inch.
Form
1109
1109.
as shown.
Size 8^x11 inches.
All lines and printing black.
Three horizontal
lines per
Form
as shown.
Form
1110
1110.
Form
1111
at
and
The
good
following work
is
required to maintain
structure in
condition:
The
Inspector.
Date,
^19
Form 1111
Current Bridge Inspection Report
Size 4x6 inches.
Printed on manila cardboard,
addressed on the reverse side to the proper official.
To be sent as a postal report. The purpose of the Current Inspection, clearly distinguished from the General Inspection, is to keep the
structure in safe condition, to discover any defects and to report the
same promptly, so that repairs can be made before the safety of the
It is important that a simple record should be
structure is affected.
made while at the bridge and that the superior officer be kept advised
of all such inspections, whether made by a Bridge Mechanic, Gang
Foreman, Division Bridge Inspector, Master Carpenter or others.
(c)
Form
as shown.
513
Form
Horth
SoTitli.
ft
Railroad
AFE.No
an ocpcnditure of.t.
change)
-
that is
to the
'
now operated
'
hy.
'
OF Operating
purpose of
^
(Name
.--___.
[Han
Description of
_.
_
of
Owner)
Compain)
PIroject.
Summary
Estimated Qross Cost of- Project,
Amount
properly of
vtusec?;
of Estimate.
("before
d&duciinq Solvaqe)
Cost
to
be borne bv/
Recommended
(Name
.
one)
of
Betterments
0.,pa r)
_.
(rim;)
lT.11e)
-(N.n.r
--r-fiTij)
^Nome)
frsi^e)-
AppRovtD
AHo
Authorized
(Title)
'
(Name)
Date of FInol Aperovdlond Authorization
-(T.tle)
,
(Title)
,ia._-.
1113
514
5.
Form
1113
Form
as shown,
bond paper;
all lines
1113.
^ize
8^x11
inches..
Printed on white
medium
The
2.
3.
Explanation
location of
the project.
of
the
reasons
and necessity
for
showing the
the
proposed
changes.
4.
Summarized
In
fixed property.
AFE
The
515
in describing projects:
When
(a)
(b)
(c)
made of any
varia-
tion
wooden
Steel for
bridge, etc.
When
(d)
(e)
Under other
Strengthening
(Bridges)
Changing
(Yard Tracks)
Altering
(Buildings)
Extending or widening
(Wharves)
Improvement at (consisting of new 20x40 foot frame
passenger station, renewing 30x50 foot standard frame
freight station, altering yard tracks, strengthening
ibridges, etc.)
When
1.
2.
3.
Estimate of cost
4.
Credits,
5.
Distribution of estimated cost as between new work, Betterments, Renewals or Replacements and Individuals and Com-
6.
work
cov-
detail.
any,
panies.
7.
516
Form
Morth
1114
&
South
Railroad
A..K. Wo..
Sheat 1lo.I..of
SBTAIliS BSTIMiTB
Jl
SlMati
Ref eranoa
Ko
OfflM
Of
Data
,_.
1?2
BlBtrlbutlon of
Qiuin^1t7
ITnlt
%V
Datortptlon of Unit
Prloa
?Sii.f
Approved
istlnatad by
ipproyed
checked by
Form
paper ;
as
Form
Detailed Estimate
(b)
Specifications for
Form
1114
1114.
all lines
Credits,
if
etc.,
such as salvage
Individuals.
6.
retired.
if
is
to be
Form
\\i
2l
1116
Form
_..
or
I^EPORT
MONTH
DAILWAY
______
_-.
MONTHLY
1116
txpt.NDlTURtS
0F_-
OP WORK
DESCWPTlVt TJTLt
DaTK
fND
fStalA
AUTHORITY
^ouht"* '.::: ::::::::;:::'/.':
DATE OF wocK EoM^rT^ISN-iv/.::::::::::!!:::
LOCATION
VoluaVion Section
Station
No
AUTHOBIZED
1
Previooa
Th.a Month
APPROPRIATION
ROAD
Total
to
Dote
j
1
\
4 Underground Power
Tubes
'
6 Br/d^ea,
Truif/ei
and CUverh^
Rai/a
Other Track Moferiat
Bo/hf
10
II
14
16
SMioo ond
/9
Fue/ Sfohona
3f)op3 ond Enginehouaes
10
Office Buildinqa
_._
21 Sforoge WorefxKjaea
23 l^f>ortfea and OccAs...
24 Coo/ ond Ore Whorvea
25 Goi Producing Plonta
20
Te/eoropf)
29
Power
yo
Power
34
ond
_...
.
Te/epftone
_
l/n*i
yOfe/j/ Bt/'/d,ngi
So6afof/on 3i/J/d/n^i
3/ /hirer Tranatniision 2yafems
32 f^otver Oiafr/bu/ion Sya/ema
33 Pbifer ///7# Pa/ea and F/nforea
_...
35
Underground Condt,/fa
M/'icef/oneocia Sfruc/ures
Pov/o^
37
36
3*
Pooc/tvoy Mochinea
42
4i
44
Poodway Sma//
Toa/a
l>
_.
Shop MbchJnery
4i Pother Pfonf Afoc/>inery.
_
46 J^wer SoSafo/ion Opporofua
47 UnappJfe<f Conaf. Mof/ and 5upp/Ma
*..
tOUIPMtNT
5feo/n Locomofivea
ntf,^ Jnro^*;u,
Freiqhf- train Cora ._,
54 f>aaaer>oerfroin Cora.
55 i^fofor f^ipmonf oF Cor*.
36 F/oofin^ tfoipmenf
57 HbrA fouipment
!A M/ice/ioneoua eooipmenf.
51
. ,
55
nCENtRAL
_
.
_.
tXPfcHDITURtS
Onfonizafion ypenaoa
72 Oenero/ OfFicera ond C/erAa
7/
73
_..
loH'
74
77 Of/tor F*pent/i/<yro3
_....
Otnera/
APPROPRIATIOM
1
19
rai4ti/6f/
-roifeT'-'
tg/ty,,rorr
j
519
Form
North
&
South
1117
Railroad
Q-E.NERAI.
ni.CjENE.RAL
Description of Project
Begun
^Valuation Section
-fecff^;:
I"]
by Contract,
P~^'-
1.R
-of.
_i3heet.
, Division
of Contractor
Operation
}A--V^>c{
cLpletea.
.Under Supervision of
Name
,Station or
Project
Work done by
D.C.E. Reference
Street N2.
ir
Accounts
._
Operating Co
,Date of Contract
Coat borne by
DE5CR1PT10M OF PROPERTY
ANO CONSTITUENT PARTS
NO. OF UNIT
UNITS COST.
UNITS. COST.
rNi^)
r^i>ii)
JiTg;
'
btpir
Ye'gno'u'*)"""
c^^y"
520
Vortk
South
Form
1117 -A
Sallro^
Qwnr
Operatinq
Co
Work
Beaun....
.......
IILCJeneral ExPtNDiTURca
Sheet No
Valootion Section
MP
..
WorK done ty
If b^ Contract, Nome of Contractor.
Co*t borne by
...
PWPtPjy UNrrS AOOED, the AfiORCOAtE ottmqr
Coarra )N PLACCJCOSTOFETFtCnNS PROPtKTY
RtTlRtMtNTS.
^S1
Sheets
of
Division
..
..............
PROPtRTY
ANoCONSTrrUENT PARTS.
DCaCftlFTION OF
Price.
521
Form 1117-B
Vertb
8outb# teiiroaa
Completion Report{^7''^*}No.....
of.,
D.C.E. Reference...
PPOPBRTYUNrra AODEDiTHE AQfiREaAJtOrTHEIR
:oSTS IN PLACeiCOSTOF EFFECTING PROPEFrrr
RrnREMENTS.
NO. OF
UNIT
UNiTacosr.
DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY
ANo CONSTITUENT PARTS.
NO. OF
UNIT
UNITS. COST.
-o-TCOST.
^^
AOCT
522
Form
Vertb
Boutto
1117 -C
Itellrokd
DC
E.
of.
she.et.
Completion Report [^,'^7*'^}mo..
Sheet*
Rfercrjce
COSTS
DESCRIPTION OF
RETIREMEI>rrS.
NO.
OF
UNIT
UNITS COST.
^of
'^
to bcfkr*
PROPERTY
parts
AND coNsrrmjtNT
.,^,_.
^-'NiT^.
CommtMion expires.
UN IT
coarr.
rn^T
cost,
lASr?"
acct
Mils
"
t^j
NO. OF
UNITS
XiXXX
x^^^f
Specifications for
Form
523
Form
1115
1115.
Form as
paper;
all
1115.
As each
(d)
Specifications for
Form
as shown.
Form
Form
1116-
1116.
Upon
officer
(e)
Specifications for
Form
as shown.
Forms
1117, 1117A,
1117B, 1117C.
All lines and printing Wack.
1117,
A report must be made on this form for each project by the Engineer or other officer in Charge, as soon after completion as possible,
showing in detail the changes made in the property, listing the units
of property added and their costs and the units of property retired
and their costs, and classified by accounts, and forward to the Chief
Engineer, Valuation Engineer, or other designated officer.
tracing must be made to accompany this form with notes showing
location and extent of all new tracks laid; of old ones changed or
removed of bridges, buildings, platforms, stockyards, right-of-way
fences, etc., built, changed, removed, or destroyed by fire, with date of
fire.
Measurements must be made to connect new work with definitely located points. Make tracing 11 inches wide, and if convenient,
17 inches long, or multiple of one only of these dimensions when necessary to show extensive work.
Tracing should show both plan and
profile or elevation of new tracks, bridges, Buildings, etc.
Show property of the company not changed under the improvement being reported by full black lines property of the company removed, abandoned or destroyed, by dotted black lines property of the company
added, or new location, by full red lines proposed but uncompleted
work of the company by dotted red lines and property of other railroads by other colors.
Care must be exercised in formulating the description of project
to show the character, extent and magnitude of the change in property
covered by the report.
524
1118
Specifications for
525
Form
Form
1118
1118.
Form as shown. Size 11x17 inches. All lines and printing black.
Instructions for use of Form 1118.
A report must be prepared on this form for each equipment project
by the designated officer, as soon after completion as possible, listing and
describing the units of equipment affected and giving careful description
of the changes made and listing the units involved, both added and retired,
with the costs of each. If a project involves changes in a number of units
completed in more than one six months' period a progress report should
be made covering the changes completed in each six months' period. When
the whole project is finished a final report should be prepared covering all
the changes made under the AFE which will be a summary of all the
semi-annual progress reports.
6.
Specifications for
Form
Time Roll
Form
1119
1119.
Form as shown. Size of book, 5^x8^ inches. Cover to be of threeply manila paper, book proper to be on yellow paper; printing to be in
black.
Book to contain 12 pages. Form shown is reduced size.
Form
TIME ROLL
of
SECTION
No.
or.
(Name
Number
of
Month of
HEADQUARTERS
/ hereby
or
f9
are correct
correct:
FOREMAN
Supervisor of-
Gang)
1119
526
< 00
en
a>
&
2:2
Ill
*- .>
.5
If"
S
^ o
c
C
--^ O
S-^ ^-
^^
f5 ce
bo
-'
CO
>M O
1
(L)
CO
C
o
^2
W5
o
bo
^ o
2^2
^i
-Io
4
i
ro;5
s?
ss
ss
as
ss
"1
a;
^o
rt
bp
CO
"^
bo
33
u
2R
TlUs
*i-g
o
o
m
o
*g
-8
*5
-S
-:
-S
:
Cj
ID
-^
O g
-o
CO
>'^
<L
2
U S
CO
f<
.S
fc
rS
bo
56
bo
1^
Ph CO
fill III!
^ ^
N
C>1
fO
tl
rf
S
z
o
<
t-
I
I
s
I
Z
O
2
flc
s
-
o
V
o
u
z
Q
Q
III
o
z
o
<
K
J
?
I
b^
ee
s
<
^
Uu
o
>
DC
<
s
3
*
Ik
2
Q
o
s
Note.
00
Spaces
527
528
J_
J
1
E
WIm
i
i
Raealpt
?i
ii
Ki
1
i
'.Vi
i
i
1
s
i
1
1
z
J_
1
a
1
i
1
1
1
1
J
li
'i
i
i
i
i
i
i
1
a
Jmj 00
rf
529
Form
(b)
1120
1120.
The Custodian of Leases should keep a Contract and Lease Record Book,
containing in the body of the book a full record of the lease in accordance
with the form illustrated.
In the back part of the book twelve pages for the twelve months should
be ruled into columns for years.
Instructions for use of Form 1120.
Leases should be numbered and filed in numerical order, by road, branch
or division, in a fireproof vault.
Immediately after the receipt of a lease it is entered in the body of the
book; the lease number should be entered under the year on the proper
month page when it expires.
Register of Title
in the front of
name.
the purpose of
Deed
removed from
it
is
7,
Bureau of
recommended
that
530
3
MAPS, CHARTS
Maps and
Specifications for
(a)
AND
PROFILES.
Profiles.
Size.
by 55
inches.
Station Maps.
Record
Profiles.
"A"
Plate
inches by 55 inches.
Scales.
inch or
One
inch equals 100 feet, or 200 feet or 400 feet, but the
same
scale
Station
One
50
inch equals 100 feet, or, in complicated situations, one inch equals
feet.
One
Maps
feet,
One
feet
may
be necessary.
of Surveys.
or 200
feet.
feet
when
practicable,
and when
feet.
Profiles.
Plate
400
feet,
"A"
vertical,
4 feet.
Condensed
Profiles.
Vertical,
mile, except
3
one inch equals 200 feet; horizontal, one inch equals one
where other
Adopted, Vol.
18,
531
Track Charts.
Horizontal, one inch equals one-half mile; vertical, one inch equals
feet.
Titles.
The
title
cable.
(1)
(b)
(c)
Profile.
(a)
(2)
(3)
Name
Name
of operating company.
(4)
(5)
(6)
Scale or scales.
(7)
shown
thereon.
(8)
Office
for all
Titles
from which
other
issued.
individual road.
piling to be
The
maps should be
tops of
(The
cent
is
stationing
being extended
the
in
same
direction
over un stationed
intervals.)
On
Symbols.
all
maps,
profiles
'
and plans
may
in
so
be applicable.
Cardinal Points.
On
all
nearly as
(as
Colors.
On
maps and
profiles to
532
Information to Be Shown.
Maps
of Surveys.
Show
lines,
necessary at intervals of five (5) feet; all streams, rivers, etc., indicating
direction of current of same by arrow, and approximate area of opening
Also property
required.
lines,
fences,
lines,
buildings
of
all
kinds,
pole
and pipe
sewers, manholes,
made in
made
shall be
ticm
to
be
observation.
rection
is
to
first
correc-
from point of
If the bearings of the tangent at the point where the corbe made is northeast or northwest, add one minute (0 1')
at
Profiles of Surveys.
Show ground
lines,
etc.,
depth of same,
elevations of high and low water line, sub-grade lines showing rate
all
of
One line below profile show alinement using full line for tangents
and broken lines for curves, showing degree of direction of same, total
deflection and plusses at beginning and ending of simple curves and spirals.
Divisional lines shall be shown on this alinement, and names of property owners.
Government precise
level
Datum
or other
533
Culture Maps.
required by law.
Track Layouts.
Tracks
in all cases to
be represented by single
may
double
be used.
it
is
lines,
except on plans
rails,
double
line.
Record Plans.
Masonry.
All masonry records to be drawn to such a scale as will
all
dimensions as
base of
rail,
built,
of points and
number
show
line.
Length of
piles or elevation
driven.
clearly
In
street.
Certificate.
series
identified as
a part thereof.
The
on the
certificate
title
as practicable
first
and
State of
County of
I,
do hereby
(Name
certify that this is a correct
of
Railway Co.)
in a series of
(Map or Profile)
sheets of said railway from survey station
to
survey station
State of
(Main Line, Division or Branch)
prepared from the records of said company.
Engineer.
Correct:
(Name
me
day
this
of.
Notary Public
County of
State of
My
commission expires
in
534
The
identification
No
Sheet
title
series
be
shall
of the
as practicable:
of
of
(Series)
to
survey station
Engineer.
map
shall be
tween
For each
series of right-of-way
map on a
Where
one mile.
vacant
space
of
separate sheet
it
practicable
the
this
sheet
first
of
the
map may
be placed on any
and where made on a
series,
24 inches by 56 inches.
shall be
made
shall be
scale
This index
map
shall
show by
outline
with
file
map
1.
The
sheets
shall
be numbered
serially,
form separate
series,
"V"
between.
On
all
map
sheet
references
station
all
to
all
station
map
the
left-hand corner.
Corrections should be
qf the features
shown
are
made
in
any
On
maps drawn
track
On
track
maps drawn
may
studies
and
be represented by single
designs
lines.
of
proposed
Double
lines
(a) on
track
should
lines.
535
STATION MAPS.
The station maps shall be supplemental to the right-of-way and tracjc
maps for terminals and other locations where the property is so extensive
and complicated that it cannot be clearly shown thereon.
The station maps shall be made as prescribed above for the rightof-way and track maps.
When more than one sheet is required to show a station property,
the plat shall be made upon "matched marked" sheets in such manner
as to require the minimum number.
The station maps shall be given the same serial number preceded by
the letter "S" as the sheets of the right-of-way and track maps which
they supplement.
In case a right-of-way and track map sheet is supplemented by more
than one station map, a subscript letter should be used after the number,
e.
S 32a, etc., where land and track features are combined; S-L
g.,
32a. etc.,
is
shown
and S-T
32a. etc.,
maps
to permit the
The purpose
ing of improvements
more
in
detail
than
is
is
show-
(2)
show
all
aries.
Where
practicable,
two may be coifibined into one map, or one class of property may be
shown on the right-of-way and track map and the other on the station
map.
Tracks shall be represented on station maps either by center
by rail lines.
Arrangement
of
Data on
Right-of-Way
and
Track
lines
Maps
or
and
Station Maps.
The
as possible parallel to and half-way between the long sides of the sheets,
so that the
may
maximum
thereof
if
On them
shall be
shown
536
and
at
points
station
and plus
and grantee, kind of instrument, date and book page where recorded. Each
tract of land shall be given a serial number and listed serially in the
The schedule
schedule.
Boundary Lines
(b)
of
be
com-
all
Detached Lands.
shown
clearly.
lands" as
(2)
pany.
common
(c)
carrier.
Where
the information
is
in possession
Land Owners.
line,
(d)
Intersecting Divisional
Show:
Land
Lines.
governmental
lines,
the
width
and names
of streets and highways which intersect the right-of-way, and the station
and plus
line.
of the
Right-of-Way.
Where
section
the information
and quarter-section
is
in possession
lines
line
for
maximum
distance
of
The
one mile
has been sub-divided into townships and sections; such data as to divisions,
tracts,
in
streets,
alleys,
blocks and
lots,
sections;
the
RECORDS^
AND ACCOUNTS.
537
Alinement of Tracks.
(f)
The
Show:
between them
main and
and distances
from point of switch
side track
to point of switch, or point of switch to end of track; all street car lines
and other railways, crossed (with angle of crossing) or connecting, and
state if crossing is over or under grade, and give name of owner of such
tracks; survey station ntmiber at even 1,000 scale-feet intervals, and station
and plus at points of all main line switches, at points of curves and tangents
and at beginning and ending points on each sheet; the degree and central
angle of curves, and joint tracks and ownership thereof. On right-of-way
and track maps inside the limits covered by the station maps it will not
be necessary to show the sidetracks when to do so will obscure more im-
portant data.
Improvements.
(g)
Show:
water stations,
stations,
fuel
where
outline,
it
can
done
be
etc.
Also
clearly.
indicate
turntables,
general
in
conventionally:
lines
of
kinds and supports, fences by note only, and other principal railway
Topographical Features.
(h)
Show:
Rivers
noted, as far as
may
courses,
etc.
be practicable.
PROFILES.
The
surface of water in rivers and streams and flood lines shall be shown
where
also,
it
is
Geological Survey
possible to do
Datum
so.
All elevations to
refer
to
U.
S.
No.
shall be
so that
any
serially
numbered sheet
serially,
same portion
Ml
538
numbered sheet or sheets of the rightof-way and track maps. The sheets rep;-esenting valuation sections shall
form separate series, and valuation sections shall be numbered serially
with the letter "V" preceding the number, and the letter "P" shall precede
Index numbers shall be in
the serial number or numbers of the sheets.
the lower right-hand corner of the sheet and enclosed in a plain, single
line circle one inch in diameter.
of the railway as the like serially
The
number
file
on
all profile
circle
left-hand corner.
Platting shall be done as specified for right-of-way and track maps.
The 2^-inch
space
way
as to
most economically
on
shall be placed
all
profiles
Roadway.
(a)
Show
The
vertical
projection
of
the
original
ground surface on
center line of railway; present grade line (top of the roadbed subgrade)
rates of grade; elevations
(sea-level
datum)
at all
points of change of
sheet.
Structures.
(b)
projection
the station
file numbers
of the detail standard or
by which the structures were built; existing mileposts and
reference to railway
special plans
and
Quantities.
(c)
mile a
summary
February
1,
1914, shall
show
for each
Profile of
1,
by the company.
%^^^-
V/?'?'-
SEC.
817
UULUU
Track Pan
Passenger
Station
Passenger
Section
Station
House
1899
75:LB.
85- LB.
igoi,
,z:o:c.L^
n:
UJUUUL.
n]
'TJ
>
Id!
AO
A'C
TRACK CHART
V V
SEC.
716
SEC.
615
514
W.T.
O-i
85-i-B.
SEC.
Pdssenqer
Passenger
Station
Station
90- LB.
I90g
90-LB.
did
.o.J2..o^>5!ltCil^
6!401tR,
_i
_j
CO
CO
fO
.81
1904
HART
(Senqer
\aY\on
'%
<?^'
SEC
V.^'
SEC.
514
SEC.
312
Passenqer
Freight
Passenqer
Sectii
Station
House
Station
Hous
Mjggr==^:MMiEi
^O-.
Porm
%^^^
MttJB=>OSTS
SEC.
SEC.
211
ssenger
tation
1121
Passenger
Passenger
Station
Station
BALLAST
10- LB.
1899
RAIL
ALINEMENT
TRACKS
GRADE LINE
/.
%^&
'^',
I. la
^1
<
^9..
539
(d)
On
Show:
the
alinement notes
points of
of
main
curves
stated
in
figures;
the
station
and plus
at
buildings,
crossings
shall
be used.
TRACK CHART.
A
ress of
profile
work
1121,
is
necessary,
and
recommended.
PROGRESS PROFILE.
showing complete information respecting the rate of progpertaining to the different features of a railway
is
Adopted, Vol.
Adopted, Vol.
8,
7,
Profile,"
Form
1122,
is
is
necessary,
recommended.
540
CO
tn
O
O
04
fl
541
RECORDS AND ACCOUNTS.
CONVENTIONAL SIGNS FOR USE ON RAILWAY PROFILES,
RIGHT-OF-WAY AND TRACK MAPS.
HYDROORAPnV.
Stream
Springs
and Sinks
Falls
and
ffap/ds
Water Line
Marsh
Name
Canals
Size
Ditches
Reuisf.'
Contour System
Sand
Cliffs
tnnuniMninininnrrz^r^,
Cut
Embankmen-f
Medium
Top of Slope
Fina
Bottom of Slope
1087
Adopted, Vol.
15,
1914,
VoL
16,
1915,
pp.
789,
1086,
542
^ Railways
Topographicau Maps.)
Steam
Elec trie
>
iwiifnw ^
Street Railways
*
rzj=r.^rz^rz.:rz:rzj=rz
Proposed Tracks
'
zr-zn^rz:rzjrz.rzjrz
Co/or other than
_.
Foreign
Tracks
^
Ah'^^^^^*
Black with
^'Curye to Right
or
Z'C.L.
4'C.ff.
Red
Initials ofRoad.
Political Divisions
State,
County
or Township Lines.
Government Surveys,
Street, Block
Bethel
Twp.-w.v ne Co..Mich.
Base, /Meridian,
Survey Lines
1^^^
qn^ajfsZH^)CfnterUnel9
//,
r^^*^^ Lines
^enrer
if Monumented.
show location
state Kind
_,
^
^
Fence (on Company Property Line)
J
>K
and Yard
and Height
'
Stvditi Use
Single or Double Lines.
"
^ - - -^
543
Stone Fence
Board
sssass
6lve Height
Fence
Picket Fence
^'
'
do.
"m
> "
>
'
I'll
"
Rail Fence
Worm
do.
Fence
do.
do.
Snow
Fence
ai
Snow Shed
#s
City
Village
City Limits
Fire Limits
|;,E3i3'^iEJ/E34
Section Corner
16
20 II
Section Center
Triangulation Station or Transit Point
Bench Mari<
Monument
A
B.M.X'232
Stone t^onument
Iron
H|7
544
Track Fixtures.
Turnout and Swiith'-Stanol
r:
tnterlocked Switch
Derail
Bumping Post
*
BUIUDINOS.
CXI
Stone
Frame
QD
Brick
(HbI
IndicaH
__
Us0
Concrete
J=^
Corrugated Iron
l^
and
Numbtr
rUI
of Stones.
Electrical Sub-Station
IT&l
(TXJ
Platform or Driveway
Turntable
Interlocking
1^
Tower
Ash Pit
Coal Chute ( Mechanical
545
^^
Public
Private
Trails
rzzrrz-r --
rri vate
Road
J/
//
at Grade
under
f/
//
Crossing
Crossing
''"
^'
-'-'
Rood
yy^^^^^
ft
e>-/
t,
V/
f
===
overhead
Croasing Gate
Turnstile
Cattle
**\
Guard
Farm Gate
-A..a-_<x^^^o
NES.
Tunnel
Shaft
Test Opening
Coal Outcrop
Mine
in
Operation
X )*
'
5?
.--
RECORDS AND ACCOUNTS.
546
Bridges.
Girder
Truss
Trestle
6/gna/ Bridge
Lift
Span
Leaf
Draw Span
Culverts, 5ewers,etc.
Masonry Arch or Flat Top Culvert
^irrrrrrrmillllV-'^
tC5^-^.f^?!^^1
Kind of Walls, if any.)
*
Catdi Basin
Manhole
'
a-
m;h.
Sump
Water
Water Tank
Water Column
Track Pan
Steam or 6as
Compressed Air
C/yamcter.f-.-'^uj
6ive5iu
UUUUUUUUUUUU
547
Pipe Lines.
(Continued.)
Fire
M
1
Hydrant
Valve
Riser
Meter
Sewer or Drain
Electrified
Third Rait
..
_ ^'^^^^
Lines.
>
Jumpers
or CLof Track
or
Running Rail or C.L of Track
Feeder
Switch
(Statt Kind)
548
Rail.
Vol
IC, pp.
'&^^
Mile Post
?
Sec.
Section Post
Yard Limits
Highway Crossing
(3jED
Bell
Flanger Sign
Whistie Post
Crossing Sign
Tell -Tale
549
550
Miscellaneous.
-^
I OwMrMp
Raii ffesf
G.C.
Gantry Crane
Arc
Lamp
->i<:
/"i^
Other Lamps
Railway Tunnel
ziij::--.--.-^
/fed Ink
Dimension Lines
Black-
Crib bin gr
Track Scales
Wagon
Scales
Mail Crane
True
and
Magnetic Meridian
200
100
1
Graphic
^Scales
50
100
50'
'00'
200
150'
Boom Crane
Oaj Container
^OO'
I
n
RECORDS AND ACCOUNTS.
Standard Sections
551
Cinders
Wood<
Crushed
Rock
Gravel
pm\m^
MM
brick
Sond
Plain
Solid
Rock
Concrete
Seamy
Rock
ReinRods or Bars
forced
Concrete
.i'.o'.'.^-.'j;
0.*
Metal Mesh
Wote r<
Rubble
Laid in
Mortar
Rubble,
Earth
Dry
Courses
may be
Omitted.
(^
l^.l__
7r^r>-q
-v
t
>Wif
1
J
T
552
Standard Sections
ffockfaced
Copper
Ashlar
Dressed
Ashlar
^^^^
Wrought
Uncoursed
Steel
Ashlar
Cast
Wool, Felt,
Asbestos,
Leatheretc
Steel
Composition
Wrought
Iron
Metal, Lead,
Babbl1t,eto.
Mica,Fubber\
Vulcanite,
Fiber,
Cast
Iron
eic.
Malleable
Bronze
Brass
Glcrss
Iron
Structural
yyy//
'/(r/'/yy,/''/VV'/', y
vyyy</V<A/y''/yy.
y///////////</y<A/'/
Steel
h^
A BRIDGE
Shop.
553
RIVETS.
Field.
Two
Full Heads.
far
side.
Par
Side.
Near
Side.
Both
Sides.
in.
%-in, and
B8TRES8E8.
4-
Tension.
Compression.
1-in. rivets.
554
7
Semi -Automatic,
SpCWAL
(POWER.)
Operating.
Automata
Slotted.
Mechanical
Power
(MECM.)
Stick.
Non-Stick
(towkr)
RtrcneNct
TONOTIS.
A\0
Two
2- Position.
Position
0to60-0to70
2- Position.
Al
A2
Bl
B2
2- Position.
0to45
CI
83
C3
2-POSITION.
45 TO 90
3-Posn.
Oto45to90|
A5
A6
Is:
m
A7
JD
C4
B6
C6
E3
in
E6
to 45 .
Semi -Automatic Stick, 45 to 90.
Non-Automatic,
Special- 3 Position
Absolute
normal position.
Spbcial- 3 Position
g24
B7
nn
1^
Arms
C5
NOTE:
UB5
03
E2
B4
# k: rZ ft
Position
S(6MUN6.
P.
en
tXJ
0TO90
Three
Hn
L..-J
SlGNAUNG. 0to75'0to9O
Stop Signal.
<
Distant
Signal.
Stop
Permissive
Signal.
F3
Train
Order Signal
Fixed
2
"""]
.
Arm.
4-
;32'J VERTCftL
!0
h-]
"j
:5q
Ai
StAGGEREdJ
iTitiTi iTititV
o:
7
Adopted. Vol.
7,
VoL
16, 1914,
E7
.-
Y-
555
-1
.J
Ground
Mast.
7^
TJ
Tr
Offset
Bracket
Bracket
Suspended
Post.
Mast.
Post.
Ring enclosed
characteristics
MEAN light
ONLY.
signal
Pot
Smash
Signal
Signal.
Disc Signals.
()
HOME
HOME
Proceed
Stop.
@
Distant
Proceed.
@
Distant
Caution.
(g
Double
Functioned.
h-T
Present Signal to Remain.
JL
Right Hand
LocATiONb.
Left Hand
Locations.
n
Right Hand Signal
556
Track Circuits in
Both Directions.
^
^^:^^
^"^c^^^
Signal Bridge.
Power
Signal Substation
Station.
Traffic Direction
y^^jj
Signal
Station.
None on Rigkt.
Crossing Gate
Bridges.
Girder.
Truss.
Trestle.
NOTE: State whether Deck, Half-through or Through Bridge.
Lift Span
Draw Span
HiGHWAir Crossings.
Private Road
Road Crossing
Road Crossing
Road Crossing
Road Crossings.
Crossing.
at Grade.
Undergrade.
Overhead.
nAILWAr
RACKS.
RED.
Railwav Track or
Old Track to be
Taken Up.
Proposed
Proposed (future)
Tracks
Tracks.
Foreign
Tracks.
5
[ZD
Track Instrument.
Tunnel.
T
Mile Post.
)w.T
Traih
ULAAAJ
Water Column.
Water Tank.
Mail Crane.
Impedance Bond.
Torpedo Machine.
Stops,
Track
Ri^n.
^
Stop.
Clear.
NoN- Automatic.
Mechanical.
Power.
.
C30
Power Switch Machine.
Slotted .
Semi-Automatic .
5
Insulated
Switch Rod
Turnout and
Switch Stand.
Automatic
CAPACITY
Relay Box
557
Junction Box
Terminal Box
Lightning Arrester
Box
REUY
^acity-
D
(BBattery
Chute
Take or Leave
Siding Indicator
capacity
BOX CAPACITY.^Jol
CW*CITY-(3)
BATTEfTY CHUTE
NOTE :
Type of
indicator
to be COVERED BY
GENERAL NOTE
?
Switch
Box Location
Switch
Switch Indicator
Indicator
00
00
Cable Post
Only
With One
With Two
Indicator
Indicators
With Relay
Box
With Relay
Box AND One
With Relay
Box and Two
Indicator
Indicators'
Battery Shelters
Tsj
53-
Above Surface
b
Audible
^"^
Buzzer
Visible
rr
fsl
OR
Below Surface
(figures
indicate capacity)
Track
B
Battery
558
fw
Set
Left Turn-out
DERAILS
Left hand
(NON-DERAiyite)
(DERAJLJ5J&;
Right hand
(DERAILING)
NON-DERAIUNG
Single Point
DouBU
Point
Lifting
NOTE
Block
Non-interlocked switches and derails td be shown same as above except shading in triangles omitted.
Where hano-tmrown switches are pipe-connecteo id others, at least one switch or derail
(the one farthest from pont of operation) should have the letter "p" placed beside it.
Detectw Bar
E
Oil
2>-
ENaosED Pipe
S.LM,.'0
RL.
B.L.
Plunger Locked
Switch
Movement
Cranks
v^/v
Line
Bolt Locks
I-Way
Compensator
OiL
I-Way
Arrow
Indicates Direction
2-Way
2-Way
Normal TO Reverse
3-Way
Wire Adjusting Screw
3- Way
track
^^
* N
NOTE:
ANO TRACK
|S57
1^-
E
3
4-
5-
SIMPLE tuRN-OiJT
Simple CROSS-ovEft
Derail -Single Point
Single Slip Switch
hr
'
'
PIPE
LINE
WIRE LINE
P WHEEL
i
'
12
b
6
Li
7 8 9
Crank Lead-out
TiK
E-WAY CRANK'
>2-WAY
l-WAYCRANK^
LU
I3I4I
CRANKS
|6|7|8|9
VERTICAL CRANKS
^^
x-
/ /
\ \
3
6 7 8
DEFLECTING BARS
12
VERTICAL
559
560
of
t-t
i-i
Symbols
TO BC COMBINED AS
NECESSARY
ElECTFO MAGNET.
A. C. Electro Magnet.
LI
l.Ji
J^
[
- -1
J.^
t
l..iZ
Bell Attachment.
HIT
im
if
Differential,
Slow Acting.
f f f
^-^
y^'T
T--T
Disc
-o
W
J^
"^CV
OR
Visible.
[^ -
3-Position,
"K""
;x! OR !X!
^-zti
tltl
^iYilj^^
Disc
^-^T
n-rr
Invisible.
ic'ii
^^3'^'<3
Position
in
Normal
Relays
Examples
D.C. RELAY-
ft
561
of
Combinations.
Neutral- Energized-
Li
fi
NOTE
GIZEO
Arm Horizontal-
-o
-O
J.L
A.C.
relay-Two
J.L
JJ
D.C. ELECTRIC
BELL.
562
NOTE:
GRAPHIC
SYMBOL.
B
N- Normal
Position.
LETTER
SYMBOL.
6RAPHI0
SYMBOL.
B
circuit
closed.
563
3 -Position
Signals.
!>,
^-
LOWER QUADRANT.
^T-f-
Closed at
4'
Closed at 45 Only.
4'
Closed at 90 Only.
Only.
Nfr-9
<
to 45
Closed
^fr-f
^
^L^
^t60^70*" OR
75
't
Closed at 0^ ONhv.
Signals.
Closed
Closeo.
Open.
in
Clear
Position Only.
fr~#
=:
Circuit Controller
Switch
Circuit
Controller.
Operated by Locking
Mechanism of a Switch Movement.
>
Closed,
Open.
Bridge
Circuit
Controller.
_Ju.
t
Circuit Switch,
564
5?
Manual Time Release,
(electbic)
Emergency Releasc
(electric)
It
Knife
i^
Rheostat.
()
(>
d)
CLOSED.
OPEN.
LATCH Contact.
Floor Push,
Switches
<D
<D
Single Pole.
Single throw.
Double Pole.
Double Throw.
^WV
Fixed Resistance
<
IMW
Impedance
without
Iron Core.
Variable
Resistance.
i
Fuse.
WOWO"
K=>
edance wit>*
Iron Core
Condenser.
Rectifier
Battery.
^-
565
-^ililiNilir
Cells
in
Cells
Multiple
6 = Gravity
P = POTASH
= Storage
>
in
A.C.Terminals
O.C.Terminals
Series
Number Of Cells
TRANSFORMERS
S.Q-Q.Q.Q.Q.Q.OJ
EXAMPLES:
2- OR MORE SECONDARIES
I- SECONDARY
I6P, I0S,ETC.
l^rjsrj.rrj
\
(M)
(|)
D.C.MOTOR
D.C.Generator'
A.G.
A.C.GENERATOR
Incandescent Lamp
Wires Gross
Common
"
Wire
MOTOR
^Mg)
(mMg)
"
A.C.-D.C.
MOTOR- GENERATOR
Single
Double
Terminals
Lightning Arrester
Ground
Wires Join
Other than
Direction
"
Common Wire
of Current
566
The
management of
the economical
The
The following
stock.
a railway storehouse
object of a storehouse
work and
to provide material
is
work may be
labor,
minimum, bearing
mind
in
on investment
also interest
ii^
problem:
Standardization.
The
minimum
the
The amount
of each
item which should be carried in stock will depend upon the rate of con-
sumption, time required for the purchase and delivery of material, and
upon
also
local conditions.
Classification of Material.
This
necessary so as to reduce to a
is
An
of handling.
approved
classification
minimum
requisitions.
Stock Account.
An
of
replenished
minimum.
and
disbursements
receipts,
when
times a record
all
amount on hand.
should
Stock
the
Inventories sho;ild be
made
at stated periods.
be
to a fixed
proper stock
When
material
is
and
if
partial,
when
final
ship-
The
ifixed
storekeeper's
place
in
the
general
ability
to
down
hold
first
the
stock
his
fills
organization
should
efficiency
primarily, the
is,
be
so.
requirement.
PROTECTION OF RECORDS.
Duplicate copies of record books and maps, particularly right-ofway maps, should be kept in quite widely separated localities, so that
the trouble and expense of reproducing them will be greatly reduced
in case of fire or accident.
8
Adopted, Vol.
Adopted, Vol.
1905. pp.
658.
668.
13,
5,
2,
6.
COMMITTEE
XII.
The
In
all
curacy of
results.
Minimum
party:
Instrumentman.
2 Chainmen.
The
work
to be done.
SECTION
II
his
The
men
Chief of Party
is
met before
much
The Chief
starting out.
Transportation
Motor car,
Horse and wagon
Pack train.
train,
Boats,
Dog
sleds, etc.
Availability of gasoline
and
oils for
vehicles, if used.
used.
Difficulties liable to
difficulties
motor
if
Adopted, Vol.
22, 1921,
567
568
The
members should
rest
Party.
He
investigated.
Personal Supplies
The Chief of Party should instruct the men as to the amount and
kind of clothing as a minimum, dependent upon the length of time they
expect to be on the expedition, and the kind of climate and the extremes
of temperature to be encountered, and the ability to secure such supplies en route.
Also the maximum limit permissible in weight or bulk due
to the transportation facilities.
Camp Equipment
With the advice and instruction of his superior the Chief of Party
should decide upon the kind of equipment that will be necessary, depending upon methods to be used in housing and taking care of the men.
and capacity.
farm houses, the spacing of groups or settlements and the
If
in
capacity.
If in
'
'
^'
\
camp
cars, the
required,
and
sufficient
water
supply to accompany.
animals or insects.
needed
to
And
in certain seasons.
in certain countries
it
will be necessary
proof
tents,
snow
shoes,
snow
Supplies
Under
the instructions
The mode
tity
diffi-
their use.
Additional medical supplies and instructions for their use; the quanand assortment to depend upon the likelihood of the requirements
and degree of
civilization
of certain kinds
569
Camp
Locations
mind
the following:
Sanitary
at
any one
facilities required,
and the
place,
effect of
:territory.
The methods
The methods
The design of
the
facilities.
amount of time.
camp to meet the
local requirements.
Communication
Methods of securing mail and other sources of communication
that
can be arranged.
SECTION
III
Organization
Duties of the various members.
duties under different circumstances for the different periods
The
What
When
When
When
breaking camp.
setting up camp, and
While in camp.
The assembling of the entire party or each sub-division at the close
of the day's work, so all may return to camp together, and thereby avoid
being lost in the woods or meeting with an accident, and none to assist
them to camp.
Supplies and Equipment
The Chief
of Party
is
570
That the personal equipment and clothing of the men bear individual
markings or distinctive colors sufficient to keep one man's possessions
from being mixed with others.
cultivated
fields.
The
triangulate around
The
it.
'
.
location at
kind of stakes to
machinery, or the removal- of such stakes after the party lias passed.
The cutting of stakes from timber, or material at hand, as the party
passes along, so as to avoid using property upon which others may set
a value.
Conduct of
Pcirty
on similar expeditions.
Violate no local customs, and take care not to run counter to any
local prejudices, but conciliate the good feeling of the community.
When stopping at farm houses, you must realize the people are inconvenienced in order to accommodate you. Leave things aS you find
them.
Records
entire survey.
details
field
must be outlined
The
field
Maps should
Abandoned
Maps and
lines should
Name
of the railroad.
Branch or
Town and
division.
state.
Object.
date finished.
Scale.
North
point.
The name of
notes.
start
571
of the book where, the notes begin and end for that day's work.
Transit field notes should show
Station.
Point.
Deflection.
Angle
Angle
to right.
to left.
Calculated course.
Magnetic course.
All in columns as stated from left to right.
Each page should have across the top the name of the line and the
kind of survey. Notes should run up the page.
Topography notes:
Each page should have across the top the name of the
line
and the
kind of survey.
Datum.
Interval.
Scale, should be plainly set out at the beginning
line.
The Engineer
he
left
it.
maps and his reference points. It should be the purpose to use such
judgment that the reference points are as permanent as possible.
When the line is finally established, bench marks should be placed on
permanent locations, and a large number of ahnement points should be
Iron posts or stone monuments
referenced in a permanent manner.
buried along property lines and their location tied to other known corners
are probably the best. Also prominent features on country residences are
good, gables, chimneys, etc. They should be lined in by the three-point
problem, three angles, three points, and the bearing calculated, if possible.
also be given.
To
is an assurance of willingness to
obey the rules.
Obedience to the rules is essential to the safety of passengers and
employees, and to the protection of property.
The service demands the faithful, intelligent and courteous discharge
of duty.
Adopted, Vol.
572
To
responsi-
bility.
its risks.
General Rules
1.
rules
must pro-
Employees must be conversant with and obey the rules and inIf in doubt as to their meaning, they must apply to the
proper authority for an explanation. Supervisory employees must know
that the rules and instructions are understood and complied with by those
under them.
Employees must pass the required examinations.
3.
2.
structions.
4.
Any
5.
The
must be
is
prohibited.
sold, is sufficient
unite to protect
7.
reported..
Safety
is
it.
of the
first
importance
In
all
though
9.
Employees must do
in so
No
on account of the Company or to use the Company's credit, unless authorized by the proper officei.
10.
Assignment of wages by employees is prohibited and will be
sufficient cause for dismissal.
Employees failing or refusing to pay their
just debts, or against
whom
bills
Company
whose wages have been garnisheed, will, unless satisfactory reason be given, be dismissed from the service.
11.
Employees must devote themselves exclusively to the service, and
must not connect themselves with any other trade or business without
permission from the proper officer.
12.
Employees must not absent themselves from duty without permission. They must not exchange duties with others, or engage substifor payment, or
The
articles furnished
officer.
times.
15.
Each employee whose duties are in any way affected by it, must
have a copy of the current time table and be familiar with the rules and
regulations therein. He must have it with him when on duty and know
the time of trains at whatever point he may be working.
Employees must carefully observe signals displayed by all trains, and
573
all
trains
and
sec-
tions
discipline,
suspension, or
in line of
promotion, or advance-
ment, depending upon the faithful discharge of duty and capacity for increased responsibihty.
20.
all
supervising em-
When
the track
is
obstruction of a track
is
must be displayed.
23.
24.
full
emergency.
Disregard of stop or caution signals, excessive speed of trains,
25.
or failure to answer signals properly must be reported, with a full state-
ment of
facts.
as allowed
the proper
574
Immediately upon closing and locking a main track switch, the employee doing so will observe
attention of those with
if
him
the points
fit
properly,
words equivalent
in
and must
call the
to the statement:
"I
have closed and locked the switch." This statement must be acknowledged in words by one of the employees to whom it is addressed.
28.
Motor, hand, velocipede and push cars must be used for Company business only, and must be operated in accordance with the special
rules governing their use.
29.
form.
30.
would in any
way affect its interests. Supervisors, Foremen and other employees must
make prompt report and forward at once to their immediate superiors
any printed public notices or other matter, with
all
the
information
available.
31.
is
All mes-
meaning.
their
Employees must not permit, except by proper authority, experiof appliances or devices, nor give out information of the
results of any such trial.
33.
Employees shall conform to the prescribed standards, plans and
specifications in the execution of work under their supervision.
32.
mental
trials
OPERATING RULES
(Any
rtile
rule preceded by a
number
in parentheses is a
Standard-Code
Standard Time
34.
will
(1)
be transmitted to
all
observatory,
from designated
points
M.
offices at
daily.
35.
(2)
Watches
that have
The
filed
certificate in prescribed
every
with the
(Form
of Certificate)
Certificate of
Watch
Inspector
on the
19
It
is
correct
and
reliable, and,
575
Name
of
Maker
Grade
Number of Movement.
Open or Hunting Case
. .
,,q
.^.j^^^f
;.^ r
Metal of Case
Signed
Inspector.
Address
36.
Watches of conductors and enginemen and
(3)
must be compared before commencing each day's work, with a clock
designated by time-table as a standard clock. The time when watches
are compared must be registered on a prescribed form.
If access to a standard clock is not possible comparison will be
37.
made with a responsible employee who has compared with a standard
clock.
576
(10) Color-Signals.
41.
Color
Indication
Red.
(a)
Stop.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Blue.
(f)
Purple.
signals.
42.
(11)
or obstruction.
(a)
Manner of Using
Swung across the track.
(b)
Held
Indication
Stop.
horizontally
arm's
at
when the train is
length,
movmg.
Reduce speed.
(c)
(d)
Swung
(e)
Swung
(f)
Swung
(g)
Proceed.
vertically.
vertically in a circle at
half-arm's length across the
is
track when the
train
standing.
vertically in a circle at
arm's length across the track,
when the train is running.
Back.
Apply
ing.
ing.
45.
track
is
(13)
air brakes.
Any
object
a signal to stop.
waved
violiently
"
"
(14) Engine
Note.
The sound
intensity
577
to
the
distance
signal
be
to
is
conveyed.
Sound
(a)
(b)
(c)
Indication
Apply brakes.
Stop.
Release brakes.
0,
Proceed.
(d)
south,
(99).
prescribed
as
by Rule 64
(e)
north,
(99).
prescribed
as
east
or
by Rule 64
When
(f)
Answer
(g)
o o
(h)
o o o
to
provided for.
When
train
is
standing, back.
An-
o O O
(k)
To
o o
o o
(1)
public
crossings
at
grade.
(m)
(n)
(o)
(P)
rail-
live stock
on
the track.
47.
(15)
The explosion
of two torpedoes
is
backward a white
train
light
ahead or obstruction.
tender.
49.
(18)
Yard engines
and
578
rear by night.
light
When
must be displayed.
when
the train
is
clear of the
main
and red
track,
lights to
when green
(or yellow) lights must be displayed to the front, side and rear.
51.
(20)
All sections except the last will display two green flags,
and, in addition, two green lights by night, in the places provided for
that purpose
52.
tion,
(21)
or
(24)
making up
When
all
train signals
is
required.
trains in yards,
when
shifting
(26)
it
Use of Signals
57.
(27)
at a place
where a
signal
is
by that signal, and the fact reConductors and enginemen using a switch
ported to the
must
also,
if
must be used.
(29)
When
(33)
Watchmen
stationed at
when necessary
signals to stop
63.
They
to stop trains.
highway
579
will use
traffic.
(35)
Night Signals
red
light,
fusees.
64.
When
(99)
it
may
with
flagmen's
signals
sufficient
when
distance
to
insure
protection,
full
fusees.
When signal 46 (14), (d) or 46 (14), (e) has been given to the
flagman and safety to the train will permit, he may return. When the
conditions require he will leave the torpedoes and a lighted fusee.
The
sary,
when
neces-
by the
is
When
their trains.
65.
in
use,
must be
On
or About
the Track
66.
It is
On
and others.
traffic,
69.
70.
Foremen, Watchmen and others in charge of gangs or squads
of workmen, should provide themselves with a whistle and should use
is
necessary
580
When
71.
track,
is
it
squad in
large
desirable to divide
Rules for the Operation of Motor, Hand, Velocipede and Push Cars
78.
Employees to whom cars are assigned are responsible for the
proper use and condition of cars in their charge.
A report must be
made to their superior officer if the car is in need of repairs or is, in
their opinion, unsafe to operate.
79.
No
the
main
who
track.
581
to
all highway grade crossings and at all other points when necessary
warn workmen or others of the approach of the car.
Employees operating cars on main tracks shall, when prac85.
ticable,
not relieve them from the responsibility of protecting their cars. They
will see that their cars are clear of the main track for regular scheduled
and, when blocked by an operator or the dispatcher, will report
when out of the block or clear of the main track. No open telegraph office should be passed without stopping and ascertaining the
trains
clear
Where
practicable, cars
second car.
When more
equipped with a white light in front and a red light to the rear.
582
not in use.
torpedoes
2 red flags
2 red lanterns
2 white lanterns
fusees
96.
must be replaced.
Cars must not be overloaded. Brakes should be applied gradually,
97.
and emergency stops should be made only when absolutely necessary.
Hand and push cars should not be run with motor cars, but if
98.
necessary to do so, they must be coupled behind and never pushed
ahead. When hand or push cars are coupled, the speed of the motor car
must be reduced to the maximum speed provided for hand cars in Rule 88.
99.
Employees in charge of motor cars must not permit occupants
to sit in insecure or careless positions, nor permit any smoking or
uncovered lights around motor cars when tanks are being filled or
gasoline handled.
Motor cars must not be inspected with matches or
torches. All moving parts should be guarded.
100.
Motor cars must not be shipped on trains unless absolutely
necessary.
When necessary to ship them, the gasoline tanks must be
drained.
101.
should, be
are
track
circuits.
When
cars are
under cover.
Organization
103.
On
Duties
Maintenance of
officers
who
The
583
may
neer to
whom
Way
have.
Department
The
is
title
divisional officer
report:
ment, have Foremen and others reporting to them. The Foreman, usually,
is the officer under whose immediate supervision the skilled and unskilled
labor perform their work.
Division Engineers
104.
Division
105.
They
Engineers
report
to
the
are
responsible
Way
Maintenance of
for
such
They
will
have
supervision over the persons employed in their department, see that they
understand and obey the rules and regulations in force, and that the
is carried on in a proper, careful and economical manner; that the
records of time and material are correctly and properly kept, and that
the necessary and required reports, covering the time worked and the
material used, are promptly and properly made.
work
Supervisors of Track
106.
They
tenance of 'tracks,
their
thereon.
108.
They
shall
-''
when
properly
V-
station grounds,
584
and report promptly to the proper officer, if the work is not being
done in accordance with the plans and specifications or according to
prescribed standards.
113.
assemble
as
They
shall investigate
all
that
tjae
vicinity of
all
clear of
water.
115.
They
shall
see
that
from
the
obstructions.
116.
They shall not permit encroachment upon or occupancy of
any portion of the Company's buildings, right-of-way or station grounds,
except upon proper authority.
Section
117.
Section
Foremen
Foremen
from the
Supervisor of Track.
Unless otherwise directed. Section Foremen will have immecharge of, and be responsible for the safe condition of tracks,
roadway, and right-of-way on their sections, and for the economical
use of labor and material in their maintenance. They must do no work
thereon that will interfere with the safe passage of trains, except
under proper protection.
119.
Each Foreman must go over his section, or send a competent,
118.
diate
do everything
120.
power
Foremen
in his
Section
to
make
will
have
full
men
They must see that their men properly perform their duties,
and shall discipline those who are incompetent or neglectful. They
must keep the records and make the required reports of the time of
their men, and of the receipt, distribution, and use of the material fur-
directs.
nished them.
121.
In case of accident. Section Foremen must immediately proceed to the scene and render all assistance in their power, whether the
accident occurs on their own or a neighboring section.
In the absence of the Supervisor or other ranking officer, the Section
585
Foreman on whose section the accident occurs, will have charge of the
assembled track forces, and shall be responsible for the character of
the repairs made.
He must not allow the track to be used until it is
known to be safe.
Section
122.
Foremen
shall
investigate
accidents
all
resulting
in
it.
123.
in
They
124.
designated
shall
intervals,
make
personal
inspection
of
their
sections
at
125.
where obstructions
and promptly remove
or slide upon the track,
cuts,
Section
126.
manner
Foremen
shall
is
maintain
surface
ditches
in
such
127.
Section Foremen must keep the ditches and waterways leading
and from bridges and culverts clear within the limits of the right-ofway.
They must remove accumulated drift and obstructions from
trestles, culverts, and bridges after each storm, calling for assistance,
to
when needed.
128.
During heavy storms or high water, whether by day or night,
whereby tracks or structures are liable to be damaged. Foremen and
such of their forces as they deem necessary, must be on duty. At such
times, they must go over their sections to make sure that the track is
They must
with them.
see that
Watchmen
the track,
586
132.
and trunking
free
from
grass and weeds, and switches, frogs and movable parts of interlocking
plants
free
from snow,
ice,
to the safe
and
135.
the Company's
directs.
Watchmen
Track, Bridge* and Tunnel Watchmen report to and receive
instructions from the Section Foremen.
138.
587
142.
fully
may
Supervisors
143.
instructions
to
and receive
145.
shall
for the maintenance of bridges and structures, using such service only
make
make
146.
of
structures
the
the prescribed
their
charge,
and
147.
supervision
fully
material
for
in the
that the
the
discipline
efficient
to
in such
prescribed standards.
In case of
150.
assemble
as
men and
damage
and make
possible,
promptly
necessary
repairs.
They
shall
investigate
all
They shall know that water barrel or sand box rests on all
timber bridges and trestles are in repair and supplied with barrels and
buckets, and that station and other structures are equipped with the
necessary water barrels, buckets and other appliances for use in case
151.
of
fire.
General Foremen
152.
General Foremen
port to and
Buildings.
in
receive instructions
rules
Foremen
in that
588
and structures and will perform such other duties as may be assigned
them by the Supervisor.
Mason Foremen
159.
Mason Foremen
from the
They are responsible for the safe, proper, and economical per160.
formance of the work assigned to them. They must do no work on a
bridge or structure which will interfere with the safety of trains, except
under proper protection.
161.
They will have full charge of all forces under them and shall
employ such forces as the Supervisor of Bridges and Buildings directs.
They must see that these men properly perform their duties, and shall
They must keep the
discipline those who are incompetent or neglectful.
records and make the required reports of the time of their men, and oi
the receipt, distribution, and use of material furnished them.
162.
They will have charge of, and are responsible for, such tools
and materials as are necessary for the performance of their work, and
must know that the tools and material are properly used.
The completion of any work includes the cleaning of the
163.
premises, proper disposition of debris, and removal of usable materials
Painter
Foremen
or
structures
which
will
interfere
589
to and receive
from the Supervisor of Bridges and Buildings.
171.
They are responsible for the safe, proper and economical performance of work assigned to them. They must do no work which
will interfere with the safety of trains, except under proper protection
172.
They will have full charge of all forces under them and shall
employ such forces as the Supervisor of Bridges and Buildings directs
They must see that their men properly perform their duties, and shall
discipline those who are incompetent or neglectful.
They must keep
the records and make the required reports of the time of their men
and of the receipt, distribution, and use of material furnished them.
173.
They will have charge of and are responsible for such tools
and materials as are necessary for the performance of their work, and
must know that these are properly used.
174.
They will have charge of and are responsible for the maintenance of water stations, pipe lines, tanks, water columns, heating plants,
plumbing and piping and of the installation of boilers for such plants,
when so directed. They shall report any abuse or improper operation oi
tiiC machinery under their charge.
170.
instructions
175.
They
shall
know
all
When
units, request
177.
iacility
times.
liability
;,,:
assistance
is
necessary to
make
to breakage are
,,.,,^
j>;
,(.,.t.,
When
affecting
the
operation
of
visor of Bridges
other
the
is
departments
Foremen
not, except in
obtained.
out
of
service,
If
Superemergency, pro-
an emergency
exists,
590
iie
ot
Bridge Inspectors
179.
Bridge Inspectors report to and receive instructions from the
bupervisor of Bridges and Buildings.
They
180.
will
by the
They
181.
will
Supervisor of Signals
Supervisors of Signals report to and receive instructions from
182.
They are
183.
tenance of
all
in charge, on their respective districts, of the mainautomatic and mechanical signals and plants and of the
discipline
186.
efficient
are supplied
performance of their
plants
form.
189.
They must
make
working of
inter-
order,
to
if
is
591
tested frequently in
failures.
191.
to be
made any
alterations or
Foremen
192.
Signal Foremen report to and receive instructions from the
Supervisor of Signals.
193.
They are responsible for the safe, proper and economical per-
They
and materials
mAist
know
will
have charge
of,
196.
When
199.
Signal
report
to
They
They
have
Signals directs.
will
full
They must
592
to insure safe
necessary
to
movement of
trains
disconnect any
switch,
If
it
is
derail,
it
it.
Maintainers
Signal
service.
Should an emergency arise which requires
is taken out of
removal from service of any apparatus, signals must display their most
restrictive indication; switches, movable point frogs and derails must be
securely spiked in correct position and Supervisor of Signals, Division
Engineer and Superintendent immediately notified by wire.
may
be
operation of signals.
the
usual
make
General Foremen of Telegraph and Telephone (or other designated officer) shall be in charge, on their respective districts, of the maintenance of all telegraph and telephone lines and apparatus and of the
employees engaged thereon.
209.
210.
phone
lines
inspection of
their
all
reports.
211.
their
supervision
keep account
of,
them
212.
They
with tools and
duties and that
discipline
fully
and report
when
their
necessary.
593
213.
They shall keep themselves informed in regard to all work
performed upon telegraph and telephone lines and apparatus in their
districts by contractors and others who may not be under their supervision; see that the work is done in such a way as not to endanger the
proper operation of the telegraph and telephone lines and apparatus, and
report promptly to the proper officer if the work is not being done in
accordance with the plans and specifications or according to prescribed
standards.
214.
assemble
as
accidents
officer
wires
to
They
shall
investigate
all
failures or improper working of telegraph or telephone apparatus, see that repairs are made promptly and
215.
make
216.
that telegraph
if possible,
to discover defects or
irregularities
217.
to
must be reported
departments affected
signed to them.
duties
and
They must
discipline
those
when
594
to them.
full
that these
of their men, and of the receipt, distribution and use of the material furnished them.
When any part of the telegraph or telephone wires or appawhich directly affects the movement of trains, is to undergo repairs,
an understanding must be reached with the Chief Despatcher or Wire
Chief in order to insure the safe movement of trains and engines during
226.
ratus,
repairs.
221.
officer
before taking out of service any part of the telegraph and telephone
Should an
which requires the removal from service of any part
of telegraph or telephone wires or apparatus, their superior officer must be
immediately notified by wire.
before such wires or apparatus are taken out of service.
emergency
228.
arise,
damage
to
telegraph or tele-
Conduct of
Work
Care of Right-of-Way
230.
Section Foremen shall keep their sections in a neat and orderly
condition, and shall devote sufficient time to cleaning and putting things
in order
sidings, high-
visor
of
595
Mowing
2^2.
The amount of mowing done will depend upon local conditions
and Federal, State or County laws or regulations. Where the railroad
runs through forest lands, fire regulations must be complied with.
233.
Section Foremen, under the direction of the Supervisor, are
responsible for compliance with all the laws, rules and regulations in
effect in their respective districts, with reference to mowing and fire
protection.
General Cleaning
Section
234.
neatness,
that
no
trees
which by
Roadbed
Drainage
235.
importance that
this
is
all points.
Surface Drainage
236.
Ditches should be kept open at all times so as to divert the
water from the roadbed quickly. They should be dug out thoroughly
and restored to full size in the spring and late fall. Side ditches should
be dug uniformly and parallel to the track, and conform to the standard
roadbed sections.
Intercepting ditches should be constructed along the top of
237.
the bank, for the protection of cuts, where the drainage area would be
likely to collect sufficient water during heavy rains, from the higher
241.
directed.
Cross
drains
should
be
put
in
at
proper
intervals,
where
596
Underground Drainage
In wet or narrow cuts, where side ditches cannot be
242.
maintained, sub-drains will be provided as directed by the
who
and character
a true grade and
efiFectively
,
in
Such
plans.
Care of Roadway
The
243.
No
plans.
cross-section of the
from the
deviation
sections
proper authority.
244.
Growth of vegetation on the slopes of cuts and embankments
should be encouraged to prevent erosion.
Track
Storage of Ties
245.
to
the
Renewals
^Inspection for
made
should be
to insure
Renewals Method
of
The renewal
248.
Division
Engineer.
proper renewals.
inspect
ties
cars.
directed by
when
to
each
The Supervisor
shall
see
in the track,
the
shall
if
next inspection.
Ties shall be spaced according to the standard plan. All ties
The outside ends on double
249.
tracks,
track,
should be
rail.
The
597
side
possible.
is
applied.
Records of
tie renewals and all data of value
should be kept on suitable forms. Forms recommended by the A.R.E.A. are most convenient and satisfactory.
252.
in connection therewith
Rail
Renewals
253.
track structure
is
the
rail,
therefore
care
20
to
0 to
25Mo
25
50
50 to 75
75 to 100
Over 100 rail to be laid close.
A
A
inch
yi inch
inch
V% inch
is inch
Care should be taken that the openings between the rails be not
the above limits, as too much expansion in the joints will
spoil the rail quicker than any other error or defect in the method of
laying, especially under heavy traffic.
257.
Care should be exercised by those in charge of rail laying
gangs to see that adzing is carefully done and the rail left in proper line,
gage and surface. Shims should be used if the track is frozen and the
It is desirable to place tie
ties cannot be lifted to eliminate low spots.
more than
598
.,
plates
rail
is
laid.
It
especially
is
making some
joints
close, resulting in
buckling of the
track
in
259.
laid;
if
260.
In making temporary connections in main tracks, an old rail
should be cut and fastened to the new rail, using compromise joints
when
necessary.
261.
When
When
be drawn.
drawn.
be
a different
Where no
tie
in the
The
rail
rail.
must be
full
must be
rail.
may
and the spikes should be stagbe on the same side of the tie, and
spiked,
Where
shoulder
two
of bolts.
is
plate
tie
rail.
tie
rail,
plates are
with the
Good second-hand
At permanent connections of
spikes
number
rails
For the preservation of the rail, and to secure the best bearing
and distributing the weight of the rolling stock
uniformly over the rail and to the roadbed, the ties should be spaced
Approximately eleven (11) inches
a uniform distance, face to face.
264.
The
ties,
twenty (20)
ties to a thirty
ties to
(30)
a thirty-three (33)
foot
rail.
rail joint
Bonding
266. Where
267.
Replacement
and
rail
letter,
599
of
all
new
rail
or
defective
Where
rail
failures
rail
found.
become numerous,
especially if transverse
This can
be facilitated by the use of a mirror attached to a short wire handle
for examining the inside and underside of the head of the rail.
good
magnifying glass with which minute defects or hair line cracks can be
This method of inspection, if properly coninspected, is desirable.
ducted, will result in the discovery of a large percentage of transverse
fissures before the rail breaks in the track, and such rails can be removed. When one rail of an ingot fails in track by reason of a transverse fissure, all the remaining rails of that ingot should be removed
from main line passenger tracks. Such rails may be relaid in side tracks
fissures develop, a special rail inspection should be arranged.
or in yards.
Broken Rails
270.
A broken rail found in the main track must be protected
immediately by a flagman and no trains allowed to pass over it until it
is found that the rail is in such condition as will permit the train to
pass in safety. If it is decided trains may pass over the rail safely, all
trains must be stopped before reaching the break, and then allowed to
Joint Bars
The
joints
to facilitate expansion
The
ties
Track Bolts
273.
As
and
joint bars
will permit.
274.
It
is
essential
to
600
The
well
oiled,
Nutlocks
211.
Spring nutlocks
of
approved
design
should
be
on
used
all
track bolts.
Track Spikes
278.
vertical,
in
spike
head
to
crack or break
off.
to
Anticreepers
280.
Th6 number
rail will depend upon the physical charand the amount and character of the traffic.
of anticreepers per
281.
In the application of anticreepers care should be exercised to
use proper tools, to properly apply the anticreepers, and not to damage
any of their parts. The use of spikemauls, or heavy hammers, should
be discouraged.
Tie Plates
282.
283.
Shoulder
tie
plates,
so punched
that
special
joint
plates
are
When
applying
tie plates
ties,
is in
cor-
gage before they are spiked to the ^ie and that the shoulder of
the plate rests against the base of the rail for the full width of the
rect
plate.
The shoulder of
give
rail.
level
the
plate
Rough
to
remain
bearing and
all
old
spike
holes
when
should
be
6Q1
Ballast
Cross-Section
285.
The
conform
to the standard
plans.
Unloading
286.
When unloading ballast care must be exercised to secure
If special ballast cars are not
proper disposition and avoid waste.
available, hopper bottom cars should be used.
Ballasting
2%7.
It
is
traffic
and
289.
distribution of
will
preparatory to the
unsuitable material
ties,
roadbed, the old ballast cleaned, and the unsuitable material used for
When
the
old
ballast
thoroughly cleaned,
has been
sufficient
new ballast should be unloaded to make the first raise, which is usually
made by shovel tamping the ties. When ballasting or surfacing track out
of face, both rails should be raised together.
291.
Foremen should be
where
and
It is safer, especially
traffic is
raise
all
of these,
if
necessary,
when
raising
292.
practice to
If possible, the
ends.
first
the
tamp the
and a
rail.
of the
tie
293.
ties
solid
end of the
from
tie
15
it
in.
recommended
good
as
The
is
The
cepter
Where
the track
is
at least 1 in.
where
this is
rail.
rails
At road
may
must be kept
crossings, platforms,
etc.,
602
with an asphaltum or tar product, and good, clean stone mixed with the
same material may be used for at least one foot each side of the rails.
For broken stone or
294. The following tools should be used:
Shovel, tamping pick and stone fork.
For
gravel,
295.
Mechanical tie tampers have been developed, which are efficient
and economical, and these may be used for heavy main line work in any
kind of
ballast.
There are a number of devices and machines now being manufactured for use in cleaning ballast, and any device which is efficient and
296.
Good
297.
line
As
essentials for
good riding
is
and tie
and surface will insure good riding
distributed,
298.
first
If sufficient ballast
track.
line
track.
permit, the entire section should be gone over and smoothed up. At this
time special attention should be given to those portions of the section on
which no tie renewals or ballasting is expected to be done, during the
season, and this track put in 100 per cent, condition. Where tie renewals
is to be done, no unnecessary work should
be done, the aim being to keep these portions of the section sufficiently
smooth for safe and comfortable riding, until the work of renewing tics
curves,
300.
By
using a string 62
ft.
string to
found
each
301.
When
deg. of curve.
boards.
302.
When not surfacing out of face, as in case of picking up joints
or other low places, the general level of the track should not be disturbed.
Shimming
303.
Wooden shims
action of frost, or
304.
When
when
other conditions
make tamping
level
impracticable.
be used.
305.
the
tie.
No shimming
603
should be done under the tie, except in emergency and shims so placed
should be removed as soon as possible.
306.
shaped.
securely braced to
Tie plates with one end placed against the outside
under the head of the rail, and the other end spiked to the tie make good
307.
prevent spreading.
''
braces.
'!
.|fM
Section
gage or surface.
Gaging
Uniform gage is essential to good track and must be maintained,
The standard gage is 4 ft. 8^ in. Curves of 8 deg. and under
should be standard gage. Gage should be widened 5^-in. for each 2 deg.
310.
311.
exceed 4
ft.
9%
in.
The
installation
to remain out of line or out of surface for any length of time, bad
gage is ver>' likely to result therefrom, and for this reason Foremen
should always check the gage and make any necessary corrections when
lining and surfacing the track.
Track gages should be checked frequently with a standard
314.
gage to assure that all gages are correct. This may be done each year in
the winter months, and the gages should be painted a new standard color
each time tested.
The
Same
elevation
same should be
in
prescribed standards.
316.
Where the maximum speed allowed by timetable is higher
than the maximum standard elevation will safely permit, the speed should
be reduced accordingly. Signs should be placed at the beginning of each
curve where the speed must be reduced below the maximum allowed by
604
The
the timetable.
signs should
show
plain
in
figures
the
maximum
permissible speed.
317.
The maximum
and one-half
inches.
It
only.
where speed
slow, even
is
considerable freight
is
traffic
if
the curvature
and passenger
is
a secondary factor
carry too
to
is
traffic
sharp.
is
much elevation
Where there is
not so important,
down
it
the
Where
the
and fractions
These
compound
Frofifs
curves.
and Switches
The proper
is
installation
special attention.
321.
Switches and frogs must be inspected frequently to see that
they are in proper working order, and that all nuts, bolts and other
Any broken
or damaged
place.
324.
Guard
rails
the frog point to the flangeway side of the guard rail will be at least
4 ft. 6}i in., and the distance between the flangeway sides of the wing
rail shall not exceed 4 ft. 5 in.
Switch rod and connecting rod bolts must be equipped with
cotter pins. The bolts should be inserted with the nut on top for con-
and guard
rail
325.
venient inspection.
326.
free
oiled.
from
ties,
lost
605
The switch
and
all
switch
is
open.
Unless otherwise provided for, the Section Foreman is refor the proper care and maintenance of switch stands and
lamps and must give these devices careful attention. Switch stands must
be kept tight on the head-blocks and adjusted to give the switch the
331.
sponsible
when
proper throw and to keep the points tightly against the rails,
switch is closed, either for the main track or the turnout.
332.
oil,
the
properly
Switch Ties
334.
Switch ties should be used for all permanent turnouts, crossovers and railroad crossings, and should conform to the standard speciThey should be placed
fications for material, sizes and workmanship.
in track in
335.
place of switch
ties,
but switch
ties
posts must be provided and placed in accordance with standard plans and special instructions.
Foremen must
Section
in
If
made of
flues,
kept painted.
made of
old boiler
606
Road Crossings
Foremen are
Section
339.
responsible
on
their
respective
sections
for the proper care and maintenance of public and private road crossings.
ings are
the
easily maintained
highways.
the permission
possible,
and
necessary,
trains,
of
brush or
all
removed.
Track Tools
342.
condition,
is
sufficient
essential for
tools, in serviceable
the performance of
343.
the
Company.
and other Foremen in charge of men will be held
proper care and use of tools.
They must know
Section
344.
responsible
for
the
They should
all
liable to
and
that,
when not
in
trains.
When
345.
not
in
use,
all
tools
Foremen
from being
and
all
available.
607
a science and has brought out two general types, viz., the Line Type and
the Staff Type.
Line Type is exemplified in the army, in which there is a direct
connection from the head through each subordinate to the next lower
yntil the worker, if
we may
so call him,
is
reached.
Line Type
//eacf
$i/h//ad
fbrema/7
^iS,//e4fa
\ JZ^
Staff
Type
are specialists
may
be
of
/^o/r
for
Aiiii
46666
\
/^or.
exemplified in
is
who may
nature to
direct the
authority.
Staff
Type
yvb raring
Nearly
two
all
foroe
types.
work out
into
what
is
known
as
Adopted, Vol.
22,
1921,
railroad
the
manner shown
in
'
'
608
MAINTIINANCE OF \ AYOR(3ANIZ>\TION
(depart lENTAL)
1
VicePre^idenf
in
charga of operation
jChiefEngineer.rtWJ
IflaafjCh/tfEn^rHHrJ
PoadJ^Engr]
SiqnalEnqr.
lflKEn,r,.|
|CK^,n.lU^
i Junior EnqrsJ
{Si^Kr,.^
Enqr.of Bridq|
nss>ln,r.J
II
flrchifed
5upf. Scales!
lDrafL.nl
iJuniorEnqrM
H!*>rSrxFM<6iJ
\Chic3\.ln,M
irnspectors
L|SUlnsp.dH
HOran.m,
LHcV3fWo|
MOrafUm^,!
^OrfUm,n|
iDaffngr-M-W.
Disf.Engr.M.W
\Disin<ir.M.W.
]
1
Et'c
1fl..Enar..|
[Junior
E^c
En^rj
L-lDi^flsmjnJ
|Division Erkgr.
|
Rodlnan
|B.vB.5pv.|
|fl*st.En,r.
iBAB.For.men
|aBL...|
Track 5upv.
\5tcrrkFor,mm\
|^cTrKU.|
|5;,im.nWn,
^^
ISiqnalSopv.)
|iV
|*..,ivA
609
Vie. Prtsidtri
in
charge of op.r.Jlon
|chi.fEn^Iner.M.W
\l\ssia\iafenyM.W.
|
Roadwa.,En,r|
Iflrchlt.ct
En,r.ofBrldH
|5upf.5caUa
^fl.E^,^,.
Si9n.llphH
HDr.fUn,.n|
^Jn.o.en,.|
fl3sf.En^r.
II
Signal Enqr.
>aftmen
W.rS.r.SWty.l
^|nap.c^o^.
|3cl.lnsp.dH
L|Draft.m.n
^JniorEn,^5.|
HOrafUmcn
HDrafbmi]
CnlSupt.
Gen1.5up<.
GentSupf.
1
1
Etc
Dist.EnqrMW.|
fls,t.En,.
Etc
^_UuiorEn^^_| Dramm.nl
L^cUH.inwH
Soperlnfendtn
Oiv.Enqr.
Trck5upv.
IflastEngr
iRodL
|5>B-5upv
1
'
|&B.Firs.
'
|5fgnaI5upv.
pi^nalMaintainers
Her5r.5.^v.
IWattrSch^. Forces
lSecTci. Porid
Fundamentals of Organization
L
An
2.
In
and Working
Force.
3.
4.
610
all activities.
force.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
that
it
Subheads
14.
is
accomplished.
in the
all
principles used
by
15.
16.
Organization charts give the simplest and most readily comprehended means of expressing the system in use.
CULVERTS.
General.
The
1.
verts will be
who
will
bridges, trestles
and
cul-
(Title)
The
2.
all
(Title).
each year.
One
strength of
shall
forward
to the
in (duplicate)
(triplicate)
each bridge, trestle
(Title)
on the proper
^
*^
or culvert inspected,
Adopted. Vol.
21.
1920.
611
The
5.
shall
(Title)
examine
these inspection reports, and if any defects of a serious nature are re-
make
After
examines the in-
(Title)
spection reports he will forward one copy of each of the bridge inspection
reports to his superior officer, calling particular attention to any defects
which are not of an emergency nature but are serious enough to warrant
the attention of such officer.
The
6.
(Title)
shall
make a
personal
He
giving recommendations to remedy the demight request, if necessary, that a special inspection be made
of the structure by a representative of the Engineer of Bridges.
8.
At least once a year a general inspection of all bridges and structures shall be made by the head of the department or his representative,
who is directly responsible for the maintenance of these structures. From
this inspection, a program of all work which will be necessary during the
,
He
fects.
ensuing year,
be prepared.
this character
work
detail
ill
to be
9.
No altering of span lengths, reinforcing (except of a temporary
nature) or change of any bridge, trestle or culvert is to be made without
authority being first obtained from the Engineer of Bridges through the
proper
officer.
Field Inspection.
10.
tions
from
In the selection of
(Title)
the inspector, particular attention should be given to his judgment, activity and familiarity with the character of structures on the territory to
612
which he
to be assigned.
is
Inspector to inspect
It shall
all
The
a report
(Title)
on approved form
showing
<^".PJicate)
in
condition.
No
defects found."
spected must be made each day, and each report must be complete in itself,
and must show the actual condition of the structure as found, regardless
of what has been previously reported. When defects are found which
are of such a character as in the opinion of the inspector endanger
traffic at regular speed, trains must be flagged and only allowed to pass
over the structures at such speed as the inspector may consider safe.
Immediately after the inspector has taken steps to protect traffic, he
must notify at the nearest telegraph or telephone station the Train Dispatcher with copy to the
(Title)
and Superintendent, giving necessary information briefly as to safe speed
of trains over the structure until permanent repairs are made. He shall
follow this immediately with a written report on the next train to the
,
(Title)
The
(Title)
the Division Bridge Inspector, after carefully going over same, shall for-
to the
In the
(Title)
office
(Title)
card index file upoil which should be entered, periodically, the reports of
the Division Bridge Inspector.
12.
In order to reduce the amount of detail work in writing up these
reports the following abbreviations are permissible in order to condense
the report without destroying its effectiveness
A
B
B.
B,
Anchor
Bottom
Back wall
G.
Gen.
Gir
Bkt
Bridge seat
Bracket
Gus
Bm
Beam
Hor
Con
Cov
Diag
Diaph
Cover
Diagonal
Diaphragm
End
E
E.
Connection
end
W. end
E. B
Ex
F
Fill
Flng
Fnd
East end
L
Lat
Mas.
Eastbound
Expansion
Floor
Outs
Flange
Foundation
Con
In
Ins
West end
Filler
Frame
Guard rail
Frm
General Cond.
Girder
Gusset
Horizontal
Intermediate
Inner
Inside
Angle
Lateral
.Masonry
Outer
Outside
Post
Packin
Packing
Ped
Pedestal
Plate
Portal
PI
Ptl
Rod
Rlr
Roller
Sole plate
Splice
S.
PI
Spl
Stiflf
Str
Wooden
613
T
U.
Top
Stiffener
W. B
W.
Stringer
Undercoping
West
Westbound
Wing
wall
Cross
Structures.
The
all
wooden
trestles
and
structures.
The
Division
Bridge Inspector should note such conditions on his report, and show the
action taken in order to correct same.
The Division Bridge Inspector
must see that all bridge seats and cap stones of pedestals are properly set^
reporting any movement or cracking of same.
14.
The Division Bridge Inspector shall report and examine in
detail the track approaches to all bridges and trestles to see that same
are maintained in good line and surface, fully ballasted and that the
rails on open deck structures are spiked in accordance with standard
instructions, and that there is a full bearing on each tie.
The Division
Bridge Inspector shall inspect all joint fastenings and connections to
see that they are in good condition, giving particular attention to see
that standards are fully complied with where decks of ties are renewed
out of face. He shall also see that the inside guard rail is placed on the
structure in accordance with standards.
He shall examine all ties and
guard timber on open deck bridges for soundness. He shall see that
that all bolts are tight; that no guaM
or bolt ends in guard rail project above the level of the top of running rail a greater distance than 1 inch.
the ties hold the spikes firmly;
rail
15.
ber in
The Division Bridge Inspector shall make inspection of all timwooden structures, trestles and timber trusses, boring in same
where necessary
614
The
or his representative.
wooden
size
timbers,
or span
if
not
is
done
in
ately reported.
Steel Structures.
The
16.
work
in
to see that
it is
formed
and
He
in
shall
proper
rivets be tested
in certain
by becoming
ticular
loose,
attention
to
rattling or rusting.
all
He
at
curve.
He
shall look
all
beams and stringer connections. He shall examine the steel for cracks
at the root of all angles and web plates of girders, floor beams and
stringers.
He shall examine top and bottom cover plates and angles,
flange angles of deck girders and floor system of through girders and
He shall carefully
trusses for deterioration from rust and other causes.
examine all bearings where girders rest on pile, on frame bents, posts
or towers, and shall see that the girders have a full and true bearing
and are firmly anchored.
615
shall examine all masonry, conand composite structures for development of cracks or defects in
abutments or piers. He shall examine deck for development of new
cracks in masonry, pulling away of deck from piers or abutments.
He
shall examine underpart of ballast deck for cracking of concrete from
reinforcement and shall report deterioration of reinforcement where exposed. He shall also report on failure of waterproofing of deck, cat^sing
crete
Records.
The
and card
(Title) ....
filing
particular deflgnation
may
be
Guide
Bridge number.
Mile post.
First station east of bridge.
Total length of bridge.
Number of spans.
Length of each span.
Maximum height, base of rail to water or road.
Kind or style of structure.
Date
built.
Back of each guide card should be filed sufficient blank cards for copying the reports of the Division Bridge Inspectors.
In making a record
of the bridge inspection reports of the Division Bridge Inspector the date
of the report should be shown, followed by the details. Sketches showing proper names of the various members of through trusses, through
girders and deck girders should be furnished all Division Bridge Inspectors
and
(Title)
.,
who
the standard terms and use these terms in preparing their reports.
20.
The
shall make frequent inspection of his
(Title).
card index so as to familiarize himself with the condition of the structures under his charge, and to see that the index is kept up to date.
21.
The
...... (Title)
shall
make
616
Forms.
22.
On
Of
the forms
The
for Division Bridge Inspector's use three specigeneral principles of these are the same, in that
The forms
(Title)....
file
Two
office
should be
colors should be
Periodical
report
of bridge inspection
to
his
Division
BRiLNCH
station
Uile
stylo
Length c. to o.
No. Iraoka
linement
Date Built
Material
Clesu:'ance
Eng. Wt.
Total Length
Skew.
Remarks:
s?
Bridge No.
Date
617
618
(name of Railroad)
Bridge Ho.
Date
Deok
Paint
Steel
RiTetB
-
Pier and
T J^niKCi
Al>utment
Substructure
Work
Required
to keep
Structure
in Good
Condition
Work
Required
to keep
Structure
Safe
Bridge Ho.
Date
Condition of Stmoture
Deck
Stringer*
CspB
Bents
Girder
TruBB
Heiaonry
Faint
Repairs
Future
Immediate
619
620
^1
j;
^^
ill kiUjVj
^
C
c;
1?
.V.V;.V<
^:^uj
o o $
^" ^" ^^
^kikj
Jl III ill
^ ^
"S
^l
ki
kj"
ki
^ ^ ^
11^ qqKdqJo
M'0'<*'o<ot^oo5^5i!!?^!5iSl^5
^J3
621
TI
':^3^
^'l'
^^.1
IS
^ ^ **J^
.^
.^.
-Si
Jit
vlll
I 6:11
I!
II
^
klip
llll
ki CS kj C^
^
K- Od ;^
II
III
Ml
l'^^1 Hi l^^e^
1.
:|kjkj
^11
ujUi
ui
M0'<j-'o'^^o<h5:;^C3^
vo
? >
N <a 0^
< -^ Cy
<\J
^i
(Vj
^^
^ S
!3.g
622
ITI
s
I
"III
III!
ft
?:
is
IMI
III
g'll
iii iiii
:|vi.>^>*ov4>^ii^5^^^:^^:Q;i^
623
I
I
I
I'.-
ll
I
Ills
&^
^
a-
'vj'novors.5^S2;55(>
ml
^i5
-f
624
If
Hi
^1
^
i
^
^1^
111
a!
^1^
^^
t-
I
'^ '^ "o VQ t^
o,
:i 5i
5 5
COMMITTEE XIII.
WATER SERVICE.
DEFINITIONS.
Group "A"--Wclls.
Well.
Artesian
well
in
which
Flowing Well.
An
subterranean
pressure
hydrostatic
rise.
artesian well
in
above the
rises
Driven Well.
One
made by
driving
the
without
casing
screen
and
inside, or
Drilled Well.
One,
generally
considerable
of
depth,
drilled
with
Well
Well
in
Intake Well.
in
Casing.
Screen.
well, designed to
Commonly applied
Group
"B"Water
Tank Tower. A
Standpipe.
Tanks.
Tank
Valve.
The
to outlet pipe.
Outlet
Pipe.
The
is
delivered
from tank
to spout.
Float Valve.
Frost Box.
freezing.
line of
from source
Suction Line.
Discharge Line.
is
Service Lines.
Pipe
Adopted, Vol.
21,
lines
1920,
pp.
66,
1349.
625
is
distributed.
its
supply.
forced by
WATER
626
Drop Line.
is
The
SERVICE.
discharged.
is
motive tender.
Group "E"
Internal
Combustion Engines.
prime mover
in
is
derived from the explosive force of the fuel compressed and ignited
in
Two-Cycle Engine.
An
internal
Four-Cycle Engine.
An
power
Gasoline Engine,
An
Gas Engine.
An
manufac-
Oil Engine.
An
ated on a non-volatile
oil
which
is
and oper-
started
fuel.
Matter
application of heat
solution
in
suspension
or
Non-Incrusting Solids.
Matter
in
solution
whose
solubility
is
above
Colloidal Matter.
Matter
in
state
of
Organic Matter.
Vegetable
must be
semi-solution which
filtration.
in
waters.
Suspended Matter.
Matter
filtration,
coagula-
tion or sedimentation.
Filtration.
bacteria
Aeration.
mechanical process
for
from water.
Reagent.
Hardness.
in solution.
which
re-
WATER
mained
it
now
SERVICE.
627
in
Temporary Hardness.
results in
Formerly
forming hard
referred to
scale.
that hardness
was,
ifs?hich
at
Sludge.
The
resulting
precipitate
coagulatioii
or sedimentation.
pumped
One
alternately into
re-
may
be pumped to
it
One
so
Group
is
designed
un-
the
that
it
sufficient for
"G"Equipment
>
Pump. One
Reciprocating
in
One
it
from the
cylinder.
in
Pump. One
Double- Acting
the fluid
in
Piston Pump.
One
in
is
stroke.
Plunger Pump.
One
in
a plunger which
is
in
is
transferred by catching
water
Air Lift.
is
An
Working Barrel.The
line
it
to rise.
discharge the
The
column of -water
.
Rods.
it
the cross-
Pump
fill
line of rods
power head.
piston.
in the
working
WATER
628
PowEK Head.
SERVICE.
pump
working
barrel.
gaseous
Condensed
Precipitation
Precipitation.
Runoff.
is
state.
atmospheric moisture.
losses
less
seepage.
Transpiration.
the ground.
Water
Table.
Seepage.
level.
The
Quantity.
amount of water
volume of business
in
likely to be required
in
Source.
Supply
Where water
The
should
it
is
carefully
be
recommended above
investigated
to
all
other sources.
determine
their
yield.
likely
to be
flow of springs
is
If
the daily
The
rights.
entirely;
no
The
definite rule
Adopted. Vol.
10.
of
style
intake
will
future
depend on
can be given.
Part
1,
as
regards
pollution
local
and
conditions
WATER
In unproved ground,
SERVICE.
629
The
test
character of the
necessary.
Artesian
deep
wells,
Deep
is
pumping usually
and
are generally
finally cease.
more
cost
for maintenance
for that
reason unde-
if
required, determined.
Pumping Plants.
The
Terminal Stations.
Intermediate Stations.
Quantity per 24
Hours,
In Gallons.
Time Pump
Run in
24
to
""
1042
833
733
666
583
500
1666
1458
1250
1042
833
733
666
583
1000
Hours
Hours
Hours
7 Hours
7 Hours
1189
1071
928
838
714
10
10
10
10
10
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
833
750
666
583
500
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
595
476
357
238
119
60
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
1041
833
625
416
208
104
250,000
200,000
150,000
100,000
50.000
25,000
Size of
Pump
Hours.
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
500.000
450.000
400.000
350,000
300,000
700.000
600,000
24
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
10
1666
1458
^800,000
Tin,
Gallons per
Minute.
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
2,000.000
1,750.000
1,500,000
1,250.000
1,000.000
900.000
rZ3 1
to
Hours.
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
1?,S0
4
4
4
4
4
following
Use
4-in. Cast-iron
Pipe where
Use
6-in. Cast-iron
Pipe where
Use
8-in. Cast-iron
Pipe where
Use
10-in. Cast-iron
Pipe where
Use
12-in. Cast-iron
Pipe where
Use
14-in. Cast-iron
Pipe where
Qd X H
Qd X H
Qd X H
Qd X H
Qd X H
Qd X H
is
to 0.355
is
to 0.437
is
is
is
is
to 1.162
WATER
630
When Qd =: average
gallons and
The
quantity of water
H = friction
of water plant
static
SERVICE.
head
in 1000
in feet for
is
and 50 per
added thereto
cent,
The E.H.P.
will be
(static
head -f
head
friction
in feet)
3960
Steam should be
power for
selected for
plants
up
to 5
E.H.P, when
Where
(a)
100
the
lbs.
oil
pump house
is
cheaper
plant
to
is
pump
(b)
Where
a steam plant
is
on an
Where
on a steam plant
interest charge
is less
than
it
would be
oil plant.
Oil should be selected as a motive power where most of the following conditions obtain:
(a)
than 100
Where one
lbs.
pump
is
cheaper
being given to locations remote from trackage and isolated stations where
train service
between
(b)
is
trains,
do the pumping
Where
heavy boiler
at
two or three
repairs,
is
stations.
such that
it
will necessitate
used.
(c)
Where
interest charge
on an
oil
plant
is less
than
it
would be
on a steam plant
The
lbs.
steam.
WATER
o^* CTu
rt
"^
(iiS
>
c^ rt
SERVICE.
631
CO CO eo ^ o CM o 00
eo
40N
00I^C0tOe^JC0OrfOO000>00r^
'-eocNieo'*cocMcoenr5cococo'^rf
Q
(
>>'S
1^ Ia
g
h;
^
-M
-3
00
^
j
apBW
-.^^T
)0^
^03*
"^^ ^- ^o> oi oJ a:
"^^
^- '^. ^
cm cm cm cm
"^^
*^-
r-t
cm'
,-1
COCDTtrtTfQOOOOOQQOO
(A
g
CO
r-ic<^Tj<ooocfioeMT^cot^ooooco
CM-!*<OOOOCMiorN.05r-(eoot^oeM
i-frHi-l(-lt-4CMCMCMCMCOCO
w
w >
H
>^
.'O o-
':3
Do
If
<-
,_
iT
be,
-,
<J
""
ooc5rt'?^Q92 5P'*<^QQ50'^CMO
CMiO00rH^C505CMO05oc0C>0)CM
.-IrHrHi-tCMCMCMCOCOCOCOrf
II3
^
t-"
>
3 w
(/]
a>
So
I-
o2
01
rtffi
A.
L.
T3
C^*
'O
<;
t>(
rt
.oooocMoo*ooooeoiOi-iTi*oocMco
CMTtt^aicvjrftOOJf-teoco Oeo,.tr)
r-rH<-)rHCMCMCvlCMC0C0CO
{J
O
O
a tM
o o
jD
A^
^1
050pt^COi<5'!jrJ<CMOCOMt^l*
.-rt/jt^o>.'Hcoot^ooocMn'
CM CM
c >^
CO
w5
*;
CT
"^pq
J3'5
<-<
Xi
; jo D-
PQ
&
rHeMCMeoco'i'*/><Btot>.r^
CO
<
3^
tooooo^iooo_oo*onoo
r-Jeorrcoi>^(7)dcMe*)"^<OOod>^CM
,^ _! fH f-l i-l i-< CM CM
>
o
II
S;
N
CO
-(CMco^ocor>oooiOi-CMeo^o
^ "^ i
i
^ ?
^
w o
WATER
632
SERVICE.
The water
Pump
66^
Assuming
per cent.
initial
should be assumed
efficiency
steam pressure
90
at
lbs.
per square
"s^
FUt 10
>k
\
size of
size of
water cylinder
1).
this
Proper
The
1.
en
30
Vat kR<
r-
K>
J>
Gy JM
DEF
p
r*
'v
%^
^n?
^.
?s#
r
^\
^ \\
N,
J,0
T)8
^'^ n\
n -
^'^
\^ ^.
\ n\
w
\
o
-ii
-n
J)
n
p
i
n
\ \>
\
"^
in
^ k\
t s\ N\ \
\,
5^
111
\,
\
/
71
\,\
V \\ t
V
\\ ^
>
\,
33
v^
\ \, \ \
^ ^
J3
r\>
\ \, \, \,
m 1^
^
IT
5
en
\\ s\ Xc
x>
pi
5>
\^ k
>
m
K
-z
O
rt
(i
\
Fu.
WATER
SERVICE.
TABLE
633
of
Water Cylinder
Area
of
Steam Cylinder
Ratio
Diameter
Diameter
DiAMBTER
Cylinders
Cylinders
Cylinders
Steam Water
Steam Water
Steam Water
Ratio
Ratio
Ratio
7%
VA
7%
0.39
12
7V,
0.31
14
0.25
16
7%
7%
0.69
0.51
7}i
VA
0.44
10
2.04
1.56
10
1.00
10
1.56
0.88
10
10
1.00
0.39
12
10
0.69
0.29
14
10
0.51
0.22
16
10
0.39
17
10
0.35
5J^
1.21
1.78
18
10
0.31
1%
5J4
1.00
1.00
20
10
0.25
VA
5A
5^
0.84
10
0.64
22
10
0.21
0.30
12
0.44
0.21
14
0.33
7%
10^
1.87
16
0.25
WA
1.30
10
lOK
1.05
0.73
0.54
10
12
5Ji
53/i
1.20
5K
5K
0.92
1%
0.59
85^
2.01
12
%%
1.48
14
1.28
16
WA
WA
WA
1.13
17
lOJi
0.36
0.89
18J4
0.31
0.72
20
IQH
lOK
0.37
17
11
0.42
0.28
20
11
0.30
7'^
1.00
0.73
754
0.64
10
0.56
12
m
8A
8H
0.41
0.26
0.44
14
10
0.36
16
%%
8H
VA
12
0.25
17
S}i
0.25
18
12
2.25
1.65
18^
8^
8%
0.22
6K
6K
0.21
12
1.78
10
12
1.44
14
0.41
12
12
1.00
16
0.32
14
12
0.73
0.56
1%
7
0.50
0.93
1.36
1.00
18
0.25
16
12
1t
0.87
20
0.20
17
12
0.50
0.77
18
12
0.44
10
0.49
12
12
0.34
14
14
0.25
0.59
1%A
12
0.42
0.44
20
12
0.36
16
9K
9K
9%
0.33
22
12
0.30
18H
^Ya
0.25
24
12
0.25
20
9K
0.21
26
12
0.21
WATER
634
The
oil
SERVICE.
The power pump, where suction lift is such that the pump can be on
level as engine, may be of the triple single-acting type, or duplex
same
pump
For small
plants
are recommended.
that the
cylinder,
and shaft
head and extension rods, with guides where necessary, will be found
more advantageous.
Pump
houses should be
wherever practicable.
In
constructed
gasoline
designed that
it
Where
non-combustible material
the
engine
should
be
in
plants
of
The
it.
At terminal
stations the
be
fitted
Introduction.
The most
desirable site
is
The impounding
Conditions of
may extend
over two
Economy
(Operating).
justified at places
delivered does not exceed that of other equally usuable dependable supply.
Selection of Site.
Reservoirs should be located where the topographic and climatic conditions are
8
most favorable.
Adopted, Vol.
21,
1920,
The governing
pp. 59. 1348.
WATER
SERVICE.
635
Topographic:
Size of Reservoir.
Geographical Elevation.
Geographical Formation.
Topography.
Drainage Area.
Shape.
Depth.
Water Table.
Seepage from Reservoir.
Accessibility.
Exposure.
Climatic:
Temperature.
Transpiration.
Wind.
Interception.
f Surface.
Humidity.
Storm Path.
PnnnfF
^''""-
'
Sub-Surface.
Water Evaporation.
Precipitation.
Land Evaporation.
Drainage Area.
This
may
fraction
of a
more
miles in the
rainfall.
An
The
The
ratio
silt
and
size of
spillway.
than 35 or 40, and the reservoir should have a water depth approximating
25 feet.
Water Requirements.
The maximum demands
The growth
determined.
of
traffic
'
Land Evaporation.
This
varies
is
principally influenced
Transpiration.
This
varies
is
from four
mixed vegetation, the water requirements for plants varying from three
hundred to one thousand times the weight of the dry matter produced.
Interception.
This
is
amounts
is
in a
annual precipitation.
something
This item
is
often included
WATER
636
SERVICE.
Runoff
This
is
interception
and deep seepage losses have been deducted, and varies gen-
from
erally
is
is
an appreciable sur-
the
face runoff.
and
is in
Method
is
general one-half and often greater than one-half the total runoff.
of Determining Runoff.
All rainfall records near site and in storm path should be carefully
studied and platted, likewise the
daily
rainfall,
humidity records for the period for which the calculations are made.
(See
Plate "A.")
way
The
2.
3.
4.
Water Evaporation.
This depends chiefly on temperature, but
is
is
WATER
SERVICE.
""
ri
S aif: U|-
y"^
!^
"^
il-
637
n>
^""
^
/
^^
^^^
^
^
x^
^ C\ >
*w.
-.Kit
r1
^a ivr INKV
---
_^
-ji^'-
r-***
><
^ '5>
_^
rrrr.:
^^1
^-
rr-^
r.rrr-.
*ii; '444
"^j
^
/
fS
1
1
^^ .^
%^
'J
t 161
1
\
'f\
>
v/
^4v
S,
}'
a?
=a. **^
1
11
/-^
y
7
>
-,.
{/^
O 561
7>
5'
.^
\
^ -^ ^
\
'
8|
:H
>U|.
11 VJK
^1
IV?
1< rTJK
wv
9
>9i
638
WATER
SERVICE.
Plate "B" Shows Typical Curves for Monthly Values for the
Illinois.
WATER
4
SERVICE.
639
Reading Meters.
The
1.
figures
straight
around
on a common
slot
is
it
in the
face.
dial
only necessary to
The standard
and pinions,
it is
much
The standard
indicator
is
Accuracy
is
in
is less liable
ance in meter reading and familiarity with the work and appearance of
the dials under various conditions of moisture, dirt,
work
etc.,
is
necessary to
accurately.
General Instructions.
(a)
2.
registering.
if
it
is
moves.
(b)
this is indicated
by each
indice.
in
which
marked
Read
10,
and continue
indice, setting
in the units
(e)
down
column
Always
last or is just
in the order
shown by the
set
i.
e.,
down
when
is
for unless the indice of next lower value has completed a revolution, or
4
Adopted, Vol.
21,
1920,
pp.
63,
1348.
WATER
640
passed the
upon which
division
which
pointer
the
0,
it
may
When
the
figure
this
^this
read has
last figure
dial,
it
its
full
capacity,
and
returns to
made
completed the
not
which
it
has
the record.
must be done
Dials are
(g)
being
down on
Whenever
is
SERVICE.
all
that
is,
one
starts again.
any other
unit.
Accuracy of Meters.
Positive displacement water meter
test
within the
down
minus on
on
all
flows from 20
cent,
down
to 2 gallons per
all
flows from 35
cent,
minus on
down
IH
cent,
minus on
from 60
down
all
flows
from 100
cent,
down
all
cent,
all
gallons per minute dovyn to 16 gallons per minute, and within 10 per cent,
down
all
cent,
down
all
flows
from 960
cent,
The
correct
allowing 62.5
lb.
method of
is
WATER
SERVICE.
641
To
6^50 by
the
number
To
in
When
the
It is
first
make
necessary to
necessary to
indice of the
may
not be exact.
first
multiply the
registration,
in
When
should be placed on the outlet side of the meter and a pressure maintained,
making
When
is
impractical meters
may
be tested in place
test
meter of known
accuracy.
Maintenance
The maintenance
testing
and cleaning.
of Meters.
of water meters
The
is
Where water
is
is
generally
the manufacturer.
Whenever
this
enables employees to
so
familiarize
to
in
the
maintain a system of
efficiency.
is
is
etc.,
instead of vulcan-
becomes
pliable
tinuous service for either hot or cold water, as the metal working parts
The
come
in the cold
in contact.
is
to
WATER
642
Types
While
ice,
SERVICE.
all
their use
may
The
is
uniform flow up
for fairly
to three inches.
sizes
and
three inches.
The current
The water
is
gritty
water.
The
(1)
is
is
is
minimum
efficiency with a
The
(2)
necessarily
to secure
mean
but rather that the duties pertaining to the development and operation of
water
facilities
ticular
line,
relieving local
and other
Where
officers
divisional
duties
and
(3)
remains
organization
responsibilities are
The
more
may be
men are locally
on many roads,
of duties which
practically
unchanged
except
that
clearly defined.
may
with modifications.
(4)
of
Water
forwarded
forces,
and acts
in
an
to the Superintendent or
Engineer
ties.
Adopted, Vol.
21,
1920,
pp.
57,
1348.
WATER
City water
bills,
requisitions
SERVICE.
643
facilities,
Chemist
The
chemist
shall
report
to
the
Superintendent
or
shall
He
shall periodically
check
on the main-
Inspectors
The
reporting to the
inspector
shall
periodically inspect
water
sta-
Service on
proper form the conditions in detail and the repairs and renewals required,
together with the estimated cost.
He
will
make
inspections
and reports
may
(7)'
duties
be assigned to him.
Supervisor
Water Service
shall re-
port to Division Maintenance Office, and shall have charge of gang fore-
WATER
644
He
of
SERVICE.
pumping machinery,
pumps, pipe
lines
and
all
Water
Service Organization.
General Manager
Chief Engineer or
Engineer Maintenance of Way
Superintendent or
Engineer Water Service
General Superintendent
Inspectors
Superintendent
Chief Clerk
Chemist
Engineering Force
Divleion Maintenance
Officer
Clerical Force
Conatruetion
Foremen
Repairman
Oene Foreman
Ponper*
(8)
Construction
Construction
Foreman
Water
him.
foreman
shall
report
to
work
as
may
be assigned to
WATER
SERVICE.
645
Duties of Attendant
water supply will be held responsible for the condition of the entire plant.
His
first
is
aflFects
what
trouble and
is
make
all
stating
fully
the
He must make
frequent inspec-
Service,
He
will
be
to the
to avoid
in
ample time
Pumphouse.
damage by
fire.
eittough to the
house
to
endanger
it.
tools
to their
all
Machinery.
Machinery must be inspected daily and adjustments made
efficiency
and
to prevent
wear or breakdown.
to increase
all
levers,
may
so that
etc.,
in
all
parts.
Attendant must be
be properly used.
When
of
machinery attendant
must always give the name of manufacturer, shop number of the machine and repair
number of
Boilers.
fire
sufficient
amount of
moved from
flues.
grate.
6
Adopted, Vol.
20,
1919,
WATER
646
Boiler
Water Service
of the Supervisor
To blow down
blow down
If
to
fill
develops,
it
if
when
plant
is
it
judgment
in the
Foaming
necessary.
is
it
dirty boiler
water.
SERVICE.
due to a
is
filling
with fresh
of steam.
lb.
operating, that
no water appears
than one
shift
in
is
water
must be
if not, fire
in the
If
Where more
man
it.
man
stick
any
leaving, of
defects.
doors should be closed and boiler allowed to cool off to pressure at which
valve
is
supposed
work
to
Oil Engines.
To
economical and
secure
from
dirt,
enough
to be fed readily
lubricating
filling
is in
through the
oiler
oiler.
free
must be
fluid
Lubricating
When
fine
must be
engines
mesh
oil
oiler is
being
filled
the
strainer inserted in ,a
all
times except
The machinery
engine
easily.
all
The
it.
with gasoline.
work
The cover
funnel.
when
oil
opeiation,
satisfactory
properly lubricated.
until
motion.
Before starting see that tank contains fuel and that a supply of
cooling water
show
is
available.
The most
to
When
attempt to keep
it
operation
is
best
and
that purpose.
The pump,
and cracking of
cylinder.
is
piping
not in use
WATER
Fuel for
In
filled.
SERVICE.
oil
may
is
through a
Irregular operation
spray nozzle.
647
the oil sticking in the spray nozzle or in the check valve in the injector
pump.
The
If a loss of compression
Any
will
be poor,
The
is
gasoline.
Electric Motors.
pump
which time
all
and
all
and
where motor
contact
at proper time
No
Building
official
If
motor sparks
should be notified.
The commutator
Any
displaced wire
must be reported.
is
may
If
test
electric
motor
shocks.
to the
The
fuse
is
is
used
find
blown
it
made
attachments should be
No
valve.
If
field poles.
gage
will not
On pump
starter
located
motors controlled
in
it
from a
distance,
the
remote control
the
starts the
motor properly.
Any
tested
fre-
WATER
648
SERVICE.
Water Tanks.
They should be
filled at
Tank
spouts and
Defects in spouts,
Damage
fixtures
to
Water
Water Columns.
Water columns should be
working order.
and
locks
swung
rollers
On
adjusted.
in
(Q.)
Describe in a general
and
(A.)
way
Boilers.
their uses.
steam boiler
or furnace
is
is
firebox
The smokestack
coal or wood.
is
is,
pump
or feed
air.
An
injector
eration of steam.
sure, while the
The
safety valve
is
a device at-
its
safety
automatically opens
limit
2.
(A.)
(Q.)
What
(A.)
it
(Q.)
steam boiler?
and
is
in
good order.
keeping the
4.
fallen slightly.
What
is
It
(Q)
set
3.
when
fire
What
is
firing,
much
coal
on a
fire?
WATER
(A.)
SERVICE.
649
5.
(Q.
(A.
steaming
effect.
6.
7.
(a)
Of what
(b)
How
(A.
(a)
(b)
By
(Q-
What
(Q.
can
it
be prevented?
the result
is
grate ?
8.
9.
10.
(A.
(Q.
What
(A.
(Q.
(A.
To
(Q.
What is
To blow
(A.
poor
(Q.
How
This
in
good
(A.
is
assists
11.
fire
boiler
fire?
level in
water glass.
12.
(Q-
How much
at
running?
13.
(A.
Never blow
(Q.
How
off
fire to last
further attention?
(A.
Clean the
fire
14.
fire
carefully,
removing
all
clinkers,
(Q.
What
(A.
Priming
is
Small globules
of water are thrown off from the surface, mixed with the
off
with
it.
Foaming
(Q.)
How
(A.)
By
is
is
is
an aggra-
thrown up
pump.
foaming?
in
WATER
650
16.
(Q.)
How
(A.)
Frequent blowing
SERVICE.
violent case of
foaming?
with
it
fresh
(Q.)
If
the glass
in
If a light fire
heavy
fire
(Q.)
In starting a steam
(A.)
Open
all
(Q.)
(A.)
Open
the
throttle
sight.
order to
ii^
Never open
let
out
warm up
the
the lubricator.
fill
valve a
in
trifle
order to
(Q.)
Wire
then
if
possible
what
is
the
affects
duty?
first
stat-
are made.
21.
22.
2Z.
(Q.)
How
(A.)
(Q.)
Where
should
oil
to
prevent
fire.
(A.)
(Q.)
What
(A.)
will be
good working
order and that the spring locks and rollers are adjusted ^o
that
column
when
not in use.
(Q.)
(A.)
Watch engines
damage
and
engine number.
(Q)
(A.)
engine?
force applied directly to the
composed
chiefly of air, in
WATER
SERVICE.
651
The expansion
is
is
transmitted to the
crank shaft.
2.
(Q.)
What
(A.)
a two-cycle engine?
is
two-cycle engine
is
(Q.)
What
(A.)
is
a four-cycle engine?
four-cycle engine
is
(Q.)
What
(A.)
a carburetor and
is
carburetor
air
is
oil
a proper mixture
5.
(Q.)
What
(A.)
is
functions?
its
and a
may
oil.
It is
be
made
and
of the air
oil.
a needle valve?
needle valve
is
used on
oil
fine point to
keep the
(Q)
What form
engines
(A.)
Ignitors
of ignition
is
commonly used on
(Q.)
(A.)
The spark
oil
engines.
formed on an
ignitor
oil
What
is
oil.
gasoline and
is
orifice free of
make-and-break
ignition.
is
The spark
commonly known
is
formed on a
is
known
as
jump-
spark ignition.
8.
(Q.)
(A.)
The bulb
or tube
is
(Q.)
What
(A.)
An
is
an explosive mixture?
proper proportions.
oil
and
air in the
WATER
652
10.
(Q.)
What would
(a)
SERVICE.
On
(b)
(A.)
oil?
(a)
varies
depending on mix-
to 160 degrees,
To
(b)
oil
(Q.)
What
(A.)
Friction
(Q.)
What
(A.)
lack of
pound
and
lubrication
hot.
cated.
until
it
(Q.)
What
(A.)
If
is
too
much
oil
is
much
oil in
stick.
the cylinder?
is
formed
(Q.)
What
(A.)
Carbonization
are
bustion
is
due to
insufficient
engine using
more
oil
them to become
15.
(Q.)
How
may blow by
fit
to the cylinder
when
of the piston?
(A.)
The
up and
(Q.)
How
(A.)
The
the rings?
inch wide and five or six inches long, slip one strip under
each end of the spring and the third strip under the middle
of the ring.
The
ring
may
then
be slipped out of
the
WATER
17.
(Q.)
How
(A.)
To
SERVICE.
inlet
on seat
until
will
it
653
emery and
oil
by revolving valve
(Q.)
What
(A.)
Loose piston
bearings.
cylinder which
is
(Q.)
What
(A.)
Pre-ignition
in
may
What
locate.
in
the
Pre-ignition
the cylinder.
knock
causes pre-ignition?
20.
cause a
rings
hot.
(A.)
two
combustion engine.
internal
2.
(Q.)
What
(A.)
(Q.)
How
(A.)
The
motor
will
commutator
nor brushes.
3.
(Q.)
How
(A.)
The arm
contacts
comes up
4.
the
starter
from the
should be
to speed.
(Q.)
How
(A.)
and held
to the
5.
(Q.)
the
motor
until
first to
starting position
running position.
What would
quickly?
(A.)
The rush
WATER
654
What
(Q.)
6.
is
SERVICE.
the proper
direct
and
7.
(A.)
By opening
(Q.)
When
how should
the
commu-
tators be cleaned?
8.
(A.)
(Q.)
What
(A.)
(Q.)
What would
(A.)
signal
oil.
fried or charred appearance of the insulation of the windings, especially the armature.
9.
motor?
and armature
coils
(Q.)
How
(A.)
Once a month.
10.
11.
(Q.)
How
(A.)
The
and
lubricate a
to
motor?
with clean
oil.
(1)
affecting operating
efficiency,
investigation
of
available
should
supplies
be made, securing as nearly as practicable favorable locations and elimination of water of inferior quality.
(2)
suspension,
scale
forming matters
in
the
in
operation
solution
or
and mainte-
nance of locomotives.
(3)
(4)
The hardness
The
foam.
to
(6)
'
The removal
Adopted, Vol.
9,
of sulphate
1908,
is
pp. 110-112,
Vol.
11,
Part
2,
1910,
pp.
1143,
1144. 1219.
WATER
SERVICE.
655
forming hard
boiler without
When
(8)
best
scale.
is
The
(9)
The
(10)
ciency of
its
should be made.
it
is
determined by
its
locality.
is
determined by the
effi-
supervision.
The kind
(11)
WATER SOFTENERS.
Design and Installation.
(A)
Study
(1)
the water.
in
should
be
made
to
determine
the
best
method and
(2)
based
on
operating
the
one division
give
will
number of
scattered over a
Whether or not
(3)
division.
better
results
divisions.
The
of
be determined.
(4)
than
is
should
com-
Probable increase
in
(5)
operation,
stable
in
adjustment
and
should
and
uniformly
(B)
(1)
As a check on
changes
in
678.
Adopted, Vol.
1133.
is
necessary to secure
re.sults.
8.
1907,
made by
it
properly adjusted
frequent analyses of
a competent chemist.
pp. 604-607, 615, 617. 620, 621; Vol. 16, 1915, pp.
WATER
656
Where consumption
(3)
SERVICE.
of water
is
of the plant, the use of untreated, milky water should be avoided by the
use of raw water to such an extent as to give ample time for the proper
treatment of
to this rule
erties.
all
is
is
(4)
The
if it
can be avoided.
Capacity.
(C)
Where
The exception
is
used, the
volume of space
from three
to four times
of the water.
In continuous softeners, the capacity of the tank reserved for treat-
less
The determination
of the
pumps necessary
settling tank,
line,
settling tanks
number of pumps or
fill
for
batteries of
or empty^each
precipitation.
Relative Economy.
The
relative
economy of the
(a)
Interest
installation
and value of
Depreciation
(c)
Current repairs;
(d)
Reagents.
The
in
accompanying
table,
is
recommended
as good practice.
Where
is
of pure reagent.
WATER
SERVICE.
657
By
using Table
1,
and by applying
readily calculated,
full
must be eliminated
Table
order to obtain
in
to the
efficient treat-
minimum.
1.
OF Incrusting or Corrosive
Sulphuric acid
Amount
Foaming
of
Reagent (Pure)
Matter
0.57-lb.
Hme
plus 1.08
lb.
soda ash.
1.45 lb.
None
Calcium sulphate
Calcium nitrate
Magnesium carbonate
Magfnesium sulphate
.
Magnesium
lime
soda ash
soda ash
soda ash
1.041b.
1.051b.
1.041b.
None
1.331b lime
.
nitrate
Calcium carbonate
Magnesium carbonate
*Calcium sulphate
In-
creased.
0.47-lb.
0.59-lb.
0.38-lb.
1.181b.
1.221b.
1.151b.
3.15
3.76
2.62
2.32
barium
barium
barium
barium
None
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
hydrate
hydrate
hydrate
hydrate
None
"Foaming"
is
the term
when
the
steam bubbles up over the surface of the water to such extent that the
filled,
is
started which
causes water to be carried over with the steam into the engine cylinders.
much
of
its
is
Under
This action
9
is
Adopted, Vol.
1919, pp.
280,
909.
1907, pp. 615. 616. 621; Vol. 16, 1915. 679, 1133; Vol.
in
WATER
658
the water.
SERVICE.
by the concentration of
and
produce foam.
collect to
aggravated
It is
waters or added
The
100
salts
gallon, depending
To
the water.
in
this point.
The
alkali
prevent
best results
are obtained by the systematic and frequent blowing off of the boilers, and
boilers at terminals.
The
cost of maintaining the concentration below the critical point equals the
and heating
amount
When
the required
amount of blowing
off is impractical or
in
the locomdtive
to its being
throttle.
is
so great that
results.
is
is
uneconomical, anti-
is
to large extent
is
worked beyond
While the
different
effect
upon
from foaming
by proper handling of
the engine.
10
ment depends on
local conditions
solids.
By
applying the proper local values to the equation given below, this quantity
can be determined.
The
X = Number
B = Money
cwt.
(100
lb.)
solids
10
Adopted, Vol.
8.
1907,
pp.
612.
613.
616.
622,
lb.
solids
WATER
SERVICE.
659
fuel.
interest
would be required
that
to
if
C=::Cost per
100
of
lb.
solids
removed
to
operate
the
plant,
as
follows
Cost of chemicals;
D
/
on D.
of plant in years.
life
if
amount
to
D R
in
years.
(See
table,
page
Kent's
16,
Pocket Book.
The
benefits
XB = XC-i-I + S.
X=
(1)
y^
The number
the cost
If
would be
more than
(2)
55
this
make
benefits
/rJTo
equal
^^^
amount of
solids
is
removed
nomical.
Values for
is
more
injurious than
the
same weight of
other matter.
PURPOSES.
ment No.
8,
as
amended July
14th, 1919,
Amend-
Adopted, Vol.
21,
1920,
WATER
660
on cars
SERVICE.
is
2.
is
preferable,
where available
ap-
safety.
from
and
local
state health
authorities.
Where
3.
If supply
is
the wells.
and when used should receive standard treatment with bacteriacides such
.
should
be
regularly
tested
warning"UNFIT
and
if
unfit
TO DRINK."
SPECIFICATIONS FOR
found
50,000
WOODEN WATER
TANK.
Gallons Capacity.
Material.
The
1.
shall be
may
made
be specified
free
splits,
rot,
sap,
large
knots
may
be bored out
pitch
pockets or
No
if
Small,
streaks,
in clusters
loose or
and
unsound
same
(12)
inches of the
The tank
2.
measurement)
shall
and
be
fifteen
twenty- four
(15)
feet
(24)
eleven
feet
(11)
in
diameter
inches
high.
(inside
(The
Shape.
3.
The tank
same diameter
at top
and bottom.
(12)
inches wide
Bottom.
4.
12
21.
shall be eight
1920,
pp. 71.
(8)
to twelve
1349.
WATER
SERVICE.
661
aad three (3) inches thick jointed two edges, with three (3) inch chamfer
to
The
the croze.
fit
bottom
when
the bottom
laid.
is
Staves.
The
(5)
of
shall
be
edges
of
of
(2^)
inches
the
The croze
center of tank.
clear
cut to
at
radial
from
lines
in
inches
fifteen
inches long, of
outer side of
the
stave,
(11)
thickness
finished
and
feet eleven
(15)
(5^)
two and
five-eighths
(2^)
be accurately
shall
fit
General.
(a)
6.
that
joints
all
material.
The
(b)
piece plainly
marked
workmanlike
At
(c)
least
To
(d)
damage.
may
(^)
same material as
stave.
Material.
1.
The
shall be
may
made
be specified
free
splits,
rot,
may
be bored out
No
sap,
pitch
pockets
if
in
or streaks,
clusters
and
same ma-
plugs will be permitted within twelve (12) inches of the croze and no
plug.
WATER
662
SERVICE.
Size.
The tank
(2)
feet eleven
feet in diameter
(inside measure-
inches high.
(The height of
(11)
Shape.
The tank
3.
same diameter
at top
and bottom.
Bottom.
4.
shall be eight
inches wide
and three (3) inches thick jointed two edges, with three (3) inch chamfer.
All plank twenty-four (24) feet or less in length shall be full length with-
out splicing.
made
two pieces
in
to be joined together
sawed
suitable slots
to be one-eighth
width of stave.
feet in length
may
be
the planks
the bottom
is
and the
full
and
six
when
laid.
Staves.
The
5.
teen
feet
(19)
eleven
(11)
(6)
to eight
(8)
inches long, of
The
/to
outer
from center of
tank.
The
croze in each stave shall be four (4) inches in the clear from the end of
the stave, the croze to be
five-eighth
(^)
two and
five-eights
(2^)
fit
true circle of
bottom.
General.
(a)
6.
it
may
be
(b)
The tank
shall be
in
piece plainly
marked
to indicate
its
proper
At
least
(d)
To
facilitate erection
damage.
the staves
may
same material
as stave.
WATER
SERVICE.
Specifications for
Tank
663
Hoops.
Material.
way Bridges
steel
the
in
steel
inspection
and open-hearth
wrought
be
preferably
shall
steel.
and
They may be
iron.
shall
fulfill
the
of
all
for wrought
test
iron
recommended
of
practice
American
the
Railway
Engineering Association.
Shape.
Hoops
2.
to be
round
in cross-section the
fit
same
size
throughout and
the tank.
Size.
To
3.
be of such a size and so spaced that the stress shall not exceed
No hoop
than three-quarter
less
(^)
at base of thread.
Spacing.
Spacing of hoops
4.
Spacing
of
hoops
to be figured
inches
in
Safe load
for
Top hoop
to be placed within
come
On
Hoops
hoop
given
in
lb.
depth, * (ft.)
No
staves.
space
in a vertical line.
account of the swelling of the tank bottom the hoops near the
to the
water
Two
hoops
it
any water
pressure.
'
Threads.
5.
The ends
Nuts.
6.
nuts tapped to
fit
Lugs.
7.
The
*N0TE.
Depth
be located.
refers to distance
from top
of
(8)
inches
is
to
WATER
664
SERVICE.
may
be used
made
of malleable
if
General.
Each hoop
8.
shall
by 24
ft.
The
several
be
ft.
made
ft.)
by 30
in
three
(3)
sections
for sixteen by
foot tanks.
hoop
shall
lengths,
shipment.
All
pieces
shall
be
furnished
in
full
Note.
common
Following
sizes,
inch.
Diameter of
Round Rod,
Inches.
Area of
Section of Rod,
Square Inch.
Net Area of
Root of Thread,
Square Inch.
.44
.30
.60
.79
.99
.42
.55
.69
Safe
Working Load,
Pounds.
3,750
5,250
6,875
8,625
WATER
SERVICE.
665
=!?^^^^
t*--si
m^O^^^rrQrJtXSSSfajBea
33
/r^rt'
'A(.^
^fiazzoy
'ij^au^^azzay
WATER
666
SERVICE.
18
50,000
General.
The
1.
shown on attached
wooden
water tank of the specified size and capacity at the required elevation.
The
and
specifications
is
to include
all
material required
Material.
2.
made
all
in
in
Workmanship.
Except as may be herein noted workmanship on the structure
3.
be performed
in
will
mended
Practice.
Painting.
Steel
4.
work before
may
in linseed oil
or such paint
ommended
Practice.
50,000
General.
1.
The
complete
shown on attached
in all details, as
wooden
water tank of the specified size and capacity at the required elevation.
The
and
specifications
is
Timber.
2.
The timber
18
Adopted, Vol.
Adopted, Vol.
14
shall
be cypress, pine,
22,
1921.
22,
1921.
fir,
WATER
may
timber as
specifications
given in
SERVICE.
667
for
No.
Manual
Trestles,"
of
as
Recommended Prac-
tice.
Workmanship.
s
3.
Workmanship
Manual of Recommended
Frame
Trestles to
Be
Built
Under Contract,"
Practice.
Metal Details.
All metal details shall conform to the specifications of the Asso-
4.
ciation
as
given in "Specifications
for
Recommended
Wooden
Practice.
Painting.
woodwork
All exposed
5.
shall be painted
by the En-
specified
gineer.
Treating.
6.
treated timber
is
Manual of Recommended
tion,
IS
Where
Wood
oil in
Preserva-
Practice.
WATER AND
OIL TANKS.
Scope of Specifications.
1.
These
Quality of Metal.
2.
The metal
conform
shall
in these tanks
in physical
to the
The
steel
specifications
Loading.
3.
lbs.,
any
The weight
and creosote
oil
direction, shall be
66
lbs.
assumed
Wind
lbs.,
crude
Unit Stresses.
15
13,
1912,
56
4.
oil
pressure, acting in
pp.
417-419,
984-
WATER
668
(a)
Tension in
(b)
Shear
(c)
Shear on
(d)
Bearing pressure on
SERVICE.
Cylindrical Rings.
Plates forming the shell of the tank shall be cylindrical and of
5.
different diameters, in
Workmanship.
Workmanship
6.
and
out,
from course
shall be first-class.
The
to course.
The punching
plates shall be
all
shall
be from
formed cold
to exact
They
Drift pins shall be used only for bringing the parts together.
shall
not be driven with enough force to deform the metal about the holes.
Power
riveting
Caulking.
The tank
7.
shall be
made water
For water
No
ing shall preferably be done on the inside of tank and joint only; but for
oil
tool or
work
Minimum Thickness
8.
No form
of caulking
The minimum
of Plates.
thickness of plates in the cylindrical part of the
flat
bottoms not
less
than A-inch
In curved bottoms the thickness of plate shall be not less than that of the
Lap
in
seams and
splices
curved bottoms.
Vertical Joints.
10.
For
vertical
seams and
With
The edge
of the plate
WATER
Rivets, Rivet Holes,
For
11.
used.
669
plates not
For thicker
SERVICE.
more than
plates,
^-inch
rivets shall
be used.
The diameter
of
rivet holes shall be -fe-inch larger than the diameter of the rivets used.
The punching
shall
conform
of plate and balanced stress between tension on plates and shear on rivets,
is
Tank Support.
12.
conform
If the tank
is
manufacture and
made
for
wind
rust
and
scale
Painting.
13.
dirt,
and, except the surfaces to be in contact in the joints of the tank, shall
by the Company.
shall
dirt,
rust and
Company.
Plans and Specifications.
14.
Under
Company shall
specifications
for
tanks,
herein
specified,
as
it
shall
construct.
Such
WATER
670
SERVICE.
M Timbar LangMa fa
'n.aas ^^rQM-^'f<?QTANn'-
y- Sf
3'
'V
a A
A^
ir
li
i:
Ij
1:
\-i
73f^ a* 0/MefsfSK>/\/sS,S/zca
?o.so-
^
^- -^^ ^i^ ^?^
tOTbvtKr
r-''/'
^we^
,#V
iO-Tt,^^
S-S''
/o'
^
A*.
J
i.
H
N
^:9\
*-o*
^o'
o-J*
ffi**
/-**
O'-S'
f-S'
Sio
<*io'
ds#*
4^*
-*!*'
.^-O"
/(V/f
^-o*
f '*'
ft'tft'
Br,etS
B.tfa
J'**
o'-\S'
i'<[
(VJ*
P^fs
IC
/-O'
SHy'
^ \lf- SV/7*
i'-i'
/tirf
/*\/!'
J-A/O'
JV/o*
V"7' JV7^
coW/'/o<-i*
,:^-
<
ij
-^^^
-';
4-3^
IT-S^
^-
''t1~
-^peTAiL
:3J
"ir
/i',i4'
'f
nd
IP
6t^ihn om^m tV *^
WATER
SERVICE.
671
All
nmbar
Ur^'*- *^ *^
efenJi
n
LL
-7gg^'
j-as-st'
/Zsfioi
fza<r
II
/e^'si
/?6-S
ss:
A^
^^
3x:
AX.
//g-<fi'
^-^\
y/S-llj
fe-
/f^W
J!
/^^/^ SErJTiON'^
A<A^^ Elevation
-^Detail. Qf BSiSI
"KtOi-E
Or
Di'^eiMsioi^s
M.rU
<&
Sires
so^Wfo^
/a, ^4
5B-:Ew.r
5fe^.
es-e-
35-6'
QASTfNQ^
Notk:1
77>
footing
<Jfail
as ^i
,-//-
>^5-
J'-5i
^R%.
j'-sF
I'-dT
4-3'
I5-5r-o'
ITS-
/:<>'
3i<r
3'cr
3-6-
3'&
/a"
r-6-
r-f
S-6'
3-e'
4-6S-ff
*'-3'
r-er
VK
BpACE Smo E5
A/
4-0-
flrc.
4\6-
-So//,
^a.io-
s-6'
4'-er
?':^'
a-e-
ir.is-
ir.ia'
f'.e:
^/.lo-
r.i-
W.io-
3-0
e-6'
la'.ii''
4:6'
5ro. liMbEQ.
.I2.
roa /6aS4
'
A. eOA5d
Tanks
/SiQ'A SO''OMe;ights
WATER
672
SERVICE.
^MTimbur L m ngths ^o
ss FLoar?
Systcm
^
f]
<,
,.,
hng ^mfa
ZD'ASO'Vys/zr ^^
"11/
9-
|i
ii
i!
73
1;
J Li
At
2^3jJ^
"fP/GHT^NGCe lb TfPlACK^
^t
-.1
^J
^.f^^"
c.
I-
"^
rr -T
>-ionr^/*^<*
^3;^^
WATER
SERVICE.
673
674
WATER
Smc Tior>/
SERVICE.
T^oueO*- O'l^ci^S'o^e
5.<
s
c
o
t
r
70i
',
'!
.K.
-
-'j
#//
#-./^'
7.
.'/-
fV'i'
/-'i-
**
-'i'
*r
o-r
o-\'
so
'^'
<#
J-
ar
r
y
'i'
-r
'J-
.^i
**i
t3l
#'"
//-
c-.i"
o.t-
0.7-
o.r
so-
'
ocr
<<r
c-
s-<r
-o-
.'
i-o-
'
''
/Of
t-o-
oT/*
?<i
./
V
\
1
te-
*>*V|<.
lijiti.
^rt-
^il_
gC.90'
*//
If
A Si^cs
CVB.~r.
/>4
|v-,-
^.i'i. ;i<"4.
3.3.f'- r.j.t^
H
ty
tf<r
i
y'
>*'
oti'
tr.e.iX
j;j;ft
'"
.
WATER
SERVICE.
675
-^^ucYATiQti c^Qasise.Biszsr-'
Y^^c^^
0/VS/OA/SS<StZS
WB
^7[\
sfii-a'-
TANK
m
w///Ac ^ot/'o-nct/ by
r;gi
^/l^ \
m.
-^FOOTINB i
fc
^SVy? Steel /g f^^osT Wa T^nh- TbwetP TiEf?
^SomhNon^
/4u^.e7.f990
WATER
676
16.
SERVICE.
hand
in
service,
are
and forms M. W.
recommended for
16
Adopted, Vol.
10,
official
1301,
having charge of
M. W.
1302,
this purpose.
1909,
pp.
776,
780,
821.
M. W.
this
at
branch of the
1303,
M. W.
1304,
-3
Inches-
X-
-3
Inches-
<4-l
^ o
a ^
D d
O d
j:3
cfl
PI
>.
2
6
x3
(U
d ^
O <u
e 5
I
I
'^
^.
*^
*^
rt
rd
d
p o
I 6
-o
t:
(U
a>
PUMPING REPORT
n't
^3
^
(U
STATION
Date.
Supplies Received
Time
started.
Balance
on Hand
Last Day
Received
To-day
of
Month
Time
stopped.
Kind
Tons Coal
Time
ran...
Gal. Gasoline
Counter
at start..
Qt.
Counter
Gas Eng.
Q
Oil
when
stopped
^O
Dif'rence
counter.
W
Qt.
Gagfe
Car
Oil
at start.
Qt.
Oil
Lbs,
Waste
Pumper
numj.tM .ujMi
i
077
l!:l
Si
ii
X
1
'
^1
5^
'
1
1
^J
o
1
ft:
O"
c
a
^4
S
^^
Ci
Q.
;4
D
a
1
'
1
1: G
.
I-
(0
1'
1l
h
z
1
H
11
pBan x
uiK iad
laaj
Id
I^O^
dH
11=1
gg II
5^
f2
jjuno9 JO
Aaii
ON
e
k
p
fe
678
"
""
UIFIQ
n
H
1
i
Q
Z
jBa
C
a
til
I
a
II
o:
a>a
ia
n^H
H^Suai
i
1
a.
^1
Is
f2
ajBQ
z
c 1
P!H
!S
11
IBuaj^w
9ja
MvJaa
WIS
put>I
<S
jt.a
ajBQ
qjauaq
ll
putji
1
Q
jooa
aS
ajBQ
=^l
punoj
^ mSaai
ajna
aAoqv
g Jai^AV
CO
a.
01 II!S
uiBdjs
jni
)|(|ii(i(l
3Z.S
ajBQ
i f!J
39/1 8UI3U3
joj ssau^ij
(0
lUBid -
2 6
z
<
|0D
^'S
ajBQ
Tl
m*i
P"!^
^
0^
a.
lOTn
1
S
I^!S
a.
MjSuaq
H^Suai
M!)jy
!na
q,3uai
aiBQ
q:
H'PLW
'''S
a3(0Jis
HOIItjp
o
s
P"OI
q:
> Miauai
a;:
0001
diunj
S
q:
jajuao
?2
X
c
J31M
Mcq
8-
I'Q
nK
mdaa
m3i
Ifl
^ill
[S
mp'Av
iq3.aH
Mil
ajBQ
-g
UIBIQ
ia
azig
xog
leojj
CO
suoiiBO
X)-DBd3
}BJO
=
M
o
^
UlBtQ
inoi
joqiunji^
g
^JBQ
!(]
f.
1)3l
IBuajB^
"B
11
11
^
-qnS
5 dox
;><
mox
-10a
5 dox
uoiip
-unoj
1^
ma
paiimsui
aiBQ
_.
679
Form
LOG OF WELL
1304,
.Dtrrlek Floof
ix)cauua
Well completed
WATER
Water stands
at
LEVELS.
ft
to
ft
gals
COMMITTEE
XIV.
Terminals.
I
Terminal.
An
minus or
assemblage of
facilities
on
at intermediate points
Freight Terminal.
The
dling of freight
its line
and relaying
trains.
arrangement of terminal
facilities for
the han-
traffic.
Passenger Terminal.
The
handling of passenger
arrangement of terminal
facilities
for the
traffic.
Yards.
Yard.
may
be made, subject to
Receiving Yard.
Separating Yard.
separated according to
Classification Yard.
district,
yard
in
grouped
in
in
classified or
A yard
in
Storage Yard,
Holding Yard.
immediate use.
Gravity Yard. A yard
in
which the
classification of cars is
for
accomplished
by gravity.
Coach Yard.
fied
A yard
Assisting Grade.
the
in
classi-
The
movement of
cars.
Adopted. Vol. 2, 1901, pp. 39, 40, 46-59; Vol. 4, 1903, p. 349; Vol. 5, 1904,
pp. 221, 224-226; Vol. 6, 1905, pp. 568-570, 575, 592; VoL 7, 1906, pp. 153-155;
Vol. 11, Part 2, 1910, pp. 1257, 1258, 1309, 1310; Vol. 12, Part 1, 1911, pp. 235.
263; Vol. 16, 1915, pp. 958, 1190.
681
682
Poling Yard.
is
accomplished by
Summit
or
Hump
Yard.
is
ac-
by gravity.
Tracks.
m
Each
Body Track.
switched or stored.
Ladder Track.
yard.
Lead Track.
An
Interchange Track.
Drill Track.
movements
yard switching.
in
to continue running.
Stub Track.
A
A
Spur Track.
line or track.
House Track.
Switching District.
That
which cars are moved, and from which they are distributed to the
various sidetracks and spurs to freight houses and manufacturing
establishments served from this district by yard or switching engines.
Industrial Track.
Team Track. A
is
more
industries.
and wagons.
Note.
purposes, varying with local conditions. These will include caboose tracks,
scale tracks, coaling tracks, ashpit tracks,
icing tracks, feed tracks, stock tracks, transfer tracks, sand tracks, de-
is
transferred
683
or trains.
Transfer Slip.-A protected landing place for transfer boats with adjustable apron or bridge for connecting tracks
An
track
inclined
(or tracks)
at
stations.
Piers.
Lighterage Pier.
An
is
trans-
Export
Pier.
pier at
which freight
is
Station Pier.
pier having
no
connections,
rail
where freight
is
re-
Coal Pier.
An open
is
or barges.
parallel to
main track or
than 15 feet center to center from such main or other important track.
Ladder Tracks.
These should be spaced not
any parallel track.
erally used,
less
and the angle between the ladder track and body tracks
will
Lead Tracks.
To
facilitate train
movements means of
direct
To
facilitate
and protect
train
'Adopted, Vol. 2, 1901, pp. 43-45; Vol. 3, 1902, pp. 267, 268, 280-288; Vol. 4,
1903, pp. 370-380; Vol. 5, 1904, pp. 182-184, 221-224; Vol. 6, 1905, pp. 570-574,
583, 592-594; Vol. 11, Part 2, 1910, pp. 1258, 1259, 1309; Vol. 12, Part 1. 1911,
pp. 236, 264; Vol. 16, 1915. pp. 958. 1190.
684
Drill Tracks.
Running Tracks.
Running tracks should be provided for movements
to enable
in either direction
the other; also to enable road and yard engines to pass to and
facilities
from the
are provided.
Crossover Tracks.
Crossover tracks should be located at most convenient points where
they will least interfere with regular movements.
Caboose Tracks.
Where
cabooses can be placed on and removed from them in the order of their
arrival,
made up
for departure.
Scale Tracks.
Scale tracks should be so located that weighing can be done with least
and without
delay
drilling
over
scale.
Where many
cars
are
to
be
weighed they should pass separately over the scale by gravity, being
weighed while
in
motion.
to
engine house and should provide sufficient storage for the reception of
engines by the hostler.
They should be
may
clean
fires,
Bad-Order Tracks.
Where
access,
they
more
should be provided for setting off cars in bad order, from which
may
Repair Tracks.
maximum
and 24
tracks.
at
685
Icing Tracks.
work of
in least time.
Yard.
If possible to so arrange, the
track roads should be located on the outside of yard, and the engine
house, coaling station,
etc.,
The coach
The
cleaners' repair
will
side
a good
Usually not more than two tracks are needed, and the
average width).
be
furnish a
is
fitted
narrow (30
feet
is
a good
average width) and usually not more than four to six tracks should be
provided.
The
side
tinuous doors.
Where
distance will generally be least, and trucking through cars will be avoided
if
is
and
at the
back ends of
Roadways.
Where the freight house is on one side and a wall on the other, the
minimum width of roadway should be 30 feet; but where a freight house
is
the
minimum
clear width of
roadway should be 40
is
on the other,
feet.
Transfer Station.
traffic Is
con-
number of
cars for
movement
movement
number of
to final delivery.
686
Yard
at Rail
The
At
to the
rail
most
efficient,
with a view to
future development.
its
case,
it
etc'
traffic,
impossible to lay
site as
well as
its
is
manner
which
in
to be handled.
Covered Lighterage
When
Pier.
is
expected to
is
move
If the
quickly the
"stor-
age and shelter for the goods during ordinary detentions while waiting
for cars or lighters, preferably about 100 feet.
it
If the
movement
is
ex-
is
goods, the width should be increased, but generally not beyond a width
of 125 to 160 feet.
charatcer, or a
of 125 feet
is
If the
movement
mixed business
suggested.
The
is
compromise width
way between
is
to be provided for, a
feet.
The
Open Lighterage
This should,
width,
number of
Pier.
if
possible,
overs
may be
is
to be applied.
Cross-
687
in bulk,
feet,
and there
and
from
vessels.
If the business
is
light,
stone,
row
two tracks
only,
is
recommended.
Pier.
some time
movement
full
is
expected or
accumulation of
pier level,
ment of
cars.
On
Where
is
stories,
used.
Under
may
The
1400 feet.
business to be handled.
recommended.
If slow
feet,
is
if
The
waterway between
is
if
more than
six feet.
The
clear
Coal Pier.
This should be an open
vessels through pockets
pier,
and chutes
is
to be delivered to
It
outside tracks for loaded cars and the inside one on an incline to return
the
empty cars
to the yard
by gravity.
The
68S
grade necessary to reach the desired elevation, the length of the vessel
to be coaled
sufficiently
it
is
distant
to
accommodate the
class
of service, which will depend on the length of the pier and the size of
Where
and
may
it
tilts
dumped by
not necessary,
is
Station Pier.
and 125
feet long
feet wide.
It
by car
should be a closed
floats
driveway
be, if possible,
room,
in the center 35
offices,
fruit
auction
etc.
Grain Elevators.
If conditions permit, grain elevators should be so located that cars
may
be put in at one end and taken out at the other, and without inter-
Where
work of
may
this
ele-
It is
recommended
Each
pair should be
spaced 16 feet center to center of tracks and the pairs should be spaced
40 feet center to center of pairs.
(3)
11.
Part
2,
1910.
pp.
1262. 1263.
689
(6)
(1)
may
be easily under
The
(2)
and
if
For
(3)
(4)
of each
teamway
(5)
Wagon
if possible.
Hump
(1)
HUMP
YARDS.
A hump
(2)
yard
is
can be
made
in less
time and at
less cost
number of
classifications
of yard.
(3)
mum
sufficient
(4)
traffic
The number
will
depend on
690
If
(5)
it
is
No
(6)
definite
maximum
hump.
when they
parture tracks they should be long enough to hold full trains; and that
when
to
many
(7)
full
to
for
and of
sufficient
number
air,
train length
fication yard,
movements.
if possible,
classi-
An
(9)
hump
To
all trains.
number of
cuts of cars
may be
classified
over
it,
the steepest part of the grade should be reached in the least available
momentum
fall
should provide
tracks.
Fig.
1.
(10)
No.
1,
profiles
No.
Fig,
in
are
recommended, as follows:
2,
climates.
691
scales
traffic
Where
(11)
hump may
height
is
be
traffic
made higher
when
in the
When
(12)
required by
traffic
hump
of the
the increased
not needed.
that
when
be;
properly spaced from following cars and will be running slowly enough
to easily secure correct weights.
(13)
recommended
is
it
that No. 8
frog be
Where
(14)
empty
cars,
the grade
leading to such empty track should be increased so that empty cars will
move with
same
The
cut
(15)
the
mended as being
clerk
makes up a
list
efficient;
list
it
is
briefly described as
It
perforated on vertical
is
Cut
recom-
-is
The yard
hump.
hump
follows:
part being a
being the
lines,
first
so that
duplicate of
it
may
be divided into
(See Sample
the other.
List.)
Cut
'W
List
No. of
Track
Cars
Cut
In
Cu
Mo. of
Track
List
Cars
In
Cut
Cut
list
Ciit List
Carsln Cal
ifr/
Cars
In
Cut
J\
I
4
5
Where
Where
of the cut
man
list
is
on the hump.
as well as the
Adopted, Vol.
18,
1917,
man
pp. 718.
1522.
hump.
692
(1)
For yard
YARD LIGHTING.
lighting
use of nitrogen
the
(2)
For
lighting
hump and
For
lighting
lights
1500 watts
of
recommended.
hung 28
body
is
feet (or
tracks.
'
(1)
traffic
should be located
points
at
where
its
consolidation or separation.
(2)
omy
(3)
it
is
The
Where
recommended
than 24
more
feet,
built
in
pairs.
The width
outside of them.
if
without roofs, or 12
first
feet, if
If
may
may
be 8
feet,
Where
large
suggested.
(1)
To
ties largely in
vision be
made
it
is
facili-
which may
To
this
end
Adopted, Vol. 9, 1908, pp. 541, 584; Vol. 11, Part 2. 1910. pp. 1264. 1309;
Vol. 16, 1915, pp. 959. 1191.
Adopted, Vol. 7. 1906. pp. 155, 170; Vol. 11, Part 2. 1910. pp. 1264. 1265,
1309; Vol. 16, 1915, pp. 959. 1191.
Adopted, Vol. 12. Part 1, 1911, pp. 240. 268; Vol. 14, 1913, pp. 924. 10901095; Vol. 22, 1921. pp. 898, 1077.
~^^^*cr-
Fig. 2-
Tkrminal
P^^x3:jaeKaT-TBAf-i^J&l\ie^^^:JD^
r-
^^r-|
^^^^=
,
2 Typical Track
Station.
_^
rflgnalBiiifii
t-a
CT^
^^,
^
C
^Not
less thatt
i^
train length
"'z.^^^
'
^Not
less
than
train length
fofless thaa.
train length
Types of Ladders.
jarv
i3
to be
made
at the
693
interference, as far as
it is
(2)
it
mended
that
it is
recom-
delivered and handled below the train floor; and raised and lowered by
movement
of passengers.
(3)
Where
(4)
practicable,
"TYPICAL SITUATION
'
(1)
access to both
The
facilities
its
so
movements.
conflicting
(2)
line
order
needs.
Hand
labor
for transferring
in
large
means or otherwise:
freight
from cars
in
most cases
The employment
of a locomotive crane
is
generally justified in
any case where the transfer of freight from open-top cars otherwise
quires the equivalent of the constant daily service of six or
men where
the machine
re-
more men,
may
be eco-
omy
out of
all
may
Adopted. Vol.
is
justified in
each case.
694
The
principle of
re-
To
To
(a)
(b)
get the train into the yard and clear the main
classify
movement of
To
(c)
With
form of
the cars
in
the yard,
which includes
line.
all
intrayard
Questions.
1.
Can you extend your yard lead or construct one adjacent to the
main track of sufficient length to hold a maximum train, so that an"
arriving train can quickly clear the main track before entering the yard
and a departing train may quickly clear the yard before going out on
the main track? If trains arrive or depart at close intervals, can a second
lead track be constructed?
These lead tracks are sometimes called re-
3.
(c)
Drill tracks
(d)
ment?
Are your yards
you
sufficient
running tracks
or thoroughfares so that you can take a transfer from one end of the
yard to the other without interfering with the usual switching? Could
the efficiency and capacity of the yard be increased by the enforced holding open of a track (otherwise used for holding cars) as a running track?
4.
Are your crossovers so arranged as to give the least interference
with switching and the greatest elasticity of movement, or can additional
crossovers be put in to secure these results?
Where
the
number
of tracks
yard
is
fixed
number
of
movements
695
If your receiving or departure tracks are too short, can you lengthen
5.
one or more tracks in each yard in order to take care of the maximum
train
6.
at
may
amount of switch-
ing service?
7.
it
the engine
Can you
facilitate
movement of
14.
Can you
traffic?
cars?
16.
after
dark by installing
lights?
Are you handling any cars through the yard with more move17.
ments than are absolutely necessary?
18.
Could you
facilitate
the least
20.
to
require
the
track
layout ?
21.
Are your car inspectors properly organized, and so located and
equipped that they do not delay switching or departure of trains?
22.
Can some terminal delays be avoided by the installation of compressed air lines to charge the brake equipment of trains and avoid the
delay of
pumping
air
is
coupled on?
696
23.
24.
Is
waybills
Introduction.
These
edge scales of
and torsion lever types for weighing cars in regular
interchange service. They do not apply to overhead suspended scales,
the
straight
new
scales.
They
are intended,
21, 1920,
697
Classes of Scales.
classes,
in these specifications,
it is
recommended
workman-
set forth
be followed
in
so far as they
apply.
Capacity.
Section II
3.
main
levers, will
those given
produce stresses
in the table of
Working
Section III
Plans:
1.
of design
The manufacturer
showing
stresses
not exceeding
Plans.
IV Working
Stresses.
The following
1.
scale
is
698
2.
and Bearings
Steel Machin-
Iron
ing-s
Steel
Structural
Higli Special
Steel Carbon
Alloy
1,500
8,000
8,000
10,000
8,000
8.000
10,000
10,000
24.000
24,000
30.000
30.000
2,500
8,000
2,500
2,500
8.000
10,000
6,000
6,000
8,000
8,000
5,000
10,000
10.000
7,000
7,000
24,000
24,000
30.000
30,000
Cast
Nature
of Stress
Tension
Compression
Transverse Bending
Tension ,.
Compression
Shear
Torsion
The bearing
on
stress
Cast-
ery
steel pins
15,000
pounds
3.
Light Service Scales: For Light Service Scales the load per
edge shall not exceed 6,000 pounds for high carbon
or 7,000 pounds for special alloy steel.
(b)
5.
as a simple beam,
mum
load applied
to
is
wherein
the loop,
the load
its
equals
and
the
distance
between the
distributed.
6.
Where
practicable,
the pivots shall be supported their full length by integral parts of the
lever. Where impracticable to so support the pivots, the bending mo-
ments
Let
W equal the
B
"
"
"
"
"
bending
L
/
in inches.
moment
in pivot,
in
inch pounds.
Then^
equals
H^
equals
WL W
= [^/
and:
(T-B) plus
plus
plus
yi in.
(T-B) plus
J4 i"-]-
The length
1.
699
of Sections.
of a scale shall be con-
In no case
sidered as the effective weighing length of the live rails.
shall this effective weighing length be greater than the distance be-
feet.
Number
3.
of Sections:
not be constructed
4.
in
in
motion
the speed shall not exceed four miles per hour, and each car shall be
entirely
When
This
shall
Section
VI Scale Levers.
The finished levers
Qualities of Castings:
1.
shall
In
scales of the torsion lever type, leveling lugs shall be provided on the
pipe or torsion
arm
for
member
longitudinal alinement.
eleven (11)
inches.
.be finished to a
The
common
Each
pair of lugs
shall
be spaced
Marking
4.
of Levers:
permanently marked
in plain
figures
thereon,
within
34
pivots.
6.
In establishing
main
assumed that the end extension levers carry a total
live and dead load corresponding to 100% of the sectional capacity; the
portion of the middle extension levers carrying the load from the end
section only, 100% of the sectional capacity; and the portion of the
middle extension levers carrying the combined load from the end
the load for determining the stresses in
levers,
it
shall be
700
section
Section VII
Material:
(a) Special
Elastic Limit
Tensile Strength
Elongation in 2
Reduction
in
in.
Area
Tensile Strength
Elongation in 2 in.
Reduction in Area
Shore Hardness
High Carbon
(c)
in
Area
High Carbon
Hardened:
Not less than 135,000
Not less than 180,000
Not less than 3%.
Not less than 12%.
Not less than 85.
Tensile Strength
Elongation in 2 in.
Reduction in Area
Shore Hardness
2.
Design:
two
in.
in.
per
per
sq.
in.
sq.
in.
sq.
in.
sq.
in.
Steel
Elastic Limit
that the
lb.
lb.
Annealed State:
Not over 55,000 lb. per
Not over 117,000 lb. per
Not less than 15%.
Not less than 25%.
Tensile Strength
Elongation in 2 in.
Reduction
Hardened:
Not less than 160,000
Not less than 200,000
Not less than 5%.
Not less than 25%.
Not less than 85.
sq.
sq.
Steel in the
Elastic Limit
(d)
steel
All pivots
sides joining to
lb.
lb.
per sq.
per sq.
in.
in.
shall
that will not exceed 90 degrees; that the tolerance for offset of the
knife edge of the pivot, as figured from the center line of the pivot
at its base, shall be within
in" pivots,
3.
10%
Mounting
Fastening:
701
the knife edges of the end pivots, and shall be so mounted that the
knife edges in a given lever will be parallel to each other.
Support for Projecting Pivots: The reinforcing on the levers
4.
Section VIII
Nose Irons.
which
iron,
shall
meet on
common
line.
Section
1.
IX
Design:
pillars
to
pillars shall
be of equal height.
702
on Bases:
Pillars, Position
The
upright portions
on the bases
that the centers of the bearing lines shall be over the centers of gravity
of the bearing surfaces of the stands.
Anchor Bolt Holes: Two or more anchor bolt holes, not
(c)
less than two inches in diameter, shall be provided in proper places
(b)
pillars or
the bases of all the stands, unless other equally effective means for
is provided.
Qualities of Castings: The castings shall be free from blisters
2.
and large holes, or other imperfections, and shall be brought to a
reasonably smooth finish.
Bases for Lever Stands: The bases of the stands shall be fin3.
ished to within a tolerance of 1/32 of an inch, or machined when to be
mounted on metal bed plates; accurate to a plane perpendicular to
the axis of the upright portion of the stand, and the knife-edge bearing
line shall be parallel to the surface of the base.
in
anchorage
4.
Pillars, Finish of
Tops:
The
Tie Bars:
Tie bars for the lever frames are not required, but
Sfxtion
1.
The
alloy steel,
2.
Design of Bearings:
the load
is
Mounting
when
of Bearing Steels:
When
AND TERMINALS.
YARDS-
703
Section
XI
L Design Proportion: In loops which form bearings for projecting pivots, the radius of the portion of the bearing making immediate
contact with the knife edges and the radius of the eye of the loop shall
be not less than the length of the longest side of the cross-section of
the pivot to be used in the loop.
Length:
2.
All
loops
Steelyard Rod:
3.
in
like
same
The
connections,
except where
made
length.
turnbuckle.
Lock-Nuts:
4.
Section XII
1.
Type:
Checks.
shall
by adjustable checks
be equal to the rod
in functioning.
type
2.
Character:
shall
be
provided.
and
Position:
shall
Weigh-Beam and
Accessories.
Design:
Capacity: The maximum capacity of the beam shall be not
greater than one and two-thirds (1^) times the sectional capacity.
(b)
Full Capacity Beam: Except for special cases a beam of the
full capacity type shall be provided.
Shoulder Stop: A shoulder stop shall be provided on all
(c)
beams to prevent the travel of the main poise back of the zero notch.
Notches: The number of notches for the main poise shall
(d)
not exceed six (6) per inch. Each notch shall be so made that when
the pawl rests in it, a line projected from the center of the side of
the notch nearer the zero graduation to the axis about which the pawl
revolves will be perpendicular to that side of the notch.
I.
(a)
704
Marking:
shall be
Intervals:
made
at the
namely,
figure,
inches in height.
15s,
2,
4,
and
shall be
8,
705
marked by
figures
may or
may have
etc.,
marked, or
No
(d)
Fractional
the fractional
Beam:
beam
shall be placed at
ment
Balance Ball:
shall be controlled
The balance
shall be provided.
adjustment,
ball
shall
tip of
beam.
Multiplication:
the beam.
The
Identification of
number which
shall
Type Figures:
sufficiently
not
become loosened.
Beam Fulcrum Stand:
8.
(a)
Design: The beam shall be supported on
a stand provided
706
Trig Loop:
9.
Material:
(a)
The
made
of
a non-magnetic material.
(b)
shall be not
more than 2%
The
play of the
of the distance
beam
from the
in
in
zontal.
10.
shelf
Beam
shall
Support:
beam
The beam fulcrum and the
be provided
for all
scales.
trig
Section
the
Required:
1.
limit
XIV
relative
lengthwise
displacement of
all
knife
edges
with
The
Material:
anti-friction
Design:
made
consist of a point or
full
on the
4.
and
shall
Clearances:
The
iV
707
The
1.
XV
Clearances.
clearance around and between the fixed and live parts of"
of an inch except at
XVI
Section
1.
of the levers
lever
Factory Adjustments.
Levers:
2.
.002
Section
XVII
to within
Interchangeability.
Like parts of all like scales of the same design and manufacThe
ture shall be interchangeable unless otherwise herein specified.
scale drawings and the parts of the scale shall be marked to indicate
the proper positions of the parts in the scale, so as to prevent parts not
symmetrically designed being incorrectly placed when the scale is
1.
set up.
Section XVIII
Definition:
1.
The
Sensibility
Reciprocal.
weight
re-
quired to be added to or removed from the live rails to turn the beam
from a horizontal position of equilibrium in the center of the trig
loop to a position of equilibrium at either limit of its travel.
Value: The sensibility reciprocal shall not exceed 50 pounds
2.
in
any
case.
Section
1.
after
test,
XIX
Tolerance.
The Manufacturers'
installation
The minimum
Section
XX
Foundation: Scales shall be so located that an adequate foundation, and at least fifty (50) feet of tangent track at each approach
to the live rails, can be provided.
Elevation: The scale shall be raised with respect to the other
2.
tracks of the yard to such an elevation that the drainage of the surface
water will be away from it. Means shall be provided to prevent surface water between the rails of the scale tracks from running into
1.
the
pit.
708
Material:
XXI
Foundations.
may
be followed.
Bearing Area:
2.
The bearing
on the
soil
will
be uniform
For boulders or
solid
rock
6,000
20,000
lb.
lb.
per. sq.
per
per
ft.
sq. ft.
sq. ft.
If the soil has not a safe bearing capacity equal to that of fine
sand or clay, its bearing capacity should be increased, by drainage,
by adding a layer of gravel or broken stone, or by driving piles.
Dimensions of Pit: The depth of the scale pit shall be not
3.
less than seven feet (7' 0") from the base of the rail to the finished
The width of the pit between faces of side walls
floor of the pit.
shall be not less than ten (10) feet for Light Service Scales, or less
than ten feet six inches (10' 6") for Heavy Service Scales, provided
that there shall be a horizontal clearance of not less than sixteen (16)
inches between the faces of the side walls and the scale parts below
the weigh-bridge girders and above the base of the stands. The length
of the pit inside of end walls shall be not less than two (2) feet greater
than the length of the scale parts.
Walls of Pit: The side and end walls shall be not less than
4.
fifteen (15) inches and preferably eighteen (18) inches thick at the
The foundation walls of the scale house shall be not less than
toptwelve (12) inches thick at the top and shall be formed solidly to the
Where
709
bearing capacity they shall be carried to the same depth as the pit
walls.
7.
Wall Batter: All wall surfaces next to earth subject to freezing shall be constructed with a uniform batter of not less than one
(1) inch to the foot, and as much more as necessary to permit the
heaving of adjacent ground by frost action without disturbing the
walls.
8.
The concrete
footings or
piers supporting the lever stands shall be not less than eighteen (18)
inches thick.
sufficient to
(15) inches.
10.
Floating levers,
viz.,
a lever
exerting an upward pull at its fulcrum, shall be anchored to the foundation to resist not less than twice the uplift produced by a train of
capacity cars passing over the live rails.
11.
steel,
shall be set in the side walls of the pit with the center of bearings
of the
beams not
less
the walls, but such bearings shall not be fastened to transverse beams.
Beam
shall rest
is
Design:
710
if
used.
view of the scale deck and approaching cars so that he can read the
car numbers and stenciled light weights when he is weighing.
The
windows shall be glazed with clear glass, or clear wire glass, free from
bubbles or other imperfections.
2.
Clearances: The lateral clearance between the scale house and
the center of any track shall be not less than seven feet six inches
(7' 6"), or greater if required by law or by the railroad.
A clearance
of not less than one (1) inch shall be provided between the inside of
the scale house and beam supports and shelf.
Ventilation.:
Where a scale beam house is not provided with
3.
artificial heat a ventilator in the roof shall be provided.
Section XXIII
Section
XXIV
Scale Weigh-Bridges.
In scales of more than two sections, weighbridge girders njay be either of the continuous type or the non-continuous type, but non-continuous girders of such design of joints over
Type
1.
of Girders:
ment
of sections are
2.
Steel
recommended.
Structural steel work shall conform
American Railway Engineering Association.
Specifications:
lateral
Bracing:
force of 200
rail
and uniformly
distributed.
less
modulus
711
equals
10000
Where
section modulus,
equals sectional capacity in pounds,
equals length of span in feet,
d equals distance in inches from knife edge of main lever to top of
live rail, or to top flange of girder if ties are used or when
pedestals are braced to resist tipping transversely to the girder.
S equals
C
L
fit
the
fillets
The ends
of these stiffeners
pedestals,
weigh-bridge.
mounted
set
It is
recommended
that,
when
and that
sway
shop under proper inspection where practicable; where this method is impracticable and where field assembly
is necessary, each pair of girders shall be placed in proper alinement
and the bracing then introduced and secured by bolts or rivets.
and
lateral
7.
bracing in
tlje
Live Rails:
(a)
Weight:
same
(b)
applied.
rails
weather and
dirt.
712
ooiiotncomcoMco
8'
t>-t~oooooSe?Sco
-t^HTH'Hi-cMCIdCM
iiiiii
M
X
H
eMCMNCMCMescie>cM
;
e oo o
00 oo oo
l|
llll
c!i
CM
234.2
234.2
234.2
00 00 CO oo
mi
234.2
234.2
300.6
ssis
^
oo
CM
to
300.6
? ?? ^^^ M
s kk
1X
CO
o> o CO
199.4
209.1
213.4
227.1
240.7
254.2
272.2
121.5
130.8
135.4
150.0
165.4
181.5
198.4
III
o
84.4
is
96.0
104.3
lis
CO
CM
I
c
1,476.7
-1
1,612.8
1.872.9
1,704.5
1,960.4
1,998.8
2,121.1
2,241.7
2,360.0
2,523.1
-I-
to
og
93.76
89.60
87.24
s s e^s
cqW
23,440
22,400
20.810
21,810
20,390
20,190
i
.-
o 3 > o
2-3 -5
CM
S"
2 2 S s
O00t~. tOe<CM_Ot>.iOCMO
o
o o
S o
o o
CM U5
O
>o
t^
lO to lO CO
'3^
SsSoooaSSoSS
ss s ss g s
oco*ot^ooooo>0'-<cieo-f
__^^^T<.-.Mc-ieMc^c<
;SSgS5SSSl5SSSSr-i
713
CO CO
CO
^ <J' * -*'
CO CO 00 CO
cj c^
e>
(M
*=*.*===
to uS in U3
c5
o o o
M
<J<
Cjj
<
Tt<
cji
Tl<
ei
-^
Cji
o c5o oo
g ^
w g g
CO CO
00 00 00 00 OO 00 OO 00
t^
CO
S ^g M s
000<ffl0000000000000002
oooooeoooooo<oo<o
-^
CO CO
t*!
oooooooooooo
C<lC<l<MIMt>CS
e< <M (M (M CQ
M
I
J<
c^
I
esi
c-
"*l
'I'
<M CI C <M CI C (M e^ 01
0 00 00 00
(MMCMtO<0000^-<^
CO <D CO
*-*-JtTj<00000000
coe<5ecoo5ooooio>o
CO CO CO
Sooooo<r)pooooooo
OOO'OirtOsSJCTitOOtO
c^<Me><Moooooooo
oooooooo
ciciMca-a-^iow
ss s
X X X X
HMKMMMX4MXM>4
0
-^
t- CO
<-<
t>.
e>
~-
-^
C^l
0> CD
wi CI ai ^ >o
to c o
cn^c^cooo<oooO'-i3;<>
i-ic^c^iMCJc^iMe^cocoeoeo
!<
eococococococo><^TJ<^
TtiO-*"'OOOTj<0-^>0-<*<0
CV4
*<
* od
o "5 o ti 00 3
oooaOOevieoeouoooa>
*<
e>
<6
CJ
o>
"
-^
^'
CO
^ o 00
o o CI s
0
00
CO
<*
d
o
CO 00 o
!?J
-*
,_)
CO
s?
^
''
-* W5 -*
,.^
<-<
>oooTj<o<oHeoooi-icoo>
o-^a-^05*H^ooooeo
t>.^^^t^0>-<tlO>O^(MC0
oqOi-j^oico>*iqt^oqo<>J
si
OO
2^
o> o CI * t^ O
CO
s 5
Si fe s; TO
S'
!r;
r-;
^S
'-<'Mci"<>jc-rNrcsIci'c-reoeoco
t^5oSco>.SooS>o<oo
00 CO o o> eo
o t^ 5 CO
.-ir-l(rHOOOOOCiC505Cl
<m'
to
CI
S2
5 s f2S g s?^
j^
(m'
"""
'^
oooooooooooo
-^OC0-^0> COO^-^OOr^O
00>*o-He>oe<coocooeo
<)<^03oqiHooor>_>--^ooco
oooooooooooo
U50e<50c5ioo>oooo
CMOoot^>oe'c<iot>'C(MO
o o
o o o
o
o o o
00 t^ 5 CO CI
oodr-j-Teoui cu>-^coeoeo
"-r^poocrooososaJoJ
t^t^^t-t>.t-tr-ir>tocoo
oooooooooooo
r-i
'"""'cococJ'*'
ei
03 Ok O) o>
oooooooooooo
00t->00t-it0-000
t--0HiC^>0>t>;OC^>Ot>;0
eO'^^-^T^^-5)<u>iOooo
8S|gSSSS8
oooooooo^^oooo
lOOUlOOU>3ir>0OlOU5
ooooooooooo
issgsiss
s s g s s
g'
s g s 8
iO00t^00 00C3O<-Ht.-IC0'^
CJ CI CI CM
^^S:3:SS!SS3SSS
usooo-4-<<ot^ocooo>esi
T><'^0u3U3ia>o(D :ocoeot
714
XXVApproach
Section
1.
Positive
means
Rails.
XXVI
Section
1.
to
The deck
Type:
meet special
2.
Deck.
cases.
The material for the deck shall be either reinwooden planking, or metal plates covered to prevent
Construction:
forced concrete,
Section
Dead
XXVII Dead
Rails.
When
Rails
ingly increased.
Axle Load,
Weight
lb.
50,000
55,000
60,000
65,000
70,000
3.
(a)
of Rail,
80
85
lb.
85
90
100
Work:
tion.
(b)
Strength:
The following
beams
ASSUMPTIONS:
ll'-O"
Dead
c.
to
Floorbeams
75%
Dead
c.
of bearings.
2'-6"
c.
to
c.
A'-W
c.
to
c.
and
715
Live Load
Moments
Required
Section
in
Bethlehem Beams
Moduli
Axle
Loads
1.000 In.
Lb.
(f=10,000)
I-
Sec.
Sizes
Mod.
50,000
55,000
60.000
65.000
745.7
820.3
894.9
969.5
74.6
82.0
89.5
96.9
1-I5"x54#
1-I5"x54#
1-I5"x73# Girder
1-I5"x73# Girder
81.3
81.3
117.8
117.8
70.000
1044.0
104.4
1-I5"x73* Girder
117.8
75.000
1118.6
111.9
1-I5"x73# Girder
117.8
Beams
Sec.
Sizes
Mod.
1-I5"x60#
1-I5"x60#
1-I5"x75#
1-I5"x80#
81.2
81.2
92.2
106.1
117.8
106.1
117.8
112.7
117.8
or2-15"x42#
1-15"x80j(^
or2-15"x42#
1-15"x90#
or2-15"x42#
ASSUMPTIONS
11 '-6"
Dead
c.
to
c.
Floorbeams
75%
Dead
of bearings.
2'-6"
to
c.
c.
4'-H"
c.
to
c.
Required
Live Load
Moments
Axle
Section
Bethlehem B cams
Moduli
in
Loads
1,000 In.
Lb.
Sec.
Sizes
(f=10.000)
Sec.
Mod.
Sizes
1-I5"x60#
1-I5"x70#
1-I5"x80#
50,000
55,000
60,000
799.3
879.3
959.2
79.9
87.9
95.9
1-I5"x54#
1-I5"x64*
1-I5"x73# Girder
81.3
88.6
117.8
65.000
1039.1
103.9
1-I5"x73# Girder
117.8
70,000
1119.0
111.9
1-I5"x73# Girder
117.8
75,000
1199.0
119.9
M5"xl04# Girder
162.7
Mod.
81.2
88.5
95.8
117.8
106.1
117.8
112.7
117.8
120.1
117.8
or2-15"x42#
1-I5"x80#
or2-15"x42#
1-I5"x90*
or2-15"x42#
1-I5"xl00#
or2-15"x42#
Section
1.
Weather Guards:
Dirt Shields.
snow and
They
rain.
shall be so designed
may
be easily
repairs.
2.
Dirt
Shields:
throughout the
pit,
Substantial
over
all
metal
shields
scale bearings
shall
be
provided
XXIX
it
where
parts.
beam,
scale
716
Ventilation
pit
recommended
The
following arrangement
XXX
Entrance
Location:
shall
Section
pit.
Shop Painting:
the
one coat of red lead paint before being riveted together. All parts
inaccessible after erection shall be given a second shop coat of red
lead paint.
2.
Field Painting: Scales and structural steel work shall be
cleaned and painted with one coat (and preferably two coats) of paint
in the field before installation.
13
RULES FOR THE LOCATION, MAINTENANCE, OPERATION AND TESTING OF RAILWAY TRACK SCALES.
Section
Location.
21,
717.
The
cost of maintenance
when
the scale
is
located on the
cire
(g)
to be weighed.
The
(a)
is
equalized by
means
of a spring switch.
classification tracks in a
When
the scale
hump yard
it
is
shall be at such
an elevation
that the cars will run by gravity as far as desired into the classification
maximum
yard with a
(b)
Approach Grade:
718
rails
(d)
for at least
the
same
Where
it is
car rider to take several cars together into a classification track, the
not
in
Section
1.
II
Numbering Scales:
number and
referred to by
numbered and
location.
2.
Scale Shop: Extensive repairs to scales, such as the renewal
or the sharpening of pivots, should be made in a properly appointed
shop.
are liable to
4.
of the scale.
719
or vice versa. Cars must not be moved over the scale with one truck
on the live rails and another truck on the dead rails.
Use of Sand and Injector by Enginemen Prohibited: Engine9.
men must not apply sand or use the injector when on the scale. The
slipping of engine drivers on either live or dead rails is injurious to
the structure and should be avoided.
10.
Weigh-beam:
When
not
The
scale
before
the scale
15.
is
used.
is
tested.
Painting:
in
use
it
mechanism and
Section III
Testing.
1.
Tests with Single Test Cars:
Track scales in regular car
weighing service should be tested at least every three months with a
test car weighing not less than thirty thousand (30,000) pounds.
2.
Graduated Tests: Scales when installed and periodieally thereafter should be given a graduated test with two or more test loads
up to the weight of the heaviest cars normally weighed. The frequency
with which such graduated tests should be made depends on the design, capacity and method of installation of the scale used, the wear
of scale pivots, and the amount of weighing performed.
3.
Weekly Tests: A test should be made each week by weighing
a heavily loaded freight car with as short a wheel base as is obtainable
on each end and center of scale. When the scale is equipped with an
720
4.
also be
made on each
In addition
to
weighing a car spotted on the trip end of the scale with the beam,
also in motion with the automatic attachment connected.
A book
record of this and other tests should be kept by the weighmaster.
Adjustment: Track scales should be kept in the closest posadjustment, and a scale should be considered inaccurate when it
cannot be adjusted, and such adjustment maintained to within two
5.
sible
pounds
when
to
distributed test
The
more
NOTE: No
the
applicable to the
Section IV
permitted.
NOTE: The
Mexico must be
2.
in
Scales:
It
is
desirable for
721
to
(b)
master
scale.
*
bECTioN
The master
1.
shall
location as free
other causes, as possible. The use of it should be limited to the verification of test cars or for other special weighing where extreme accuracy is required. It should not be used for general weighing purposes, nor be run over with cars or material not to be weighed.
scale of the two-section track scale type
The length
2.
one operation
of
weighing
rail
recommended.
is
contemplated.
in
The aprail not less than ten (10) feet in length is recommended.
proach rails to master scale should be on a tangent for a distance
slightly in excess of the longest wheel base cars to be weighed on the
scale.
To facilitate test with equipment such as is used by the Bureau
of Standards, the tangent on at least one approach should be not less
than
fifty
(50)
The
3.
feet.
in
IV
The
4.
beam with
a ca-
pacity not to exceed one thousand (1000) pounds, the value of mini-
mum
butt of
beam
100 to
1,
counterweights 1000 to
five
(5)
pounds.
multiplication of the
1
are
beam
Multiplication at
10 to
1,
and
ratio of
recommended.
trig-loop,
The
cent, of the
7.
after,
Master scale, when installed, and at least once each year thereshould be given a graduated test up to the weight of the heaviest
it
(preferably to
full
capacity).
722
Weight
Pounds.
Tolerance
50
25
10
15
10
3
3
2
2
to
Grains.
6
6
4
4
20
as follows:
is
Weight
Pounds.
Tolerance
Grains.
l.S
1.0
0.8
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.5
0.1
0.3
1.0
0.5
0.5
0.5
within
Test Load.
Tolerance in Pounds.
For Maintenance.
Pounds.
For Adjusttnent.
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
70,000
80,000
90,000
3.00
3.68
4.24
4.75
5.20
5.62
6.00
7.36
8.48
9.49
10.40
11.22
12.00
12.74
6.00
6.37
8.
To facilitate calibration of master scales, the use of special
weights heavier than the usual fifty (50) pound commercial test
weights are desirable.
Tolerance of Weights weighing respectively 2500, 5000 and 10,000
pounds
9.
and
it
is
as follows:
Weight.
Pounds.
Grains.
Pounds.
2,500
5,000
10,000
440
650
975
.063
.093
.139
Tolerance.
recommended
that this
clean,
work be looked
10; Sees. XIV, XV, XVI, and XVII; Sec. XVIII, paragraph 1; Sec.
XXI, paragraphs 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 12; Sees. XXIII and XXVIII;
Sec.
XXIX,
It
VI
723
For general track-scale testing test cars should weigh not less
1.
than a total of thirty thousand (30,000) pounds, nor more than eighty
thousand (80,000) pounds. For making graduated tests and to simplify computations, cars weighing eighty thousand (80,000) pounds
and forty thousand (40,000) pounds, respectively, are suggested. The
maximum
number
to reduce the
scales,
of restricted
is
to
weight limits on
bridges, etc.
2.
movements due
characteristics:
(a)
All-metal construction.
(b)
Length
(c)
Load
(d)
No
hold
(7)
feet.
and
dirt.
(e)
No
(f)
unnecessary parts.
necessary.
much
reduced as
Surface* area
(g)
as
possible,
to
limit
wind
pressure.
(h)
Accessibility of
(i)
Roller or
all
bearings
ball
reduce
movement by
rolling
resistance,
scale inspector.
thereby
They do not
re-
of
Test cars
may
castings
with
solid
The
car.
4.
When
supercargo
(consisting
is
of
preferable.
overclothes,
tools,
etc.)
is
steel box,
it
it
is
load.
tools, etc.,
scales."
when
is
weighed
724
5.
moved on
"Do
not
oil
or repack boxes or
make
COMMITTEE
XV.
(1)
The
any damage
tion is to discover
whole or
in
do more than
ever,
At
(2)
fire,
flood, derail-
traffic,
must necessarily be
call
made
and
superficial,
on the
skill
will rarely,
from
from
part.
to the structure
No
depreciation.
reports
of
such
periodic intervals of
from one
to six
forces,
to
to discover
all
frm
traffic,
or other causes.
one next
is
to
be
made by men
who
examination of
office
for their
filed,
safe
and
maintenance.
in connection
The
with an
TURAL STEEL.
(1)
made of
(2)
full
understand-
72S
166.
726
Have
(4)
ing
Make
tests.
is
drift-
not exceeded.
bending and
tensile,
members
tests.
their results.
of the melts and accept only those in which the specified contents of
impurities are not exceeded.
(8)
test
for
any other
Examine each
piece of finished
material
This inspec-
to
cold straightening.
(10)
mill,
all
weight.
(12)
with their
work
become familiar
it is
(13)
Record
(14)
Keep informed
all
tests
work
in the
shop and
orders and
make
and shipped.
in such
in the fabrication.
lists
(16)
reports weekly or as
may
tion as
may
727
be required.
(1)
full
and any
special
features in connection
with the delivery, such as the position of the girders or truss members
on cars
Study
(2)
in
Endeavor
(3)
men; and by
any way.
in
fairness, decisiveness
all
to be
and good
them
sense, interest
in the
Attend constantly
(4)
progress of the
in
work
may
to
the work,
in the shop,
work
When
(5)
or some variation from the specified procedure, take the necessary action
promptly.
Study the
(6)
field
may
be checked
rapidly.
(7)
Check
(8)
all
alinement of
joints,
rivets, tightness
(9)
Make
(10)
make
Watch
certain that
are
truly
cylindrical
when
members are
and that
parts.
in
members and
proper condition
for erection.
3
1068.
Adopted, Vol.
14,
1913, -pp.
87-89,
728
Make
(11)
flange angles
and that the depth of web below the flange angles complies
(12)
rolled
to
be used therein.
Have
(13)
(14)
when they
all
long row so as to insure that the columns and girders will not "build
out" in erection so as to exceed the calculated length.
(15)
number of each
is
Check base
(16)
"lefts"
shipped.
plates of girders before riveting
(17)
Examine
(18)
pneumatic
field
field
rivets,
allowing
riveter.
fit-
ting
(19)
Make
sure
shop
that
to
splices
properly
are
fitted
and
that
(21)
and smoothness of
finish.
to center of the
end connections
is
liable to
Make
it
is
assembled.
in
depth.
(23)
Have
the specifications carefully done and in any case insure the accuracy of
field
the
connections.
number of
ship.
If a large
number of
bled to
make
(24)
it
number of
workman-
for
assembled and reamed and make sure that the match marks are plainly
visible.
Require that
all
729
in assembling trusses
is
and
done.
drums of draw
details
those dimensions which must be exact and those in which slight variations are 'permissible.
Determine
in
(28)
Examine
fits
is
attained.
tions and discriminate between such defects as are unimportant and those
Make
securely in place.
(30)
rollers
Make
sure that
drum
all
in size, so as to
Watch
specifications.
that paint
(32)
is
carefully the
painting directions
Verify
all
well as correct.
(33)
right direction
(34)
upon
to
as
(35)
Make
Make
fit.
boxed or
loss.
tie rods,
(37)
Examine
from
fins
or other defects.
(38)
tures
(39)
Make
movable struc-
(40)
all
parts.
conditions.
means adopted
in
difficulties as
may
730
will
Check every
(41)
eral dimensions
future work.
in
member
finished
gen-
its
(42)
cially that
purchased on weight
basis.
scales
(1)
ftruction.
steel
con-
built with
(2)
Make
and of
(3)
whose
local residents
interests
posted concerning the time and relative importance of regular and extra
trains.
cause of the
(4)
in the
work
Secure
full
(5)
Obtain
must be attended
(6)
to
special traffic
all
hand,
in
reports of
in
Endeavor
have
to
disturbance be
(8)
made
full
may
all
preparations
made before
disturbing the
minimum.
in
if available.
The
contractor's
parts.
progress of the
be completed
in
If not,
it
is
endeavor to secure
such additions to the force and equipment as will insure such completion,
Adopted, Vol.
14,
1913,
(10)
731
tion of labor, in a
way
(11)
if
23.
before
and
damage
Examine
done.
is
corrected
it
its
(12)
damage
the metal,
to
failure
to
conform
is in
to
Make
(13)
proper position.
Endeavor
If
member
of the structure
to
member
placed in
is
its
care.
in getting
some minor
in place.
(14)
Bending,
straining and heavy pounding with sledges are included in such abuse.
Watch
(15)
fillers,
Make
(16)
certain that
all
It is possible
for a
filled
riveting.
with bolts.
Watch the heating of rivets to prevent underheating or overmake sure that scale is removed.
Examine and test carefully all field-driven rivets and have any that
(17)
heating and to
Have
driven, that
may
all
rivets,
whether shop-driven or
field-
(19)
work
trains
and
assist in
when
needed,
removed which
structure
the
is
it
is
manner of
Make
a record of
damage
to
732
the
members of
Indicate by
sketches or otherwise
(21)
features of the
work wherever
Make
(22)
practicable.
performed lor
Make
(23)
Make
final
material erected, the cost of labor per rivet in riveting, the cost of correcting errors in design
and
details
in planning
similar work.
'
The conclusions
COLUMN
TESTS.
from the
tests so
far
made
in
Columns
(1)
in
The specimen
(2)
tensile
tests
on which material
is
ordered and
(3)
it
fails as a
of local weakness will have an ultimate strength of which the compressive yield point of the material of
The
is,
it
is
made up
is
is
recommended
tensile stress
is
16000,
and for
not
r
1
Adopted, Vol.
Adopted. Vol.
= 15000 50,
19, 1918,
21.
an index, since
COLUMN FORMULA.
following formula
which
1920.
ratios of
733
MOVABLE BRIDGES.
The
appliances
protective
at
drawbridges
consist
devices
in
is
damage
in case of trains
damage
The
(a)
(b)
(c)
also the
track
minimum
of
not in condition
is
in case of derailment.
protective devices
may
(d)
(e)
Guard
Interlocking
(a)
when
not stopping
for passage of
against
for
rails.
Interlocking
must follow
in
the
Devices.
drawbridge devices
so
that
movements
their
Drawbridges
should
be
equipped
with
proper
mechanism
efficient
end
lift
in
to
position.
case of
lifts in
bridges.
Rail-End Connections.
(c)
Rail ends
may
normal
traffic
Where
rail
web
Mitered
to
rails
the points.
where
The
traffic
ends are cut square or mitered and not lapped, they should
wheels over the opening between the end of bridge and approach
rails.
without
that
the
in service,
This
will
require:
(1)
(2)
^Adopted, Vol.
17,
1916, pp.
101,
172. 800.
734
2.
Drawbridge.
Unlock
rail
1.
rail devices.
2.
Since there are various types and designs of drawbridges and various
types,
may
order of operations
is
given
viz.,
a swingbridge with
all its
home and
devices oper-
distant signals,
derails, etc.:
To Open Drawbridge.
1.
2.
\.
Close bridge.
Unlock
2.
Insert
derails.
bridge
surfacing,
align-
Open
4.
Uncouple
derails.
interlocking
connec-
3.
4.
Operate
vice
tions.
power-controlling
position
to
application of
de-
preventing
power
to bridge
machinery.
5.
Unlock
rail-end connections.
Lock bridge
5.
surfacing, aligning
and fastening
6.
align-
devices.
6.
Lock
7.
rail-end connections.
Operate
power-controlling
de-
of power to bridge
machinery.
8.
Withdraw
rail-end
connections.
8.
Close derails.
9.
Withdraw
bridge
surfacing,
9.
Lock
aligning
and
fastening
derails.
de-'
vices.
10.
Open
bridge.
Derails.
The
10.
must be given
is
not
recommended
(b)
in
all
cases.
Each
situation
smash
rails.
735
Rails.
Guard
(e)
should
rails
provided as
be
to derailed wheels
except
bridges,
fixed
for
Obstructions
should be reduced
rails
minimum.
to a
The
rails
may
of the bridge.
The
may
be used.
as adjuncts.
Phosphor bronze
structure.
shall
be
homogeneous
be
It shall
alloy
The phosphorus
used.
It
in the
clean,
2.
The
is
crystalline
is
known
may be
shall be introduced
and other
and allowed to
cast
places, cracks
of
ingots.
Care
defects.
cool,
and
the
shall be exer-
will be
most
likely to secure
dense castings.
3.
There
Grade
to be
is
per
sq.
in.,
steel discs
under
Grade
is
Grade
Grade
is
lift
lb.
per
to be
low speeds
bridges.
is
sq. in.,
machinery bearings.
worm
The chemical
Adopted, Vol.
19,
813,
1191.
re-
736
6.
the casting and which have been fed and cooled under the
same conditions
as the casting.
Compression
7.
test
The
limit in
elastic
Tension
8.
test
less
than one inch in diameter to the form shown in Fig. 5 of the American
way
The diameter
Bridges.
of
the turned
inch.
9.
At
least
one compression
test
B,
grade D.
made
tests shall be
of
finished
the
castings
Brinell ball
the
finished,
lb.,
mm.
be of hardened steel 10
for
test
prescribed
in diameter.
be tested by the
shall
The
furnished.
test
The
made upon
tests, shall be
each heat.
shall
ball
hardness
melt for
The hardness
10.
shall be
grades A,
At
shall be
test
least
two
made on
disc.
Alloy of
C<ipi)er
cent
per
Copper
and tin
Copper
and tin
20 max.
....
per cent
max.
max.
max.
1.0
0.7
max.
1,0
max.
24000
0.5
max.
0.5
max.
compression,
lb.
set
under 100,000
Permanent
set
under 50,000
lb.
lb
lb
per
per
Permanent
sq.
lb.
min.
18000
min.
.06 min.
.10 max.
.10 min.
.20 max.
To be
recorded
To be
recorded
min.
To be
recorded
in..
per
tin
and zinc
89 max.
25
max
0.5
max.
To be
recorded
To be
recorded
33000
min
Jn
Copper,
2.25 max.
1.0
0.5
in
and lead
82 max.
11 max.
1 1 max.
...
tin
C
Copper,
may
in
compression
test
recommended
is
(1)
work
to bidders,
work.
specifications,
pound
Invite bids on a
(2)
may
alternate bids
If desired,
price basis.
b. cars,
o.
f.
is
(3)
with the
sistently
nature of the
work
When
recommendation.
first
known
is
to the bidder
previously performed by
necessary to anticipate
the
if
railway, or
if
designs of similar
own
(4)
be maintained.
On
forces on lines
traffic is to
may
and
in
some
be erected by contract.
(5)
where
^"SPECIFICATIONS
in all cases.
Proposed
Work
1.
to
shown
in Vol.
23,
Be Done.
The Contractor
place complete,
shall
and perform
erect,
all
and adjust
rivet
work
other
all
metal
work
in
hereinafter specified.
Plant.
2.
The Contractor
provide
shall
all
tools,
necessary -for the expeditiotis handling of the work, including drift pin*
and
fitting
up
bolts.
Falsev(7ork.
3.
The method
"Adopted, Vol.
7,
1906,
pp.
from any
184,
263,
264;
responsibility.
Vol.
160.
10
Adopted, Vol.
13.
1912,
11,
Part
Falsework
1,
1910,
will
pp. 115,
738
be built by *
The temporary
the traffic
which
the loads
shall
come upon
will
it.
The
bents shall
Upon
cannot be obtained.
structure,
Company,
may
as
cars,
removed
in
be removed
shall
or loaded on
site
be directed.
bottom
if
for
shall
it
be
may be used
traffic,
it
Conduct of Work.
The work
4.
manner
be prosecuted with
shall
equipment to expedite
sufficient
force,
plant
and
in
such a
by the
its
Tracks
injury.
Engine Service.
5.
If
is
furnished
the Contractor free of charge, such service shall consist only in unloading
bridge
site.
the rate of $
When
engine service
Insert "Railway
to the
is
its
Company"
terminal.
proper
may
be.
rail-
officials at least
739
operations.
When
movements
shall
be in charge of a train crew, and the expense of the crew and any engine
service other than as noted above shall be charged to the Contractor.
Transportation.
When
6.
transportation of
may
conditions as
line, it shall
men
fur-
is
be subject to such
Masonry.
7.
in
masonry
to correct lines
make
of the Contractor.
and elevations and assume responsibility therefor, but the Contractor shall
compare the
elevations, distances,
etc.,
shown on
masonry
he assembles the
steel.
8.
be
liable for
in
case of
demurrage charges.
failure
to
do so the Contractor
laid so as not to
in
The expense of
The
damaged by rough
loading and storing material, shall compare each piece with the shipping
list
Maintenance of
9.
manner
When
as
Traffic.
traffic
to
is
to be maintained
interfere
as
little
as
it
will be carried
practicable with
the
on
in
such a
work of
the
Contractor.
Changes
during erection
way Company.
Removal
10.
of
Old Structure.
Unless otherwise
specified,
740
When
all
parts will be
is
and
cars or neatly
at a convenient
the structure
is
to
be kept separate.
shall
Metal Work.
Material shall be handled without damage.
11.
by
shall be protected
Threads of
pilot
all
pins
in place.
Unfair holes
mitted.
shall be
bolts
reamed or
remaining
drilled.
When
riveting.
tions,
traffic,
important connec-
least 50 per
drift pins.
ing
is
of the holes
cent,
filled
at
When
removed.
not carrying
traffic,
at least SSy^
per cent, of
members
shall
No
heads shall be
and
members
full
full
dead load
stresses.
Rivets
and uniform
in size
Heads
fins,
The
concentric
after acceptance.
driven.
if
Misfits.
12.
Any
error in shop
who
The Contractor
work of
shall
render an itemized
bill
for
741
Bolts.
Holes for
13.
all
anchor
bolts,
and the
Bed
is
in place
cement grout.
Plates.
Bed
14.
masonry
resting on
plates
shall
full
this shall
be attained by either
tightly
ramming
rust
in
in
position.
Decks.
The
15.
will
The
16.
and
shall
may be
specified.
etc.,
shall receive
in place.
allowing enough
paint,
done
in
when
No
damp.
is
coat to
first
dry
wet or freezing
Painting shall be
dirt, rust,
loose scale,
etc.,
is
applied.
remove
The
all
old
material and
debris
resulting
work of
from
his
erection, shall
operations and
Superintendence and
18.
During the
Workmen.
competent superintendent
skilled
personal
in
work
charge
and
employ only
shall
If
shall,
show
unfitness for
employment
it
Engineer's consent.
Insert "Railway
Company"
dis-
without the
may
be.
742
Inspection.
19.
tion
The work
of erection shall at
all
Engineer.
20.
Company, or
his
mean
accredited repre-
sentative.
"
in
Length
1920
Note.
The purpose of the Committee which wrote these specifications
to formulate specific and detailed rules for the design and manufacture
of bridges, as a guide to both the designer and the shop, rather than to
confine the specifications to a statement of principles or to limit them to
rules defining the duties of the contractor.
The intention was to describe
the best general practice for standard American and Canadian railways,
and to advance somewhat the causes of good design and workmanship.
The requirements of light and branch railways and foreign practice have
was
2.
3.
4.
What
is
20
13
rail
and
the bridge?.... 93
2
Furnish plans showing the general dimensions necessary for designing the structure:
Length of spans
Types of spans
Number and spacing of tracks
Angle of skew
Type
of floor
Limiting under-clearance
5.
6.
7.
8.
Shall the
What
What
used?
206
59
269
Will other than two pilot nuts and two driving nuts be required
256
for each size of pin?
"Adopted, Vol.
21,
1920,
pp.
491,
1414.
743
(1)
Definitions of Terms.
1.
pany or
Proposals.
letter of invitation.
traffic
conditions, etc.
Drawings to Govern.
3.
Where
shall govern.
Patented Devices.
4.
The Contractor shall protect the Company against claims on
account of patented devices or parts proposed by him.
Drawings.
After the contract has been awarded and before any work is
shall submit to the Engineer for approval
duplicate prints of stress sheets and^shop drawings, unless such drawings shall have been prepared by the Company. The tracings of these
drawings shall be the property of and be delivered to the Company
after the completion of the contract. Shop drawings shall be made on
the dull side of the tracing cloth, 24 by 36 inches in size, including
margins. The margin at the left end shall be 1^ inches wide, and the
others ^-inch. The title shall be in the lower right-hand corner. No
changes shall be made on any approved drawing without the consent,
in writing, of the Engineer.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the correctness of his
6.
drawings, and for shop fits and field connections, although the drawings may have been approved by the Engineer.
Any material ordered by the Contractor prior to the approval
7.
5.
Materials Used.
8.
Structures
where otherwise
shall
be
specified.
made wholly
744
may
Types of Bridges.
The
The dimensions
11.
for
be as
shall
follows:
Span Length.
For trusses and
girders,
the
distance
center
to
center
of
end
bearings.
For
For
floor
Depth.
For riveted trusses, the distance between centers of gravity of
chord sections.
For pin-connected trusses, the distance center to center of chord
pins.
For plate girders, floor beams and stringers, the distance between
centers of gravity of flanges, but not to exceed the distance back to
back of the flange angles.
Spacing of Trusses, Girders and Floorbeams.
12.
The width center to center of girders or trusses shall be not
less than one-fifteenth of the effective span, and not less than is necessary to prevent overturning under the assumed lateral loading. Panel
lengths shall not exceed 114 times the width c. to c. of trusses or
girders.
Clearances.
If
13.
the alinement
is
straight,
shall
high
and 60
feet
center
to
allowance being
made for curvature and superele- ^f'^.
center of trucks,
vation of
shall be
rails.
The
._
height of
assumed as 6
rail
inches.
Fig.
1.
shall
745
line of the
and be
span
parallel
Skew
Bridges.
Ambiguity of
Stress.
Structures shall be designed so as to avoid, as far as practicable, ambiguity in the determination of the stresses.
16.
Loads
(3)
Loads.
17.
a.
Stresses
Members
18.
proportioned
be
shall
maximum
stresses
total
combination
that
for
stress,
of
except as otherwise
provided.
Dead Load.
19.
The dead
tire
structure.
Live Load.
The minimum
20.
The
30000
and
Figs. 2
60000
60000
60000
39000
39000
60000
39000
39000
60000
60000
30000
60000
39000
60000
39000
39000
75000
39000
6000 LBS.
^9
1
OOOO ^ ^ ^ ^ PER
90QQ QQQQzo
till
'ill!
1
(-
8'
in
3,
H*
9'
'
S*i
5'i 6"
-M*- -T*-
-*t*
8'
N*
Fig. 2.
6'
>
t*-
LJNF'T.
75000
^^
1
J
1
'
***-<*--+*-
Fig.
3,
746
Article 20.
Other
22.
fied in Article
live loadings shall be proportional to the loading speci20 with the same wheel spacing.
Multiple Tracks.
In calculating the maximum stresses due to live load and cenwhen two, three or four tracks are simultaneously loaded,
use the following percentages of the specified live load:
23.
trifugal force
Wooden
specified
ties shall
distributed
when
When
the
minimum
live
load specified
Impact.
28.
maximum computed
added to the
determined by the
and
shall be
300
formula,
I =z
in
which
300-1
100
/ =:
S = computed maximum
L = the
live-load
stress.
is
loaded
29.
For bridges designed exclusively for electric traction, the impact stresses shall be taken as one-half of those given by the formula
in Article 28.
30.
Impact
shall not be
added
to stresses
produced by longitudi-
^^7
Load on Curves.
31.
For bridges on curves, provision shall be made for the increased load carried by any truss, girder or stringer due to the ec-
Lateral Forces.
32.
The lateral (or wind) force shall consist of a moving load
equal to 30 pounds per square foot on 1^ times the vertical projection of
the structure on a plane parallel with its axis (but never less than 200
pounds per linear foot at the loaded chord, and 150 pounds per linear
Centrifugal Force.
On
Zd.
the rail) shall be taken equal to a percentage of the live load includ-
Degree
Speed
of
in
Curve
Oo
20'
40'
30
40
50
70
90
10
10
z\
1\
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
80
80
80
65
.=>3
46
41
38
35
33
31
11
120
10
10
28
27
Longitudinal Force.
Provision shall be made in the design for the effect of a longi2)1.
tudinal force of 20 per cent, of the live load on one track only, applied
6 feet above the top of the rail. In structures (such as ballasted deck
bridges of only three or four spans) where, by reason of continuity of
members or frictional resistance, the longitudinal force will be largely
directed to the abutments, its eflfect on the superstructure shall be
taken as one-half that specified above.
(4)
38.
The
the unit stresses will not exceed the following, except as modified in
Articles 46 and 47:
748
Pounds per
sq. inch
16,000
15,000
50
r
=
=
in
24,000
25
per
Pounds per
inch
800
400
600
sq.
For
The diagonal
40.
sections
shall
shall be used.
Proportioning
Web
Members.
Reversal of Stress.
44.
Members
tensile
stress
749
pressive stress and increase each by 50 per cent, of the smaller; then
sum
Combined
45.
Stresses.
Members
beam
shall be proportioned so
not exceed the allowed axial
In members continuous over panel points, only three-fourths
stress.
of the bending stress computed as for simple beams shall be added to
that the
combined
fiber
deflection)
stresses
will
Members
dead load,
live load,
Secondary Stresses.
Designing and detailing shall be done so as to avoid sec47.
ondary stresses as far as possible. In ordinary trusses without subpanelling, no account usually need be taken of the secondary stresses
in any member whose width measured in the plane of the truss is less
than one-tenth of its length. Where this ratio is exceeded, or where
subpanelling is used, secondary stresses due to deflection of the truss
shall be computed.
The unit stresses specified in Article 38 may be
increased one-third for a combination of the secondary stresses with
the other stresses, ^but
when secondary
the
stresses
section
shall
not be less
Compression Flanges.
48.
The gross area of the compression flanges of plate girders
and rolled beams shall hot be less than the gross area of the tension
exceed
14,000
200
in
which
= the
(5)
Details of Design.
bracing.
750
'
The lengths of riveted tension
50.
times their least radius of gyration.
members
shall not
exceed 200
Depth Ratios.
The depth
51.
of trusses preferably shall be not less than oneof plate girders preferably shall be not
The depth
The depth
of rolled
beams used
as
girders and the depth of solid floors preferably shall be not less than
one-fifteenth of the span. If less depths than these are used, the section must be increased so that the maximum deflection will not be
greater than
if
Parts Accessible.
Details shall be designed so that
52.
and painting.
wherever possible.
Pockets.
53.
efficient drain
Eccentric Connections.
Members
shall
intersect in a point.
Area
Effective
55.
The
of Angles.
assumed
as the net area of the connected leg plus 50 per cent, of the area of the
shall be con-
Counters.
56.
If
web members
connections preferably
shall
be
riveted.
Rivets shall be
inch,
7/^
inch or
751
Pitch of Rivets.
60.
The minimum distance between centers of rivet holes shall be
three diameters of the rivet, but the distance pr-eferably shall be not
less
than
3^
inches for
members composed
The maximum
make them
Edge
Distance.
1^
any edge
exceed 6 inches.
Size of Rivets in Angles.
62.
The diameter of the rivets in any angle whose size is determined by calculated stress shall not exceed one-fourth of the width of
the leg in which they are driven. In angles whose size is not so determined 1 inch rivets may be used in 3^ inch legs, %-inch rivets in 3
inch legs, and %-inch rivets in 2^ inch legs.
Long
Rivets.
The
shall not
Compression Members.
In built compression members, the metal shall be concenwebs and flanges. The thickness of each web shall be
not less than one-thirtieth of the distance between the lines of rivets
65.
trated in the
752
66.
(except
b.
c.
a.
thickness.
thickness.
Stay Plates.
(il.
The open sides of compression members shall be provided
with lacing bars and shall have stay plates as near each end as practicable. Stay plates shall be provided at intermediate points where the
lacing is interrupted. In main members, the length of the stay plates
shall be not less than 1^ times the distance between the lines of rivets
connecting them to the outer flanges, and the length of intermediate
stay plates shall be not less than three-quarters of that distance. Their
thickness shall be not less than one-fiftieth of the same distance.
Tension members composed of shapes shall have their sep68.
arate segments stayed together. The stay plates shall have a length
not less than two-thirds of the lengths specified for stay plates on
compression members.
Lacing.
resist a
sections.
of
between
r
1
not greater than 40, and not greater than two-thirds of the
of the
member.
72.
In connecting lacing bars to flanges, 5^-inch rivets shall be
used for flanges less than 2j/^ inches wide, ^-inch rivets for flanges
753
from lYi to 3^ inches wide, and %-inch rivets for flanges 3V^ or more
inches wide.
Lacing bars with at least two rivets in each end shall
be used for flanges over 5 inches wide.
The angle of lacing bars with the axis of the member shall be
TZ.
not less than 45 degrees for double lacing, and 60 degrees for single
If the distance between rivet lines in the flanges is more than
lacing.
15 inches and a single-rivet bar is used, the lacing shall be double and
riveted at the intersections.
Splices.
74.
Abutting joints
on four
shall be spliced
in
sides.
The gross
shall be not less than 50 per cent, of the gross area of the smaller
member.
75.
Joints in riveted
for bearing,
whether
in ten
Net Section
at Pins.
make
The
members
which can be obtained by deducting from the gross sectional area the
areas of holes cut by any plane perpendicular to the axis of the member and parts of the areas of other holes on one side of the plane
within a distance of four inches, which are on gage lines one inch or
more from those of the holes cut by the plane, the parts being determined by the formula:
^
1
A = the
P = the
78.
in
which
4 J
area of the hole.
distance in inches of the center of the hole from the plane.
rivet.
Pin Plates.
79.
Where necessary
754
the far edge of the stay plate and the others not
beyond the near edge.
less
than 6 inches
Indirect Splices.
If splice plates are not in direct contact with the parts which
80.
they connect, rivets shall be used on each side of the joint in excess
of the number required in the case of direct contact to the extent of
two extra lines for each intervening plate.
Fillers.
Where
81.
shall be
through
member and
fillers,
the
fillers
filler.
Forked Ends.
82.
Forked ends on compression members will be permitted only
where unavoidable. Where forked ends are used, a sufficient number
of pin plates shall be provided to make the jaws of twice the sectional
area of the member and they shall be extended as far as necessary in
order to carry the stress of the main member into the jaws, but shall
not be shorter than required by Article 79.
Pins.
ment on the
pins.
Bolts.
85.
Where members are connected by bolts, the turned bodies of
the bolts shall be long enough to extend through the metal. A washer
at least J4-inch thick shall be used under the nut.
Bolts shall not be
Upset Ends.
86.
Bars with screw ends shall be upset so that the area at the
root of the thread will be at least 15 per cent, larger than in the body
of the bar.
Sleeve Nuts.
87.
Expansion.
88.
rate of
made
In spans
feet in
755
Expansion Bearings.
Spans more than 70
89.
smooth
surfaces.
Fixed Bearings.
Bearings and ends of spans shall be secured against lateral
90.
motion.
Rollers.
Expansion
91.
They
The
difference
measured from the center of the pin. Where built pedestals and shoes
web plates and the angles connecting them to the base
plate shall be not less than ^-inch thick.
If the size of the pedestal
permits, the webs shall be rigidly connected transversely. The minimum thickness of the metal in cast steel pedestals shall be one inch.
Pedestals and shoes shall be so constructed that the load will be distributed uniformly over the entire bearing. Spans more than 70 feet
in length shall have hinged bearings at each end.
Inclined Bearings.
the sole or
Name
Plates.
There
94.
figures the
shall be a
name
name
plate,
of the manufacturer
bolted to the bridge near each end at a point convenient for inspection.
(6)
Types
Floors.
of Floors.
Floor Members.
96.
stiffness.
97.
stringers.
Spacing of Stringers.
98.
756
If four stringers are used under one track, each pair shall be
center.
spaced symmetrically about the rail.
I-Beam
Girders.
of Article 38.
Floor-Beam Connections.
100.
trusses.
Floor-beams preferably
They
shall
Stringer Frames.
102.
Where two
in length,
moments
of inertia
of the sections, using the net sections including the compression side.
(7)
Bracing.
Design of Bracing.
Lateral, longitudinal and transverse bracing shall be com105.
posed of shapes with riveted connections. Lateral bracing shall have
concentric connections to chords at end joints, and preferably throughout.
The connections between the lateral bracing and the chords
shall be designed to avoid, as far as practicable, any bending stress
in
757
106.
When a double system of bracing is used, both systems may
be considered simultaneously effective if the members meet the requirements, both as tension and compression members.
Lateral Bracing.
107.
Bottom lateral bracing shall be provided in all bridges except
deck plate girder spans less than 50 feet long, from which it may be
omitted. Continuous steel or concrete floors will be considered lateral
bracing.
108.
Top
Portal and
provided
head room.
Sway
sufficient
in
in
Bracing.
at
Laterals.
Plate Girders.
Spacing of Girders.
115.
The
b.
more
feet in length,
girders shall
paragraph 12,
between centers.
In bridges on curves, the girders
shown on the plans.
shall be
spaced as
758
spliced,
may
sections, the
moment
of inertia
method
Flange Sections.
117.
The
when
flange
Web
Thickness of
beyond the
Other flange
theoretical end.
Plates.
I
120.
"D"
The
thickness of
web
V D. where
20
Flange Rivets.
121.
The flanges of plate girders shall be connected to the web
with a sufficient number of rivets to transfer to the flange section the
horizontal shear at any point combined with any load that is applied
directly on the flange. One wheel load, where ties rest on the flange,
shall be assumed to be distributed over 3 feet.
Flange
122.
Splices.
Splices in flange
same
cross-section and,
if
where there is an excess of section. The net section of the splice shall
exceed by 10 per cent, the net section of the member spliced. Flange
angle splices shall consist of two angles, one on each side.
Web
Splices.
123.
side.
Web
The
by plates on each
splice plates for shear shall be of the full depth of the gird-
ers
in
End
StiflFencrs.
759
shall be
it
Intermediate Stiffeners.
The webs
125.
by angles
at
Six
(a)
(b)
feet.
(c)
the formula
(12,000
5')
40
plates
is
127.
loading.
If
less
Such angles
the girder.
Ends
of
Through
Girders.
If
Masonry Bearings.
133.
End
760
1M.
Sole plates shall be not less than ^-inch thick and not less in
thickness than the flange plus J^-inch.
Preferably they shall not be
longer than 18 inches.
Anchor
Bolts.
Anchor
bolts shall be
diameter,
joints
the
holes
in
the
sole
plates
shall be slotted,
Trusses.
(9)
Type
of Truss
Trusses shall have single intersection web systems and, prefThe top chords and end posts shall be made
usually of two side segments with one cover plate and with stay plates
and lacing on the open side. The bottom chords of riveted trusses
shall be symmetrically made, usually of vertical side plates with flange
angles. Web members shall be made of symmetrical sections.
136.
Camber.
The length
137.
camber
and
of
members
live loads
Members
Riveted
In
138.
without impact.
in
Pin-Connected Trusses.
members
per-
forming similar functions) and, in single track spans, the two panels
at each end of the bottom chords shall be riveted members.
Eye-Bars.
The
139.
at least
37y^ per cent. The thickness of the bar shall be not less than oneeighth of the width nor less than one inch, and not greater than 2
inches. The form of the head shall be submitted to the Engineer for
approval before the bars are made. The diameter of the pin shall be
not less than seven-eighths of the width of the widest bar attached.
Packing.
140.
The eye-bars
case shall the inclination of any bar to the plane of the truss exceed
I'a-inch
per foot.
They
shall be
packed as
closely' as practicable.
They
that adjacent
in contact.
Gusset Plates.
141.
The
web
761
^-inch.
Provision shall be
142.
Masonry
143.
made
Plates.
Masonry
Viaducts.
(10)
Type
of Viaduct.
Bottom
147.
Struts.
The bottom
no case for
than one-fourth of
compressive
the column bearings for expansion
less
Provision shall be
made
in
Batter.
148.
The columns usually shall have a batter transversely of one
horizontal to six vertical for single track viaducts, or one horizontal
to eight vertical for double track viaducts.
Depth of Girders.
149.
The depth
Spacing of Girders.
150.
In double track viaducts, the girders under each track usubetween centers, and the inner lines
762
to abutting spans.
If neither of the girders under a track rests directly over a
153.
tower post, bracing shall be provided to carry the longitudinal force
into the tower bracing without producing lateral bending stress in the
cross-girders or posts.
Masonry
Sole and
Plates.
Sole and masonry plates shall be not less than ^-inch thick.
154.
Materials.*
Process.
Structural and rivet steel shall be
156.
made by
the open-hearth
process.
Properties.
modified
Phosphorus,
Structural
Steel
06 per cent.
04 per cent.
05 per cent.
maximum
Acid
Basic
Sulphur, maximum
Tensile strength, pounds per square inch
55,000
to
Elongation in 8
in.,
sq. in.,
minimum..
65.000
30,000
1500000
Tens. Str.
Elongation
in
in.,
Rivet
Steel
per cent.
per cent.
.045 per cent.
46,000
.04
.04
to
56,000
25,000
1500000
Tens. Str.
22
Ladle Analyses.
158.
An
made by
the
manu-
facturer to determine the percentages of carbon, manganese, phos Specifications for materials conform to A. S. T. M. Standards. Serials
A-7-16, A-27-16 and A-48-18 except as to the 'yield point requirements and
Articles 178 and 170, and the footnote to Table II.
763
phorus and sulphur. This analysis shall be made from a test ingot
taken during the pouring of the melt. The chemical composition thus
determined shall be reported to the Engineer.
Check Analyses.
Analyses may be made by the Engineer from finished marepresenting each melt. The phosphorus and sulphur content
thus determined shall not exceed that specified in Article 157 by more
159.
terial
Yield Point.
The
161.
beam
that the
Maximum
Gage Length of
Specimen
2
8
in.
0.5
in.
2.0
2.0
6.0
Modifications in Elongation.
163.
For structural steel over %-inch in thickness, a deduction of
one from the percentage of elongation in 8 inches specified in Article
157 shall be made for each increase of J^-inch in thickness above ^-
inch, to a
minimum
of 18 per cent.
For structural
2.5
Bend
Tests.
The
test
764
(c)
is
in thickness,
around
the specimen.
The
166.
test
flats shall
follows:
(a)
is
men.
For material more than ^-inch to and including 1%
inches in thickness, around a pin the diameter of which is
(b)
(c)
167.
The test specimens for pins, rollers and other bars, when prepared as specified in Article 173, shall bend cold through 180 degrees
around a one-inch pin without cracking on the outside of the bent
portion.
The
168.
180 degrees
test
flat
bent portion.
Test Specimens.
169.
Article 170.
170.
test
rollers shall
when annealing
is
specified.
171.
test
(except as specified in Articles 172, 173 and 174) shall be of the full
thickness of material as rolled. They may be machined to the form
and dimensions shown in Fig. 5, or with both edges parallel, except
that bend test specimens for eye-bar flats
f^
-About 3 - *i
I
I
I
>^ 4p
may have
JParallel Section 1,
Inot less than 9"/
i
About 2
About
Fig.
18'
5.
765
Tension and bend test specimens for plates and tension test
172.
specimens for eye-bar flats more than Ij^ inches in thickness may be
machined to a thickness or diameter of at least f^-inch for a length of
at least 9 inches.
test specimens for pins, rollers, and bars (except
over 1^ inches in thickness or diameter may conform to
In this case, the ends shall be of a
the dimensions shown in Fig. 6.
form to fit the holders of the testing machine in such a way that the
Tension
173.
eye-bar
flats)
Aadius
not less
than
1*
Jn^
2i--
'
VI
_
Uf
1^
>
1
1
--2"0aqe Length
Fig.
The
Bend
test
6.
specimens
may
be 1 by J/^-inch in section.
any point midway between
the center and surface and shall be parallel with the axis of the bar.
test
and
will
specimens for
shall be as
the holders of the
fillets
fit
Number
of Tests.
One tension and one bend test shall be made from each melt,
except that if material from one melt diflfers ^-inch or more in thickness, one tension and one bend test shall be made from both the
thickest and the thinnest material rolled.
175.
any
flaws,
it
If
may
Character of Fracture.
178.
from
l(i(i
Surface Defects.
179.
Finished rolled material shall be free from cracks, flaws, injurious seams, blisters, ragged and imperfect edges, and other surface
defects. It shall have a smooth finish, and shall be straightened in the
variations.
One
is
assumed
to
weigh 0.2833
lb.
When
identification
marks
shall be
(b)
Cast Steel.
Process.
182.
made by
process.
Heat Treatment.
183.
Min. Ten.
Strength
Elements
lb. per sq. in.
Considered
Phosphorus not over 0.05% 60,000
Sulphur not over 0.05%
Min.
Min. Elon-
Min.^
Yield Point
lb. per sq. in.
gation
in 2 in.
Reduction
30.000
22%
30%
of Area
Table
767
I.
ORDERED
48 In.
ExcL
o
Under 5
to
7.5 to
10 to
12.5 to
15 to
17.5 to
25
30
40 or over
1a
P
o
5.6
5
4.5
4.5
3
3
3.5
3
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
7.5, excl...
10
excl
12 .5, excl...
excl...
15,
17.5, excl...
excl...
20,
to 25, excl...
to 30, excl...
to 40, excl...
20
48 to
60 In.,
Under
WEIGHT,
3.5
3
60 to
72 In.,
Excl.
72 to
84 In.,
Excl.
84 to
96 In.,
Excl.
96 to
108 In.,
Excl.
108 to
120 In.,
Excl.
120 to
132 In.,
132 in.
ExcL
Over.
or
^
fc
1
^
S3
>
&
3
3
3
3
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
6
5.5
5
4.5
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
3.5
3
2.5
2.5
1
P
i
>
o
7
2
2
6
5.5
5
4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
3
3
3
3
2.5
2.5
2.6
2
2
1a
si
5.5
5
4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
2.5
7
6
5.5
5
4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
>
3
3
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
S
>
Si
3
3
7
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
2.5
5.6
5
4.6
*
2.5
3.5
2.5
1a
P
si
t>
i
Si
9
8
8
7
ft
5.5
5
4.5
4
3.5
7
R
6.5
6
4.5
4
Note. The weight per s'quare foot of individual plates shall not vary
from the ordered weight by more thanl% times the amount given in this
table.
Table
II.
ORDERED
THICKNESS,
Inches.
Under
48 In.
Hexcl
Under
A.
14 to
8
7
6
5
4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
2.5
A to M, excl
M to A. excl
A to J^, excl
% to A, excl
A to H. excl
Hto %, excl
Hto^, excl
?^tol
1
or over..
48 to
60 In.,
Excl.
60 to
72 In.,
Excl.
10
9
8
12
10
5
4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
6
5
4.5
4
3.5
3
72 to
84 In.,
Excl.
14
12
10
9
8
7
84 to
96 In.,
Excl.
12
10
9
8
5
4.5
4
3.5
6
5
4.5
4
96 to
108 In.,
108 to
120 In.,
132 In.,
or
Excl.
ExcL
Excl.
Over.
12
14
12
16
14
12
10
19
17
15
13
11
10
9
8
7
10
9
6
5
4.5
120 to
9
8
7
6
132 In.
8
7
768
Ladle Analyses.
An
analysis of each melt of steel shall be made by the manudetermine the percentages of carbon, manganese, phosphorus and sulphur. This analysis shall be made from drillings taken
at least J4-inch beneath the surface of a test ingot obtained during the
pouring of the melt. The chemical composition thus determined shall
be reported to the Engineer.
185.
facturer to
Check Analyses.
186.
Check analyses may be made by the Engineer from a broken
tension or bend test specimen. The phosphorus and sulphur content
thus determined shall not exceed that specified in Article 184 by more
than 20 per cent. Drillings for analysis shall be taken not less than
>4-inch beneath the surface.
Yield Point
The
187.
The
Bend
Test.
The test specimen shall bend cold through 120 degrees around
one inch pin without cracking on the outside of the bent portion.
188.
Test Specimens.
Sufificient test bars from which the test specimens required
189.
by Article 192 may be selected, shall be attached to castings weighing
500 lb. or more, when the design of the castings will permit. If the
castings weigh less than 500 lb., or are of such a design that test bars
cannot be attached, two test bars shall be cast to represent each melt.
shown
in Fig. 6.
Bend
191.
in section
Number
192.
inch by J/^-inch
iPe-inch.
of Tests.
One
tension and one bend test shall be made from each anIf more than one melt is represented in the annealing
nealing charge.
is
is
melt.
If
conform
If
to the
requirements specified, the manufacturer may re-anmore than twice and retests shall be made as speci-
184.
from injurious
to
769
the drawings
castings shall be
defects.
Inspection at Foundry.
196.
made
at the place of
manu-
facture prior to shipment, and shall be so conducted as not to interfere unnecessarily with the operation of the works.
Rejection.
197.
Castings which show injurious defects subsequent to their
acceptance at the manufacturer's works will be rejected, and the manufacturer shall be notified.
Cast Iron.
(c)
Process.
198.
made by
shrinkage.
other flaws.
Chemical Composition.
200.
lowing:
Light castings
Medium castings
Heavy castings
Drillings taken
be
One
test bars
determination shall
set of bars.
Classification.
201.
(a)
J/^-inch thick.
(b)
Heavy
inches thick.
(c)
Medium
two
classes above.
Test Bar.
Tests shall be made on the "Arbitration Test Bar" of the
202.
American Society for Testing Materials, as shown by Fig. 1, Serial
A48-18.
Tension Tests.
Tension tests will be made only when specified by the En203.
gineer and at the expense of the Company.
770
Number
of Tests.
204.
Two sets of two test bars each shall be cast from each
thoroughly dried green sand moulds, one set from the first
poured and the other set from the last iron poured. Where the
exceeds 20 tons, an additional set of two bars shall be cast from
in
melt
iron
melt
each
Transverse Tests.
Light castings
2500 pounds
2900 pounds
3300 pounds
Medium castings
Heavy castings
The
The
no case be
tion of 0.10-in.
is
produced
in
(12)
Class of
206.
Work.
The work
shall be
from 20
to 40 seconds.
Workmanship.
"Punched Work" or "Reamed Work" as
stipulated.
General.
207.
The workmanship and finish shall be equal to the best genmodern bridge shops. Material at the shops shall be
eral practice in
and
all
portions of the
Punched Work.
210.
is
not
greater than the diameter of the rivets plus J/^-inch, may be punched
full size.
Holes in material of greater thickness shall be drilled.
Reamed Work.
In reamed work, holes in material ^-inch thick and less,
211.
used for lateral, longitudinal and sway bracing, lacing, stay plates
and diaphragms, may be punched full size.
212.
Holes in other material ^-inch thick and less, shall be subpunched and reamed.
Holes
in
material
771
Punched Holes.
214.
Full size punched holes shall be ^-inch larger than the
nominal diameter of the rivets. The diameter of the die shall not exceed the diameter of the punch by more than ^-inch. If any holes
must be enlarged to admit the rivets, they shall be reamed. Holes
must be clean cut, without torn or ragged edges. Poor matching of
holes
may
same plane.
punched pieces shall be
holes in the
ipg-inch
smaller in
If this
requirement
is
not
any hole
diameter than the nominal
rejected.
If
the badly
pass a pin
fulfilled,
will not
size
of the punched
built
surfaces
Before riveting, they shall be taken apart, if neWhen it is necessary to take the
members apart for shipping or handling, the respective pieces reamed
together shall be so marked that they may be reassembled in the
same position in the final setting up. No interchange of reamed parts
will be permitted.
are in close contact.
cessary,
When
Drilling.
show no
metal.
Reamed
219.
Holes.
Reanried holes shall be cylindrical, perpendicular to the
mem-
and not more than ^-inch larger than the nominal diameter of
the rivets. Reamers preferably shall not be directed by hand. Outside burrs shall be removed with a tool making a I's-inch fillet.
ber,
772
Drilled Holes.
220.
the rivet.
Assembling fr
Drilling.
Shop Assembling.
The
222.
parts of rivetf d
members
shall be well
is
commenced. The
drifting
done during assembling shall be only such as to bring the parts into
position, and not sufficient to enlarge the holes or distort the metal.
Surfaces
in
Bolts in
field
connection holes
Field Connections.
Solid
223.
floor
sections
shall
made
to
fit.
(103)
reamed
to a metal template.
templates.
Match- Marking.
226.
Connecting parts assembled in the shop for the purpose of
reaming or drilling holes in field connections shall be match-marked,
and a diagram showing such marks shall be furnished the Engineer.
Rivets.
The
227.
Riveting.
229.
Rivets shall be heated uniformly to a light cherry red and
driven while ho4:. Rivets, when heated and ready for driving, shall be
free from slag, scale and carbon deposit. When driven, they shall com-
pletely
fill
the holes.
be replaced.
17Z
if
Caulking
Rivets shall be driven by direct-acting riveters where pracriveters shall retain the pressure after the upsetting is
completed.
231.
When necessary to drive rivets with a pneumatic riveting
230.
The
ticable.
hammer,
practicable.
Field Rivets.
232.
number
Field
rivets
shall
required to the
amount
and length.
size
233.
fins
Turned
Bolts.
shall
filleted
before cutting.
Lacing Bars.
236.
The ends of lacing bars shall
otherwise called for.
be
neatly
rounded, unless
Fit of Stiffeners.
Stififeners under the top flanges of deck girders and
237.
bearing points shall be milled or ground to bear against the
angles.
Other stiffeners must fit suflficiently tight against the
angles to exclude water after being painted. Fillers and splice
shall fit within ^-inch at each end.
Web
at all
flange
flange
plates
Plates.
If
774
Finished Members.
Finished
241.
members
and
free
from
twists,
joints.
Abutting Joints.
242.
Abutting joints in compression members and girder flanges,
and, where so specified on the drawings, in tension members shall
be faced and brought to an even bearing. Where joints are not faced,
the opening shall not exceed ^-inch.
Eye-Bars.
243.
size,
and
free
The heads
from
twists,
shall be
made
247.
from outside
side to
g'a-inch.
ber
is
The
variation
riveted.
Boring Pins.
Pins larger than 9 inches in diameter shall have a hole bored
248.
longitudinajly through the center of each not less than 2 inches in
diameter.
Pin Clearances.
249.
The
difference
in
diameter between
the
pin
775
Screw Threads.
Screw threads shall make close fits in the nuts and shall be
Standard, except that for pin ends of diameters greater than l}i
inches, they shall be made with six threads to an inch.
251.
U.
S.
Welds.
Welds
252.
in steel will
remedy minor
defects.
Forging Pins.
Pins larger than 7 inches in diameter shall be forged and an-
253.
nealed.
are faced.
255.
Sole plates of plate girders shall have full contact with the
Sole plates and masonry plates shall be planed or hot-
girder flanges.
straightened.
and
rough
shall
in
con-
finished.
Pilot Nuts.
256.
Two pilot nuts and two driving nuts shall be furnished for
each size of pin, unless otherwise specified.
.
(13)
Weight Paid
257.
for.
The payment
for
shall be
based on the
rivets shipped.
Variation in Weight.
If the weight of any member is more than 2^ per cent, less
258.
than the computed weight, it may be cause for rejection.
259.
The
any structure from the weights computed from the approved shop
drawings shall be lJ/2 per cent. Any weight in excess oi ly2 per cent,
above the computed weight shall not be paid for by the Company.
776
Computed Weight.
260.
The weight
of steel shall be
assumed
inch.
261.
The weights of rolled shapes, and of plates, up to and including 36 inches in width, shall be computed on the basis of their
nominal weights and dimensions, as shown on the approved shop
drawings, deducting for copes, cuts and open holes.
Article 180.
in
the
263.
The weight
To
overrun
in
this shall be
weight given
computed weight.
The weights of castings shall be computed from the dimenshown on the approved shop drawings, with an addition of 10
264.
sions
and overrun.
fillets
Weighing
Members.
of
Finished work shall be weighed in the presence of the Inspector, if practicable. The Contractor shall furnish satisfactory scales
and do the handling of the material for weighing.
265.
marked thereon.
weight of any package shall not exceed 300 pounds. A list and description of the contained material shall be plainly marked on the
outside of each package, box or crate.
267.
Long
marked
that they
may
Anchor
terials shall
bolts,
be shipped
washers and other anchorage or grillage matime for them to be built into the masonry.
in
(14)
Shop Painting.
workmanlike manner and well worked into joints and open spaces.
Cleaning shall be done with steel brushes, hammers, scrapers and
Oil, paraffin and grease
chisels, or by other equally effective means.
Loose dirt shall
shall be removed by wiping with benzine or gasoline.
be brushed off with a dry bristle brush before the paint
is
applied.
777
Surfaces in Contact.
270.
Surfaces coming in contact shall be cleaned and given one
coat of paint on each surface before assembling.
Erection Marks.
271.
Painting in
272.
Damp
or Freezing Weather.
in
damp
cept under cover, and the steel must be free from moisture or frost
when the paint is applied. Material painted under cover in damp or
freezing weather shall be kept under cover until the paint
is
dry.
Mixing of Paint.
273.
pigments
Mill and
Shop Inspection.
mill
and shop
shall be furnished
shall
of the premises.
The Contractor
shall
furnish
the
Notice of Rolling.
277.
The Contractor shall give ample notice to the Engineer of
the beginning of rolling at the mill, and of work at the shop, so that
inspection may be provided. No material shall be rolled nor work
done before the Engineer has been notified where the orders have
been placed.
Cost of Testing.
The Contractor shall furnish, without charge, test speci278.
mens, as specified herein, and all labor, testing machines and tools
necessary to make the specimen and full size tests.
Inspector's Authority.
final.
Contractor
may
appeal to the
778
Rejections.
280.
The acceptance of any material or finished members by the
Inspector shall not be a bar to their subsequent rejection, if found
defective.
281.
Rejected material and workmanship
promptly or made good by the Contractor.
(16)
be
shall
replaced
Full-Size Tests.
The number and size of the bars to be tested shall be stipuby the Engineer before the mill order is placed. The number
shall not exceed 5 per cent, of the whole number of bars ordered,
with a minimum of two bars on small orders.
282.
lated
283.
The test bars shall be of the same section as the bars to be
used in the structure and of the same length if within the capacity of
the testing machine. They shall be selected by the Inspector from the
finished bars preferably after annealing.
Test bars representing bars
too long for the testing machine shall be selected from the full length
bar material after the heads on one end have been formed and shall
have the -second head formed upon them after being cut to the greatest
length which can be tested.
less
The
bar.
fracture
show
shall
silky
in the
body
or finely granular
of the
structure
throughout.
285.
If a
bar
fails to
If the failure of
tested.
the
first test
bar
is
If
fail,
287.
tion
if
failure in the
fulfilled.
they receive.
289.
and
Bars which
all
fail
Company
to
at the
same
specifi-
unit prices as
of the speci-
Contractor's expense.
779
Bridge Specifications.
Steel-
Articles
Articles
Abutting
Accessibility
Bearings
"
expansion
fixed
74,75,242
joints
parts
of
216
drill-
218
ing
16
Ambiguity of stress
Analyses check
" ladle
Anchorage for towers
Anchorages in viaducts
Anchor bolt holes
Anchor holts
"
shipment
159, 186
Bents
Bolts,
"
288
245
170
charges, record of
prior
to
5,
Authority of inspector
Ballastdepth
bridges
Ballasted
floor
bution of load
distri-
55
117
221
222
217
224
224
223
279
19
27
19
73
236
Ballastweight of
angle of
ends rounded
254
Base plates planing of
148
Batter of viaduct columns
41
Bearing area effective
124
Bearing area end stifCeners
Bearing areapins, bolts, rivets 41
Bars, lacing
"
...
Bearing on masonry
Bearing plates, continuous
133, 134
99
38
188
area
41
234
38, 85, 234
Boltsturned
244, 247
Boring pin holes
248
Boring pins
138
Bottom chord stiffened
Bottom lateral bracing in deck
107
girders
147
Bottom struts of towers....
Bracing.. 49, 66, 105 to 114, incl..
145, 152, 153, 211
" bottom lateral
107
" design of
105, 106
" double system
106,113
"
girders of tower spans... 152
129, 130
of eye-bars
of test specimens
Approval material ordered
incl.
"
"
93
254,255
Bolts bearing
155
146
135
135, 155
268
55
101,103.
effective area of
" end connection
" in compression outstand66
ing legs of
Angles in tension effective area
55
of
Angles minimum, in bracing... 113
62
Angles sizes of rivets in
on gussets
Angles stiffening,
and knee-braces
170.
Annealing
90
158, 185
Angles
89
275
Access to premises
Accuracy of punching in reamed
work
" inclined
Bearing surfaces plashed
Bearingunit stresses in
165 to 168
Bend tests
"
" specimens for
52
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
intersections of
lateral, proportioning
minimum angles
of.
portal
113
35
113
110
sway
109,111
to be stiff
top lateral
tower
105
108,111
145.153
Brand
of
manufacturer
181
types of
215, 219. 220
Burrs removal of
11
Calculations dimensions for
137
Camber
254
Cap plates planing of
264
Castings computed weight
iron, classification of. 201
Bridges
...
Cast iron
"
"
"
"
"
8,
chemical
composition 200
tension test
test bar
transverse test
where used
203
202
205
8
255
Cast pedestals
8, 182 to 197 incl.
Cast steel
"
analyses
185,186
"
183
annealed
"
bend
test
188
7P0
Articles
Cast
chemical
steel
require-
ments
184
tensile properties
test specimens
173, 189, 190,
" unit stresses in
where used
Castings iron, classification of.
"
"
"
**
Causes
Articles
Contractor's
184
191
39
201
for
38. 41
"
length of
proportion of
"
thickness of
Cover plates
Centrifugal
Changes
force
Character
drawings
fracture
of
178, 284
Check analyses
159, 186
Chemical requirements.
Chipping
200
209
Class of work required
206
Classification o iron castings... 201
Cleaning before painting
269
Clearance for lateral bracing
114
.157,
13
13
.249
52
254
148
pin
Closed sections
Columns facing ends
Columns viaduct, batter
Combination of stresses
18,47
Combined
45. 46
stre.sses
Company
defined
Compression flanges
Compression members
Compression members
forked
ends of
Compression members length
Compression
members
pin
*
plates
rivets
48
65
49
memberspitch
at ends
at points of
Concrete weight of
Connection angles riveting
127
19
to
columns before planing...... 254
Connection angles size of... 101. 103
stringer.. 101, 240
Connections eccentric
54
" field
223, 224.225
" floor beam
100. 240
" girder, in viaducts
152
" reversal of stress
44
" solid floor
103.223
" symmetrical
57
" strength of
57
Continuous members
Contractor defined
stiffeners
"
45
1
65.118
.124.127
112
between stringers..
Cross-girders
Cross ties
102
151, 153
95
131
13
14
eccentricity of load on. 31
13
superelevation on
Dead load
Deck girders, shipped
Deck spans on curves
Defects
surface
17.19,43
riveted... 132
14
179
1
Definitions of terms
11
Depth for calculation
Depth of girders in viaducts... 149
51
Depth ratios
49 to 94, incl.
Design details of
Design general features of....
to 16 incl.
Design of bracing
105,106
116
girders
Details of design
64
65
"
" plate
of
117
82
79
Compression
Crimping of
119
flange
Cross-frames, girder
184,
Clearances
" on curves
area
17, 36
approved
in
for
drawings
6
Corrosion metal subject to
58
Cost of testing
278
Counters
66
Countersunk rivets
allowance
rejection
for
responsibility
Devices patented
Diagonal tension in
49 to 94. Incl.
4
40
webs
differences
Drawings
"
changes
contractor's
ity
"
"
"
in
responsibil-
for
g^>vern
5
6
to
7
7.
Incl.
222
210, 213, 220
218
Drilling accuracy of
"
221
assembling for
Drilling through assembled parts 224
266
Driving nuts
Drifting
Drilled holes
excess
selection
7i
Articles
232
17
28
Eccentric connections
54
Eccentricity of load on curves.. 31
61
Edge distance
235
Edgesplaned
55
Effective area of angles
41
Effective bearing area
42
Effective diameter of rivets
29
Electric traction impact for
Elongation modifications in. .163, 164
End bearings on masonry. ..133, 134
Field rivets
Fixed bearings
Flange angles facing
End
"
233
81
^fit of
237
Finish of iron castings
199
" of pins and rollers
250
" required
209, 241, 250
" of steel castings
195
Finished members straight
241
Finished surfaces protection of 274
Finish of ends of girders
131,240
Fit of stiffeners
237
"
101,103
136
109
131
99, 124
of through girders
stiffeners
Engineer defined
joints
bearings
"
rollers
joints
Flange
Flange
271
147
89
tower spans...... 152
in
"
"
"
"
"
'
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
'
"
"
117,
Flange splices
Floor- beam connections
" connections solid
"
depth of
243
"
"
244
245
284
289
"
"
"
"
rejection
retest
section through pin hole.
selection of test bars
size of pin
size of test bars
thickness
of
for inspection
for lifting span
Features
of
286
285
139
283
139
283
139
275
142
242
254
240
design
general
8 to 16 incl.
connections
connections
223,224,225
responsibility for
6
Field connections reaming
225
Field rivets
232, 23^
"
" allowance for
38
242
117
117
119
flange
117
118
121
243
244, 245
annealing
character of fracture,...
expense of testing
Facilities
Facilities
Field
Field
"
160
sion tests of
Eye. bars
139. 243,
"
accuracy of boring
proportion of
area
thickness of
"
91
form of
method of manufacture
Eye-bar material specimen tenEye-bar heads
Eye -bar heads
"
proportion of flange
area
areaproportioning
plates length of
88,
"
"
90
abutting
'*
Erection marks
Expansion
of
Fillers
Ends
load
facing of
members
sections assembling
spacing of
span length
timber, design of
119
122
100, 240
103
118,
11
240
96, 97
222
12
11
24
'.
"
weight of
19
Floors. 15, 24, 25, 26, 27, 95 to 104 incl.
"
ballasted live load
27
in skew bridges
solid, proportioning of.
steel, proportioning of
types of
Force centrifugal
Floors
15
104
25, 26
95
26
"
*'
lateral
longitudinal
32
to
Forginfe of pins
Forked ends
Fracture character
Frames
stringer
Free spans
Full-size
in
tests
of
viaducts
of eye-bars
35, incl.
37
253
82, 83, 84
178, 284
102
144
Gearing of rollers
General features of design
...8
91
to 16 incl.
General workmanship
207
Girder connections and bracing
in viaducts
152, 153
Girders bearing on masonry 133, 134
*'
"
"
depth
of
depth of in
facing of
viaducts
11,51
149
240
782
Articles
Articles
99
Lateral angles
^
113
Lateral bracing
107, 108, 111,113
"
" clearance for
114
"
" proportioning of.. 35
Lateral connections
105
" forces
32, 33, 34,35
" loads
17, 30
Length of span, defined
11
GirdersI-beam
"
"
"
51,
in viaducts, connections
and bracing
152, 153
long, shipment of
267
"
plate
115 to 135, incl.
spacing of.... 12, 115. 150,151
Grillage
268
Grip of rivets
63
Gusset plates in trusses
141
Gusset plates in through girders
Hand
129, 130
driven
rivets
^allowance
for
38
steel... 183
138
210, 213
punched
for
215, 216
212,
Impact
" formula
17.
24,
145
121
99
29,30
28,
28
29
93
136
80
'
for electric traction
Inclined bearings
" end posts
Indirect splices
Individual members weights
Inertia moment
plate girders
Inertia moment
solid
of design
by
ofdesign
266, 276
of
116
of
by
floors
104
196
275
275
to
281. incl.
Inspector defined
Inspector's authority
Intermediate stiffeners
279
Interpretation of drawings
3
Invitations to bidders
2
Iron cast
8, 198 to 205, Incl.
Jaws
82
Joints
"
74, 75
abutting
Knee braces
in
ers
242
through
"
'*
"
"
"
"
"
angle of
connections of
ends rounded
minimum width...
rivets in
shear in
spacing of
thickness
Ladle analyses
73
72
236
69
72, 73
69, 70
71
69
158, 185
.
21
.49. 50
58
concentrated,
stiffen-
127
ers at points of
267
Loading of long girders
Load on cui-ves eccentricity of. 31
17 to 37, incl.
Loads
"
live
17,
20,
21, 22,
23,
25,
loading of
Longitudinal forces
" in tower
Long rivets
Loose rivetsremoval of
26,
27, 34
Long girders
267
17, 30, 37
spans 153
63
229
55
274
Lug angles
surfaces
plates
"
181
267, 268
226
133. 134
143,154
planing
255
Match marks
217. 226
gird129, 130
Lacing
Lacing bars
Loading
Machine-finished
of
142
for
facilities
135
210, 211, 214
expansion
135
sub-punched and reamed..
slotted
Lifting,
"
"
trusses
sections
of,
weighing
138
136
265
truss
of
Metal templates
Mill and shop inspection
275
Mill
224,225
to
281, Incl.
ments
Mixing of paint
276
273
Modifications in elongation. .163, 164
Moment of inertia design of
116
plate girders by
design
intertia
of
solid
floors
by
Moment splicing
for
Articles
of
104
123
23
Multiple tracks
94
Name plates
76
Net section at pin hole
" defined
77,78
"
122
of flange splices
"
77
of riveted members.
277
Notice of rolling
Number
of
Number
Nuts
"
"
"
177,
192.
193,
angles
of
in
damp
shop
surfaces in contact.
Paintmixing of
shop
Pin-connected members
riveted
bers in
"
" trusseswhere
Pin-holes boring
"
" clearance
" net section at
"
" reinforcing
"
"
trusses
Pin-nuts
Pin-plates
Pins
"
.
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
133
255
180
205
184
256
249
84
244, 247
249
76,139
79
251
V79
in
annealing
bearing area
bored
boring of
in
diameter
finish of
cross-frames
deflection
depth of
design of
filler plates
finish of ends
6,
51
11,
51
116
237
of.... 131
121
118, 119
129
knee-braces
129, 130
lateral bracing
length
133
112
38,
flange rivets
flange sections
117,
gusset plates
.
.107, 108
flange
of
119
255
132, 267
shipment
134, 255
sole plates
115
spacing of deck
splices ..122, 123, 237, 242
stiffeners
...124 to 128, incl., 237
"
masonry
79
83
253
41
83,248
248
of,
eye-bars. 139
250
forging of
253
Pitch of rivets
60
"
"
" at ends
64
Planing abutting joints
242
plates
thickness
plates
web plates
138
83,
rivets
"
"
"
"
52
memused..
"
coat
Panel lengths
Parties to contract
Parts accessible
Patented devices
Pedestals, girder
" and shoes
92. 254,
Permissible variations in weight
and thickness
Physical requirements cast iron
Physical requirements steel. 157,
Pilot nuts
Pin clearances
5,
3,
plates
272
269 to 274, incl.
.222. 270
273
269
12
"
"
"
"
"
"
freezing
or
weather
*'
66
140
266
271
in
"
and masonry
2,
87
251
83,251
Outstanding
compression
Packing eye-bars
Packing for shipment
Painting erection marks
legs
sole
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
10
256
pilot
pedestals
sheared edges
194,204
of trusses
driving and
pin
sleeve
standard
Articles
254
254, 255
254. 255
235
plates 255
Planing
Planing
Planing
Planing
Planing
Plans
tests
...175, 176,
783
"
"
web
of
238, 239
where
9
used
254
Plates base and cap
"
end. on through girders.. 131
*
237
girder filler
" girder splice
123, 237
" girder web
120, 138, 239
" gusset
129,141
^
"
"
"
"
"
masonry
name
143,
154, 255
94
pin
79
117
side
flange
784
Articles
and
structural
of
157
rivet steel
Proportioning of parts.. 38 to 48 inch
Proportioning of lacing bars... 69, 70
104
Proportioning solid floors
" web members
4?
Properties
Proposals
"
and drawings
207
Protection of material
Punched holes
214,215
" work
Pimching
'
to 7
2
incl.
of,
reamed
in
work
216
13
Railheight of
Rails and fastenings weight of 19
....215,219
Reamed holes
" for bolts
234
206, 211, 212, 213
Reamed work
of
accuracy
work
Reamed
216
punching
212, 215, 217, 218, 234
Reaming
" after assembling
217
" accuracy of
218
224, 225
to metal template
288
Record of annealing charges
235
Re-entrant cuts
79
Reinforcing plates
Rejected material to be replaced 281
Rejection causes for
197, 208, 214, 216, 229, 258, 279, 286
" after acceptance
280
" authority for
279
Rejection of punclied work and
of punched and reamed work
214. 216
Removal of burrs
215,219.220
281
Replacement after rejection
44
Resultant stress
Retest
177, 194
Reversal of stress
44
computed
weight.. 263
Riveting
Rivets
"
bearing area
"
'*
*'
"
"
'*
"
"
"
"
41
229
121
59, 62
direct load on
driving by power
edge distance
effective diameter
excess
in
indirect
-field
field
"
"
"
sizes of
"
"
"
"
"
"
121
230
61
splices
42
80
232,233
and
allowance
countersunk
for
38,41
members
sion
206, 210
210, 211, 212
accuracy
"
Articles
63
grip of
in end stiffeners
124
in lacing bars
72,73
in pin plates
79
in web splices
123
long
63
loose removal of
229
pitch
60
pitch at ends of compres-
Rivets
'
stitch, pitch
Rivet steel, 156, 157,
174,
168,
Rocker bents
beams
Rolled
of
60
176,
175.
through
Rivets
64
59,227
178.
arrangement
depth
181
81
146
in
99
51
floors
"
"
179.
fillers
of
where used
Screw ends
Screw threads
Secondary stresses
86
251
47,54,105
Section of fianges of plate gird117. 118, 119
ers
136
235
209
123
Shear splicing for
"
38
unit stress
101
Shelf angles
Shipping
266, 267. 268
" anchor bolts
268
" deck girder spans riveted.. 132
" long girders
267
" reamed parts
217
" statements
276
" weighing and. .257 to 268. incl.
**
257.258.259
weight
8, 92
Shoes and pedestals
222
Shop assembling
269
Shop cleaning and painting
Shop drawings
5, 6, 7
"
"
"
responsibility for
6
fits
inspection
275, 279, 280, 281
painting
222, 269 to 274. incl.
117
Side flange plates
146
Single bents in viaducts
62
Size of rivets in angles
59.227
Sizes of rivets
15
Skew bridges
224
Skew portals assembling
87
Sleeve nuts
ducts
Sole
planing
slotted holes
154
255
135
plates
"
"
thickness
of
in
134,151
connections
103
assembling,
223
Solid floors depth
51
"
knee-braces
130
"
"
lateral bracing
107
" live load
25,26,27
"
proportioning of
104
Solid
floor
"
sections
Spacing
"
175,
structural.
unit weight
176,
178, 179.
181
.8,
trated loading
"
*'
"
"
"
"
127
124
rivets
Stress
ambiguity
under
fit of
intermediate
omitting
spacing of
124
237
237
fillers
width
126
125
of outstanding leg
"
"
unit
"
"
124,
128
129, 130
maxi18
47, 54,
44
105
5
38 to 48 incl.
Stringer frames
102
" depth of
" facing of
" spacing of
" span length
Structural steel
156 to 181
Strutsat bottom of towers
top lateral
r,
11, 96
240
98
11
incl.
8,
147
Ill
*'
216
215,
Superelevation
13
179
S'urface
defects
Surfaces in contact
painting.
222, 270
machine
Sway bracing
"
"
finished
274
109, 111
frames
112,152
Symmetj-ical connections
Templates metal
Tension members
length
57
224, 225
splices of
stay plates
stiffened
tests cast iron
of
"
"
"
Tension
Tension
50
75,242
68
138
203
38
imit
stress
of
Test bar for cast iron
Testing cost of
Terms definitions
202
278, 289
Testing machines
278
Testing machine speed of
162
Tests bend
165 to 168 incl., 188
Tests full size
282 to 289 incl.
" number of.. 175, 176, 177, 189,
incl., 189,
58.
incl.
65,
knee-braces
of
combined
lateral, in viaducts
resultant
proportioning for
mum total
reversal of
secondary
sheets
"
"
"
"
124,127
end
60
179
179, 208
57
16
45, 46
34
44
Stiaightening in mill
" material
Strength of connections
and
physical
properties.. 157 to 179 incl., 182
168,
"
"
Articles
Stitch
chemical
to 194 incl.
"
785
Thickness
69,
92,
flange
113,
117,
118,
120.
134,141.143,154
786
Articles
120
"
permissible variation in.. 180
251
Threads screw
131
Through grirders ends of
148
batter of columns
145,146
bents and towers
149
depth of grirders
girder connections and
152,153
bracing
34
lateral stresses
spacing of girders 150,151
sole and masonry plates.. 154
144
type of
"
"
"
"
Tractive- force
37
end
posts
_hip
verticals
11,51
to center 12
109,136
138
^limiting lengths
" number of
10
" sections of members
186
" spacing of
12
" span length
H
138
stiff bottom chords
"
138
tension members
top and bottom chords.. 136
" type of
136
136
Trussesweb system
"
*'
stiff
'
56
...
bolts
"
allowance
for
38
of trusses
of trusses
of viaduct
of web members
Types of bridges
of floors
136
136
144
of trusses 136
9
95
Uniform load
25
Unit stresses
Unit stresses and proportioning
38
of
parts
Upset ends
38 to 48 incl.
86
258,259
Variation in weight
Variations in weight and thick180
ness ^permissible
135,
Web members
"
Web
proportioning
plates
"
connection to
" splices in
234, 268
135,268
19
136
of...
43
120,238,239
flanges 121
123
"
120
thickness of
of compression members
Webs
limiting
Web
thickness
65
123
splices
and
to
268 incl.
han-
shipping
dling material for
265
265
members
of
Weightcomputed... 260
to 264 incl.
266
264
180, 262
19
fastenings
members.
"
marked on
'*
"
of
"
"
"
rails
'*
reinforced concrete
"
"
rivet heads
rolled shapes
steel
"
"
timber
Waterproofing
"
"
"
"
large
castings
plates
and
19
263
261
260
19
19
257
"
paid for
180.258,259
variation in
Weightsestimated.. 258 to 264 incl.
" of individual members
"
85,234
136
end post of trusses
top and bottom chord
"
85,
anchor bolts
Waterproofing weight of
for
Weighing
of
of
"
"
Type
Washers
Weighing
camber
depth of
distance center
Turned
'
"
"
145
"
"
"
Turnbuckles
"
145, 14S
Trestle bents
Trestle towers
Trusses
Articles
144 to 155 incl.
Viaducts
"
265
252
180,
262
platespercentage of over.
Wide
180, 262
run
Widthclear
"
"
1?
12
of span
outstanding
leg
of
stiff-
124.128
eners
17. 32. 33, 34.35
load
load stress combined with
46
other stresses
Wind
Wind
Workmanship
to 256 incl.
206
207
" and finish at foundry
195
157, 161, 184, 187, 284
Yield point
"
"
class of
general
206
787
(1)
dition
must be taken
Before
(2)
made
should be
its
into account.
an existing bridge,
recalculating
careful
inspection
to determine:
Whether
(a)
traffic,
the
actual
and
sections
details
conform
to
the
drawings.
(b)
The
loss of metal
removal of
(c)
rivets,
made by
mination should be
This deter-
calliper
scale.
The
worn
general
physical
Defects
condition.
such
loose
as
pins,
etc.,
and
to undesirable details,
such as
is
it
Where
account.
It is
recommended
that stresses in
members subject
to
marked
effect of lateral
On
to 15 lb. per
lb.
ft.
The
lateral
and a
rail.
ft.
rail,
account.
(6)
ment of
stresses
Where
speeds
may
and
shall be
300
=S
L^
300 H
100
"Adopted, Vol.
22,
maximum computed
in
which
live load
788
=z impact
live
L=
member.
Where maximum
tric
live
load stress
is
elec-
(7)
a bridge
is
when
the bridge
If
is
cent,
when
cent, of the
the speed
the speed
is
is
impact
between 10
less
than 10
located
full
impact shall be
Impact
(8)
shall be
added
to stresses
produced by centrifugal
force,
(9)
at other places
The
(10)
member due
off
any
tioned in the preceding articles, in combination with the actual dead load,
shall not
in
Wrought
Axial
tension
(net
section)
Open-Hearth
Iron and
Steel
Bessemer Steel
22000
26000
Axial compression
(gross section)
24000- 80
21000- 70
20000
but not to exceed
1 =: length
of the member in inches,
r
least radius of gyration of the member in inches.
Tension in extreme fibers of rolled shapes
(except rolled beams), built sections
and girders (net section)
26000
Tension in extreme fibers of rolled beams
24000
(net section)
Compression in flanges of plate girders and
17000
22000
20000
1
I-beams
(gross section)
26000-300
22000-250
b
1
24000
but not to exceed
=r length in inches of the unsupported
flange, between lateral connections
or knee braces,
= flange
width
in
inches.
21000
789
ters of bearings)
50000
If the members are packed closely on the
pin, the bending stress need not be
40000
considered unless the tension in extreme fiber exceeds 60000 lb. per sq.
in.
for open-hearth steel, or 50O00
lb. per sq. in. for wrought iron and
Bessemer
Shear
steel.
in contact
15000
19000
44000
38000
The above-mentioned
tion rivets,
In
(11)
dead load,
and turned
bolts.
members subject
live
load,
to stresses
produced by a combination of
of dead and live load, with lateral forces, or bending due to lateral action,
unit stresses 25 per cent, greater than those given in Article 10
may
be
allowed; but, in such cases, the unit stresses due wholly to dead load, live
live
hangers
In
or
verticals
consisting
of
distribution
single
of
load,
and
in
member, consideration
should be given to the necessity for reducing the allowable unit stress to
meet
this condition.
(13)
moment
of inertia of their net sections; or by assuming that the flanges are concentrated at their centers of gravity.
the gross section of the web,
if
sections, the
may be
moment
When
the
stresses
strengthened or renewed.
when
When
it
necessary,
or
when
the
structure shall be
limits,
the
it
is
is
not good,
continued in service.
it
shall be kept
13
(1)
to their efficiencies
The
specifications.
in the
American
efficiencies
should
manner
as to
main
the
line,
show
districts.
mitted
bj'^
may
and speed.
is
map
per-
may
as to doubleheaders
such a
schedule on this
tions as to speed
in
weakest structure on
restrictions
illustrates briefly
CLEVELAND
\^^
S
S
2
22B
\\X
I
3
1
<^
sc
\^
f3B
/so*
CINCINNATI
Schedule showing heaviest equipment of each service class which
may
be operated
when
is
stated:
Service Class.
Efficiency.
225
A250
B240
C130
D220
180
A200
B190
C180
D170
135
A150
B140
C130
D120
The
Speed restriction
Doubleheaders
"Adopted,
Ten
No
restriction except
Note.
shown.
If
3:
"
The following
method"
"integral
is
membrane waterproofing,
only to
applies
as
the
floors.
2.
and
it
The
it
can be waterproofed
materials.
vital to
to be
good
results.
The
may
lack of these
Very shallow
proofing.
floors,
4,
should
The
structure and
its
their separate
will
structure.
If
5.
Due
is
overlooked,
may be
it
difficult,
if
not
impossible, to provide a
of construction.
climate
conditions,
Traffic
might thus
control
under
should be avoided.
6.
traffic
All
the
waterproofed
Wherever
design.
surfaces
should
be
possible,
supplies,
waterproofing
and as
accessible,
easily
open spaces,
The deck
readily
and
7.
4,
to
difficulty
of
bridges
shown
successful
in Figs. 15
treatment
than
the
trough
8, 9, 10, 11
floors,
and
Figs.
2,
13.
and disposition of
the
22,
1921,
reinforcement,
in mixing.
and
(See Figs.
to
securing the
5 to 10, 13, 15
amount
proper
and
16.)
792
8.
tails
Where
15.)
in
one
Drainage.
Adequate
10.
drainage
should
be
provided
means of
by
suitable
One
grades which will shed water by the easiest or most direct route.
per cent,
is
which are
minimum
difficult to
away from
by ashes, cinders,
etc.,
-W.'
if
1,
than one
to secure sat-
8 and 15.)
2, 3, 4,
less
(See Figs.
isfactory drainage.
'
points
easily drained.
may
a slight head
find
Standing water
tight.
its
destructive
is
eflfect,
Where
damage.
water.
Where sudden
and thawing.
is
it
(See Figs.
3, 4, 8,
14.
and
16.)
3, 4,
considerable varia-
to alternate freezing
in concrete.
to secure quick
11, 12,
14, 15
and
in
to
Icicles
disfigure the
may
structure
be prevented by a
(See Figs.
16.)
capillary action.
it
is
the top
the
off
than allow
rather
edge,
Where
15.
and
it
(See Figs.
to
6,
793
8 and 16.)
where
either at parapets or
it
joins
of
rail,
rail.
should be located so that the grades slope away from the joint.
Reinforcement.
Reinforcement of the structure should be suitably disposed, and
16.
ample
in strength to
waterproofing.
(See Figs.
6, 8, 9, 10, 13,
15
and
16.)
17.
felts
etc.
proofing pitch where placed and should be durable, strong and flexible.
Wire mesh or
18.
metal
sheet
reinforcement
for
the
membrane
together.
Necessary breaks
19.
15.)
the
in
Flashing.
20.
Metal flashing should be of material which
is
15.)
non-corrosive, and
members of
the structure.
(See Figs.
5,
7,
8,
13
and
15.)
21.
in
which
it
is
placed
when
subjected to actual
The edges
of
in its
waterproofing and
flashing
and
24.
and
15.)
should he protected
(See Figs.
S, 6,
7, 8, 9,
10,
15.)
Joints
filled
(See Figs.
and
9.)
794
Protection.
25.
The
26.
air.
to apply.
recommended
It is
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Bituminous mastic.
difficult to
slope,
mastic
is
pitch.
not satisfactory,
iVafwproof/nff.
m
Concrgfm^
F/G./
formproo^dnxjnd
ffeandpourw/f/i/fof
ixpanshnJoinf
Cements
^ .^ V^
^
O
.ij
^77e
carriedby ssdaffe
795
B/Yum/nous
Mash'c
//fvd/na/ Gr&de^Xj
~Drains on/(/afxpar7s/or)
/e-4ConcreteJ'Sfonej
^'Min. afCe/7fer)y
(/oz/if
F/G.4
Kj^L?i^
J^
-1
t^^than6!^
Waftrproofinff
F/G.5
796
^4'cenfers
3 Sf/ffsner
F/G.6
Brsi*fipe<f?4'
X'mrtMesh
CCor^inuoos)
4.S.att/rCo.
3tyl9.068
Mlorfiar/^'
)irefeshHMmrproofing
/ "Chamfar
^^'Sars fhrough
ho/es in sHffeners
1:2^:5 Concrwf-t^'
^J'Sarj P4'cJoc.
DfM/i
F/G.7
X -^
oi^EP Column
BA/r
^>
^^
I'SqTmsfed
/
"-Ccfiper/'/asMoff
""Ce/nen^ "Gan/fe
"
%,
ne.s
Pods
9'c.foc.
^/ 2 4 Concrete
i'Sfone
797
SPfy H<^r/oroof/hff
/7G.9
Zi'NarcfBurnedBr/c/r
m'ffy
Jo/nfs of Wafer-
proofing Compound-^
\vK\
L>
J 'l/Vaferprooffhg-^ /
nr in
^^^'^^
ofBeam
^ogefher^
pansion end.
Waterproofing^ rConcrefe
Concrete /:^: 5
^^ f.dP/ymferpmofing^
FJGM
798
7waterffroafmgto ta turned^
CJA//pp/ablouf Z'-Ccfoc.
e^^tV/Ptpe Ooup/inff
*-~2'^mMppJe^hreaded onnd
\
DETA/L ATDpAW
lesdCoafed//o./8
6a/yJron Gutter
S/apedjf'72'
F/6./2
Brick
Morfar
H^ferproof/ng
IVaferproofing
/
/-Long/fud/na/ G^-ade e'X.
/
-'Sq.Tmsfedffoi
y
Jlr/sfedPods
^^-/^^Co/TcrefeJ'S/one
F/G./3
F/G./4
799
Mor/arproAscfJbnr
3'ie3'x2'/7^A,
rC//nfo/f IVire C/oth or /PoebJXng
I Neff/n^ 2'*fish*/8mre
r/'2Morfar/^^fecfion
\\
>
)|
I
j
aSoo/2'cipaHi
c*sfi^/norfi4r
profmch'onfok*^
COMMITTEE
XVI.
'
Definitions.
(1)
line
is
located
when
its
position
is
vertically.
(2)
traffic.
The economical plant for a given quantity and
may not be the economical plant for a greater or less
handling a given
class of
traffic
quantity of
or for
traffic
good practice
traffic
of a different class.
It
considered
is
The most
tion is:
^' =
where
R = Annual
E = Annual
(>
::
taxes
C=:
p
(4)
= Percentage
The following
of profit on investment
may be used in
known or unknown,
equation
constant
RiE-\-I)P
where
= Amount
F=: Amount
.
When
sum
the
shall be a
the revenue
of
operating
expenses
plus
interest
is
convenient
on
in
The
cost
many
of
(2)
is
that
construction
should be considered.
In order to
make
Adopted, Vol.
16,
800
of, the
amount, direction of
class of traffic
801
will be called
upon
to
changes
Engine
Districts.
The engine
(6)
structive mileage
make
train to
One
district
maximum
slow freight
is
a suitable
where
It is desirable,
on minor summits.
Passing Sidings.
Passing sidings and road water supplies should preferably be
(7)
(8)
then
if
practical,
be compensated
length of the siding and for a full train length beyond each end, so as
to permit the
maximum
train load
gradient to be started from a full stop at any point within the limits
given.
Due
Ruling Gradients.
(9)
The
where the
rate of
(b)
The
possibility
power.
(c)
(e)
The
loss of time at
increased distance.
meeting points
especially on crowded
single-
track lines.
(f)
The
have no
effect
may
little
fact
The
possibility of
maximum amount
of original
future revisions
work
and
of construction.
the utilization
of the
802
(10)
diate traffic
steep
is
traffic
justified
by the
may
traffic,
thus
large,
for immediate
requirements
and
a reasonable expense.
at
interest saved
to be
may
local traffic is
prevent
its
once established,
removal.
is
justified
terminals.
Momentum
Gradients.
Momentum
(11)
tive
stalled for
any reason
may
in the sag,
its
train in
two parts
if
cost without decreasing the train rating or the efficiency of the railway,
except at points where train stops or reduced speed, below the limit
necessary to operate the gradient, are likely to be necessary.
mum
momentum
speed of freight trains at the bottom of the sag should not exceed
the speed limit for such trains on the engine district under consideration
where the
velocity
is
at a
11
summit, the
of the
less
momentum
than 11 miles
per hour.
at
for
all
grade-line intersections.
Curves should
to
which
make
to
803
required
the
elevation,
Comparison
of Alternate Locations.
The
(12)
gradients having been decided upon, the effect of the minor details of
location,
may
expenses
Alternative locations
Distance
resistance.
the
of
line
is
may
Curvature
location.
angle
is
line
the
number of degrees of
of
track;
it
which
curvature,
resistance
line
upon operating
fall,
be
will
may
for
trains,
again
central
divided
be
into
and or-
increasing
in
Line resistance
the
is
sum of
in
ture,
loss
of energy
due
to
In
Train Resistance.
(13)
due to accelerating
This
trains.
may
may
or
of the total resistance, depending on the rates of grade and the distances
between stops.
The
in
resistance of
frictional
warm weather
35 miles
normal conditions
per hour
may
R=z22 T
where
The
and a
R
T
=
=
=: Total
-\-
12L6
number of
fair
traffic
in tons;
cars in train.
may
from 4
be taken at 6
per ton
to
lb.
per ton.
lb.
For
maybe
equivalent to 2J^
ft.
rise.
Thus,
1 lb.
is
practically
804
may
may
lb.
be assumed for
due to curvature
be so great as 30
resistance
of rise for
ft.
Minor
Details.
To
(14)
tion
and
rise
fall),
it
first
is
0.04
of
way and
it
is
0.8
equivalent to a rise of
is
not
Inertia
from V^
velocity of a train
energy required
may
velocity to V2 velocity
to
increase the
be computed by
the formula:
70
P=(F.-FJ-^,
where
V2 and Vi
the higher and lower velocities respectively in miles
per hour
s
distance in feet in which such acceleration is accomplished.
For many calculations Vi
The formula allows 5 per cent,
zero.
for
the
extra energy
required
to
line resistance
fall affect
measurable extent
is
and may
The amount
indeterminate.
of rise and
fall
what
of each
sidered as an aid to
may
tions, but
there
is
judgment
in
forming
final
fall.
maintenance of equipment.
found
be
in
the
fuel
The
account.
effect of distance
The
effect
is
way and
on maintenance of way
on
The
effect
of
distance
fixed
less
sum
more or
constant plus a rate for the equivalent ton-mile unit, using multiples
is
obtained
is
as
the
value of
these
sum
plus a fixed
may
805
The
effect of distance
may
on maintenance
be calculated on a train-
mile basis.
Special Structures.
(15)
operation of special
must be
structures
Time.
Time
(16)
time required
minor
operate
to
an important factor
is
of
sufficient
line,
and
line,
must be taken
consideration.
(17)
the
is
fact
that
reducing distance
in
engine runs
of less
than 100 miles, which constitute the entire day's work for trainmen em-
may
ployed on same,
employees.
POWER.
(1)
be used in
locations of line
to
pull
is
known. Where
In comparing a
new
pull should be
(2)
The
used
in
tractive
both cases.
its
steam-
producing capacity, the boiler pressure, the adhesion, and the size of the
cylinders and drivers.
(3)
The steam-producing
fuel burned,
surface.
(4)
duction
Knowing
of
^o^-
11'
Part
1,
1,
assuming the
maximum
quantity of coal
to be as follows:
806
Hand-fired locomotives
4,000
lb.
per hour
lb.
per hour
may
when
The maximum
(5)
per hour
lb.
velocity at
is
working steam.
which
can be maintained
full cutoff
Table
2.
in
which
is
full cutoff
can be maintained.
This velocity
miles
shown
in
Table 3 for
in
per hour at
referred to as
"M"
in the tables.
(6)
can
maximum
reducing to the
ually
At speeds above
be maintained.
decreases
more
rapidly.
The
is
velocity
tractive
this
power
Knowing
(7)
mum
velocity at
compound
at
which
at
velocity
("M")
the
full
cutoff
power
power
at
The
"M."
is
fixed
which
full
tractive
("M"), the
indi-
"M"
or
higher velocities by dividing the total steam produced per hour by the
quantity of steam used per I.H.P. hour, as given in Table
4,
after apply-
ing the corrections for proper boiler pressure in the case of a locomotive
into tractive
To
velocity
Where
(9)
tractive power,
I.
H.
P. at
"M"
in
power can be
6.
power
at
other multiples of
"M"
(10)
power
less the
sum
is
"M."
drawbar
807
in
in
Table
Available
TABLE
Average Evaporation
in Locomotive Boilers
qualities
and
for
foot of
at 60 Fahrenheit.
Sq. Ft. H.
Surface per
10,000
11.000
12,000
13,000
14.000
Hour
B. T. U.
B. T. U.
B. T. U.
B. T. U.
B. T. U.
5.24
5.05
4.87
4.71
4.55
4.39
4.25
4.11
3.98
3.86
3.74
3.63
3.51
3.41
3.31
3.22
3.13
3.04
5.76
5.56
5.36
5.18
5.00
4.83
4.67
4.52
4.38
4.25
4.12
3.99
3.86
3.75
3.64
3.54
3.44
3.34
3.25
3.17
3.09
3.01
2.93
6.29
6.06
5.85
5.65
5.46
5,27
5.10
4.94
4.78
4.63
4.49
4.35
4.22
4.10
3.98
3.86
3.75
3.65
3.55
3.46
3.37
3.28
3.19
6.81
6.57
6.34
6.12
5.91
5.71
5.52
5.35
5.18
5.02
4.86
4.71
4.57
4.44
4.31
4.19
4.07
3.95
3.84
3.74
3.64
3.55
3.46
7.34
7.07
6.82
6.59
6.37
6.15
5.95
5.76
5.57
5.40
5.24
5.08
4.92
4.78
4.64
4.51
0.8
0.9
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2.0
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
3.0
.2.96
2.88
2.80
2.73
2.66
The quantity
of
qualities of coal
On bad
water
4. .38
4.26
4.14
4.03
3.93
3.83
3.73
15,000
B.
T.U.
7.86
7.58
7.31
7.06
6.82
6.59
6.37
6.17
5.97
5.79
5.61
5.44
5.27
5.12
4.97
4.83
4.69
4.56
4.44
4.32
4.21
4.10
3.99
districts
of accumulated*scale
10 per cent.
salts in the
1
per cent.
For locomotive using superheated steam, the heating surface mentioned in column 1 is to be understood as total water-heating surface onlysuperheating surface
is
not included.
'
808
TABLE
Weight of Steam Used
in
in
Locomotive Cylinders.
(a)
Cylinder diameter
locomotives.
tor
is
compound
Diameter
of Cylinder
In
Inches
12
13
14
15
15H
16
17
160 1b.
170 lb.
180 1b.
190 lb.
200 1b.
210 lb.
220 lb.
0.304 lb.
0.357 '
0.414 "
0.476 "
0.508 "
0.541
0.611 "
0.685
0.724 "
0.763 "
0.804 "
0.846 "
0.888 "
0.932 "
1.023 "
1.118
1.657 "
0.321 lb.
0.376 "
0.3371b.
0.396 "
0.459
"
0.527
0.562 "
0.599 "
0.676 "
0.759 "
0.354 lb.
0.415 "
0.482 *
0.553 "
0.590 "
0.629 "
0.710 "
0.796 "
0.841 "
0.887 "
0.934 '
0.983 "
1.032 *
1.083 "
1.189 '
1.300 "
1.926 "
0.3701b.
0.435 '*
0.504
0.579 "
0.618 "
0.658 "
0.744 "
0.834 "
0.881 "
0.928 "
0.3891b.
0.456 "
'
0.529
0.607 "
0.649 "
0.4051b.
0.475 *
0.551 "
0.633 "
0.675 "
0.720 "
18
1S%
19
19%
20
205^
21
22
23
28
0436 "
0.501
0.535
0.570
0.643
0.722
0.762
0.804
0.847
0.891
0.936
0.982
1.078
1.178
1.745
"
"
'
"
'
"
"
'
"
"
"
"
"
0.801
0.845
0.890
0.936
0.984
1.032
1.133
1.238
1.835
"
'
"
"
"
"
"
"
'
0.978
1.029
1.081
1.134
1.245
1.361
2.017
"
"
*
"
"
"
0.691
0.780
0.875
0.924
0.975
1.027
1.080
1.134
1.191
1.307
1.428
2.117
"
'
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
**
"
0.812
0.911
0.962
1.015
1.069
1.125
1.181
1.240
1.361
1.487
2.204
For weight
"
"
"
"
*
"
'
"
"
of stroke.
(b)
Diameter
of Cylinder
In Inche.s
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
160 lb.
170 lb.
180 lb.
190 lb.
200 lb.
210 lb.
.415
.465
.515
.565
.623
.682
.443
.496
.549
.605
.665
.728
.791
.859
.927
1.000
1.078
1.156
1.234
.470
.526
.582
.498
.557
.617
.679
.747
.818
.889
.965
1.041
1.123
1.209
1.299
1.387
.524
.587
.650
.715
.787
.861
.931
.551
.618
.684
.752
.827
.905
.984
1.016
1.097
1.183
1.275
1.368
1.460
1.065
1.150
1.241
1.340
1.438
1.533
.741
.804
.868
.937
1.008
1.083
1.157
.641
.705
.772
.838
.910
.983
1.057
1.143
1.225
1.308
TABLE
809
"C
336.13
Diameter
of drivers in inches.
Diam.
"C"
Diam.
50 in.
6J2
58 in.
6.59
59
6.46
60
51
52
53
"
'
"
*
54
55
56
57
"
"
"
6.34
61
6.22
62
6.11
63
6.00
64
5.89
65
"
"
"
"
"
C
"C"
Diam.
5.79
66 in.
5.69
67
5.60
68
5.51
69
5.42
70
5.33
71
5.25
72
5.17
73
*'
"
"C"
Diam.
5.09
74 in.
5.01
75
4.94
76
"
"
"
"
4.87
77
4.80
78
4.73
79
4.67
80
4.60
81
'
"
"
"
"
"C"
4.54
4.48
4.42
4.36
4.31
4.25
"
"
4.20
4.15
81^
TABLE
Pounds of Steam per
I.
H. P. Hour
OF ''M:'
(a)
"il/"=Maximum
I.
P.
Velocity
Simple
LocomotiTe
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2.0
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
Hour
Velocity
M
"
38.30
36.46
34.89
33.56
32.41
31.40
30.49
29 67
28.93
28.25
27.62
27.05
26.52
26.06
25.67
25.32
25.02
24.76
24.54
"
"
"
"
'
'
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
Compound
Locomotir*
25.80
24.36
23.24
22.35
21.65
21.14
20.77
20.52
20.40
20.40
20.40
20.40
20.40
20.40
20.40
20.47
20.60
20.73
20.88
Compouod
Simple
Locomoiire
2.9 M.
3.0 "
3.2 '
3.4 "
3.6 '
3.8 "
4.0 "
4.25"
4.50"
4.75"
5.00"
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
9.0
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
Locomotive
24.37
24.22
24.00
23.85
23.80
23.80
23.87
24.05
24.24
24.44
24.64
24.98
25.20
25.45
25.60
25.70
25.80
25.90
21.04
21.21
21.57
21.93
22.27
22.57
22.85
23.22
23.56
23.85
24.15
24.70
Velocity
1.0
1.1 "
1.2 "
"
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2.0
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
Pounds of Steam
I. H. P. Hour,
Per
24.00
23.58
23.10
22.74
22.28
21.92
21.55
21.20
20.90
20.59
20.32
20.05
19.81
19.60
19.40
19.22
19.02
18.86
Velocity
2.8
2.9
3.0
3.2
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
4.25
4.5
4.75
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
8.0
M
M
M
Pounds of Steam
I. H. P. Hour.
Per
18.70
18.55
18.40
18.20
18.00
17.79
17.60
17.44
17.26
17.10
16.96
16.86
16.72
16.63
16.62
16.62
16.62'
811
'^"=Maximum
Compound
Com-
Simple
Velocity
Start
M
"
"
"
"
"
"
*
"
*
"
"
"
"
2.3"
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
3.0
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
(b)
135.00
103.00
100.00
96.28
92.55
88.83
85.12
81.40
77.68
73.96
70.25
66.54
63.21
60.20
57.48
54.97
52.68
50.42
48.16
46.08
44.10
42.29
40.57
38.95
37.42
35.98
34.66
33.53
106.00
103.00
100.00
95.57
91.53
87.83
84.46
81.37
78.55
75.97
73.60
71.41
69.37
67.47
65.67
63.94
62.22
60.55
58.92
57.33
55.78
54.26
52.78
51.33
49.91
48.55
47.24
45.97
'
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
4.0
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
5.0
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
6.0
6.1
6.2
6.3
Simple
pound
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
*'
"
"
'*
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
Velocity
'
"
"
"
"
'
Simple
per
per cent.
cent.
44.75
43.56
42.39
41.24
40.10
39.00
37.96
36.97
36.03
35.13
34.26
33.41
32.59
31.82
31.11
30.42
29.75
29.10
28.48
27.87
27.33
26.81
26.30
25.81
25.34
24.88
24.44
24.01
32.40
31.25
30.10
29.14
28.24
27.38
26.56
25.77
25.03
24.34
23.69
23.07
22.48
21.92
21.38
20.87
20.37
19.89
19.43
18.99
Compound
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
7.0
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9
8.0
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
8 .8
M
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
**
"
"
"
"
"
"
**
"
'
"
'
"
"
"
"
*
8 .9
9.0
"
23.59
23.18
22.79
22.42
22.06
21.71
21.38
21.06
20.75
20.45
20.16
19.88
19.61
19.34
19.08
18.82
18.57
18,33
18.09
17.86
17.64
17.43
17.22
17.01
16.82
16.63
16,45
Start
0.5
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2.0
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
full cutoff.
Velocity
0.5
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2.0
2.1
2.2
"i)/."
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
106.00
103.00
100.00
92.42
86.55
81.20
76.95
73.00
69.55
66.60
63.66
61.27
58.96
56.94
55.12
53.26
51.53
49.98
48.50
2.7
2.8
2.9
3.0
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
4.0
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
47.12
45.82
44.61
43.49
42.30
41.21
40.17
39.22
38.30
37.42
36.61
35.89
35.11
34.39
33.72
33.06
32.40
31.79
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
5.0
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
6.0
6.1
6.2
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
N
M
M
M
M
M
M
31.19
.30.61
30.05
29.52
29.00
28.48
27.96
27.47
27.00
26.53
26.10
25.69
25.26
24.86
24.46
24.04
23.66
23.28
'
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
7.0
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9
8.0
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
22.90
22.56
22.21
21.89
21.57
21.24
20.92
20.62
20.32
20.07
19.78
19.52
19.26
19.01
18.76
18.52
18.28
18,06
812
TABLE
1
>
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
375
Velocity in miles jer hour
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
125.0
93.75
75.00
62.50
53.57
46.88
41.67
37.50
34.09
31.25
28.85
26.79
25.00
23.44
22.06
20.83
19.74
18.75
17.86
120.97
91.46
73.53
61.48
52.82
46.30
41.21
37.13
33.78
30.99
28.63
26.60
24.83
117.19
89.29
72.12
60.48
52.08
45.74
40.76
36.77
33.48
30.74
28.41
26.41
24.67
23.15
21.80
20.60
19.53
18.56
17.69
16.89
16.16
15.50
14.88
14.31
13.79
13.30
12.84
12.42
12.02
11.65
11.30
10.96
10.65
10.36
11.1.64
110.29
85.23
69.44
58.59
50.68
44.64
39.89
36.06
32.89
30.24
27.99
26.04
24.35
107.14
83.33
68.18
57.69
50.00
44.12
39.47
35.71
32.61
30.00
27.78
25,86
24.19
22.73
21.43
20.27
19.23
18.29
17.44
16.67
15.96
15.31
14.71
14.15
13.63
13.16
12.71
12.30
11.90
11.54
11.19
10.87
10.56
10.27
104.17
81.52
101.35
79.79
65.79
55.97
48.70
43.10
38.66
35.05
32.05
29.53
27.37
25,51
23,88
22.46
21.19
20.05
19.03
18.12
17.28
16.52
15.82
15.18
14.59
14,04
13.54
13.07
12.63
12,22
11.83
11.47
11,13
10,81
10.50
10,21
17.05
16.30
15.63
15.00
14.42
13.89
13.39
12.93
12.50
12.10
11.72
U.36
11.03
10.71
10.42
I^"or
23.29.
21.93
20.72
19.63
18.66
17.77
16.97
16.23
15.56
14.94
14.37-
13.84
13.35
12.89
12.46
12.06
11.68
11.33
11.00
10.68
10.39
87.21
70.75
59.52
51.37
45.18
40.32
36.41
33.19
30.49
28.20
26.22
24.51
23.01
21.68
20.49
19.43
18.47
17.61
16.82
16.09
15.43
14.82
14.26
13.74
13.25
12.80
12.38
11.98
11.61
11.26
10.93
10.62
10.33
intt;rraedi{ite velc)cities,
22.f7
21.55
20.38
19.33
18.38
17.52
16.74
16.03
15.37
14.76
14.20
13.68
13.20
12.76
12.34
11.94
11.57
11.23
10.90
10.59
10.30
66.96
56.82
49.34
43.60
39.06
35.38
32.33
29.76
27.57
25.68
24.04
22.59
21.31
20.16
19.13
18.20
17.36
16.59
15.89
15.24
14.65
14.10
13.59
13.11
12.67
12.26
11.87
11.50
11.16
10.84
10.53
10.24
0.8
98,68
78.13
64,66
55.15
48.08
42.61
38,27
34,72
31,78
29,30
27,17
25,34
23,73
22,32
21,07
19.95
18.94
18. D3
17,20
16.45
15,76
15,12
14,53
13,99
13.49
13,02
12,58
12.18
11,79
11,43
11,09
10,78
10.47
10.18
0,9
96.15
76.53
63.56
54,35
47,47
42,13
37,88
34.40
31.51
29.07
26,98
25.17
23,58
22.19
20.95
19.84
18,84
17.94
17,12
16.37
15.69
15.06
14.48
13.94
13.44
12.98
12.54
12.14
11.76
11.40
11.06
10,74
10.44
10,16
by interpo lation.
TABLE
813
LocoMO-pivK Resistances.
Cylinder to Rim of Drivers:
Total Pounds R=18.7T+80N.
XTN
\AJ
(^
Vi>'
(C)
^-^
Head End
or "Air" F!.esistance.
A002
Velocity iia Miles per Hour.
Area (Ave;rage for Locomotives, 125 sq.ft.).
A=
Total
R=0.25V^
Velocity
Velocity
Velocity
Velocity
11
30
21
110
31
240
256
0.25
1.00
12
36
22
121
32
2.25
13
42
23
132
33
272
4.00
14
49
24
144
34
289
6.25
15
56
25
156
35
306
9.00
16
64
26
169
36
324
12.25
17
72
27
182
37
342
16.00
18
81
28
196
38
361
20.25
19
90
29
210
39
380
10
25.00
20
100
30
225
40
400
Drawbar
pull
less the
on
sum
Power
814
TRAIN RESISTANCE.
Dynamometer
(1)
tests
to
the following:
Dynamometer record
(a)
ten pounds, with horizontal scale not less than 400 feet to one inch
and
hour (graphical).
(b)
Speed record
(c)
Key
(d)
(e)
Steam pressure of
(f)
Train
boiler (graphical).
(graphical).
(g)
record
record,
and
in
this
case time
desirable.)
is
(h)
by hand in engine).
Requisite data to be taken:
Track.
(i)
Office profile
to connect
(j)
(k)
(1)
(m)
with (3).
Section of
rail,
Condition of
Number
of
rail.
ties to rail
(and
rail length),
ballast.
Locomotive.
(n)
dimensions of locomotive).
(o)
Cars.
(p)
Record of length,
also weight
initial,
number,
(q)
Kind of
(r)
Condition of car.
Adopted, Vol.
truck,
11.
Part
1,
815
Weather.
(s)
Temperature.
(t)
(u)
State of weather
(2)
Numerous
tests
For
(rainy or clear).
is
no absolute value
(3)
in
motion
(a)
Assuming
that
is
Rating
higher,
Rating
is
Fahrenheit,
Rating
Rating
is
and 20 degrees
Fahrenheit, and
is
degrees Fahrenheit,
Rating:
B Rating: R
C Rating: R
D
when
Rating:
R =: total
=
=
=
2.2
2.2
4.0
5.4
122
-\-
122
C
C
C
C
-^ 153
171
-\-
C = the number
(a)
-{-
T = tonnage
(4)
T
T
T
T
Compensate
When
.03
per degree:
is
less
When
first
20 feet of rise of a
grade.
When
(b)
curvature
Compensate
When
is in
no sense
limiting.
When
Compensate
Where
.04
per degree:
the curve
is
ECONOMICS
rflO
Where
OP^
RAILWAY LOCATION.
is
Where
At
(d)
all
elevation
places
Compensate
is
where curvature
.05
is
likely to be limiting,
ran be spared.
(5)
resistance.
(6)
resistance.
0.15
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.35
0.4
0.45
0.5
0.56
0.6
0.65
0.7
0.76
0.8
0.85
0.9
1.0
"B"
"C"
29
23
20
17
15
13
12
84
87
89
90
70
74
92
93
93
94
94
95
95
95
96
96
96
96
97
97
97
97
97
98
98
98
98
98
98
98
98
98
98
99
99
99
99
99
99
10
9
9
9
8
7
7
6
6
5
5
5
4
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
"D*
"D"
57
62
66
69
72
74
76
78
79
81
82
83
84
84
85
86
86
87
88
89
90
91
91
92
92
98
93
93
93
94
94
94
94
94
95
96
95
95
determine just
(8)
78
80
82
84
85
86
87
88
89
89
90
91
91
91
92
93
93
93
04
94
95
95
95
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
97
97
97
97
97
97
91
11
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.6
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2.0
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.6
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
S.O
to
AND
C"
Adjustment
LI
(7)
"B,"
100%.
how much
the difference
is.
lbs.
817
^CURVATURE.
(1)
(2)
The
straight line
justifiable
is
number of
and
daily trains
As
(3)
a general rule
is
it
good practice
to
maximum
the
the
of
elevation
outer
is
small, requiring
than
rail,
is
(4)
As
a general rule,
is
it
justifiable
to
train
low.
CURVE RESISTANCEFREIGHT
made on
Tests
is
where
QARS.
Winnipeg on wheels
(1)
outer
when rounding
rail
The cause
(2)
a curve.
of this pressure
is
(3)
There
is
it
is
(4)
in
There
which results
is
in
enough
is
rear axle.
These
rail,
the concave curve at the base of the flange increases the effective diameter
of the outer wheel so as to prevent skidding of the wheels of the front axle
and
rear axle.
11,
21,
Part
wheel
in the
COMMITTEE
WOOD
'
Creosote
(1)
XVII.
PRESERVATION.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
oil
effective
wood
preservatives
(2)
Preserved
(3)
it
devices
when
is
is
measured.
(5)
before
(4)
wood may
in
The temperature of
It is essential that
at
tie.
which creosote
is
may be
obtained.
The
species, in proportion
oil
recommended.
wood
its
grouping.
(6)
treatment
(7)
It is desirable
for
some simple
(8)
it
tests
Company
will
do
this
themselves or indicate
In operating with
zinc-chloride,
works.
at the
should be varied from time to time to conform to the kind and condition of the ties, so as to inject the required quantities.
But
in
no case
(11)
(to
is
preferably done in
piles,
time
little
in the tracks.
This
Adopted, Vol.
10,
1909,
pp.
629-631,
2,
1910,
pp.
818
^
WOOD PRESERVATION.
For best
(12)
result^
is
it
recommended
819
covering the
tests
life
timber and under various treatments, and that an accurate record be kept
of the
of
life
sections shall be
nails,
and,
if
marks.
identification
(13)
order to be able
all ties
be
made
in
.with
an augur,
to
54
The
oil,
borings should
(14)
This
'
(1)
ties
seasoned ones.
Pine
(2)
sapwood;
it
on the same
(3)
ties
would
basis,
also be advisable in
but
it is
some cases
made with
etc.,
if
The
From this
and gum should
locality,
is
It shall
contain not
Adopted. Vol.
^Adopted, Vol.
*
is
follows
be treated
13, 1912,
20,
19-19,
more than
practice.
CREOSOTE
it
pending on the
(4)
group hardwoods
so.
separately.
to
tar.
OIL.
It shall
comply
WOOD PRESERVATION.
820
It
2.
more than
0.5
in benzol.
specifice gravity of the oil at 38/15.5
The
3.
than
1.03.
The
4.
based on water-free
distillate,
oil,
be within the
shall
fol-
lowing limits:
Up
Up
The
5.
cent.
cent.
specific
Centi-
than 1.03 at
less
38**/
15.5 C.
The
The
6.
have a
cent., shall
float test of
1.10 at 38/15.5
Centigrade,
degrees
if
it
C.
exceeds 5 per
Centigrade.
7.
8.
In addition to the oil conforming to the above standard specificatwo grades specified below may be used when the higher
grade oil cannot be procured:
tion, the
Specifications for
The
oil
shall
Grade 2 Creosote
Oil.
tar.
It
shall
It shall
2.
It
contain not
shall contain
in benzol.
3.
than
The
specific gravity
of the
oil
at 38/15.5
1.03.
4.
The
based on water-free
distillate,
oil,
ing limits:
Up
Up
5.
The
to
8 per cent.
cent.
less
than
1.03
at
38/
15.5 C.
The
specific gravity of
cent.,
The
shall
residue
have a
Centigrade
float test
Centigrade.
7.
The
oil
The foregoing
made
cent,
coke residue.
test^ shall be
in
WOOD
PRESERVATION.
Specificatiofis for
The
oil
shall be
Grade
a distillate of
821
Creosote Oil.
shall
It
The
3.
than
specific
gravity of the
oil
at 38/15.5
C.
be not
shall
less
1.03.
The
4.
distillate,
based on water-free
oil,
ing limits:
Up
Up
The
5.
specific
cent.
cent.
shall
1.03
at
Centi-
38/
15.5 C.
The
specific gravity of
the
and 355 degrees Centigrade shall be not less than 1.10 at 38/15.5 C.
6.
The residue above 355 degrees Centigrade, if it exceeds 5 per
cent., shall have a float test of not more than 50 seconds at 70 degrees
Centigrade.
7.
in
yard.
The oil shall be a coal-tar product, of which at least 80 per cent, shall
be a distillate of coal-gas or coke-oven tar, and the remainder shall be
refined or
filtered
It
shall
following requirements:
1.
2.
It
contain not
shall
insoluble
in benzol.
3.
The
The
less
distillate,
ing limits:
Up
Up
5.
The
cent.
cent.
gravity of the fraction between 235 degrees Centidegrees Centigrade shall not be less than 1.03 at 38/
specific
15.5 C.
Adopted, Vol.
WOOD PRESERVATION.
822
The
specific gravity
The
6.
cent.,
have a
shall
float test of
Centigrade,
if
it
exceeds 26 per
Centigrade.
7.
The
8.
The foregoing
oil
more than
tests shall
be
made
1.
is
submitted for
the guidance of those desiring to use the coal tar addition to creosote.
There should be a
2.
that a mixture
is
specified
distinct
understanding between
all
concerned
and used.
3.
The refined coal-tar used shall be subject to inspection or analysis
by the railway company at any time, such examination to be permitted
upon request prior to the mixing of the solution.
4.
amount of
it
solutic^ of coal-tar
The
5.
suitable
own
its
coal-tar
facilities
may
wise the solution should be mixed by the manufacturer, but subject to the
The coal-tar and
inspection or supervision of the railway company.
in
tanks other than the regular working tanks, and the tanks
oil is
6.
(1)
used,
of this grade.
WOOD PRESERVATION.
823
(1)
Apparatus.
vertical,
cylindrical copper
still,
shown
in
Fig.
1,
shall be
used
Fig.
1.
Copper Still.
Thermometer
Lc
Connecting
38.75cm.
>!
i
'
1^../
Tube
Separafory
Funnel,
Capacity
120 cc.)
Fig.
^Adopted, Vol.
{^Copper
-4:-if
1^
Graduated
1917, pp. 1262, 1577; Vol. 20, 1919, pp. 127, 840.
WOOD PRESERVATION.
824
Method.
Measure 200
(Figs. 1 and
of
cc.
in
oil
for sev-
still
Attach
distilled over.
lid
Continue the
distillation until
cated by the thermometer with the bulb opposite the offtake of the con-
When
oflF,
the distillation
is
oil in
and whatever
turned to the
taken for
oil
is
light oil has distilled over with the water is then re-
the
in
The dehydrated
still.
distillation, described in
(2)
Section
oil
from the
still
is
then
Distillation.
4,
Insoluble in Benzol.
Apparatus.
(a)
form
in
Extractor
which the
may
oil is
3,
or any similar
of the solvent
(b)
575 or
Filtering
medium may
Whatman No.
5 hardened
&
S.
No.
filter
If the
alundum thimble
is
used,
may
it
be supported by
by
German
silver or
making two
platinum wires.
Method.
Weigh
10
grams of dry
oil
in
100
cc.
filter
beaker.
cup.
previously weighed, and the paper cup shall always be kept in a weigh-
Wash
WOOD
all
PRESERVATION.
filter
cup,
825
latter
at once
in
the
extraction apparatus.
or a steam bath.
the
until
filter
descending
Water
^attr Inlet
in
solvent
steam oven
is
practically
Ouflei
Hook to Support
Wire
"Condenser
Cup
Cup
^i._i.
Y" 6Scm.
Fig.
is
driven off
3.
Ex
>j
n-
action Flask.
for
this
Specific Gravity.
Apparatus.
(a)
4.
Hydrometer
It shall
shall be of the
suffice.
5.
in Fig. 6,
If a very accurate
having a capacity of
Method.
(a)
The oil shall be brought to a temperature of 38 degrees Centigrade (100 degrees Fahrenheit), and the determination shall be made at
that temperature unless the oil is not entirely liquid at 38 degrees Centigrade. In case the oil requires to be brought to a higher temperature than
38 degrees in order to render it completely fluid, it shall be tested at the
WOOD
826
it
PRESERVATION.
is
completely
fluid,
by adding 0.0008 to the observed specific gravity for each degree Centigrade above 38 degrees Centigrade at which the test is made. This correction does not apply with equal accuracy to all oils, but serious error,
due to
its
temperature.
MM
ioo
Tic
103
105
100
\07
<32mm.>
/\
2 a
MM.
Shot
JblG. 5.
Fig, 4.
Hydrometer.
bPKCIFlC
Gravity Cylinder.
Before taking the specific gravity, the oil in the cylinder should be
thoroughly with the glass rod, and this rod, when withdrawn
from the liquid, should show no solid particles at the instant of with-
stirred
WOOD PRESERVATION.
827
Care should be .taken that the hydrometer does not touch the
bottom of the cylinder when the reading is taken, and that the
oil surface is free from froth and bubbles.
Weigh the pycnometer empty, then fill with recently distilled
(b)
water and weigh at 38 degrees Centigrade. Empty the pycnometer and
drawal.
sides or
Fig.
then
with water-free
fill
oil
Pycnometer.
6.
at 38
The
specific gravity
gravity taken at 38 degrees Centigrade compared with water at 15.5 degrees Centigrade. This cannot be determined directly.
The
specific gravity
first
degrees
incorrect
bottle
is
Centigrade by
An example
at
the
38 degrees Centigrade
is
is
38 degrees Centigrade
80.2755.
The
1.0398
Corrected to 38715.5
X .99299 (D. water 38 degrees)
1.0398
method of calculation
23.7531
78.3600 23.7531
mark
80.2755
incorrect
to the
The
specific gravity
up
would be as follows
23.7531
78.1128 23.7531
15.5
oil at
is
80.2755
1.0351.
is
as follows:
WOOD PRESERVATION.
828
Distillation.
(4)
Apparatus.
(a)
The
cc.
same horizontal
lature until
shall
it
plane,
overflows the
be considered
its
oflFtake.
capacity
in
the bulb
(Fig. 8).
Approx.lf9an.
CapaciiyofBulb:
2S0tv290cc.
Fig.
(b)
7.
convenient one
is
shown
Fig. 8.
(c)
the retort
air currents,
iron,
Condenser Tube.
Shield of asbestos as
from
in Fig. 8.
WOOD PRESERVATION.
(d)
829
cc.
convenient form.
(e)
Thermometer
be made
shall
of
resistance
glass
of
a quality
oughly annealed.
It shall
be
It shall
filled
graduation large enough so that the pressure will not become excessive
at the highest temperature.
Fig. 9
The thermometer
Asbestos Shield.
M.
name, a
serial
Distillation."
The thermometer
shall be
graduated from
Every
fifth
than the intermediate ones, and every tenth graduation beginning at zero
The graduation marks and numbers shall be clear
shall be numbered.
cut and distinct.
The thermometer
shall
conform
maximum.
0.5.
WOOD PRESERVATION.
830
minimum^ and
shall not
stem.
Distance
Distance
when
of the thermometer
The accuracy
when
tested at full
delivered
immersion the
to
10.
the purchaser
maximum
error from
degrees to 200 degrees Centigrade shall not exceed 0.5 degrees; 200
degrees to 300 degrees Centigrade it shall not exceed 1 degree Centigrade;
300 degrees
to
375 degrees
Centigrade,
it.
shall
not exceed
1.5
degrees
Centigrade.
The
to
when cooled
water at the barometric pressure at the time of the test and plunged into
free flow of steam, the meniscus shall pass the point 10 degrees Centigrade below the boiling point of water
in not
more than
six seconds.
T]Mootr
Fig.
10.
the
oil
the retort.
in
The
exact location
of
the
thermometer bulb
than 20
shield or
The
distance
in.
The burner
chimney (Fig.
shall
10).
WOOD PRESERVATION.
831
Method.
Exactly 100 grams of oil shall^ be weighed into the retorts, the appaassembled, and heat applied. The distillation shall be conducted
at the rate of at least one drop and not more than two drops per second,
and the distillate collected in weighed receivers. The condenser tube shall
be warmed whenever necessary to prevent accumulation of solid distillates.
ratus
Fractions
shall
collected
be
at
following points
the
The
receivers
degrees
Centigrade.
shall
When
retort, and any oil which has condensed in the offtake shall be. drained in the 355-degree fraction.
The residue shall remain in the retort with the cork and the ther-
mometer
no vapors are
in position until
visible;
it
it
shall then be
of flame.
During
in
its
fractions,
No
original position.
water
tilling
made
is
is
present,
on a basis of dry
water-free
a larger quantity of
oil,
oil
oil.
shall be
remain
reported separately,
When more
all
returning to the
oil
shall
shall
of
thermometer
correction shall be
balance accurate to at
shall be used.
g.
oil
any
oil
carried over
(See Section
1,
Water.)
(5)
As
specific gravity
nized method which can be applied to the quantity and quality of material
hand to be tested must be considered satisfactory. The following methods are recommended by the Committee as convenient and accurate means
at
amounts of
oil
of fractions to be tested.
Liquid Fractions.
Apparatus.
'
Westphal balance.
Method.
If the fraction to be tested is liquid at a temperature not exceeding
60 degrees Centigrade, the Westphal balance can be used with convenience
and
rapidity.
special type of
Westphal balance
is
obtainable, designed
WOOD
832
PRESERVATION.
However, the ordinary type Westphal
ordinary glass tubing 7 mm., outside diameter, sealed at the end, and
melting into the glass where sealed a short platinum wire.
mm.
in the
high.
tube,
mm.
making
of the top
mm.
length of about 55 to 60
over
all,
grams.
Solid
Methods.
Special platinum or nickel pan as shown in
For the determination of fractions that are
Fig. 11.
solid
cannot readily be liquefied at a temperature not exceeding 60 degrees Centigrade, a weighing pan constructed of platinum or nickel (Fig. 11) may
be used.
is
25
12
Solid or semi-solid
Note.
The
method for
liquid
fractions
is
315
to
degrees
(6)
Float Test
Apparatus.
(a) Float or Saucer.
and
shall be of
(b)
the
Conical Collar.
shall be of the
shall be
The
made
of aluminum,
in Fig. 12.
in Fig.
made
of brass, and
13.
solution
in
Oil Analysis
part
to
4 on
"Distillation,"
under
Specification
it
in
tin
for
Creosote
box on water
or steam bath, not by direct application of flame, and then pour into the
any convenient way, until slightly more than level with the top.
may be removed after the material has cooled to room
temperature, by means of spatula or steel knife which has been slightly
heated. Then place the collar and plate in one of the tin cups containing
collar in
The
surplus
WOOD
PRESERVATION.
833
Wires
1 m
ID.
in
Sicuoetdr
Fig.
12 Float
or Saucer
|7.27<rm;->)
Fig.
Fig. 13
Conical Collar
WOOD
834
ice
PRESERVATION.
in this
bath for at
least 15 minutes.
Meanwhile,
fill
of water and
full
place on the tripod; heat the water to any desired temperature at which
be made.
This temperature should be accurately mainno time throughout the entire test be allowed to
vary more than 0.5 degrees Centigrade from the temperature specified.
After the material to be tested has been kept in the ice water for at
least 15 minutes and not more than 30 minutes, remove the collar with
its contents from the plate and screw into the aluminum float, which is
the test
is
to
and should
tained,
at
in
the
warm
bath.
As
comes warm and fluid, it is forced upward and out of the collar, until the
water gains entrance to the saucer and causes it to sink.
The time in seconds between placing the apparatus on the water
and when the water breaks through the residue shall be determined by
means of a stop watch, and shall be taken as a measure of the consistency
of the material under examination.
(7)
Coke Residue.
Fig.
147-CoKE Bulb.
Apparatus.
Diameter of bulb
Length of vertical neck.
Length of horizontal neck
Diameter of orifice
in
Fig.
15
10
20
1
14,
and
shall
mm.
mm.
mm.
mm.
Warm
all
Any
drawn
globules of
oil
full.
should be
WOOD PRESERVATION.
835
it around the neck of the bulb and catch the two free ends
up to the neck with a pair of crucible tongs. The oil should then
long, place
close
be distilled off as in
without spurting.
When
come
evolution of gas ceases, and any carbon sticking to the outside of the
tubular
is
completely burned
off.
The
water-free
oil.
The
Dry
contam more
amount of
soluble zinc-chloride
required.
WOOD.
General Requirements.
1.
2.
to each
of the treatments.
3.
If
to the
trams; otherwise,
it
it
it
arrives at the
may
be loaded
shall be stacked.
or 2 and 7 to
10,
If ties,
depending on the
width of the ties; if piles or lumber, they shall be stacked to insure even
and proper seasoning with alleys at least 3 feet wide between rows of
stacks extending between tracks, and at least 6 inches off the ground on
sills.
The space under and between the rows of stocks at all
times should be kept free of rotting wood, weeds or rubbish. The yard
should be so drained that no water can stand under the stacks, or. in their
treated
immediate
4.
vicinity.
Since the seasoning varies with the latitude, time of year, the expo-
WOOD PRESERVATION.
836
of
with
"S"
irons,
bolts,
or
other
would be
that
5.
Where
liable to
ties
render
it
worthless.
in all
Zinc Chloride.
Except when ordered otherwise by the railroad's representative, the
material to be treated shall be air-seasoned until in his judgment any
1.
moisture in
it
woods
amount of
pre-
which approximately equal quantities of preserving fluid can be injected; and shall
consist of pieces approximately equal in size and sapwood content, on
which all framing, boring, or adzing shall have been done, so separated
as to insure contact of steam and preservative with all surfaces.
2.
The zinc chloride used shall be acid-free and shall not contain more
Dry
than
0.1
cent,
into
and
in
amount of
required.
3.
The
all
of the
lb.
sapwood and
as
much
of
the heartwood as practicable, and no charge shall retain less than 90 per
cent,
4.
The
cent,
of this quantity.
that
is
practicable,
and
shall be thoroughly
mixed before
use.
Its
strength shall not exceed 5 per cent, and shall be determined by analysis.
Chemical titration, using a silver-nitrate solution with potassium-chromate indicator, will usually be satisfactory. For example: With red oak
the strength shall not exceed 4 per cent., and the volume injected shall
be not less than 20 per cent., while with pine having a large percentage of
sapwood
it
shall not
exceed 2 per
cent,,
The amount
shall be
from weights
than one hour nor more than two hours, at a pressure of not more than
20 pounds per square inch, the cylinder being provided with vents to
relieve it of stagnant air and insure proper circulation of the steam and
being
drained
to
prevent
condensate
from
accumulating
in
sufficient
WOOD PRESERVATION.
from
free
air as practicable.
first
vacuum
is
introduced, the
vacuum is broken, a
The preservative shall
the
the cylinder is
until
125
if
shall be created.
The
837
filled.
minimum
of
is
injected into the material, or until less than 5 per cent, of the total quantity
required has been injected during the latter half of one hour through-
out which the rate of injection has persistently decreased while the pres-
sure
The temperature
165
or
more
lb.
per
square inch.
not less than 130F., nor more than 190F., and shall average at least
150F.
shall be
At
least
penetration
erally be satisfactory.
7.
From
ties
bored shall be
filled
rail sections;
Any
holes that
from
may
be
8.
The treating plant shall be equipped with the thermometers and
gages necessary to indicate and record accurately the conditions at all
stages during the treatment, and all equipment shall be maintained in
and keep
in
The owner
specification.
Zinc-Tannin Treatment.
1.
The
shall be applied
The amount
and maintained
and
until the
desired absorption
is
obtained.
still
The
solution
shall
be as
weak
zinc-chloride,
The
degrees
3.
The
may
filled
which the
and that coming from the charge while under pressure
is
be released.
4.
The
off,
and a 2 per
cent.
WOOD PRESERVATION.
838
lb.
6^
made by mixing
lb.
in,
a pressure of IPO
of water, run
lb.
lb.
of glue containing 50
lb.
Care
5.
The
more than
per cent.
0.1
iron.
shall
Dry
zinc chloride
shall
contain at least
94 per cent, soluble zinc chloride, and in any solution specified the per-
centage
of
zinc
chloride
specified
The amount
chloride required.
be the amount of
shall
soluble
zinc
The amount
by weighing the
ties
hydrometer readings.
The
strength of the
from time
to time by
Borings shall be taken from time to time from at
same
any charge
woods
amount
of preservative; shall
sociation
in
to
into
1.
2.
Creosote-Coal-Tar Solution.
Creosote Oil, Grade 3.
3.
The
permeate
all
sapwood and
as
amount of creosote
much
oil
necessary to
The
quantities
material
wood.
The
quantity of creosote
oil
WOOD PRESERVATION.
839
basis of 100F.,
from
scales, or
4.
is
wood
The
practicable.
creosote
as dry
is
filled.
The pressure
is
lb.
of at least 22
shall be gradually
The temperature
more than
and
air as
without breaking
is
is
vacuum
and as free of
oil
is
of the pre170F.,
nor
shall
dripping preservative.
At
least
penetration
and keep
in
The owner
all
chemicals necessary for making the analyses and tests required in this
specification.
1.
moisture in
it
in
his
woods
judgment any
amount of pre-
than
0.1
Dry
and
in
3.
4.
and
The
The
creosote
oil
shall
pounds of creosote
oil
WOOD
840
PRESERVATION.
the
5.
portions of creosote
oil
shall be composed of the volumetric proand of zinc chloride solution of the necessary
strength which are required to obtain the specified retention of the preserva-
and shall be
thorough mixing
with preservative and while
tives
agitated in the
is
is
is
being
filled
practicable,
to insure
and
The
strength of the
shall be deteijjiained
by analysis. Chemical titration using a silver-nitrate solution with potassium-chromate indicator, before the zinc chloride sdution is mixed with
the creosote oil will usually be satisfactory. For example: With red oak
the proportions shall be not less than 11 per cent, of 5 per cent, zincchloride solution and not more than 23 per cent, of creosote oil, and the
volume injected shall be not less than 20 per cent., while with pine having a large percentage of sapwood they shall be not less than 88 per cent,
of 2.5 per cent, zinc-chloride and not more than 12 per cent, of creosote
oil, and the volume injected shall not be less than 40 per cent. The quantities of preservatives retained shall be calculated from readings of working tank gages or scales and from weights of at least one-tenth of the
material on a suitable track scale before and after treatment, checked as
may
6.
than one hour nor more than two hours, at a pressure of not more than
20 pounds per square inch, the cylinder being provided with vents to relieve
it
tity to
jected into the material, or until less than 5 per cent, of the total quantity
required has been injected during the latter half of one hour throughout
which the rate of injection has persistently decreased while the pressure
has been held continuously at 165 or more pounds per square inch. The
temperature of the preservative during the pressure period shall be not
less than 170F., nor more than 200F., and shall average at least 180F.
After the cylinder is emptied of preserving mixture, a vacuum shall be
maintained until the material can be removed from the cylinder free of
dripping preservative.
7.
At
least
WOOD PRESERVATION.
by analysis.
penetration
From
gen-
visibility will
its
erally be satisfactory.
rail sections
841
ties,
holes that
8.
and keep
The owner
tests
required in
this specification.
10.
oil shall
is
used,
it
shall
per cent, shall be a distillate of water gas tar and the remainder shall be refined or filtered water gas tar.
quirements
It
shall
re-
1.
It
more than
2.
It
matter insoluble
in
benzol.
3.
The
The
4.
distillate,
oil,
1.07.
ing limits:
Up
Up
Up
5.
6.
The
cent.
cent.
fractions between 235 degrees Centigrade and 315 degrees Centigrade shall not be less than .98
nor more than 1.02 at 38/15.5C.
The residue above 355 degrees Centigrade, if it exceeds 5 per
cent., shall have a float test of not more than 50 seconds
specific gravity of the
at 70C.
7.
8.
The oil shall not yield more than 10 per cent, coke
The foregoing test shall be made in accordance with
When
residue.
the standard
requirements
The
oil
shall be a distillate of
water gas
tar.
It shall
comply with
1.
It
2.
It shall
3.
The
more than
benzol.
specific gravity of the oil at 38/15.5 degrees
1.02.
Centigrade shall
WOOD
842
4.
The
distillate,
PRESERVATION.
oil,
ing limits:
Up
Up
Up
5.
6.
The
to
to 235 degrees
have a
degrees Centigrade,
float test
of not
if
it
exceeds 5 per
at
70X.
7.
8.
may
be specified.
The
on the basis of
100 P., from readings of working- tank gages or scales or from weights
of at least one-tenth of the material on a suitable track scale before and
after treatment, checked as may be desired by the railroad's representative.
4.
After the material is placed in the cylinder, the preservative shall be
quantity
of
preservative
retained
shall
be calculated,
the
The
largest
is
filled.
volumetric
injection
is
obtained
that
maximum
vacuum
is
WOOD PRESERVATION.
At
843
least
penetration
The
7.
The owner
all
chemicals necessary for making the analyses and tests required in this
specification.
Vacuum)
1.
an adequate amount of prewoods into which approximately equal quantities of preserving fluid can be injected; and shall
consist of pieces approximately equal in size and sapwood content, on
which all framing, boring, or adzing shall have been done, so separated
as to insure contact of air and preservative with all surfaces.
2.
The preservative used shall be the one most suitable and available
of the following standards of the American Railway Engineering Asmoisture in
it
sociation
any charge
to
'
1.
2.
Creosote-Coal-Tar Solution.
Creosote Oil, Grade
The
3.
oil
3.
all
of the
lb.
of creosote
sapwood and
as
much
per cent, nor more than 110 per cent, of the quantity per cubic foot that
may
The amount
be specified.
railroad's
air
representative.
4.
pressure
vacuum
of
is
sufficient
and
it
duration
shall be subjected to
under
provide
to
tention.
For example:
pressures
of
40 to 60
lb.
for
of
tive shall
70 to 90
lb.
for
150
The
preserva-
lb.
The pressure
all
of the sapwood
WOOD PRESERVATION.
844
is
satisfied that
until the
Any
holes that
may
be bored
and keep
The owner
in condition for
use at
tests
required in
this specification.
"METHODS OF ACCURATELY DETERMINING THE ABSORPTION OF CREOSOTE OIL AND CREOSOTECOAL-TAR SOLUTION.
(1)
At
ment which
railroad plants the absorption should be based on the treatwill give the
class or kind
much
amount of
Where
railroads
oil
have
their
work done by
contract,
gallons
and other material of uniform size, and pounds per cubic foot for other material; the same requirements as to sap and heart penetration to be applied as in the above.
should be specified for
"
ties,
posts, cross-arms
WATER
IN CREOSOTE.
The use
is
permissible.
Measurement
(2)
In
of Oil.
all
cases
"Adopted, Vol.
Vol.
20,
1919. pp.
"Adopted. Vol.
Vol.
18,
1917,
oil
pp.
in
the
1271,
tank
1579;
WOOD
PRESERVATION.
845
and the oil measurement then should be made from the point of sepabetween the remaining water and oil as nearly as this can be
This refers to the physical process of measurement.
determined.
ration
Fig. 15.
Details
of'
WOOD
846
PRESERVATION.
(3)
recommended
is
as
good practice
order to obtain
in
that,
accurate determinations as to the percentage of water contained in creosote oil in tank cars and in storage tanks, the principle of zone sampling
be employed, as described in the 1916 report of the Committee (Proceedings, Vol. 17, pp. 447 to 456), and that for the purpose of obtaining
in
15.)
Storage Tanks.
storage tanks should have a watertight roof.
All
(4)
The
is
determined
and then calculated
by
chlorine
solution
nitrate
into
titration
zinc
with
standard
according
chloride
Standard
Solution:
Nitrate
Silver
normal
1/10
(NOs)..
silver
nitrate
per
of distilled water.
litre
Indicator:
60 grams
satur'ated solution,
Method
of Procedure.
(a)
Gravity.
Specific
sufficient to float
Filtration
The
if
of
quantity
the hydrometer,
unnecessary
is
Creosote Oil.
is
zinc
filtered
the solution
is
chloride
to
be
into a hydrometer
tested,
cylinder.
from
(Chlorine free),
from
Fahren-
1.000 to 1.060.
(b)
Titration.
Two
(2)
cc.
of
the
filtered
zinc
chloride solution
by means of an accurately
calibrated pipette and diluted to about 100 cc. with distilled water.
After adding two (2) drops of the potassium chromate indicator, the
solution
cc.
is
titrated
glass-stoppered
centimeter.
The
cc.
Erlenmeyer
flask
accurately
graduated
is
to
tenths
of
cubic
tinge,
the flask having been gently shaken after each addition of silver nitrate.
"Adopted, Vol.
20,
WOOD
following equation:
the
calculated according to
cc.
847
(c)
is
PRESERVATION.
ZnCU
Sp. Gr.
100
X .401 = %
CU
Strength
ZnCU
AgNos =
Silver Nitrate
ZnClz
= Zinc
136.31
Grams AgNoa
per
cc.
ZnCU
0.401=
2
Chloride
169.96
= Strength
AgNOa
tion.
Example
cc.
of
AgNOs
AgNOa used
8.2
cc.
of
ZnCU
2.0
Strength of
Gr. ZnCl^
Sp.
cc.
1.024
8.2X.017
X .401 X
= 2.72% = ZnCU
100
2X1.024
The
nitrate
silver
should be ap-
solution
AgNOs
per
The exact
litre.
bottle.*
Precautions.
(d)
As
making up the
contains chlorides, and if so
water used
cc.
of
in
number of
the
color
cc.
to
make
titrated
cc.
as
described
solution
this
Where
variable check
the
required
to
(2)
The
produce
chlorine content
determinations
Two
above.
whether the
exactly
of
is
essential to determine
it is
water should be
the
method
the above
making
is
calcula-
found to be
should be made.
Use.
This method
solutions as
is
The
standard silver nitrate solution should be made and standardized only by a trained chemist; if the services of such a chemist are not
available, the standard solution should be obtained from a reliable chemical supply firm.
WOOD
848
PRESERVATION.
Potassium Iodide.
3.
Soluble Starch.
4.
Atomizer.
De
No. 30
is
Atomizer
Vilbiss
very satisfactory.
cc.
each to be"
gm. dissolved
in
cc.
(2
200
cc.
water).
2.
water).
3.
until
the starch
solution.
in
is
To make
when
it
many
begins to sour.
cc.
each
the cross-section of the tie evenly all over, if zinc chloride is present a
deep blue stain will result showing clearly the depth of penetration.
It
is
Taking Samples.
(1)
The
a one-inch auger.
saw and
The
is
loaded,
individually.
from knots.
"Adopted, Vol.
"Adopted. Vol.
747, 860.
when
the samples
size
may
be taken.
21,
9,
2,
WOOD
849
(3)
sawed
PRESERVATION.
two
at
two
points, viz.,
feet
tie.
respectively.
may
it
be necessary to cut a
should be
ties
tie into
be given.
When
(4)
sufficient to cut
a large number of
section, as follows
The samples
saving
No.
Section No.
tion, date,
No.
No.
2,
cut, three
1,
No.
3,
and No.
3.
the borings.
all
will be
it
tie.
(5)
from each
are to be analyzed,
ties
but one section two feet from the end, thereby saving the
number of
Sample No.
and a
list
bit,
labeled, as Tie
made showing
the locatie
before
Method
(6)
and three
flask
cc.
thoroughly charged.
then be added.
drops
When
all
destroyed.
When
fully
at first).
As
cc.
The
flask
hydroxide should
allowed to cool.
If there
is
added
be
it
cc.
flask, it
beaker and
an
11
ammonium
cm.
sulphide,
celain crucible
oxide.
filter
it
may
be disregarded.
distinctly
until
It
and
alkaline,
at
Ammonium
should
acid
should be added,
is
nitric
the
matter
if
there
should be filtered;
5 cc.
ammonium
should then be
if
sul-
filtered
and dried.
and roasted
until
It
the zinc-chloride
is
converted to zinc
WOOD
850
by
1.674,
which
tained in one
To
per pound.
gramme
of the
PRESERVATION.
number of grammes of zinc-chloride conwood examined, or the number of pounds
foot of wood, multiply by the weight in pounds of one cubic foot of the
wood.
Form
Form "B"
provides a
These forms are intended as general guides for reporting and keeping records of the inspection of the treatment of timbers, and
may
be
The
letter
following
is
Is
Reading "A"
oil is
on Form "A":
the reading of the measuring tank gage before the
Reading "B"
Is
when
the cylinder
is
com-
pletely filled.
Reading "C"
Is the
oil
Reading "D"
charge
is
Is
all
the oil
from the
Reading "A" minus "D," corrected for temperatures, gives the number of gallons used in the charge.
Reading "B" minus "C" gives the number of gallons pumped into the
timber after the cylinder
for high processes
is filled
where
oil is
and
is
while cylinder
is
"Adopted, Vol.
There
being
oil
filled.
IK
initial air
will be a discrepancy in
WOOD
PRESERVATION.
Form
(Name
851
M. W. 1700
A.
of Railroad)
Plant
Insperfor
Date
Kind of Treatment
Number
Retort
Charge Number
Liquid Used
Percent of Chloride
Steam or Air
Admitted
Vacuum Applied
Liquid Admitted
Pump
Started
Treatment Ended
Steam or Air
Pressure, Lbs.
Vacuum, Inches
Pressure of
Liquid, Lbs.
Measuring Tank
Number
Gallons per
Tank Foot
Reading A.
Temperature A.
Degrees Fahrenheit
Reading B.
Temperature B.
Degrees Fahrenheit
Reading
Temperature C.
Degrees Fahrenheit
Reading D.
Temperature D.
Degrees Fahrenheit
Gals.
Gallons
Pumped
Into
Ft
of
Timber
GaUons per Tie
Lbs. per Cu.
of Timber
Ft
Cu.
Ft Timber
Material
Treated.
WOOD PRESERVATION.
852
g^P
i
1
a
0.1,3
Liq
"o
Chloride
Chloride
Lbs.
12
of
Total
Lbs.
M
is
U.
ja
f
il
r"
J^p
1
i
Li
Insp
Chloride
s
-0
1
M
Chloride
Lb.
of
Total
Lbs.
.5
Ui
s
1
ll
J?
:g
^i
'1
COMMITTEE
XVIII.
ELECTRICITY.
^DEFINITIONS.
Bond.
metallic
to permit passage of
electric current.
Bonder.
An
employe assigned to
install or
purtenances.
wire
by a
Bracket Support.
Bridge Support.
or catenary.
Cable Conductor.
Catenary Suspension.
The
line
The
line
Rail).
Conductor.
Contact Conductor.
traffic
rails
That
which
immediate
in
is
electrical contact
Contact Rail.
maximum
equipment
line.
trolley wire
or catenary.
Direct Suspension.
Any
form of overhead
trolley construction in
which
the trolley wires are attached by insulating devices directly to the main
supporting system.
Distributing System.
ries
Duct
That
Line.
Duct
or Conduit.
tion of
runways for
Jumper.
the ends of
install
their appurtenances.
Mandrel.
^Adopted. Vol.
12, Part 1, 1911, pp. 152, 222; Vol. 13, 1912, pp. 510,
Vol. 20, 1919, pp. 194, 854; Vol. 22, 1921, pp. 140, 969.
853
ELECTRICITY.
854
Manhole.
in
man may
enter.
rail structures,
Third Rail.
rails
is
rails.
or locomotives.
Transmission Line.
Trolley Wire.
flexible contact
the cars.
may approach
panta-
line.
1
inch
difference in height of
above top of
rail
car
for pantagraph
itself.
will
etc.,
if
any.
Adopted. Vol.
15.
1914.
Adopted, Vol.
13, 1912, pp. 511. 525. 998; Vol. 16, 1915, pp. 927, 1187.
855
Case No.
With Lantern.
ASSUMPTIONS.
Reach of 6-foot trainman
Lantern swing
Clearance
Total distance car running board to wire
7 feet 8
1 foot
.0 feet
9 feet
5%
1%
inches
Inches
inches
inches
CjL/i^A/ycE- arve
Go/yr/rvi/ou^ oaor^ucr/o/v
'
fAnfTAGJ^A/^H
OO/VTACT m/^t
Case No. 2
7 feet 8
feet
5%
Inches
inches
ELECTRICITY.
858
Clt/^/eAr^C- l//Yr
co/fr/nuoU'S osjr/^c/cr/on
j:^:A^AjyC^ l J/^P/\jyTAG/eAPH
:5TJc'UGTUJer
Case No. 3
Normal
ELECTRICITY.
859
CltARA/VCf-
/)/_
J='ANTAG/^AF/^
Ft^/HANtnT yyAY
STJ^UGTU/c'Er
m/////////M///////////////
Cask No.
4 Special Minimum
assumption.
Minimum
ELECTRICITY.
860
.CO/r)FO^/T /}7/iX/7}Um
to
^K
Case No.
Minimum Clearance
D. C. Overhead.
ASSUMPTION.
Minimum
ELECTRICITY.
*
RAILWAY
SPECIFICATIONS
861
FOR
ELECTRIC
LIGHT,
19, 1919.)
Intention.
The purpose of these specifications is to describe the general requirements for crossings of electric light, power supply and trolley lines over
and under the tracks and wires and across the property of steam and
electric railways.
2.
General.
(a)
Drawings
The
Company
Crossing
its
shall
prepare
drawings of
the Railroad four prints showing the plan, profile and details of the line at
the crossing.
shall be furnished
(c)
Inspection
Railroad, and
its
its
The
work
interpretation of
shall be final.
and
shall
road free access to the mills, shops and works where the material
manufactured, and shall provide free of expense all necessary
for
making
is
being
facilities
tests.
The
Patents
(d)
which may
arise,
the Railroad in
patented device.
When
on
all
(f)
Fire Hazard
Adopted,
Crossing poles
and towers
ELECTRICITY.
862
distant
as practicable
and towers
the poles
inflammable material.
Clearing.
(g)
False-work,
plant, materials
completion the
site shall
or Sherardizing
Galvanizing
(h)
When
required,
to
at
its
galvanizing
or
Appendix IV.
Maintenance
(i)
The
Section
(I)
3.
Overhead Crossing
of Electric Light
Scope.
Overhead crossings of electric light and power supply lines, irrespecof voltage, shall conform to Sections 1 to 18 inclusive of these
Where telegraph, telephone and other signal lines cross
specifications.
on the same supports with supply lines at crossings they shall conform to
(See Sections 4 (b), 15 (b) and (c).)
these specifications.
tive
4.
Clearances.
Clearance .above Rails
(a)
for wires
The
headroom
clear
shall
be not less
rail
volts
or
For higher
less.
potentials the
The
supports
elevation
above the
of
rail
the
minimum
sum of the
the
lowest
headroom above
specified,
the sag of the wire at 120 degrees Fahrenheit and the sag due to pole
deflection, if any.
(b)
Under
The
direct current
and not
less
than
four
crossing poles or
of existing pole lines paralleling the tracks of the Railroad shall be not
less
than six
(c)
feet.
rail shall
sidings
the
clearance
sidings, -sufficient
(f)
and
8.)
may
be
seven
feet.
At loading
(See Sections 2
ELECTRICITY.
863
Table
I.
Separation
Line Voltages
Exceeding
Exceeding 7,000
Exceeding 14,000
Exceeding 27,000
Exceeding 35,000
Exceeding 47,000
volts
volts
volts
volts
volts
volts
70,000 volts
7,000 volts
14,000 volts
27,000 volts
35,000 volts
47,000 volts
70,000 volts
plus 0.6 in.
for
each
12
in.
20
30
36
45
60
in.
k.v.
in
in.
in.
in.
in.
excess of 70.
For spans exceeding 150 ft. the spacing shall be increased depending
upon the length of the span and the sag of the conductors, but this
requirement for increased spacing need not apply to wires of the same
phase or polarity between which there is no difference of potential.
(f)
Clearance between Conductors and Supports The clearance in
any direction between the conductors and the pole or tower supporting them
Table
Exceeding
Exceeding
Exceeding
Exceeding
Exceeding
Exceeding
10,000
14,000
27,000
35,000
47,000
70,000
II.
of 70.
5.
Loading Conditions.
(a)
General
The
Diagram
C.
for heavy,
shown on the
District
medium
In special cases,
when
it
is
known from
the
Weather
Bureau, or other reliable reports, that the climatic conditions at a crossing vary materially from those specified for its district, the Railroad may
require a stronger construction or approve a lighter one, based on such
data.
ELECTRICITY.
864
pressure of 8
lb.
dead
the
and a wind
in radial thickness
in.
tlie
wires
at a
Light Loading.
The
lb.
assumed
The weight
(0.033
to be free of ice.
per cubic
lb.
foot.
lb.
stand three times the stress resulting from the breaking in one of the
spans of the wire which they support while the other span
maximum
(d)
it is
The
Cross-Arms
designed.
carrying the
is
13.)
the wires specified in Section 5 (a) and (b), assuming either all wires unbroken or the two wires broken, which will cause the maximum stress in the
cross-arm for the unbalanced condition, except that wires of 500,(K)0 cm.,
or larger, shall not be included among such broken wires. Wires of such
large size shall, however, be fastened to each side of the cross-arm with
suitable strain insulators of sufficient strength to hold the wires in case
Heavy
Loading
Supports
The
12
lb.
lb.
own
per square
flat
surfaces,
and
a load upon the wires of the crossing span and next adjoining spans on
each side equal to the resultant of the dead load of the wires, the weight
of a coating of ice
lb.
in radial thickness
in.
of
degree Fahrenheit,
The
sist
of the
sum
members
assumed
ture shall be
ice
coating
Light Loading
windward
The supporting
struc-
to be free of ice.
in the
The
in. in
assumed
to be 15 degrees
Fahren-
radial thickness.
tension
of
the
following
ELECTRICITY.
Table
2
3
4
25
865
III.
tower a maximum, except that for poles or towers carrying more than
six wires no more than two broken wires shall be considered attached to
any one arm. When the wires are of 500,000 cm., or larger size, the
poles and towers shall not be required to withstand the unbalanced tension
of any such broken wire.
The pole or towers may be permitted a reasonable deunder their specified loading, provided that such deflection, in
combination with the elongation of the wires, shall not reduce the clearDeflections
flection
6.
Guys
Where
poles,
not
self-supporting,
Working
are guyed,
component of the
the
guys
entire load
Stresses.
its
Table IV.
(a)
Structural Steel:
in.
18,000
14,000
Compression
15,00075
(b)
Shear
Bearing
Bending
(c)
in inches.
in.
14,000
28,000
28,000
Shear
Bearing
11,000
22,000
Table V.
Wires and Cables:
(d)
Copper, hard-drawn, solid, A.w.g. 0000, 000, 00
Copper, hard-drawn, solid, A.w.g.
Copper, hard-drawn, solid, A.w.g. No. 1
Copper, hard-drawn, solid, A.w.g. Nos. 2, 4, 6
Copper, soft-drawn, solid
Copper, hard-drawn, stranded
Copper, soft-drawn, stranded
Lb. per
sq. in.
25,000
27,500
28,500
30,000
17,000
30,000
17,000
ELECTRICITY.
866
12,000
11,500
38,000
Compression
Shear
700
50
18,000
Table VI.
Untreated
(f)
Wood
Bending
Lb. per sq.
in.
Fiber Stresses
Compression
Lb. per sq. in.
L
Bald
Cypress
(Heartwood)
800 (1
800
60D
Catalpa
Cedar, Eastern White
Cedar, Idaho
Cedar, Port Orford
Ce4ar, Red
Cedar, Washington
Cedar, Western White
Chestnut
Douglas Fir
Juniper
Longleaf Yellow Pine
500
600
850
500
600
850
1,150
1,150
700
850
850
850
900
550
700
850
850
850
900
550
1,000
1,000
650
800
950
650
800
950
Redwood
Shortleaf Yellow Pine
White Oak
L=
length in inches.
side, or diameter, in inches.
D = least
used.
(h)
When
wood
deteriorates to the
point where the unit stresses are increased to 50 per cent, in excess of those
specified in Section 6
new
7.
and (g)
it
shall be
Foundations.
The foundations
(a)
to
(f)
timber.
in
the
inverted
frustrum lying above the base of the foundation and having sides inclined at 30 degrees from the vertical shall be considered effective. (See
lb.
per cu.
ft.
lb.
per cu.
In
swampy ground
The weight
ft.
special
or depression of foundations.
measures
When
The
ELECTRICITY.
867
processes employed in making concrete shall conform to the recommendations of the Joint Committee on Concrete and Reinforced Concrete.
(See Proceedings, A. S. T. M. of 1917, Part I, page 202, Vol. 17.)
The proportions of the concrete for pole and tower foundations and
in anchorages shall be one part Portland cement, three parts sand and six
parts
in.
The
work
shall
pro-
and
(See Diagrams
and F.)
Where
(e)
located
in
the sides
of
banks,
or
where subjected
to
Back
(f)
filling for
in
Location of Supports.
The
The supports
Railroad's right-of-way.
ing spans
Diagrams
9.
shall
and B.)
Steel Poles
and Towers.
and towers
(a)
The
structural
and
open-hearth
steel fulfilling
The frame shall be of such form that the stresses may be com(c)
puted with reasonable accuracy, or the strength shall be determined by
actual
The
test.
all
shall
be strictly
first-class.
and painting.
Where
filled
water or
dirt
with concrete.
The minimum
(d)
mum
size
(e)
best
Compression
modern
in.
members
shall
be
constructed
according
to
the
The
unsupported length of any main compression member shall not exceed 150
times its least radius of gyration. The length of any secondary member.
ELECTRICITY.
868
that
is,
times
its
exceed 200
So
(f)
Any
members or connections
shall be
provided
shall be so designed
unavoidable eccentricity in
Joints,
for.
whether
in tension
The distance from the center of any rivet hole to the edge of
(g)
the piece shall not be less than one and one-half times the diameter of
the rivet nor exceed eight times the thickness of the material,
and the
distance between centers of rivet holes shall be not less than three diameters of the rivet.
(h)
is
obtained,
con-
all
Where
rivets
Wherever
nected.
minimum
fill
rivet
Loose
hole.
They shall
The diameter
if
Threads
their
If
accurately
shall
use
approved, bolts
is
Snug
fitted.
fitting
not bear on
threads shall be
washers
the metal
jammed onto
of the
and
under the nuts.
be carefully turned
shall
be used
shall
members connected.
Bolt
the nuts.
All
assembling, and
(k)
Structural steel
shall
Holes
shall be
made
in material
before galvanizing or sherardizing. Conone coat of an approved paint before assembling, unless galvanized or sherardized.
Painted steel shall be given two
coats of an approved paint after erection and after all other work is
tact surf aces, shall be given
completed.
grease,
The surface
scale,
etc.,
before
painting,
Wood
(a)
and no painting
damp
shall
be
all dirt,
done
in
surfaces.
Poles.
Wood
from
They shall have the butt cut square and the top
roofed.
They shall be free from defects which would seriously decrease
their strength or durability.
Poles shall be selected from the species of
wood mentioned in Section 6 (f) or other species approved by the Railroad, and shall otherwise conform to the Specifications for Wood Poles
in Appendix III. (See Section 6 (h).)
ELECTRICITY.
Wood
(b)
869
6 (g).)
When
extending from three feet below to one foot above the ground level and
the upper surface shall be sloped
(c)
Wood
Depth
Length of
Pole
the pole.
ft.
3
3
ft.
in
Rock
Solid
25
30
Depth in
Firm Earth
in.
ft.
in.
ft.
ft.
in.
in.
in.
6
6
6
ft.
ft.
in.
ft.
7
8
8
ft.
9
9
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
35
ft.
40
ft.
45
50
ft.
ft.
4
4
4
4
55
ft.
ft.
in.
60
65
70
75
80
85
ft.
ft.
in.
ft.
ft.
in.
ft.
in.
ft.
in.
ft.
in.
ft.
in.
10
10
90
ft.
6
6
6
7
7
7
ft.
in.
11
Wood
(d)
away from
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
6
6
ft.
ft.
ft.
The
in.
in.
in.
in.
ft.
ft.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
guyed
Otherwise the
line
shall
be side-guyed as near as
11.
in.
ft.
ft.
in.
in.
ft.
away from the crossing span and the next adjoining pole
toward the crossing span.
ticable.
in.
ft.
possible
to
structure.
Cross- Arms.
12.
steel.
Pins.
Insulator pins shall be of
steel,
all
voltages.
Insulators
and suspension
type,
shall
meet
(See
ELECTRICITY.
870
bearing contact between the pin and the insulator above the plane of the
center of the
Nothing
tie
wire groove.
in
these
specifications
shall
designed for greater voltages than that at which the particular line
is
operated.
Insulators at
(b)
Crossings
Insulators
at
crossings
shall
prefer-
Tests
(c)
Insulators
be
shall
designed
so
that,
with
excessive
Pin
VIII
at a
Wet
(Voltage
in kv.)
Dry (Voltage
in kv.)
= Circuit
= 10 + 2y + 0.0012/ 0.000,017y'
= 20 + 3y O.OOO.SSy^' 0,000,022/
voltage in kv.
Table VIII.
Nominal Voltage
of the Circuit
0-750
2,300
4,000
Nominal Voltage
of the Circuit
Wet
22.000
27,000
32,000
11,500
14,500
18,000
Flash-over Voltages
Dry
40,000
42,500
53,000
85,500
117.000
148,000
181,000
208,000
262.000
310.000
377.000
410,000
6,600
7,500
11,000
22,000
33,000
44,000
55,000
66,000
88.000
110.000
150,000
200,000
By
Flash-over Voltages
Dry
is
Wet
23,000
25.000
32,000
54.000
77.000
99.000
123.000
142,000
184.000
222.000
280.000
322,000
to a precipitation
Testing of the A. I. E. E.
Test voltages above 35,000 volts shall be determined by the A. I.
E. E. standard spark gap method.
Test voltages below 35,000 volts shall be determined by transformer
Specificjitions for Insulator
ratio.
ELECTRICITY.
871
Strain Insulators in
insulators
shall
14.
15.
insulators, as
Where
is
shown on Diagrams
and F.
pin insulators are used the spans shall be so designed that there
no upward
stress
shall
be as shown on Diagrams
The conductors
shall
not
Taps
be
spliced
in
made except
shown on Diagrams E and F.
the
crossing
span
nor
in
Conductors The conductors shall be hard-drawn copper, alumior other non-corrodible material unless other material is approved.
(b)
num
The minimum
than 150
less
ft.
6 A. w. g., and for spans of 150 ft. .and over or for higher potentials,
No. 4 A. w. g. The minimum size for aluminum cables shall be No. 1
A. w. g. for all spans and voltages.
of
aluminum or when
larger
g.
shall
ELECTRICITY.
872
considered
be
shall
included
as
(d)
of
class
power
shall
Aerial
ground wires
of
circuits
the
6.)
span
in the crossing
in. in
may
the
in
same working
(See Section
stresses.
(b), 6 (d)
and 18 (c).)
Guy Anchorages.
16.
The
Guys
The
maximum
shall
eye of the anchor rod shall be located at least one^ foot above
the ground.
Rods
less
When
or sherardized.
required,
in
filled
shall be enclosed in a
with Portland cement mortar,
(See Diagram
H.)
Details of the anchor shall be definitely
17.
shown on
the drawings.
Guys.
Guys
(a)
shall
of guys.
in place
in
in.
not
less
than 4,500
Wooden
lb.
braces
may
be used
(b)
Guys shall be attached to crossing structures below the crossarms when the voltage of the circuit is in excess of 750 volts. (See
Diagrams G and H.)
When
(c)
(d)
least
guy
six
it
strain
insulators
),
If
if
there
is
will not
guy break
Section
18
(see
possible, a clearance of at
at or
feet of the
at least eight
six
feet
feet
from the
anchors
18.
Grounding.
(a)
Poles and
Towers
Steel
electrically connected to a
at the foundation.
(See Diagrams
Struc-
to
ELECTRICITY.
Where wood
873
tection
and H.)
The methods
the
18 (d).)
(b)
plates,
Artificial
Grounds
Artificial
Ground
the Railroad.
plates shall
Alternate
In
permanently
moist
earth
the
artificial
consist of
less
ground
may
shall be
ing 750 volts shall be electrically connected to the structure at the upper
end of the guy.
Where
on
steel
the structure
is
of
wood
when
The
Ground Wire
(e)
the
guy
is
effectually
ground wire
grounded
(b)-(c), 18
to "per-
(a),
also
no case
less
than No. 4 A. w.
g. in size.
by an expanded
copper terminal or other approved fastening and connected to the artificial ground with as few bends as possible and no sharp bends.
(See
Diagrams
and F.)
(II) Trolley Line Crossings.
19.
General.
(a)
ELECTRICITY.
874
conform
to the
requirements of Part II of
these specifications.
The
(b)
on either
feet
Where
same elevation
less
than 100
side.
this
is
shall
struction
rails
the crossing
is
protected by
gates.
Catenary construction
feet.
(c)
on Diagrams
and
The
(d)
J.
or in both Part
and Part
II.
Clearances.
20.
The
headroom of
clear
be not less
shall
rail
Section 4 (a).)
21.
(a)
drawn copper
stalled, shall
as
Anchors
(b)
near
The. trolley
At
possible
in-
g. in size.
the
thereto,
contact
trolley
wires
shall
be
anchored.
Splicing
Neither
the "trolley
contact
wire nor
its
supporting
Trolley Guards.
(a)
when
bumper of
the car
is
the car has cleared the last rail of the crossing by eight feet.
comes within
when
(See
(d).)
Span Construction.
(a)
the
Wood
when any
Poles
minimum
Tubular
size of
which
five,
six
and seven-inch
and sevenpipe.
The
ELECTRICITY.
poles
be
shall
ground
875
fitted
level.
When
The
feasible,
steel
be used.
may
Guys
(b)
cables
wires
away from
be
shall
in.
galvanized
high-strength
copper-covered
diameter,
in
away
At
the span on
Span Insulators
(d)
Each
span
shall
contain
strain
insulators
(See
Section 13 (d).)
Bracket Construction
(e)
Brackets
arm
of 1.9
of
be
the
steel
flexible
span
tubing or pipe
external diameter and walls not less than 0.145 in. thick. The
span shall be of galvanized high-strength stranded steel cable
than i^ in. in diameter, or copper-covered stranded steel or bronze
in.
flexible
not
shall
of commercial
less
Catenary Construction
(f)
Where
catenary construction
is
required
and calculations
shall be
High
(See Diagram
J.)
Potential Trolleys.
shall
provision
Preferably the trolley contact conductor shall be anchored and inside of the crossing so that the crossing span shall be
normally dead. It shall be made alive for the passage of cars and at
other times be grounded.
sulated at each
(Ill)
Underbridge Crossings.
Underbridge Crossings.
(a)
may
side
is
rubber-covered and
and Sections
is
12, 13
The conduit
shall
ELECTRICITY.
876
twenty feet.
Bare conductors crossing beneath a bridge and not attached thereto
shall have a clearance of at least eight feet from the structure.
Attachments to steel bridges shall be made by devices that do
(d)
not require the drilling or cutting of the bridge superstructure, and the
upon the
structure.
Underground Crossings.
The
The
beyond the
rails shall
be of conduit.
and not
base of
rail
ground
less
ELECTRICITY.
877
(I)
minimum allowable
when loaded
with the specified requirement of }^ in. of ice and a wind load of 8.0
degree Fahrenheit the tension
per sq. ft. on the projected area at
lb.
in the
The
6.
sags given in the tables for 120 degrees Fahrenheit are greater in
ice load.
The moduli
II,
Table
9,
Properties of
Wire
Material.
Table
1.
Temp.
100 or
Fahr.
Less
125
150
200
250
O
Inches
-20
20
40
60
80
100
120
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
6
Inches
3
Inches
5
5
6
6
7
8
8
10
12
Inches
8
9
10
11
13
15
17
20
Inches
100 or
Fahr.
Less
125
150
200
300
400
500
600
Inches
Feet
Feet
Feet
CI
20
22
24
27
31
35
40
46
13
14
16
18
20
24
27
31
Temp.
#"<
FEET
3.5
3.5
4
6.6
7
4.5
8.5
5.6
6
7
9
10
10.5
10
10.5
11.5
12
13
13.6
14.6
16
IN FEET
250
300
400
500
600
Inches
Feet
Feet
Feet
SAGS
Inches
20
20
40
60
80
100
120
Inches
3
4
*
Inches
5
6
6
6
7
Inches
8
9
8
10
10
12
13
15
18
12
23
Inches
13
15
17
19
22
26
29
84
12-
4.5
7.5
8.5
12.6
13.6
14
16
6.5
9.6
10.6
7.6
11
12
21
23
25
29
33
38
43
49
16.6
16
17
ELECTRICITY.
878
Table
Continued.
Temp.
100 or
Fahr.
Less
125
200
150
IN FEET
250
300
400
500
600
Inches
Feet
Feet
Feet
SAGS
Inches
-20
20
40
60
80
3
3
3
4
5
6
100
120
Inches
3
4
4
4
5
6
7
Inches
5
100 or
Fahr.
Less
Inches
9
10
16
18
21
24
28
32
37
16
19
10
12
23
26
29
33
37
43
48
54
14
11
12
14
23
No.
Temp.
Inches
4.5
5
5.5
9.5
10
11
6.5
11.5
12
12.5
13.5
8.5
15
15.5
L6
17
17.5
18
18.5
19.5
A.w.g.-SPAN IN FEET
125
150
200
Inches
Inches
Inches
250
300
400
500
600
Feet
Feet
Feet
Feet
SAGS
Inches
-20
20
40
60
80
100
120
2
2
3
3
3
4
5
6
Inches
9
10
5
5
6
7
8
9
11
13
11
16
18
21
13
15
18
21
26
24
27
32
37
42
Table
2.5
2.6
3
3.5
4
4.5
5.5
6.5
11.6
12.5
7.5
8
8.5
9.5
12
13
14
14.6
15
15.5
18.5
19
19.5
20
20.5
21.6
22
22.5
2.
100 or
Fahr.
Less
125
150
200
250
FEET
300
400
500
600
Feet
Feet
Feet
Feet
SAGS
Inches
Inches
-20
20
40
60
80
100
120
10
Inches
5
6
6
7
8
10
12
16
Inches
10
11
13
15
18
21
26
30
Inches
19
22
25
30
34
39
44
49
3.5
4
4.6
5
5.6
6
6
8
8.6
9
9.5
10
10.5
11
11.5
14.5
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
23
23.6
24
24.6
26
26.5
26
26.5
ELECTRICITY.
879
Table 2--Continued.
No.
Temp.
100 or
Fahr.
Less
125
A.w.g.-SPAN IN FEET
200
150
260
300
400
500
600
Feet
Feet
Feet
Feet
SAGS
Inches
Inches
-20
2
3
20
40
60
80
100
3
3
4
4
5
7
120
4
5
6
7
9
11
Inches
5
6
7
8
10
12
14
18
No.
Temp.
100 or
Fahr.
Less
Inches
12
14
16
19
23
27
31
35
100
120
4.5
5
6.5
6
6.5
7
7.5
10.5
11
11.5
12
12.5
13
13
13.5
18.5
19
19.5
20
20.5
29
29.5
30
30.6
31
21
31
21.5
22
31.5
32
125
150
200
Inches
Inches
Inches
250
300
400
500
600
Feet
Feet
Feet
Feet
SAGS
Inches
20
40
60
80
25
29
33
39
43
48
53
58
A.w.g.-SPAN IN FEET
-20
Inches
3
3
3
4
5
6
8
11
14
6
7
8
10
12
14
17
22
No.
Temp.
100 or
Fahr.
Less
Feet
17
20
23
27
30
35
39
44
3.5
4
4.5
5
5.5
5.5
6
A.w.g.-SPAN IN
125
150
200
Inches
Inches
Inches
250
6
6.5
7
7.5
8
8.5
8.5
9
14
14.5
15
15
15.5
16
16.5
16.6
24
24.5
25
25
25.5
26
26
26.6
37.5
37.5
38
38
38.5
39
39
39.5
FEET
300
400
500
600
Feet
Feet
Feet
Feet
SAGS
Inches
-20
20
40
60
80
100
120
3
3
3
4
4
6
7
9
4
5
6
7
9
9
11
11
13
16
19
13
16
23
27
25
29
33
38
42
46
60
64
Feet
6
5.5
6
6.5
6.5
7
7.6
7.5
10
10
10.5
18
18.5
19
19
19.5
19.5
11
11
20
20.5
9
9
9.5
31
31.6
31.6
32
32.6
32.5
32.5
33
46
46
46.5
46.5
47
47.5
47.6
48
ELECTRICITY.
Continued.
Table 2
IN FEET
Temp.
100 or
Fahr.
Less
126
200
150
Inches
-20
Inches
20
40
60
80
13
16
19
22
25
28
Table
300
400
Feet
Feet
Feet
Inches
22
26
30
33
36
39
41
44
10
10
13
16
100
120
Inches
3
4
5
6
8
/-I
250
5.5
10
10
10.5
10.5
6.5
6.5
11
11
15
15
15.5
15.5
16
16
11.5
11.5
16.6
16.6
30
30
30.5
30.6
31
31
31
31.5
3.
Temp.
80 or
Fahr.
Less
125
100
150
g.-SPAN IN FEET
Q
Liches
Liches
10
13
2
2
3
4
6
10
14
18
-20
20
40
60
80
100
120
Liches
11
16
20
25
Inches
250
200
Inches
11
6
8
15
21
80 or
Fahr.
Less
Liches
-20
20
40
60
80
100
120
10
13
400
500
600
Feet
p q
Feet
Feet
Feet
Feet
2.5
19
5.5
6
11
12
11
27
17
22
27
32
34
41
3.5
4.5
5
5.5
46
52
7
7.5
8
8.5
6.5
Temp.
300
12.5
19.6
20.5
29
29.5
30
13
21
31
13.5
21.5
22
22.5
23
31.5
32
33
33.5
14
14.5
15
FEET
100
125
150
200
250
300
400
500
600
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Feet
Feet
Feet
Feet
Feet
2
2
3
4
5
9
13
17
3
4
5
7
11
16
20
25
6
6
8
12
12
17
24
31
18
23
29
33
38
43
49
64
3.5
4.6
6
6.6
5.5
6.5
13
14
7.6
13.5
6.6
14.5
15
15.5
16 Jf
9.6
16.5.
8.6
22
22.6
23
23.6
24
24.6
25
25.6
33.6
34
34.5
36
35.6
36
86.5
87
ELECTRICITY.
881
Continued.
Table 3
Temp,
80 or
Fahr.
Less
100
125
200
150
Inches
20
40
60
80
100
120
Inches
2
2
2
3
2
4
7
10
14
7
12
16
19
Inches
28
80 or
Fahr.
Less
100
500
600
Feet
Feet
Feet
,Feet
8.6
9
9
9.5
16.5
17
17.5
7
7
10
10.5
18.5
7.5
8
11
19.5
20
2.5
5.6
6
6.6
3.5
4
4.5
5
5.5
18
19
11.5
28
28.5
29
29.5
29.6
30
30.5
31
42
42.5
43
43
43.5
44
44.5
44.5
A.w.g.-SPAN IN FEET
No.
Temp.
Feet
24
29
33
38
14
19
24
400
pq
12
18
Feet
Inches
3
4
6
300
250
-20
IN FEET
125
150
200
250
300
400
500
Feet
Feet
Feet
Feet
SAGS
Inches
20
20
40
60
80
100
120
Inches
2
2
3
5
8
12
15
Inches
No.
Temp.
80 or
Fahr.
Less
100
125
3.5
7
7
10.5
21
11
11.5
5.5
7.6
8
8.5
8.5
6
6
12.5
13
9.6
13.5
21.6
22
22
22.5
23
23
23.5
14
4.5
35
39
43
31
Feet
20
26
31
23
27
21
Inches
9
4
6
8
13
18
5
5
12
12
36.5
36.6
37
37
37.6
38
38
38.5
A.w.g.-SPAN IN FEET
160
200
260
300
400
600
Feet
Feet
Feet
Feet
SAGS
Inches
20
20
40
60
80
100
120
2
2
4
7
10
14
17
Inches
3
4
5
9
13
18
21
24
Inches
7
11
16
21
25
29
32
36
Inches
20
25
30
34
89
42
45
49
Feet
5
5.5
5.5
6
6.6
6.6
7
7
9
9
9.6
10
10
10.5
11
11
13.5
14
14.6
14.5
15
15.5
15.5
16
26.5
27
27
27.5
27.5
28
28
28.5
43.6
43.6
44
44
44.6
44.6
45
45
ELECTRICITY.
J2
lo
1
Copper Wtre
14
&cbrof Aafefy
/
/
'
OT
>
13
12
/
f
/
r
"6
/^
rt
3trjnded Cwre.
10
^ /y
J
3
*
f^,
.-^
y
r
'i
?:
3
r /
/ /
/^^
>^
t
drwnded
/^
^nde^
J *4HD
y J/ / f
^ f
/ J
A / />
7
/ i/
"JhO
^trwnded
/ / / / ^ "I HO stranded
stranded
/ / / y y y OHO
"ooo
^
/
>
^ /* / ^ y ri ^ % ^ oooo
< ^ ^ ^ ^
^t
ri P^
^ R5n\\MM)i
bire
Bj*tf
A
Ir
C)r.
>
^
f
^5
f
^ / / f> /
/
4
/
r
2
/ /
i
/^
f
A
J'
/
f
*v
1^6
^j
4^
'
>
54 ^
^3
li
Bdoe
Banr-
ELECTRICITY.
li
"
MJ-
883
~~ ""
"~
"
irranacd
tiorrrtsi
Alum<nKjrrt Wire,
5^S.(.(>0'F no Ice or \f</ind).
Mj* Load 20.
f3cloK3r3jfet>j.si
15
tiM load
-k'ice \&Olb.
Wind. OTf.
te
\i
to
/
f
1
y
/
/ f/
/ / /
/ / / ooa
/ / / /
J J / / oooo
r
/
/
/J / /y / / / // /
r
/ / /' / y
/ / r/ / /
/ // r / ^ X/ X* ^
/
y
/ y y ^X
^
X
^^ ^
5^ N^
tf
'
fl
t g i!
^_
Ui^
^__
nriiiiittiTttttttttt
v5p<a/7 in
fecf
'
ELECTRICITY.
884
SS8SSSiSSSigS8
o ooo
o 00
o
00
eo ^ ^^ eo t
eo ^ 00 a <-H
evj
>* 5
esj^
Tj<^
e 25 o
ca
goc^<3rdc<roO'^^-^7*'op"joeo'cit>r
t--ct^coooeoosusc<i05^OTcocoe!i
I
^ CO CO
C<>
C^
i-H
ggSSSgSig8iS
O
o
0_ O O
O <0
(M_oo
(^t^'-<^0'H
C^ J_ 00^
-^^ CJ_ (5
*'' oT OO C^' to -<" CO
00 00
^" o
to
oT
b*coc-jot^-<^ioot^<Mmcocoe^>-HiM
toeoooo oo iico
ooo-*eoeocsre^i-H-H^
esioi-K-iooOoJoac
0-^^0000'-<0^^Ct*CO0>
<*iow(M'3<oo-^oo<oor^oCQt^co
+1
CO ^^ Ob 00 f^
.3
Jl
e>:i,^,-ifHoooa>ao>oooooooooot^
o to
^^^_;,^'^^*ooddddddd
^ o c^
odood
I-
u3eO'^^Hooo<ooooo^tccoe<Ouj
*<<O00O -<>*< 00'-' t^oto>eooo-^o
fejg
14
ox
ii-IIP.
^*<
-! -l
-id d d d d d d d
oeoooooiMU5co0(Moeoor^i-<0
._
ioe<> u5 0coev> ogp
><C0<M(M*^^^O
.00 a.
15^
eo^ooo<o-^<M-iojoot^oo>ooo
ci <N
!^rt',-ioddddddddddd
|S|||8
I'^'cg
03
0000OOOOWSOi0000
iCJ0QC(M00>0 00>0(MC0r^O--<00O
oS o
eo
o i^o 00 c^^t^'^-H 00 1^
eocs do>oo<or ^cocre^>-J"'-rJ
00
|0Q
ooooooo<
oooioo
oo
wo
t^o -^^e^^
<
>0>U3<M
O00<
-^d"ooot>^ococoNi
ss
U3ICO00
JI3
oooooooooooooooo
>0<-<toO005t^-it-t~-q<COOOt~OCO
io(Mooo-<r^(3505(M05a>'-''<ou5eM
OC<CO^C<J <o
o e><
CO OS
-<*<
<
o
ow
00 3
esi
*o.-iOOoeoooo>t^-^eoooo
2^5
C>CO'^0OcO0-H3ce-l0<M-H<M00
o>u5<-it^coo>toeooootOiO'rco<MC^
oeocoiMc5i-"-H-^^ooooooo
dddddddddddddddd
>000 0>OOOOOUOO'^"'^O'*
<tc5t^COO>COt^lMt^COOOCOOOO
)
<<
cs e^
CO CO
c
I
evj es
0000000000000000
OPS
iei(0'>o
_og B H a n c B c c
I?
8g8S8S'
ELECTRICITY.
885
oggoogggog
oooooo< ;S8S
rj^to
;ss
i(M O 00 00 03
Q v5 I ^
"
0-itoeooooou9
--
11
^
S o
p<3'5 Boo
2f
Tieo
SSgg8gi
00 00 O D
00 O
CM
ri<^C^<0
o 'C <o oT
o 00 foto^eo
oT 00 CM <o '^ eo
CO .-<_o eo
c<rcM-r-r-j"
e<i(MT-i-i.
lO t OS -^ t^ "3
o 00 -^(M_o to o CM
'coinm CO cv t^
>
o3
00
0
<*<
<*<
00 JO oo <
CO CM C^ '
eooocoooooeoooo
(^^riooeoeoc^iooot^
a>coooooooooot>.i>-
oooooo'oooo
oO'^oeO'^coeo-*-^'-'
'-<
<
c2oso5e<5coooot
t-'-OCOC-aOrJItOOJtOCM
Tjiesi-ioosootooo
e<ioo3ooi^ooiou5-i4
^<-ioooooooo
_(,-i^^c>ddddd
C0CMOO-l500t0C0-<
t>-eO>OT<C0CM-lT-l^-r-
oooooooooo
dddddddddd
oo
eD5iOOOOO5
SS^8o8SSSS
oo CM t-i4<i-io>t>'U-t<eO
CM CM - -l -l
C/}
J,
2 ^
oo>ooooo>oi
oJ
OOiOiOO'S"5"90
lOOOUSCMCO^-OIOOO
o -^lOoocM^t^.
iO -"i!" CO CI* cm"
ia<^i-H
H^ ^
-5
ooooooo<
>00000 W50<
5H
oooooooooo
S5
S8gSg8S
-^eotOMootcCMOooeO
Oh
Pw
O ojM
i-iO><MeO-rt<(NOOpco-^
lO <M_
eC 0 <M_ 0 l>^ rt_ Tl<_
00 o o rtTeo e<9 c^'-r-r^
oo^
o
u
3^
t<
J1^
c3
OOOOOOOOOO
^0SCM0TtlCM000O-JI
PS US CM lO l^i-<^'<*
00
"s -^ CO CO CM
05_li3
-<
CM
>-J
<:
C^^00^005^'-<e000Ol
tO^^-^C<IU5(Mi-l(M;00
222SoSoo
ooooooooo'o
Tji
ec
e3
cs CM c^
8="" M CO
-^
eMoousat*<-iecooo
D-I^CM"SCM>-lCM00
S22S
OCQ
S<^OU5eoO0"i<CM
csi -<
dddodddd o'o'
MM
1^^
ocQusoeotoa>T^oo
_)-ltO(M00U3C
-i*<
<i4
us <o
USUSUS-<<r><Tt>COCOCO
>
O O CM CO M<
ELECTRICITY.
886
Iggoggggg
8SS
)ooevit^e^<e>oc<o-5<Tro5c>i
le^M^.^.
oooooooo
t>.S>iOT<e<eoc>J^.-iOO<Ko>
^ ^*
a S3'-'
rt'
^' r^
I
e^r o c<r to
d oT o
OiOOJ^lOIOtOCOIMlC-i-H*-!
csi^4r^rHOOoo>ao>oooooooo
lOOOOOOO
5s
oooeou5t^<eoo05eooe
CMC4^Hoaaoooot(Ocou3k
I+'
^^r^T-i d d d d d d d d d d
43
OT-HSc^^^eo<35lO(^^ost^co3^^^
i<-*e<9e9<Me>j^-H^ooooo
dddddddddddddd
ep<oc<9De^t>-cMc
M t^
CO
li
^oco^t>.(M^o?oeQ_oc
115
m
rt
11
oo>o
u5 CO ^ USOi
CO
^
0> 00 1^ ee o -^ CO
i-<^
es
-.i"^
Tfu5<-ioo>oc^oooot>.-<cooo
0>u5'^tC90>COC0O00CC>>O'^C0
Mc6'^<cSto<C)'-'-^e^c<M<->e^i
ill
dddddddddddddd
I?
g o -H w
e<8
<<
sss'ssg"
||II|P|
ELECTRICITY.
(III) Specifications for
(See Section
Wood
Wood
Poles.
10.)
free from
unsound knots or other
ring
such as decay,
defects
887
shakes,
or
loose
They
or durability.
shall be cut
flush.
The
six feet
will be
allowed.
Values.
six feet
from the
butt.)
CROOK
Length
of
Chestnut
Pole
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
Western White
and Juniper
Cedar
9H-inch.
4-inch.
5-inch.
6-inch.
7-inch.
9-inch.
9J^inch.
10-inch.
lOi^inch.
10-inch.
11-inch.
11-inch.
11-inch.
12-inch.
13-inch.
14-inch.
15-inch.
12-inch.
9-inch.
10-inch.
11-inch.
12-inch.
Yellow Pine
4-inch.
5-inch.
6-inch.
7-inch.
7J:^inoh.
8-mch.
9-inch.
10-inch.
11-inch.
12-inch.
9-inch.
10-inch.
11-inch.
12H-inch.
13-inch.
common
to all
wood
poles, the
Chestnut
Chestnut
shall be free
tire
considered
No
twenty
live
only
Dark
when good
shall
show
live
live
cedar pole shall have a twist greater than one complete turn in
feet.
when
must be approximately
of the pole.
Redwood
and
ELECTRICITY.
888
NATURAL
The
POLES.
and the butt circumference six feet above the actual butt.
Natural poles shall have the minimum circumferences
specified in the
following table:
Chestnut
Length
of
Circumferences.
Western White
and Juniper
Cedar
Yellow Pine
Pole
Top
26
30
35
40
45
60
65
60
65
70
76
80
85
90
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
'
24
24
24
24
24
24
22
22
22
22
22
ft.
22
22
22
ft.
ft.
ft.
Top
Butt
37
40
43
45
48
51
64
57
60
63
66
70
73
76
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
Top
Butt
36
40
43
47
50
53
56
59
Butt
28 in.
28 in.
28 in.
28 in.
28 in.
28 in.
28 in.
28 in.
28 in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
34
37
40
43
45
47
49
52
62
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
Top
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
Butt
33
35
38
40
in.
in.
in.
in.
42H
42H
47
49
49
65
55
57
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
Yellow Pine
of
Pole
Top
25
ft.
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
66
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft
ft.
ft
ft.
7
7
7
7
7
7
Top
Butt
Butt
in.
10 in.
7 in.
in.
in.
7 in.
7 in.
in.
Sawed Wester
in.
11
12
13
14
in.
shall
in.
15H
in.
in.
in.
in.
be
free
Top
11 in.
12 in.
13 in.
8 in.
Sin.
Sin.
WhiteCedar
all
Sin.
Sin.
Sin.
Sin.
Sin.
Sin.
sapwood.
Butt
10 in.
11
12
13
14
15
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in
in.
in.
16 in.
17 in.
18 in.
ELECTRICITY.
889
This
specification
shall
apply to
all
galvanized
continuous
or sherardized material.
The
coating
Coating Requirements
shall
consist
of
testing,
waste.
Test Solution The standard solution of copper sulphate shall conof commercial copper sulphate crystals dissolved in cold water, about
in the proportion of 36 parts by weight of crystals to 100 parts by weight
of water. The solution shall be neutralized by the addition of an excess
of chemically pure cupric oxide (CuO), an excess of which is shown
sist
by the sediment of
this
The
neutralized solution shall be filtered before using, and the filtered solution
have a
shall
specific
beginning of each
gravity of
by the addition of a
The
unfiltered
This
test.
if
1.186
specific
at
18
filtered solution
neutralized
is
too high, or
stock
solution
shall
if
too low.
be replenished after
each removal by the addition of more copper sulphate crystals and water.
An excess of cupric oxide shall always be kept in the unfiltered stock
solution.
new
Samples Not more than seven wires shall be simultaneously immersed and not more than one sample other than wire shall be immersed in
Samples when immersed shall not be
the specified quantity of solution.
grouped or twisted together.
Method
in the
shall
The
of Test
test
shall
be immersed
which
and twenty degrees Centigrade throughout
be between
seventeen
manner
immerse for one minute, wash and wipe dry; second, immerse
for one minute, wash and wipe dry; third, immerse for one minute, wash
and wipe dry; fourth, immerse for one minute, wash and wipe dry.
First,
ELECTRICITY.
890
brushed
in
dip.
In testing wire, the No. 12 B.w.g. and smaller sizes shall be required
is
shall
Inspection
be taken at
All
to
tests
hereinabove specified.
The
shipment
Contractor.
Methods of Shipment
tions
shall be
All
material
it
will
be suitably protected
vfrom injury. Each package shall be plainly marked, giving the kind of
material and the number of the Railroad's order on which shipment was
made.
o-
j.
4-H
-q
4.- JO-
...^
=^0
of w/re^
/^/er/a/of lyy/v.^
Gc^i^ff
'0
3^/75 or //7so/sAs<y
n
A/////7
(/Jmenshn^ mcf/cafec/
of/hisa/<s/or
/7omSer of //Ta^/^/or
7i/pe
f/7USO
C^f<3/cffi/c
C,s^/opa&
7</joe
/7cr}77/i>er
of/0//7
ofco/7c^c/ar<^/Asa^/77iSi^
o
^0^0-^0't'OH
Hal
x<
''
i*/
I! l
^^'
My/7^>er of w/reia
6<3L^ of wJ/vs
/Tsfffr/^/ of kV//V3
...t
^CT
ED
^/Acyor ^f/7^/x:fffc/
/S^/Tff or /'/7^o/,9fff<:f
ffs/d or^yoff o!r.stv/7
Vo/f'Spe
f7<5xj/77i//77
^fnf&a
y/7
tv/raa
H^p^ of //7Ji/j^/or
Gs/i^f<?ooff /7i//77ji>&r of A^.sW'^Asv^
f/J/incSmenakxTJ knMcofwf
^p&c/oa of f//77f>Gr
^/jsG KS/TcfyTTtsfer/^fffofpi/i/s
pofe^ ^/tc^S^c^^
fcff^/f ofpc^ ao/7/7cf/o/7
/3ir;^/<T ji>fffhi^e&r7
.^o?
of*3f/isi<rr4rjix/^Av
/J^OQ/iffrrT
ELECTRICITY.
892
\^ea\/c/.
^^ Light
^Mec/um.
U3.n/3TR/CT LOAD/NG/i/iP-3-Cr/ON
'0Mre/50ff.3pon
\
*i
\..t
7tpofffp//f
''nm:*^.'
Di^gfisrnT?
ELECTRICITY.
893
A^nmt 6routtSWt^
Oondi^^^^QTt
<3/fe
o/rTT^cns/ hpo/ca
O/mens/oni cfpo/esant/foor/ngt.
Is sfrucft/renWfei/ or i/o/f^
/n^shcfl 7
//} fi'e/t^
/ssfrocfvre/oa/nte^
l/Oiy many Coa^s an</ tvAsA AJ/td
//7^/7 ? m f/'eM?
Who m'// jnsfiect m/'/ZiYorA
on^ shop yrorA ?
of/nff/'nf-
ofcortc/ucHfrs
sfrucfare.
"^-Boehfi'll to
be.
d/>ot,tt4
yS'Charcoa/
Groi//7ai
py^/e-^^ee
Typ/cal Stl
,sec.J&(6))
ELECTRICITY.
894
.11.
Ol
"^^
and in
tieldP
W/>o m'// ins/vaf- m//!ityoM on^sJH>fi worAt
dod con/)acf/bf>s.
Sdpor^/on ofconducfors.
Af/nimum cieoronca befa,ren antf fiivporf
and onj/parfot fhe af'^crore
S/3e oroerrff/ grot/nj wire
MsfBf/'a/ of oen'of ground wire
.iecfrico/connecr.onofo.
foiM$r
-.a/
Afofe:Ju/7j>ertv/rea/T7oy/'dss
grottnd vvart fo
aSo fAe
cross-*rms
tthtdi
AA#
Corcr$f0
$'Ctiotcoof
>v
eoosi9r0d r
rattid-irtg
ortftvrnio^
f$-Charcoa/
rVl1MH
ELECTRICITY.
r.95
TrP/CM iV00PP0LB/NSULArnC0N^TPUCT/0N.
3-CT/ON /d(a)
D/ogrorn.
'-Orounc/Mre
/d(aj
D/ogror77.HL
ELECTRICITY.
896
M0\T3vaffK^t>AfiD
crosj
jp^OA
heighf^nd/Tis/er/^s/c/po/ea.
ms/e.-is/
'
'
^rcngf^jo/ ^pans/Td
snchorcsb/ex
W.<^TyP/OAL
..
j//vi^ ear
'
Lhc chmps
'
3/rj/h /n^i/^/orj.
APcP/i?&/ Sec//o/7 /B
Digram/
AVumhcr of
Tr^c/rA
'
3ec//o/7
^jboi/e fracA:
'
/ro/hi/ivjre^.
^rj/n eon
Line C/omps
tN5;^$w^<9^K KtAOCiX
exceecf/ng lOOf^eef
3ecf/o/7 19
ELECTRICITY.
898
5/ze of^roanc/Mrm
Tt/pe o/ //7.3uAs/or.
Aiu77ber of conofuc/ors.
~'
Tfi/cArpe3^
'
' p//7.
/f/h& o/ /hsi/As/Zo/?
on
'
3/26
CroAi^r/n.
3/ze of Cro&ysrm.
'
of' //73oi^ on
fCuTofof condu/f
Afa/er/j/ ofp/rr.
T{,'pe
X3r/7? proancf/nffpibfe
'
c/buafy/n^.
Loc^f/on ofprou/7o(
Cfy^r^cfer of^roa.ycf.
JC.
A-^
?W*i?
r-
li \
^- " 1
/I
i^i
^--^
i
At#75!^/- o/ fr9C/rA
3pJC/nff of^ufiporf^
J^>A ^ecf/on,i>ndn>^or*^o/ffx>//e^'tvu^a3.
-
^ndrr^aforjji/of^/f/umf>r
"
i>offj,r/\^of.a,fc.
TYPKALAmANStMeHrOf^UNDeMP/DGJtTMLLBr(>OS5fN(i.
StcrjONeJ0J
His^^xn
L.
ELECTRICITY.
899
Guying
"
"
"
'
"
.22(b)-24(b)
5(c)-fd)
15
5(e)
13 (b)
6
15(d)
Loading
..15(b)
'
Working
Drawings
"
Alteration of
Anchorages,
18(c)
Guy
16
Anchor Rod
Approval of Drawings
Artificial
6(e)
Conductors, Clearances
"
4-20-25-26
6(d)
Conduit
Creosoted Lumber
Cribbing
Crossing Spans (see Spans).
Cross-Arms, Bridles for Large Wires
"
Grounding, also
Diagram
18(a)-25
5(d)
(See Diagrams)
Underbridge (Diagram K)
"
7(f)
Filling
Work
Work
2(b)
Beginning Field
and
Field
11
25
18(b)
2(j)
4(a)-5(e)
2(c)
Wood
Loading Map (Diagram C)
Deterioration of
in Steel
5(d)
Loading
Defective Material
Bolts,
7(e)
"
Definitions
Bolts
26
6(g)
"
Deflection of Poles
Back
15(b)
Working Stress
2(a)
Grounds
7(a)
Working Stresses
16
21(b)-24
Anchors, Trolley Lines
9(d)
Angles, Minimum Thickness and Size
2(a)
Application for Crossing Permits
7(b)-(c)
Weightof.....
'
Stresses.... 6(d)
2(a)
16
In Foundations
"
Section No.
Concrete, In Anchorages
Broken Wires
Dead-ended
Load on Supports
Working Stresses
'
Aerial
Location
With Pin Insulators
'
of
Location
Spans,
"
7(d)
for
9(i)
Countersunk
District
6(b)
5(a)
2 (a) -16
Drawings
Drilling or Cutting of Bridges
25(d)
Rivets,
Working Stresses
Bracket Arms
Broken Wires (see Table III)
Buoyancy of Submerged Foundations
6(c)
23(e)
14-5 (e)
7(a)
4(a)
5(e)
C
Catenary Spans
Caps on Trolley Poles
Charcoal around Ground Plates
Clamps at
F
19(b)-23 (f)
23
18(b)
Insulators
14
2(g)
Clearances
4-21
Fire Hazard
2(f)
Foundations, Buoyancy
*
In
7(a)
Swampy Ground
4(b)
7(a)-(d)
'
. . .
"
Conductors
(See Table II)
"
From
4(e)
4(c)
.
4 (d)
"
Underbridge
Underground
Compression Members, Steel
Concrete, Encasing Wood Poles
Filling of Pockets
20
21
26
9(e)
10(b)
9(c)
Galvanizing
Galvanized Iron Pipes
Gates at Crossings
General
Grass near Poles
2(l)-9(k)
18(b)
19(b)
2-4(a)-19
2(f)
Ground Plates
Ground Wires
18(b)
Grounding
18(b)
lS(e)
ELECTRICITY.
900
INDEX Continued
Section No.
18(b)
Grounding, Artificial Grounds
"
High Tension Trolley Crossings. 24
"
of Cross-Arms and Pins
19(b)-22
17-23 (b)
Diagram K)
and Towers
of Wooden Poles and Towers.
18(a)
(See
for
Diagram K)
18(a)
Anchorages
Attachment to Poles
Grounding
Guards
5(1)
5(c)
5(e)
5(a)-(b)
2(f)-4(c)-8
18(d)
17(d)
Insulators in
"
Loading
"
To Trolley Poles
To Wooden Poles
10(d)
Wooden Braces
17(a)
5(a)
5(d)
17(b)
"
"
16
"
...18(a)
TroUeys
Guys
"
18(a)
Underbridge Cross-Arms
(See
Guards,
5(e)
Loading Conditions
*
District, Loading Map
(Diagram C)
"
Of Cross-Arms
Of Guys
"
Of Pins and Insulators
Of Poles and Towers
Of Wires and Cables
of Steel Poles
Section No.
Latticed Structures, Loading
18(d)-17(c)
Maintenance of Crossings
Marking
2(b)-6(h)
of Poles
2(e)
Wires
5(b)
5(f)
17(a)
21(a)
2(j)
2(b)
Notices
of Insulators
13(c)
24
Trolleys
Painting,
Guy Guard
17(d)
9(c)-(k)
Of Steel
2(d)
Patented Devices
Permit from Railroad and other
..2(a)-(b)-23(f)
Permits
".
Ice,
5(b)-(e)
Identification of Poles
2(e)
Pins, Material
2ff)
Poles (see
Inspection, Inspector
Interpretation of
2(c)-9(c>-10(c)
Drawings and
2(c)
Specifications
19(b)-22(b)
Ground Wires
12
Wooden Poles or
Steel Poles)
4(a)
Pole Deflection
"
Loading
Power Supply Lines
Preservative Treatment of Poles
5fc)
10(b)
18(c)
13
Insulators, Line
Number
used
13(b)
13(c)
Riprap
7(a)
13(c)
9(h)
Material
9(b)
13(b)
Size of Holes
9{d)
13(c)
Spacing
Strain
13(d)
Working Stress
Rubbish Removed
Suspension
In Bridles
"
In Trolley Spans
In
Tests
Guys
9(g)
6(b)-(c)
2(g)
5(d)
23(d)
17(c)
13(d)
Minimum
Self-Supporting
Joint*
Jumpers
15(a)-21(c)
15(a)
Saga. ......
./..
. . . 1 .
15(a)
:'.".'.6(f)-9(a)-22(b)
4(a)
1)
. . . ;
4 (e)
2(b)-9(k)
ELECTRICITY.
901
INDEX Concluded
Section No.
Side Clearance
4(b)-(c)-(d)
Signal Lines
"
.3
'
15(c)
Loading
Maintenance
Working Stresses
6(h)
2(i)
6 (d)- (f
Signs
.2(6)
Spans
"
Cradles or Overhead Bridges
*
Length
"
Minimum Sags
"
Splicing
15
15(a)
E and
*
"
By
4(a)-5(b)-(e)-6(g)
2(j)
Inspector
2(c)
Of Insulators
Of Steel Poles or Towers
"
"
13(c)
9 (c)
Tie Wires
Treated Wood
14
6(g)
20
Guards
19(b)-22
"
(Appendix I)
15(a)
"
19-24
20
"
"
Splicing
"
15(a)-22(c)
15(a)
19(b)
21
21(c)
23(c)
Specifications, Concrete
"
Tests,
15(a)-9(b)
of
15(a)
(see Signal
Lines)
Temperature
Terminology
F) 15(a)
Tension of Wires
Trolley Crossing Spans
Trolley Span Wires
"
Section No.
Taps to Conductors
Telegraph and Telephone Lines
7(b)
Galvanizing and
Sherardizing
2(h)
(Appendix IV)
Insulator Testing A.I.E.E. 13 (c)
"
Interpretation of
"
Wooden Poles
2(c)
Underbridge Crossings
Underbrush near Poles
Underground Crossings
Untreated Wood
25(a)-(d)
2(f)
27
6(f)
9(b)
Structural Steel
10(a)
(Appendix III)
Strain Insulators (see Insulators)
Steel Poles or
Towers
Bolts.
"
Compression
"
"
Eccentricity and
9(i)
9(e)
Splicing
"
"
"
'
Minimum Thickness
'
Metal
Of tubular Steel
Painting and
"
"
"
Sherardizing.
"
"
"
"
Self Supporting
'
"
"
"
'
Straightening and
"
'
"
Struts Replacing
10(d)
7(d)
"
Maintenance....
6(h)
Preservative Treatment
9(a)
Working Stresses
10(c)
6 (f )- (g
Working Stresses
"
"
'
Strength 9rc)-6(a)-(b)-(c)
'
"
9(c)
6
Bolts, Field
and Counter-
sunk Rivets
Concrete
In Maintenance
Rivets and Pins
Structural Steel
9(b)
6(a)
5(a)-17(a)
10(b)-6(g)
'
"
"
Guys
18(a)-(d)
'
Stresses
10(b)
'
9(j)
Workmanship
10
Concrete Setting
Grounding on
Head and Side Guys
9 (c)- (k
"
"
Creosoting
Trolley Poles
23(a)
Riveting (see Rivets)9(h)
6(h)
Wooden Poles
23
'
6(b)-(e)
Deterioration
9(d)
"
Wood
Finishing
7(a)
5(b)
Wind Loadings
"
9(f)
"
2(c)
5(a)
of Ice
Members
"
Warning Signs
Weather Bureau Reports
Weight of Earth and Concrete
"
Treated Wood
Untreated Wood
Wires and Cables
6(c)
6(e)
6(h)
6(b)
6(a)
6(g)-10(b)
6<'f
6(d)
ELECTRICITY.
902
1.
STONE CONDUITS.
MateriaL
conduit
Stone
shall
be
made
limestone
of
screenings
which
wUl
Dimensions.
(5^)
in.
3.
in.
moulds.
in cylindrical
2.
{%)
round bore.
Workmanship.
straight,
true,
(a)
Conduit shall be symmetrical
throughout,
smooth, free from cracks, air holes, uneven surfaces or other imperfec-
which
tions
will
injuriously affect
The ends
if.
shall
be perpendicular
to the bore.
(b)
Conduit shall be cured for not less than eight (8) weeks after
removal from the mould. For the first six (6) weeks it shall be kept
wet by sprinkling and then allowed to dry in the air for at least two
(2)
4.
weeks.
Joints.
Conduit when thoroughly cured shall be turned, for a dis(H) of an inch on each end, sufficient to secure an
exact diameter concentric with the bore, but which shall not reduce the
thickness of the wall given in Section 2 by more than one-sixteenth (t^)
(a)
tance of three-quarters
of an inch.
(b)
there
shall
be
fit
them
5.
in place
and
supplied
suitable
metal
Short Lengths.
Pieces of conduit less than the standard five feet length will be ac-
cepted, not to exceed 10 per cent, of the total ordered, provided the ends
are cut square, dressed and turned for metal sleeves, but no conduit will
ft.
long.
Inspection.
(a)
inspect
the
conduit
at
any time
during
the process of manufacture and shall be furnished free of cost the neces-
sary tools and appliances for making such tests as are necessary to determine if the requirements of these specifications have been met.
it
to
ELECTRICITY.
903
Tests.
7.
Conduits shall permit the passage from end to end of a man(3) ft. long and one-eighth (%) in. less than the nominal
(a)
drel three
Samples of
(b)
five
(5)
lengths of
ft.
random and after immersion for twenty-four (24) hours in air shall
show an increase in weight of not more than nine-tenths (9/10) of one
at
per cent.
The presence
(c)
hammer
or
its
(d)
Conduit which
specifications
fails
to
Pieces which
approved equivalent.
meet
fail
defective.
all
shall be rejected.
Installation.
8.
Conduit
(a)
line
shall
be encased in
concrete
four
(4)
in.
thick
top, three
(3)
in.
the joints shall be staggered so that the joints of adjacent sections will be
shall be inserted
(c)
Where work is suspended leaving incompleted sections the open
ends of the conduits shall be plugged with tapered wood, or other approved plug conforming accurately to the shape of the bore and so formed
that
it
(d)
one-eighth
of
laying
stone conduits
shall
correspond to the American Railway Engineering Association Specifications for Fiber Conduits.
Scope.
2.
Inspection.
Notification.
Tests.
Rejection.
3.
4.
5.
Adopted, Vol.
6-A. Wrapping.
8.
Marking.
Terminology.
9.
Lot.
7.
10-25.
22,
1921, pp.
147,
(Omitted).
904
ELEGTRIGITY.
26.
27.
Stranding.
29.
30.
General.
Shape.
31.
Surface Imperfections.
32.
Specific Gravity.
33.
Permissible Variations
34.
Dimensions.
Gaging.
General Construction.
Cables.
Wire and
'
37.
38.
Joints.
from
39.
36.
42.
General.
Shape.
43.
Surface Imperfections.
48.
49.
41.
Cable.
Elongation.
Conductivity.
Tinning.
35.
47.
Cable.
Brazes.
Conductivity.
Extensometer Test.
Strength and
Tensile
Elon-
gation.
from
50.
Dimensions.
Class
52.
53.
54.
55.
Constituents.
Results of Analysis.
Check Analysis.
Concentric Application.
56.
Thickness of Insulation,
57.
Elasticity.
58.
Tensile Strength.
59.
Electrical Tests.
Description.
Thickness of Insulation.
64.
Assembly.
Tape.
62.
Filler.
65.
Electrical
66.
67.
Description.
Thickness of Insulation.
70.
High Potential
72.
Separator.
73.
Tape.
74.
Weatherproof Braid.
75.
Tests.
77.
78.
Glazed
79.
Hemp
81.
Composition.
60.
63.
Tests.
Electrical Test.
71.
Insulation Resistance.
Separator.
Rubber
Braid.
76.
f
Circular
Loom
Braid.
Cotton
Braid.
Miscellaneous Braids.
Colored Braid.
80.
Braid.
80--\.Flameproof Braid.
Lead Sheath.
82.
Thickness.
ELECTRICITY.
905
General.
91.
84.
92.
Tensile
85.
86.
87.
88.
89.
90.
Strength
and Elon-
gation.
93.
Galvanizing.
94.
Flexibility.
96.
Armor Tape,
Coating.
Cleaning.
100.
Test.
101.
Quality of Solution.
102.
Results of Tests.
98.
99.
111.
112.
Chocking.
110.
Table No.
I.
II.
III.
IV.
V.
VI.
VII.
VIII.
IX.
X.
XI.
XII.
XIII.
XIV.
XV.
XVI.
XVII.
XVIII.
XIX.
XX.
Temperature
Compound.
Scope.
(a)
The purpose
of
these
specifications
is
(b)
respective kinds
and
shall be in
full
shall
be
the
best
of
their
neering practice.
(c)
Provisions
in
subsidiary
specifications
ELECTRICITY.
906
Inspection.
(a)
who
facilities
to
ascertain
to these specifications.
(b)
and cables
shall be
If the insula-
electrically tested.
is
the insulated wire or cable in water for eighteen hours and testing at the
end of that period while immersed. If the outer covering is susceptible
to injury by immersion, the insulated conductor shall be tested before
the application of such covering.
Dry core paper insulated lead covered cables, such as telephone and
telegraph cables, for use in water shall be tested after eighteen hours
immersion.
In multiple-conductor cables, without waterproof overall jacket
(c)
individual conductors.
(e)
form.
The
(f)
Manufacturer
in
writing
when
(g)
The
shall not be
is
given
in
writing.
and
shall not
Notification.
The Manufacturer
shall notify
Railroad sufficiently
the
in
advance
made
4.
Tests.
The Manufacturer
shall
of the Inspector.
make the
The Manufacturer shall
shall
specified
tests
in
the presence
The Railroad
will
make chemical
compound
or other materials entering into the manufacture of the wires and cables
whenever
it
deems such a
step necessary.
ELECTRICITY.
907
When
tests
Engineers.
the acceptance of the individual coil or reel on which tests were made.
5.
Rejection.
at
own
tests of
made
at
its
in its
own
expense.
of dissatisfaction,
report.
test
(See
Section 54.)
6.
Patents.
The Manufacturer shall defend and save harmless the Railroad from,
and indemnify it against any and all claims which may be made against
it on account of alleged infringements of patent rights, and expenses of
any kind in connection therewith, arising from the use of the wire or
cable furnished by the Manufacturer.
Wrapping.
6-A.
Style of
shall be securely
Wire or Cable
National Electric
but Code.
Coil
Any
Spool
Any.
Reel
All.
7.
wrapped as follows:
Wrapping
Marking.
Where
or spools and a similar tag fastened to the outside of the wrapping: (a)
name
tion,
(e)
gross pounds,
(f)
number of
feet,
(g)
Rail-
Terminology.
recommended
in
ELECTRICITY.
908
American
neers.
Lot.
9.
The word
kind and
be understood to refer to
lot shall
one
visit
all
of the Inspector.
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION.
Area and Material
26.
of Stranded Conductors.
(a)
sum
be considered to be the
wires
The cross-sectional
to their axis
and
component
its
be not less
shall
than the specified circular mils or area corresponding to the specified gage.
Annealing
(b)
Unless
shall
be of
Stranding.
27.
Unless otherwise
specified, the
The
in
cables
Table
shall
Table
Note
less
1)
will be accepted.
Bare, Insulated
or Weatherproof
Cables
Number of
Size
(See
have not
Number of
[
in
number of wires
greater
wound
B
Insulated
(See
other than
Aerial use.
91
1.5
1.0
61
61
127
91
61
37'
61
1)
'
37
19
37
37
Bare, Insulated
or Weatherproof
for
Aerial use.
0000 A.
W.G...
19 or 7
(See
Note
00
7
2)
Cables
0.6
0.5
0.4
Note
Cables for
for
Aerial use.
Size
Insulated
Cables for
other than
Aerial use.
19
3)
19
7
7
ELECTRICITY.
Table
No. of
Size
Wires
2039000. .
1816000...
1617000.
1440000.
1284000...
1103000...
874600.
693600.
550000.
436200.
345900...
274300...
264600...
0000...
II
Stranding
Size of Each
WireA.W.G
427
20.0
21.0
22.0
20.0
21.0
'
259
"
of Flexible Cables
Make-up
Note 1)
No.
Size
(See
37x19
15.5
16.0
16.5
17.0
17.5
16.0
17.0
18.0
19.0
703
of
Wires
000
00
133
91
Each
WireA.W.G
Size of
"
"
61 X
2
3
61
4
"
8
10
12
37 X 7
37
14
19.0
20.0
21.0
20.5
21.5
22.5
22.0
23.0
24.0
25.5
25.5
27.5
29.5
Make-up
Note 1)
(See
19x7
"
CJoncentrio
"
To Equal
To Equal
Required
SmaUer...
909
30.0
Bunched
Smaller
Required
30.0
Bunched
Size
Note
27-A.
1.
"61x7"
in
signifies 61 strands
of 7 wires each.
Repairs of Insulation.
manufacture require repairs or joints in the insuladone in such a way as to leave the repaired part
parts affected by it, as strong and durable electrically,
If exigencies of
tion, the
work
or joint, and
as the
shall be
all
Triplex,
General.
The purpose
of these specifications
is
to secure soft or
annealed copper
Shape.
The wire
31.
Surface Imperfections.
The wires
shall be free
from
all
Specific Gravity.
cross-sections,
etc.,
the specific
ELECTRICITY.
910
33.
The
lowing
variations
(a)
Untinned Wire
For
For wires
less
0.1
mil (0.0001
in.)
over
or under.
(b)
Tinned Wire
For
For wire
less
0.1
mil under.
Cables
one per
may
be ac-
Gaging.
34.
from the
foot
end.
The
coils
is
the average
if
in
Section ZZ.
Elongation.
35.
The elongation
Tests shall be
IV.
made upon
fair
in
lengths,
due
to
the breaking
of the wire in tension, measured between bench marks placed upon the
The
If
fracture occurs
repeated.
If
coil,
reel or
spool of wire, the results are found to be below the specified elongation,
tests
36.
Conductivity.
The
47 and shall be not less than the per cent, of the Annealed Copper Standard specified in Tables
37.
and VI.
Tinning.
If the wire
is
compound,
it
shall be cov-
ELECTRICITY.
911
Tinned wire
be
shall
free
successfully
shall
shall be
thoroughly
They
in five seconds.
Joints.
38.
if
properly brazed.
39.
or spool
reel
in the
in.
and
less
in
weights are
diameter, the
maximum
in.
in
coil,
diameter, the
net,
and the minimum package 'weights are net. The table also states the
limits of the dimensions of reels and spools on which wire may be shipped.
The length and diameter stated for reels and spools are to be measured
over all and are maximum sizes; reels or spools smaller than these may
be used, provided the
minimum weights
by the
reel
or spool.
40.
End Defects.
To insure the
coil, reel
much more
or spool.
as
may
be neces-
ELECTRICITY.
912
Table
III
Dimension
Package Weights
Pounds
Max.
Diameters, In.
Max.
Min.
Dia.
620
430
290
230
230
200
200
290
290
140
95
75
75
60
50
50
20
32
32
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
15
5
10
0.460 to 0.360
0.359 " 0.258
0.257 0.129
0.128 0.102
0.101 0.083
0.082 - 0.081
0.080 " 0.064
0.063 0.051
0.050 ' 0.041
0.040 0.032
0.031
0.020
0.019 ' 0.011
0.010 " 0.008
0.007 - 0.0056
0.005
0.004
0.003
120
100
60
25
10
6
2}4
H
H
H
lyi
m
1
Table IV
Tinned
0.460 to 0.290
0.103
0.289
0.102 0.021
0.020 0.012
0.011 0.003
IH
to
2H
12
13^
R^
2H
IH
1^
5^
6Z
m
4
4
4
4
4
4
"
"
"
Jl^
U
H
^
H
H
^
'
"
i!l
^
H
H
'
i
i
Vs
'
tt
*
*
Elongation in 10 In.
In.
Tinned
Untinned
0.200 too. 151
0.150 0.101
0.100 0.061
0.060 0.031
0.030 0.003
35
30
25
20
20
30
25
20
15
10
Table
21
21
Elongation in 10 In.
In.
Rod
for
12
12
12
12
10
10
2H
2M
2H
In.
D iameter of Hole
Max.
Length
5H
2}4
2K
and Spools,
of Reels
shall
be those
of
27.6
25.0
22.5
20.0
17.6
Untinned
Note:
size.
a. W. G. No.
0000 to8
8 to 20
For intermediate
A. W. G. No.
98.6
98.0
20 to 30
97.6
97.0
be those
of
size.
ELECTRICITY.
Table
VI Conductivity
A. W. G. No.
A. W. G. No.
98.0
97.8
97.6
97.4
97.2
97.0
96.8
96.6
96.4
96.2
96.0
20
21
22
28
24
95.8
95.6
95.4
95.2
95.0
94.8
94.6
94.4
94.2
94.0
93.8
10
11
13
13
14
16
16
17
18
19
41.
Mid larger
For intermediate
of Soft or
913
sizes
fi5
26
27
28
29
30
size.
CABLE.
General.
The
is
to describe
Shape.
The wire
43.
shall
Surface Imperfections.
The wire
shall be free
from
all
43-A.
Specific Gravity.
For
etc.,
the specific
at a
Core.
Standard conductors shall be made of hard drawn wire laid concentrically about a core of material specified in the specifications accompanying the order.
Unless otherwise specified the core of seven-wire
cables shall be of semi-hard
45.
drawn
copper.
The circumference
circle.
The
lowing
variations
shall not
exceed the
fol-
(a)
Untinned
Wire For
wire 0.010
in.
in
For wire
under.
ELECTRICITY.
914
Tinned Wire
(b)
For
wire 0.02
in.
diameter, and
in
larger,
two
For wire
Where
than 0.02
less
in.
in
is specified,
Brazes.
Conductivity.
conductivity shall be determined upon fair samples by
measurement with a Kelvin bridge or other instrument ap-
Electrical
resistance
The
Samples
each
lot
use of the
Hoops bridge
shall be cut
of wire,
is
approved.
than two.
The
conductivity shall be not less than the following per cent, of the Annealed
Copper Standard:
For diameters
0.460 to 0.325
may be
48.
is
to 0.040
less
in.,
97 per cent.
in.,
96 per cent.
lot
rejected.
Extensometer Test.
If required
by the Engineer,
fair
less
than ten per cent, of the coils in each lot of wire, the number of samples
made upon
The point at
which the
ratio
be at a stress not less than 55 per cent, of the ultimate strength of the
sample.
If
entire lot
49.
may
of the samples
fail
cent,
be rejected.
The
tensile strength
specified in
Table VII.
made upon
fair
samples,
ELECTRICITY.
side the bench
marks or
Samples
shall be repeated.
915
shall be cut
from not
less
of the coils in each lot of wire, the number of samples being never less
than two. If more than ten per cent, of the samples fail to pass this test,
may
Table VII
be rejected.
Tensile
Drawn
Copper Wire
Diameter, Inches
a. W. G. No.
211
168
133
105
83
66
52
0.4600
0.4096
0.3648
0.3249
0.2893
0.2576
0.2294
0000
000
00
2
3
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
For intermediate
larger
size.
sizes,
49 000
51 000
52 800
54v500
56 100
57 600
59 000
600
100
225
625
520
565
440
60
61
62
62
63
63
63
64
64
64
65
65
65
65
65
66
66
66
66
66
67
41
33
27
26
20
17
16
6 400
5 184
4 225
4 096
3.249
2 601
2 025
1
600
100
200
000
100
000
400
700
300
800
900
400
400
700
700
900
200
200
400
600
800
000
In.
Elongation, Per
Cent in
10 In.
3.75
3.25
2.80
3.40
2.17
1.98
1.79
In 60 in.
1.24
1.18
1.14
1.14
1.09
1.07
1.06
1.03
1.00
1.00
0.97
0.97
0.95
0.94
0.92
0.01
0.90
0.89
0.87
0.86
0.85
615
125
225
245
735
956
385
12 995
10 815
10 404
8 464
8 281
6 561
0.2043
0.1819
0.1620
0.1443
0.1285
0.1144
0.1019
0.09074
0.08081
0.07196
0.06408
0.05707
0.05082
0.04526
0.04030
0.03589
0.03196
0.02846
0.02535
0.02257
0.02010
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
Tensile Strength,
when
when
and
untinned.
50.
The
the latter
51.
is
End Defects.
To insure the
coil, reel
or spool.
Constituents.
Class "A"' rubber insulation shall consist of a properly vulcanized
compound
smoked
ELECTRICITY.
916
latex plantation
first
fillers.
It
shall contain
Rubber,
Sulphur,
Inorganic mineral matter,
Refined solid paraffine or ceresine.
shall not contain either red lead or carbon.
It
53.
Results of Analysis.
The vulcanized compound shall conform to the following requirements, when tested by the procedure of the Joint Rubber Insulation Committee current at the date of order.
(a)
sample
Maximum
Rubber
Waxy
33
4
Free
hydrocarbons
sulphur
(b)
The requirements
Minimum
30
0.7
Maximum
Compound
1.35
0.45
Chloroform extract
Alcoholic potash extract
Total sulphur
Specific gravity
Limits allowed for 33% Rubber
Saponifiable acetone extract
Unsaponifiable resins
0.55
0.90
0.55
2.10
1.75
Compound Maximum
1.50
Minimum
0.60
0.50
1.00
0.60
2.10
Chloroform extract
Alcoholic potash extract
Total sulphur
Specific
Minimum
gravity
1.67
(c)
The acetone
(d)
The acetone
straw color.
(e)
brown
Hydrocarbons
shall be solid,,
waxy and
color.
(f)
color.
Failure to meet any requirement of these specifications will be considered sufficient cause for rejection.
ELECTRICITY.
917
Check Analysis.
54.
Section
5.)
Concentric Application.
55.
The compound
shall
the
conductor
and shall fit closely thereto. If necessary, in order to achieve this result
on insulated conductors of greater diameter than 0.3 of an inch, a tape
may be applied over the insulation before vulcanization. Such tape, if it
does not comply with Section 73, will be additional to any which may be
required in the accompanying wire specifications.
applied in
Where
the insulation
is
cohere firmly.
Thickness of Insulation.
56.
Table VIII
30 Per Cent.
in 64th of
an Inch
Working Pressure
3rd
Rail
a-c
Size of
Conductor,
A. W. G. or
or
d-c
VoltsAlternating
Rys.
Cir. Mils.
600
or
601
to
750
less
14-8
7-2
0000
400,000
500.000
2,000,000
2,000.000
4
5
7
8
9
10
3
4
a
6
ft
7
8
For intermediate
57.
Elasticity.
sizes
2
5
3
5
6
7
8
9
9
10
10
8
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
14
11
11
12
12
16
16
1&
16
16
16
16
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
the insulation thickness specified for the next larger size shall be used
"
ELECTRICITY.
918
Two
(b)
inches apart
thin bench
and
The sample
marks
marked on
shall be
two
shall then be
clamped
in
marks are
and held for one minute and then immediately released.
One minute after release the marks shall not be farther apart than specified
in Table IX.
six inches apart
Table IX
Rubber
Compound
Sections
8,
Lengthening,
Stretching and
Release
Length at Instant
21^ inch
2H inch
10 inch
9 inch
section.
1-32 square inch
full
of
Fracture
Tensile Strength.
58.
every 5,000
The tensile strength shall be not less than 1,000 lb. per square
At the instant of fracture the distance between bench marks shall
inch.
Electrical Tests.
(a)
cable shall
conform
71.
to the
made upon
water,
while
still
made and
made on
An
additional electrical
be
lead covered or
made
successively between
each conductor and the other conductors and sheath in multiple. The
potential test shall be repeated on lead covered armored cabhes after armoring.
(See Section
(b)
The
2.)
insulation
resistance
(megohms)
at
given temperature
ELECTRICITY.
919
60.
woven
The
cous
filler.
pliable
which
Each surface of
itself.
separator,
shall
Thickness of Insulation.
61.
Unless otherwise specified the thickness of insulation shall be in accordance with Table X.
Table
to 500V
Single or
D-C
D-C
Size of
Conductor
501 to 1500V
Two-Phase
up to 2500V
Each
Each
Belt
Cond.
Cir. Mils.
2,000,000
1.750.000
1.500.000
1.250.000
1.000.000
500,000
250,000
11000 to 12000
6000 to 7000
Cond.
10
9
9
8
8
6
6
12
9
9
9
8
8
8
6
6
12
12
12
9
9
8
8
Belt
10
8
8
12
A. W. G.
1
5
5
0000
For intermediate
On
sizes
6
6
8
8
size.
conductor and
belt.
For
all
sizes
sum
above 500,000
cir.mil.
having a voltage
between phases of 11,000 to 12,000 volts, the thickness shall be 28/64 in.
Double conductor cables in three-phase systems shall have the same insulation on each conductor and belt as the three conductor cables.
62.
Filler.
The
filler
shall
compound
having a dielectric constant approximately the same as that of the varnished cloth insulation and of such a nature as to have no deleterious
effect
cut, but
It shall
when
cable
is
bent.
ELECTRICITY.
920
63.
Assembly.
The
helically
and reversed at
least
The
tapes shall be of
such widths that they will lie smoothly and be free from wrinkles; the
turns shall overlap and the joints in successive layers shall be staggered.
The filler shall be applied between layers as to exclude all air and moisture,
the whole forming a hard semi-flexible wall of insulation.
64.
Tape.
conform
cloth
to the
insulation.
requirements of
In the case of
multiple conductor cables, a tape shall be applied over each conductor and
belt.
Electrical
Tests.
Each and every length of wire or cable shall conform to the requirements of Sections 70 and 71. Electrical tests shall be made upon varnished cloth insulated wire or cable after at least one hour immersion
If the wire or cable is to be covered
in water, and while still immersed.
with dry or flameproof braid, tests shall be made before the braid is applied; if
made on
it
is
shall be tested
covered cables shall be tested between each conductor and the other conductors and sheath or ground in multiple.
The
Description.
The
insulation
shall
consist of
helically
and
evenly to the conductor, and then thoroughly impregnated with an insulating compound.
The cable shall be pliable and show no tendency to
harden injuriously at
A^z. Cent. (32 deg. Fahr.). The paper shall contain
no free mineral acids or free alkalis. The. compound shall be so applied
as to exclude all air and moisture, and shall contain no free mineral acid,
alkali or other substances
effect
copper or compound.
67.
Thickness of Insulation.
Unless otherwise
be in ac-
XL
Tensile Strength.
Tensile strength tests shall be
fin-
any.
ELECTRICITY.
A
utes,
tension of 5,000
lb.
921
lb.
lot
by the Inspector
fail to
meet
Electrical Tests.
69.
The
testing.
finished
and
No
71.
immersion
is
required before
with the sheath grounded. Multiple conductor cables shall be tested between each conductor, and the other conductors and sheath or ground in
The
multiple.
armoring.
Table XI
Size of
Conductor
D-C.
D-C.
Single or
up to
500 V.
501 to
1500 V.
two phase
up to
2500 V.
Belted Cables.
3-Phase Grounded Neutral Volts between Phases.
1100012000
6000-7000
Each
Each
Cond.
Belt
Cond.
Belt
Cir. mil.
2 000 000
1
1
1
1
750
500
250
000
750
500
250
10
10
9
9
9
9
8
8
9
9
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
8
7
A. W. G.
5
4
4
0000
2
5
4
4
4
6
7
8
9
10
For intermediate
On
sizes,
sum
size.
conductor and
sine-wave.
working
The
voltage,
initially
shall be
approximately uniform
ELECTRICITY.
922
The
of ample capacity.
71.
Insulation Resistance.
The
In
the case of
multiplex
Separator.
72.
Separator.
The
separator
may
consist of a
the separator shall completely cover the conwith tinned conductors the separator shall allow the insulation
sufficient contact with the conductor to prevent the conductor sliding in
ductors
the insulation.
Tape.
The
lb.
tape
shall
oughly filled with a rubber compound. The tape shall be applied helically
overlapping not less than specified in Table XVI, which also gives the
maximum width of tape allowed.
Table XII
Test
Potentials in Kilovolts
Five
Minute Test.
Sue
of
Conductors.
Cir.mils.
2 000 000
1 750 000
1 500 000
1 250 000
1 000 000
750 000
500 000
350 000
250 000
000
000
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
'"i!6
18
1.0
3.0
3.0
8.0
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.5
3.5
3.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
4.5
4.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
3.5
3.5
for
each
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
6.0
6
6
6.0
6.0
5.5
5.5
A inch
4.0
4.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.5
5.5
5.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
6 5
6 5
4.0
4.0
4.U
4.0
6.0
5.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.6
6.6
6.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
8.0
8
8.0
8.0
8.0
7.6
7.5
5.0
6.0
6.0
5.0
6.0
6.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.5
7.5
7.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
8.5
8.5
10
12
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
7.0
7.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.5
8.5
8 5
9.5
9.5
9.5
10.0
10.0
10.0
9.0
9.0
10.0
10
9.5
9.5
9
9
10
10.0
11.0
11
11
11.5
11.5
11.5
12.5
12 5
12.5
13.0
13.0
13.0
13.0
13
12.5
12.5
ELECTRICITY.
Table XIII
923
Five
Minute Test.
For Varnished Cloth use 100 per cent, of the following potentials.
For Impregnated Paper use 75 per cent, of the following potentials.
6i2e
of
Conductors
Cir. mils.
2 000 000
1
1
1
1
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
750
500
250
000
750
500
350
250
5.0
2.5
3.5
4.0
5.0
6.0
6.5
5.5
6.5
7.5
8.5
9.0
9.0
10.0
10.5
11.0
8.0
8.5
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.5
12.6
13.0
13.6
4.6
5.0
5.6
6.0
6.0
6.5
6.6
7.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.5
8.5
8.0
8.0
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
9.5
8.5
11.5
11.5
12.0
12.0
12.0
11.5
11.5
11.0
10.0
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.6
13.0
12.5
11.5
10.5
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
'
10
10 6
11 6
12
12 5
13
14
14 5
15
15.6
15.5
15.6
15.0
14.5
14.0
13.0
12.0
A. W. G.
0000
000
"i.b"
10
3.0
3.0
4.0
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.0
6.0
15.5
15
Thickness of Insulation
Size
of
Conductora.
12
14
Cir. Mil.
250 000
17
16
15
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
20
23
25
28
31
33
36
38
19
17
17
22
20
24
23
21
27
25
23
30
23
26
32
30
28
34
32
30
34
31
A. W. G.
0000-1
2A
6&6
15
For intermediate
insulation thickness
be required.
sizes the
is less
19
36
ELECTRICITY.
924
Table
XIV Megohm-Miles
at
One Minute
Rubber,
minimum
15.5
Electrification.
Conductors
3
Cir. Mis.
2.000,000
1,750,000
1,500,000
1,250,000
1,000,000
750,000
600,000
350,000
250,000
250
300
350
300
350
400
200
225
250
275
300
375
425
475
375
400
450
500
600
650
750
850
1050
1350
1600
450
500
550
600
650
750
850
1050
1250
1600
1850
2150
2400
2800
550
600
650
700
750
850
1000
1200
1450
1800
2050
2350
2650
3000
200
225
2.50
10
12
14
16
225
225
250
275
200
275
300
325
350
400
475
525
625
250
275
375
325
375
400
475
575
675
725
325
425
400
425
475
525
675
775
875
350
425
475
500
575
625
750
575
625
750
800
800
850
950
1050
950
1000
1050
1200
11.50
13.50
1250
1450
1650
300
325
400
475
575
350
375
4.50
525
600
675
950
<^
in.50
18
800
950
1150
1200
20
12,50
A. W. G.
. 0000
000
00
500
550
650
800
850
1150
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
1400
1600
1350
1550
1800
2050
18.50
2150
2450
600
650
750
800
850
95D
1650
650
750
850
950
1000
1050
1250
1450
1750
200(1
21.50
2250
2550
2400
2650
3050
3400
115C
135C
28.50
3200
700
800
900
1000
1050
1150
1400
1600
2000
2300
2600
2900
32.50
3600
14.50
17.50
19.50
2050
2400
2200
2650
3000
3500
3650
4050
27.50
3050
3400
3750
1050
1150
1250
1350
1450
1600
1850
1150
1250
1350
14.50
1 00
1750
200C
2050
2400
2850
3200
2250
2600
3O50
35.50
37.50
3400
38.50
41.50
4250
4450
1250
1350
1450
1600
1750
1850
2150
2400
2750
3200
3600
3850
4250
4750
1350
1450
1600
1650
1800
2000
2250
2550
2850
3400
3800
4050
4450
4850
be extended by
Megohms
= 4000
logio
where D
is
d
outside diameter of insulation and d
is
ELECTRICITY.
XV
Table
The
925
by multiplying by the
coefficient
Temper-
Temper-
Temperature
deg. Cent.
Coefficient
ature
deg. Cent.
Coefficient
ature
deg. Cent.
.65
.69
.73
16
17
18
1.02
1.07
1.12
12
13
14
.77
.81
19
20
1.17
1.23
15.5
8
9
10
11
Temper-
15
(Fahrenheit
ature
deg. Cent.
Coefficient
.85
.89
.93
21
22
23
1.30
1.37
1.43
.98
24
25
1.49
1.56
Coefficient
1.00
Degrees.)
Temper-
Temperature
Coefficient
deg. Fahr.
Temper-
ature
deg. Fahr.
Coefficient
1.03
1.05
1.08
46
47
48
.69
.71
.73
61
49
50
.75
.77
.79
64
65
66
1.11
1.14
1.17
.81
67
68
69
1.20
1.23
1.26
51
2
53
54
62
63
.83
.85
Table
Diameter over
Maximum
Width
Insulation,
Tape,
Inches
of
Inches
2.00
1.75
1.50
1.25
1.15
1.00
0.88
0.75
of
Maximum
Coefficient
ature
deg. Fahr.
Coefficient
55
56
57
.88
.90
.92
70
72
1.30
1.33
1.37
58
59
60
.94
.97
1.00
73
74
75
1.40
1.44
1.48
Insulation,
25i
Maximum
Width
Overlap,
Inches
Tape,
Inches
0.62
0.50
0.38
0.31
0.25
0.19
0.16
Maximum
of
Inches
71
Diameter over
Overlap,
Inches
4H
Temper-
ature
deg. Fahr.
*
1
2H
For intermediate
be those
of
size.
Braid.
74.
Weatherproof Braid.
Braid,
thread,
at
unless
least
otherwise specified,
two-ply,
thoroughly
shall
be
of
impregnated
closely
with
woven cotton
an
insulating
ELECTRICITY.
926
90 deg. Cent.
The
at a
temperature of
Table XVII
Thickness of
Braid,
Inches
if any,
Inches
or Jate,
if any.
Inches
or Jute,
0.290
0.160
0.053
0.038
Thickness of
Braid.
Inches
shall
be those
0.028
0.018
75.
The increase in
(68 deg. Fahr.) for a period of twenty-four hours.
weight after submersion and removal of surface water shall be not more
than nine per cent, of the weight exclusive of copper and insulation before
The compound
submersion.
at a
temperature of 50 deg.
Circular
76.
Loom
Braid.
shall
in
thickness.
The
braid shall be
The
Paper Tape.
Dry paper
five mils thick
and
width.
Miscellaneous Braids.
78.
cotton and no
compound
slip.
Glazed
ELECTRICITY.
79.
Hemp
927
Braid.
Hemp
braid shall be of
Colored Braid.
Flameproof Braid.
80-A.
The
thoroughly
impregnated
with
two-ply,
non-
it
inflammable.
Lead Sheath.
81.
Composition.
The
commercially pure lead. The sheaths of telephone cables shall be composed of an alloy of lead and antimony; the amount of antimony being
approximately one per cent.
82.
Thickness.
Unless otherwise specified the sheath shall have an average thickness not less than that indicated in Table XVIII and the minimum thickness shall in no place be less than 90 per cent, of the required average
thickness.
Table XVIII
Thickness of Sheath.
Thickness of Sheath
64th Inch
Thickness of Sheath
64th Inch
in
Diam.
Diam.
of Core,
Inches
of Core,
Inches
For Rubber
For Rubber
For Paper
or Varnished
For Paper
Insulation
Cloth
Insulation
Insulation
10
g
8
For intermediate
For twin
ia
sizes the
cable,
or Varnished
Cloth
Insulation
g
8
0.70
0.30
7
6
5
6
5
4
use
mean
diameter.
General.
The purpose
of these specifications
is
to describe -the
armoring of
in-
ELECTRICITY.
928
84.
(o)
be run through
a hot asphalt compound, served with a helical layer of jute yarn, run
through hot asphalt compound, then served with a second layer of jute
yarn, run through hot asphalt
laid with
galvanized
wire.
a,
The
measured
in the finished
cable,
Armor Wire.
The armor
diameter, free
consist
shall
from
all
of galvanized
mild
steel
wire of uniform
Splices in the
armor
Application of Armor.
The armor
The
adjacent wires.
lay shall be
from eight
to twelve
between
diameter.
88.
The armored
compound, served
lb.
sticking.
89.
Direction of Lay.
Successive layers of jute, or jute and armor, shall be laid in opposite
directions.
In
the
case
of
multiple
lay of the
armor
without
in
Size of Wire.
Unless otherwise specified, the armor wire shall be of the size specified
Table XIX. The same number of the Birmingham wire gage will be
acceptable.
ELECTRICITY.
Table
XIX
Size of Steel
Diam.
88
Armor Wire.
Diameter
of
Cable
Size
Diam.
Wire Steel
Wire Gage
of
0.63
0.44
of
Wire. In.
0.135
0.105
0.080
10
12
14
91.
Minimum
0.225
0.192
0.162
4
1.25.
of
Wire, In.
929
two.
If
samples
cent, of the
fail to
pass the
tests,
the
The wire
shall
have a
per square inch and an elongation of not less than ten per cent, in eight
inches.
The
instructions for
making
tests,
followed.
93.
Galvanizing.
The galvanizing
shall
conform
in
of Sections 97 to 102.
94.
Flexibility.
Application of Armor.
The
layer of jute yarn spun on with a close short lay, run through hot
compound, armored with a steel tape; armored with a second steel tape;
run through hot asphalt compound, served with a layer of 3-ply, 14 lb.
jute yarn with a close short lay, run through hot asphalt compound and
finished by running through some material to prevent sticking. Both steel
tapes shall be laid In the same direction and the outer shall be centered
over the spaces between turns of the inner. If the cable is rubber insulated, it shall be covered with tape, braid or other suitable protection
before passing through the asphalt compound.
Each layer of jute shall
be applied in the reverse direction to the adjacent layer. The space between adjacent turns of steel tape shall not exceed one-tenth the width
of the steel tape.
ELECTRICITY.
930
Armor Tape.
96.
The galvanized
conform
ing, shall
Table
XX
steel
Max. Width
Steel Tape.
Cable Diameter
Before Armoring,
Inches
Inches
Armor, Measured
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.02
0.02
2/32
2/32
2/32
2/32
2/32
2/32
2/32
Over 2.00
2.00
1.70
1.40
1.00
0.75
1}
1^
l^
I
i
0.45 or less
Jute
Bedding, under
Min. Thickness,
each Tape,
Inches
in Finished
Cable, Inches
For intermediate diameters the requirements shall be those of the next larger diameter.
Galvanizing.
General.
97.
These
specifications
apply to galvanized
shall
iron
or
unless
steel
otherwise specified.
98.
The galvanizing
commercially
The
ad-
it
Cleaning.
99.
The samples
and cotton waste (not with a brush), and then thorclean water and wiped dry with clean cotton waste.
zine or turpentine,
oughly rinsed
in
Test.
100.
The samples
sulphate of
shall be
specific
gravity
1.186
at
18.3
deg.
in a solution of
Cent.
(65
deg.
copper
Fahr.),
shall be
101.
side
during the
test.
Quantity of Solution.
least
two inches
shall
be
filled
in-
with
ELECTRICITY.
931
upon
all
Results of Test
In case of failure of only one sample in a group of seven samples immersed together, or if there is a reasonable doubt as to the copper de102.
two check
posit,
tests shall
made on
be
may
if
If there is
shows
be rejected.
Cable Reels.
General.
106.
Form
107.
Each
fol-
of Reel.
discs or heads
Bushing.
108.
bushing or an iron
head of the
reel
109.
The
110.
ging
is
applied.
When
when used
Marking.
HI.
coil
of the reel:
ductors;
(c)
of
(f)
feet;
Each
112.
(a)
Name
of Manufacturer;
reel shall
(d)
(b)
size
gross
Chocking.
ELECTRICITY.
932
Scope.
to be
Materials,
Drawings.
The conduit
form
line
in
in
in its
specifications.
3.
Location of Conduit.
Conduit
(a)
lines
shall be located
stallation.
(b)
(250)
Engineer
(c)
Curves of
radius practicable.
ft.
in
in charge.
Conduit
lines
as
far as
from the tracks. Where located within six (6) ft., measured
horizontally from the nearest rail, the elevation of the top of the conduit
practicable
(4)
ft.
Where
rail.
this is
Where
located six
(6)
ft.
or
track rail the top of the conduit line shall have at least 2
more from
ft.
in.
(2'6")
of earth protection.
(d)
Where
base of
rail
by the Engineer
in
is
charge.
Ducts or Conduits.
4.
General.
shall be
straight
22,
1921. pp.
140, 970.
specified.
ELECTRICITY.
Vitrified
5.
Vitrified
933
Clay Ducts.
Clay Ducts.
The shape of the duct shall be as shown on the approved drawThe ducts shall be straight and true. The ends of each duct shall
(a)
ing.
be perpendicular to
free
from
Ducts
(b)
pebbles.
The
vitrified.
Ducts
6.
its
projection.
shall
clay
and they
sides,
shall
shall
be thoroughly mixed,
shall be glazed
on
all
compacted, burned
and
Defects.
(a)
Cracks Ducts shall not contain cracks which will appreciably
weaken them. The presence of cracks shall be determined by tapping the
ducts with a steel hammer or its approved equivalent, and any duct which
fails to give a clear metallic ring under this test shall be rejected.
Ducts
having injurious
in their surfaces
Projections
The
interior surfaces of
Recesses
Recesses
(d)
in
the
walls
of
ducts
caused
by broken
Combing.
The outer
three
(3)
combings,
each
Dimensions.
(a)
Length
(18) inches.
Inside Dimensions
The
quarter
{%)
minimum
and the
inside
dimensions of ducts
not more than one-
maximum
ELECTRICITY.
934
not
ing.
9.
Tests.
(a)
shall be factory
The ducts shall permit a mandrel eighteen (18) inches long and
(H) inch less than the specified inside dimension of the duct
(b)
one-eighth
to pass freely
(c)
through them.
broken so as to have
all
then
pounds
hours
in
a sufficient quantity of
water to just cover them and having a temperature of from sixty (60) to
eighty (80) deg. Fahr. shall show an absorption of water of not more
than
five
mersed
(5)
per cent, of
The water
(d)
in
weight.
its
shall not test either acid or alkaline with litmus paper after the
test.
Fiber Conduit.
10.
Fiber Conduit.
Fiber conduit shall be
made
of finely divided
wood
pulp or fiber
pound
when
The com-
any separation
into layers.
The conduit
shall not
all
pound of a
cable.
^
11.
Walls.
The
walls shall be hard and smooth and free from dents or pbstruc-
tions, or excess of
12.
compound.
Dimensions.
The
The
inside
The
second
in.
less or one-sixteenth
I.
(ife)
in.
more than
one-thirty-
ELECTRICITY.
Table
Nominal Thickness
Inside
rmnal
VA
in.
in.
3
Sy2
4
Socket
Drive
Joint
Joint
Diameter
2
2y2
935
Va
Va
V\
Va
Va
54
in.
in.
in.
in.
5'cr^w
Joint
in.
5/16
3/8
3/8
7/16
7/16
in.
in.
1/2
in.
Va in.
in.
^
Va
^
Va
^
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
13.
Each
mandrel
in.
thirty-
less
than
Socket Joints.
14.
Socket joints shall have a mortise on one end and a tenon on the
The mortise and tenon shall be
other end of each piece of conduit.
machine cut to produce a snug fit not less than three-eighths (^) in.
slightly tapered and free from projecting surfaces, which would
prevent the joint from being properly assembled. The thickness of the
conduit wall left after the mortise and tenon have been turned shall be
not less than one-thirty-second (g's) in. less than one-half the nominal
long,
Drive Joints.
Drive joints
shall
material
as
For each
specified
at each end,
The
for
the
conduit,
The minimum
same
to
as that specified
same
an internal taper
for the conduit.
when
The
The dimensions
Table
the joint
the
II--Sleeve
Nominal Inside
Diameter
of Conduit
machine-cut
Dimensions
Drive
Not More
Outside Diameter
of Sleeve
Than
Not Less Than
Length of
Sleeve
VA
in.
2V8
in.
2^
in.
2tV
in.
in.
2^
in.
2ii
in.
3t^s
in.
2A
in.
SVs
in.
in.
in.
in.
3^
in.
31/4
in.
43/g
in.
in.
3/g
3t^
3tV
in.
4^
in.
in.
3A
3^
3H
4:^
41J
in.
in.
in.
in.
ELECTRICITY.
936
Screw
16.
Screw
Joints.
joints
shall
same material
give an easy
For each
length of conduit.
The minimum
thickness
The threads
of the conduit.
bituminous compound.
Table
The
Sleeve Dimensions
III
Nominal Inside
Diameter
of Conduit
V/i
2
2y^
3
3y2
4
Not More
2^
in.
in.
4%
in.
5^^
574
in.
in.
2^
3%
3^
in.
in.
in.
Length of
Outside Diameter
of Sleeve
Than
Not Less Than
314
4
in.
Screw Joints.
in.
in.
4t^
4il
5^1
in.
Sleeve
in.
in.
in.
in.
2t^
2il
in.
3^
3^
in.
3ig
3ii
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
17.
Fittings
and bends
conduit and
shall be
made
o*f
the
same material
Bends
shall
tests
all
for
specified
have
shall
Short Pieces.
18.
In each shipment there shall be included not less than five (5)
more than
nor
fifteen (15) per cent, of pieces of conduit, less than the stand-
ard length of five (5) feet, but no conduit shall be furnished less than
two and one-half (2J/^) feet in length.
Tests.
19.
(a)
supports twenty-six
(26)
(b)
six (6)
not be crushed
in.
when
(70)
deg.
Fahr. resting on
deflection and
Table IV, when the load is
in.
sample of conduit
in
(2)
surfaces
flat
under the
Table IV
Inside
Thickness
Defec-
Deflection
Diameter
of Wall
tion
Test
2^
3
SVz
4
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
Va
Ya
'A
Ya
Ya
Ya
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
in.
'
in.
Va in.
Va in.
Va in.
in.
in.
200
300
450
550
800
900
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
1b.
lb.
Compression
Test
475
506
500
347
317
310
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
ELECTRICITY.
(c)
six
(6)
937
in.
a temperature of one-hundred-ten
hours
in
pure
water at seventy (70) deg. Fahr. shall show less than four (4) per
increase in weight due to absorption of water.
cent,
General
Vitrified
(48)
Inspection.
20.
21.
in
cars
shall
braced.
Where
shipped
in less
than carload
lots
number and
to ten
name
of
the shipment.
22.
Where
line of the
The trench shall be excavated six (6) inches wider than the
(b)
width of the section of the conduit line and deep enough to provide at
least the earth protection specified in Section 3
The
(c)
three
(3)
(100)
About
changed
will
feet
chamber.
be free
(c).
from the
splicing
shall be
the
No
way
rail
or be attached in any
ELECTRICITY.
938
23.
Conduit Foundation.
shall
inches for the full width of the trench, except where ledge rock
is
en-
countered,
in
The
thereon.
its
initial
set
of
the Railroad.
24.
(a)
layer of
lower
joints shall
insure
an even
so as to break joints
at
(3)
inches in the
Ducts
(b)
The
of ducts.
tier
least three
to
Each
joint shall be
wrapped
with neat Portland cement mortar and laid equally over the abutting
The ends
ducts.
top.
of the strip shall lap not less than six (6) inches on
These wraps
encasing
(c)
mortar.
is
-The
shall
(J/2)
inch layer of
tier
of ducts as
Commencing about
ten
laid.
feet
Where
the
ducts are cut to special lengths the cut shall be dressed with a chisel
and rasped until the hole is slightly bell mouthed and has smooth edges
to conform closely to the original design.
Wherever the work is suspended leaving incompleted tiers the
(e)
free ends of the ducts shall be closed with tapered wood or other approved plugs which shall conform accurately to the shape of the opening
and be of such size at the large end that they cannot be forced entirely
within the opening. Where the conduit lines pass over quicksand or other
unstable
ground,
the
concrete
foundation
shall
be
specially
reinforced
or supported.
25.
Concrete Protection.
The duct
line shall
than three (3) inches thick on the sides and four (4) inches over the top.
The concrete shall be allowed to attain its initial set and preferably its
final set
is
filled in.
ELECTRICITY.
939
26.
(a)
layer of mortar
lower
One
of conduits.
tier
tier
even
with
all
joints
staggered at least six (6) inches as between adjacent conduits and tiers
of conduits.
These
shall be
After the
(b)
first tier
of conduit
is
shall
the conduit
Succeeding
line.
tier.
tiers
inch of
(1)
laid
(3)
inches
tier
The concrete
(c)
Where
(d)
is
is
being done.
The
paste or
compound
shall
Extreme care
shall be taken to
27.
Where
sary
it
^8.
Back
shall be
at a splicing
is
neces-
chamber.
Filling.
Back filling
tamped without
ing,
made
shall be
done
in layers
shall
be thoroughly
flushing.
pav(3)
or four (4) inches above the existing grade until after the replacements
have been made.
29.
Clearing.
Materials, boulders
be removed as the
work
shall
shall
line
wood mandrel
ELECTRICITY.
940
of the duct for the entire length between adjacent splicing chambers, the
conduit lines shall be opened up and the obstruction removed and the
ducts replaced.
Splicing Chambers.
General.
31.
(a)
and
The
shall
modifications necessary to
suit
local
conditions
shall
be subject to the
made
(b)
of concrete.
Where
coilcfete
The
(c)
splicing
chambers
feet apart,
laid
depending on the
(d)
in
less
of a manhole
is
nearest
rail.
ward them.
The lower
tier
(8) inches above the floor and the upper tier not
less
(e)
Pulling-in
The manhole
diameter.
irons
shall
shall be circular in
It shall,
where
be
located
as
shown on
less
the
drawings.
chamber roof.
32.
The dimensions
num-
ber of ducts entering them, the character and importance of the installation
and
local conditions.
The dimensions
ing table:
T.ABLE
V Two-Way
Splicing Chambers.
No. of Ducts
(A)
(B)
(C)
9 or less
8'-0"
9'-0"
5'-0"
6'-0"
6'-6"
10 to 16
Three-Way
9 or less
10 to 16
8'-0"
9'-0"
Four-Way
9 or less
10 to 16
Splicing
7'-0"
8'-0"
8'-0"
lO'-O"
Splicing
7'-0"
Chambers
6'-6"
7'-0"
Chambers
lO'-O"
11 '-0"
6'-6"
7'-0"
ELECTRICITY.
33.
941
Where outside forms are not used, the excavation shall be made
conform with the outside dimensions of the splicing chambers.
Where
(8)
is
to
to be con-
inches greater
Walls.
will be
Walls
(a)
shown on
(b)
Where
brick construction
is
headers.
and
plans.
At horizontal
and
joints, the
at vertical joints
mortar
three-
The
may
Where
fit
be increased or
locat conditions,
charge.
in
splicing
feet
of the
Floors.
The
shall
floors
built.
If the
manhole
is
of brick construction,
the floor shall be either of concrete four inches thick, or of grouted brick.
36.
Cable Hangers.
made
Provision shall be
chambers.
(a)
method
Racks
Each
is
for
rack shall be
made
8.
(54)
The
Each
Hangers
(c)
Insulators
insulators,
Cable
glazed on
all
surfaces
ELECTRICITY.
942
37.
shall
conform with
and
finish.
shall
covers
Drains.
back pressure valve and trap with perforated inlet and guard, subEngineer in charge, shall be furnished and placed
as designated or as indicated on the drawing, and the same shall be properly connected by means of a pipe with the main sewer, or with gutter
Anchor
Bolts.
splicing
called
for on
Reinforcing Bars.
Reinforcing bars to be used in the construction of the roof of
when
splic-
Structural SteeL
Structural steel
conform
when
ELECTRICITY.
943
Q<
>-*
s
<
C/
\J
h-
U
-J
uJ
2
u
_j
_.
"D
UO
ll
lU
>-
<
1-
f^sie^
Ki
-J
:s
Oi
<
u
Ql
>-
h-
11M
.
f.
4"
"
TTt^
?
'
944
ELECTRICITY.
z O
<
-1
ft-
o
Z
o
_i
)-
<
2 O
o
o
KyJ
kJ
s
a
o^
_,
Z
<
_i
<
z
o
(O
o.
ao
z
_i
<
o
t~
2 O
o
h.
H
U
JU
o
,5
ELECTRICITY.
945
Ci\
-i
>-:
H
u
s:
c^
h^
KJ
\s
-ZL
kluJ
-J
7 <a
UO
a
)><
lU hh-
2
2
O
u
<3
>2
>
CSJ
^
i-i
ELECTRICITY.
946
u-J
cCi
<:
>-
uJ
<
<
1
o
CI
>s
ELECTRICITY.
947
d
.z
Jf
<
-t
0.
948
ELECTRICITY.
ELECTRICITY.
949
>-'
fi^'
a
S
<
=
Z
If:
(To).!
n
J1
ELECTRICITY.
950
V
H
u
(0
est
lU
-4
z eO
o <
bJ
kJ
M
fh-
S
S
o
I
_.
<
u
a.
>-
h-
a:
GES)
ELECTRICITY.
951
Type
and Size
Base Typ e
of Bulb
S.14 Med. Screw B
a
B
S.17
((
B
S.17
B
S.19
C
P.S.22
Sise in
Voltages
Watts
10
15
25
SO
75
100
150
200
250
110.115.120,125
<
it
((
it
It
ft
((
it
it
<(
((
it
RS.25
((
ti
tt
it
P.S.25
ti
tt
((
(I
ti
it
P. S. 30
ft
tt
"
((
ti
<<
Remarks
ft
tt
it
i(
ti
if
ft
tt
G.30
C
C
C
C Used
Concentrated
300
500
500
750
1000
25
50
100
200
300
500
1000
ti
ti
it
P. S. 35
<(
it
ft
ti
((
t(
It
ti
G.40
P.S.40
I*
ti
It
it
it
it
P. S. 52
P. S. 52
S.19
S.19
S.30
220,230.240.250
((
ti
ti
it
It
it
tt
tt
((
It
tt
tt
tt
It
(i
tt
it
"
tt
tt
P.S.30
P. S. 35
P. S. 40
P. S. 52
C
C
C
C
C
Med. Screw B
B
B
C
Mogul
C
"
C
Mogul
ft
do
it
it
it
it
ft
it
ft
it
if
it
Mill Type.
25
50
((
ti
ti
B
B
(*)SA7G.l8y2
(*)S.17G.18^
32-64
<(
a
15
25
50
25
ti
tt
it
(*) S.
19G.30
P. S. 20
it
it
((
it
tt
it
B
B
B
CWill be
standardized to
B
the type
lamp at a future time.
White" bulb may also
be used.
replace
50
it
it
75
100
ti
tt
tt
P.S.20
tt
if
P. S. 22
it
it
P.S.25
tt
it
C
C
C
23
Z6
56
94
100
250
33
110, 115, 120, 125, 130
it
it
((
"
it
((
If
it
"
tt
it
it
32
32
() An extra charge
S. 17
S. 19
S.21
ft
it
it
if
tt
S.24^
"
G.25
G.30
it
ft
tt
B
B
B
B
B
C
C
Cab Lighting.
Series.
((
a
ti
Headlight.
style.
((
made
COMMITTEE
XIX.
'
Precautionary Measures.
Railroads shall not permit
1.
wood
fires,
burning waste,
right-of-way, unless
such
fires
thereafter;
fires
for
2.
and right-of-way
and
field fires.
Preventive
measures
shall
be
taken
in
where coal- or
cases
all
districts
where there
is
or decayed wood, brush, dry leaves and dry grass, within the limits of
the right-of-way, shall be burned off early in the spring months,
often thereafter as
may
and as
be deemed necessary.
No
3.
railroad, through
its
litter
prevent such
greatest
fire
fires
control.
to
Reporting Fires.
4.
Railroads
shall
instruct
on or adjacent
(a)
same when
upon or adjacent
to
the
right-of-way
is
available,
Adopted. Vol.
21, 1920,
952
first
CONSERVATION OF RESOURCES.
Notice of such
953
immediately by enginemen by a
fire
The agent
(b)
the nearest
such
employees, and,
section
possible,
if
official,
fire.
When
(c)
right-of
way
a fire
is
of a railroad, regardless of
its
origin, such
sectionmen or
and extinguish
it,
work
operation of trains.
(d)
blank forms
able
for
reporting
fires
form of any
fire,
to their superior.
however
The
make
trivial,
and
to
if
possible,
Special Instructions.
5.
the
Such
rules
or regulations shall be
6.
may
officers of the
such agencies,
wherever
they exist,
is
desired
Forest Service of
and encouraged.
The
details
of
tective
organizations
is
to be arrived
at
Minimum
ments.
tions
Requirements.
The foregoing
7.
It is
rules
or regulations constitute
thereto.
minimum
require-
not intended that they shall supersede state laws or regulain effect, but they are
supplementary
COMMITTEE XX.
FORM OF PROPOSAL.
19....
the
all
and
finish
in
specified,
and to exe-
work within
made by
dated
(Signed)
>
Adopted, Vol.
921, 1156.
954
955
day of
this
in
by and between
the year
party of the
Agreement.
first part,
party of the
WITNESSETH, That,
in consideration
The Contractor
it is
and
finish,
in
specified,
and
shall
Company
2 Adopted, Vol. 14, 1913, pp. 699-709, 1144-1164; Vol. 15, 1914,
pp. 921, 1155:
Vol. 16, 1915, pp. 92, 1037; Vol. 17, 1916, pp. 299, 860; Vol. 22, 1921, pp. 251, 994.
956
in
of the parties hereto, or herein described, and the following general conditions,
be commenced
19
And
all
stipulations of this
work described
herein,
Company
amount
957
This agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the
legal representatives
ment
in
Witness
first
this agree-
above written.
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT.
B
General Conditions.
Bond.
1.
The
this contract,
amount of
Company
dollars,
in
effect of the
a written
same
in other respects,
all
sum
as
may
at
in
in this contract.
any time be
specified
amount or
Contractor's Understanding.
2.
It is
needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, the general
and
the
any
local conditions,
work under
officer,
and
all
this contract.
No
way
affect
All
work
shown on the
that
may be
planSj or
called
shown on
958
specifications,
shall be
quired which
is
if
material be re-
is
work or
if
same
to understand the
perform
shall
all
described.
Permits.
Permits of a temporary nature necessary for the prosecution of
4.
the
work
shall
the
Company.
Protection.
Whenever
5.
own
sary passageways, guard fences and lights and such other facilities and
means of protection
as
may
be required.
6.
tractors
is
contiguous to
work covered by
by the Engi-
of the
work
in
general harmony.
Consent to Transfer.
7.
The Contractor
part thereof
shall
not
let
from any of
without consent of
his obligations
and
release or
liabilities
under
the contract.
Superintendence.
8.
The Contractor
work
em
Company.
nities
The Contractor
and
facilities
for
shall
setting
points
He
and has received from him, such points and instructions as may be
necessary as the
The work
progresses.
shall be
done
959
in strict con-
10.
in
locality,
and
points
instructions,
it
shall
Engineer, in writing, and the Engineer shall promptly verify the same.
Preiservation of Stakes.
11.
and
points
and
stakes,
he will
be charged with the resulting expense and shall be responsible for any
may
mistakes that
Inspection.
All
12.
work and
material shall be at
all
The Contractor shall give the Engineer reasonable notice of startnew work and shall provide reasonable and necessary facilities for
tive.
ing any
case the
ment
work
is
work;
in
shall be paid
by the Company,
No work
shall be
done
at night
Any
own
expense, any
The Contractor
shall
Engineer, and shall rebuild and replace the same without extra charge,
and
Contractor's
expense,
or,
sufficient
case
is
at the
and
the
work or
lated price.
Insurance.
14.
of
fire
The
insurance in amount,
name
to
the
960
by the
payable to the
latter,
Company,
the
Company
Indemnity.
The Contractor
15.
suits, -actions,
shall
and
losses
all
tion
all
claims,
demands, payments,
and judgments of every nature and descripby reason of any act or omission
it,
work or
in
the same.
Whenever,
16.
in
the
opinion
of
the
Chief Engineer,
may
it
be
necessary for the progress of the work to secure to any of the employees
Company
this
the
may
then
is
lesser amount,
may
that
Liens.
If at
17.
shall
Company
pletely
to
lien
and which
shall
be evidence of any
liable,
is
or claim for
lien
chargeable to the
any pay-
to retain out of
'
sufficient to
and
if
comsuch
and deduct the amount so paid from any moneys which may be or
Work
to the Contractor.
Adjacent to Railroad.
18.
Wherever
the
work embraced
property.
movement of
in this contract is
Company or
to persons or
or,
if
in
any
he has
first
the approval of
961
Risk.
19.
this
risk
except damage or
The Contractor
20.
shall
at all
his employees,
work entrusted
other
way
shall
disqualified
to him,
he shall not again be employed on the work without the Engineer's written consent.
The Contractor
21.
shall not
The Contractor,
22.
mit the
sale, distribution
not per-
cent to the work, or allow any such to be brought upon, to or near the
Cleaning Up.
The Contractor
23.
own
expense,
sulting
from
all
shall, as directed
from
all
his operations.
Wherever
24.
in
this
contract the
word Engineer
is
used,
it
shall
are used
it
shall
Chief
Engineer
Power
25.
of Engineer.
The Engineer
shall
all
work
or material which does not conform to this contract; to direct the application of
work which,
in his
judgment,
962
Adjustment of Dispute.
All
26.
questions
or controversies which
may
between the
arise
shall
be
final
parties.
The Contractor
27.
shall
may
The Company
work
in
shall
require.
may
such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of the
thereof.
the cost of or delays the work, the Contractor shall be entitled to such
may
determine.
Changes.
The Company
28.
may
shall
no way
affect
or
shall be
ment
its
made by
of
this
contract.
If
shall
such
Extra Work.
No
29.
bill
work or
Engineer.
elects,
to
which
risk
shall be
added
and
liability.
is
contingencies,
in writing
and does hereby release and discharge the Company from any
therefor.
if
If the
shall
may,
liability
of
nishing
such
material
extra
receiving
after
work or
the fur-
written
authority
the
work
963
or material, stated
governed and
such prices as
may
If
fail
to
aforesaid, the
work
in
not been executed, and the Contractor shall not interfere with such per-
Land
Company, Use
of
30.
The Company
this contract is to
of,
by Contractor.
be done, and
of
will, so far as it
much
temporary construction
of
its
facilities
can conveniently do
land as
is
so,
together with the right of access to same, but beyond this the Contractor
shall provide, at his cost
to the Chief
deem
and
equitable
just.
Suspension of Work.
32.
thereof, by giving
The work
shall be
at
so to do.
The Company
shall
interval of suspension,
days after
It will,
work being
(10)
to the Contractor
in ten
move
these
it
was
the Contractor for time necessarily lost during such suspension at the
rate of
annum on
964
materials,
annum
and insurance.
ation, interest
necessarily idle
But
if
of
the
if
rate
said
Company does
work
at a date
may abandon
work
work
done, on
Section 38
in
of this contract.
If the Chief
(a)
33.
necessary to insure
or
the contract,
is
is
power, and
work
as fast as
provisions
Company,
of this
have the
shall
shall be his
it
more
imperfections, proceed
any time
at
its
is
shall
Annulment.
In such case the
(b)
Company may
rials
cost
if
(10)
this
this
tools
payment
until
work
the
finishing
if
the
work,
be finished, when,
shall
but
materials,
of
all
this contract
such excess
if
the unpaid
shall
be
paid
to
the
balance
Company
Contractor;
such cost exceeds such unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay
Company.
for
haul
shall
be computed at
cents
per
(c)
Work.
of
of the
failure
965
Company
any notice
have
shall
work
The Company
may
retain the
cent, added,
under
amount of the
to
agreement.
this
per
it,
right at
amount
the terms and conditions of this contract up to the time of such annul-
bursed by the
Company
The Contractor
shall
be reim-
judgment of the
Chief Engineer are not otherwise compensated for, and as are required
in
preparing for and moving to and from the work; the intent being that
Any
(b)
this contract
man
the
man
in
deemed
charge of any
Company
to the Contractor
to be served if the
office
under
same be delivered
to
Removal
(c)
known
last
place of business.
of Equipment.
In case of annulment of this contract before completion from
if
notified
all
to
do so by the Com-
failing
at the
shall
expense of
the Contractor.
Failure to
35.
Make Payments.
Failure by the
Company
to
make payments
at the times
pro-
vided in this agreement shall give the Contractor the right to suspend
work
until
payment
is
days'
966
vided and
company continue
all
damages
sustained,
all
to default, to terminate
materials pro-
make payments
to
Company
at
against
the Contractor for delay in completion of the work, due to such sus-
Monthly Estimate.
36.
So long
the
as
is
prosecuted in
accordance with the provisions of this contract, and with such progress
as
may
on or about the
will
first
esti-
mate of the proportionate value of the work done and of material furnished or delivered upon the Company's property at the
last
site
of the work,
The amount
previous
all
Company on or about
oflfice
of
the
Acceptance.
Z7.
The work
shall
Company
work
is
ready for
such inspection.
Final Estimates.
2>d>.
Upon
gineer shall execute a certificate oyer his signature that the whole
provided
for in this
work
under the terms and conditions thereof, whereupon the entire balance
pany within
Before
the time of payment of said final estimate the Contractor shall submit
all
payrolls,
material
work, have
been paid.
Jl
967
FORM OF BOND.
Know All Men
by These Presents;
money of
sum of
the United States of
to be paid to said
bind
severally,
themselves,
their
heirs,
executors,
administrators,
suc-
The
is
that if
19.
between
Contractor,
. .
and
Company
'.
for
become of no
effect;
otherwise
it
shall continue in
full force.
Attest:
Adopted, Vol
day of
19.
. .
968
day of
this
in the year.
by and between
party of the
first part,
Company, and....
WiTNESSEH
Whereas,
the
facilities,
hereinafter
of
its
his
business, at or near
County of
Station,
State of
described as follows
in
track.)
Note
Whereas,
made a
If
")
risk of
damage
to or destruction of property
Com-
and injury
to or death of persons;
Now,
dollar, etc.)
If
payments hereinafter
sidetrack
shall
to
be made,
constructed
be
it
is
the
Railway
Com-
conditions:
The Shipper
shall furnish at
his
own expense
all
necessary right-
its
of the Railway
to be satisfactory to the
Company.
Or
"Railroad."
Adopted, Vol.
19, 1918,
cost
969
permit or
consent whatsoever
required
by
Municipal,
State,
or
all
this
shall
Construction.
2.
The
and
trestles, bridges,
all
be borne as follows:
(Here
insert details
(Note.
If
desired insert
"The Shipper
shall also
Maintenance.
3.
of the
Company;
the
work
shall
be
(Here
insert details.)
Ownership.
The
4.
title
insert details.)
Use.
5.
shall
use,
without
cost,
railroad purposes,
provided such use shall not unreasonably interfere with the use thereof
by the Shipper.
The Shipper
said
agrees that he
poration not one of the parties hereto, nor '^assign this contract or any
970
Railway Company.
Changes or Enlargement.
6.
If
sidetrack or
change
in
said
its
track or tracks,
or because of any
changes in the operating practice of the Railway, or for any other cause,
all
The Shipper
on straight
rail
track, or within
feet
feet
rail.
Accidents.
8.
The Shipper
close to
to use such
Liability.
9.
less the
The Shipper hereby agrees to indemnify, protect, and save harmRailway Company for loss of, damage to, or destruction of
^j^
property, or the property of any other person or persons upon the premises
of the Shipper by
its
fire
or otherwise, or
his
was due
it
can be shown
solely to negli-
Discontinuance.
The Shipper
10.
shall
all
loss or
damage
sidetrack,
Company by
in
the grade of
Railway Company or
ticable
in
the
its
judgment of the
make
of the Railway
continue the connection, and the Shipper hereby waives any and
therefor.
it
imprac-
Company
all
to
claims
It
and Removal.
expressly understood
is
if
the
for
space
of
by a strike or
or
971
if
and
become vested
in or
bound thereby, or
to adopt this
if
agreement
Company
Upon
remove any or
said,
and
all
of the material
shall not
owned by
be liable to account
Company
Company
the Railway
in
shall
have
any way
to
as afore-
monies paid or expended on account of any of the track or tracks covered by this agreement, nor for any damages resulting from the removal
of the track or tracks
owned by
the Railway
Company
as aforesaid.
and assigns.
in
first
this
agreement
above written.
Railway Company
By.
By.
RECOMMENDATION.
BASIS FOR DIVISION OF COST OF CONSTRUCTION
-
AND
of the
all
responsi-
Company
as a
972
in the
its
plant.
An
shipper with service elsewhere than at the regular station of the Railway
Company.
It
is,
therefore,
recommended, as a matter of
equity, in con-
(2)
The Shipper
shall
side-
track beyond the clearance point, including roadbed, trestles, bridges and
other appurtenances.
all
(3)
way Company
(4)
shall be
Railway Company
'^FORM OF
shall be
day of
this
19..
by and between
Company
and
Company
WITNESSETH THAT
Whereas, (Note.
Include
brief description
of conditions, including
existing agreements,
if
Whereas,
etc.)
said crossing being shown, and the said interlocking plant to be arranged
as
of the
of the
Adopted. Vol.
19.
identified
by the signatures
Company,
Now, THEREFORE,
made
in Consideration of the
conditions
Company,
of the
973
set
forth,
the
parties
hereto
do
The term
1.
all
power
houses, towers,
plants,
machinery,
Construction.
2.
'
Company
The
shown on
plant, as
said Exhibit A,
and
in
The
by their signatures.
cost of
shall
Company
The
interlocking plant within
ment, and to
Insert
penalty clause
if
desired.)
Apportionment of Cost.
3.
(a)
The
terlocking plant, as
shown on
in-
by the parties
hereto as follows:
shall participate
in
made by
It
for construction
The expense
damage caused by
act,
all
losses
by
fire,
flood or other
made necessary by an
P74
The
(b)
and
heat, light,
supplies, shall be
Spare Space.
for
Spare
its
sole cost
levers,
and expense of such party; provided further, that the other party
may
to this agreement
the
4.
same by
amount of space of
when
or by providing an equal
same
the
in
said interlocking plant, provided that they shall not materially impair the
efficiency
same.
of the
All
such extensions
or
changes, arising
from
changes made in any existing track or tracks, or made to cover any future
track or tracks or connections, which either party hereto
made
in the
shall be
whose
may
made by
may have
the
right to construct, or
shall
be ordered
the
be borne by
made,
Control of Plant.
6.
Maintenance.
(a)
of said inter-
locking plant shall be under the sole charge and control of the
Company, and
shall
it
to maintain
and renew
the same, and such parties from time to time so employed shall be removed
for
good and
aging
officer
sufiicient
resentatives, shall
as
Company.
of the
Each of the
plant,
all
its
Company
975
in writing of renewals
and repairs that may be necessary for the safe and proper operation of
and
make
Company
then the
Company
the
if
Company
pay
its
bills,
repairs,
shall,
upon pre-
in Section 10 hereof,
Each of the
(b)
its
may
obstructions which
own
interfere in
own
its
from
tracks free
ice,
expense, keep
may
other party
ice,
all
such
neglects
shall
and
in
the
so,
remove
at
fault shall reimburse the party doing such work, as provided in Section
10 hereof, for
Operation.
all
(c)
The
and
it
shall
Company,
to operate the
persons from time to time so employed shall be removed for good and
sufficient
Company.
of the
It is
ators
at
interlocking
plant in
its
telegraph
or
may
telephone
service,
provided said party shall give the other party at least ten days' prior
written notice of the same; but in the event that additional expense
so incurred, either on account of increased
is
lever-
its
any reason
of
service,
Company, and
the expense
plant.
and
Each of the
install its
own
derail ties
and timbers,
insulators,
and
all
and
will maintain
to time there-
976
installation
own
its
said
do
interlocking plant,
work
the track
all
same
for the
proper drainage; likewise, bear the cost and expense of raising and ad-
clips
made necessary by
signals
its
tracks.
its
own expense
its
the
its
its
own
expense.
Where
signals, the
party hereto whose train movements are controlled by said block signals
shall maintain the
same
at its expense.
Precedence.
8.
and
light
Company
engines of the
shall
9.
trains
and
Company.
Payment
engines; and
The
of Bills.
rendition of proper
made
bills.
Company
The
parties hereto.
Such of said
bills
as are based
prices of material shall include a fair arbitrary charge to cover supervision, inspection, handling, transportation, accounting
Such
fair arbitrary
in effect
from time
shall be agreed
to
by the
parties,
or deter-
to the correctness of
in
977
bills
pay
all
when
is
bills
no dispute, and
10.
its
own
trains
by the said interlocking system, and also responsibility for the negligent
acts
agents, servants
officers,
and
in
will
pay
arise
performance of any of
it
may
its
own
connection therewith
in
its
and
acts or omissions of
in
such operation.
special
negligent acts or
persons
all
so
employed
shall,
as
respects
such agents
and
trains,
ings,
Any
and
or
servants
and those of
shall
its
all
in
the
operation
tenants, lessees
and
of
own
its
engines,
cars
workman
or
Arbitration.
11.
name and
arbitrator.
address.
If
either
to
shall
be appointed by the
the
whom
The two
arbitrators
party shall
fail
to
its
shall give
arbitrator,
so chosen
to the other
shall
select
a third
provided, the arbitrator selected by the other party hereto, at the expira-
978
tion of
shall
select
its
shaH
Have failed to
select
third
arbitrator,
either
party hereto
may
apply to any judge of the District Court of the United States for the
which
District
who
shall
so chosen
shall then
include
The
or
three arbitrators
shall
hear and decide said difference or dispute, and their decision, or that of a
The expense
final
in the
12.
all
agreements
conflict,
full
all
,19
existence and
and
shall continue in
day of
force during the
The
the benefit of the parties hereto, their successors, lessees and assigns.
be executed
in
duplicate,
by
first
their
respective officers,
this
agreement
thereunto duly
above written.
Company,
Secretary.
By
Company,
Secretary.
By
979
party of the
day of
this
,
by and between
hereinafter called
first part,
and
Historical.
Whereas,
(Note.
Include
agreements,
if
any, the
name
all
existing
Whereas,
struct,
of
its
trains over
and
willing
is
its
to
proposed arrange-
of
and of
of
Whereas, The
ditions
made
as
and
shown upon
said Exhibit
shall be
in
fur'ther
Now, therefore,
in
consideration
of
premises
the
and
and performed,
it
is
follows
Definition.
1.
The term
rail,
crossing
'frogs, track fastenings, crossing timbers, and other track appliances, in-
Adopted. Vol.
20,
1919,
980
together
installed;
with
ballast,
drainage,
side
ditches,
sub-
Company
right-of-way of
in
so far
appliances;
all
able condition
as
may
Company
authority.
Grant
hereby grants to
at
grade
track
of the
the right-of-way
and tracks of
Construction.
3.
The
Company
shown upon
agrees
to
said "Exhibit
con-
A" and
Engineer of the
the
and
The
identified
by
signature.
Company
said
this
Apportionment of Cost
4.
The
cost
of
constructing,
maintaining,
cluded the expense for taxes, assessments, and insurance; any losses by
fire,
made
floods
also
any change
98J
Company
The
(a)
5.
construct,
right to
from time
maintain,
its
reserves the
right-of-way
may deem
it
Company, the
granted, and
to
all
right to construct
which
herein
is
Company
The
A"
shall be
its
not to exceed
changed
to
feet,
conform
said
the
"Ex-
The expense
thereto.
reserves
shown on
track or tracks as
of so changing shall
be borne as follows
(c)
Either
minor changes
company
in
shall
its
own expense
to
make
materially interfere with the tracks of the other party, but nothing herein
ment, such as
separation
of
(d)
in
order to
Company
conform
shall be
The
may
be done or
may
be re-
in
Company
shall
make
all
in
present or future
Company
ties,
hereof.
shall be apportioned in
982
It is further
(f )
Company
will
hereto.
in
the
come
an existing interlocking
switches shall be taken into the protection of said interlocking plant and
the cost shall be borne as follows
The
Company
Company.
In case
remove
its
Company
Company to their
of the
restored by the
shall
shall be
original
Company, and
and expense of
Company.
the
Control.
7.
The maintenance,
Company, and
it
shall
to
maintain, renew and protect the same, and such parties from time to time
so employed shall be
in
sufficient
Company.
Each of
the
parties
hereto,
through
its
authorized
employees and
representatives, shall have the right at all times to inspect said crossing,
as well as the accounts covering the construction, maintenance,
Company
and
Company
Company
may
if
in
the
renewal
make
Company
983
have the right to make such renewals and repairs, and the..
shall
Company
proper
bills,
shall,
upon presentation of
in
its
Protection.
or signalmen shall
thereafter, flagmen
8.
be furnished for the proper protection of said crossing, and such persons
from time
reasons,
to time so
upon request
employed
shall be
sufficient
in
Company.
The expense
wages
for their
connection
in
Until
shall
feet
from
said crossing,
tains fence
and
and
all
come
shall
trains
Company
Company's
upon
Company
If the
in
said
Company.
shall
(during the
electrify its
and maintain
to build
10.
main-
it
Company's
tract)
stop
shall
to a full
do.
Company
The
9.
full control,
Company, the
life
of this con-
upon
days'
Company
said
and appurtenances
may
Company's Engineer.
Precedence.
11.
shall
freight
trains
or
work
trains
shall
light engines,
Company
shall
and
The
have
Company.
Ownership.
12.
Each of
the
respective
parties
hereto
shall
participate
in
the
984
for construction of
it
Payment of Bills.
The payment
13.
of
all
made
in
same bear
under
bills
this
agreement
made
be
shall
not later than the twenty-fifth day of the month following the month in
which said
made
be
are rendered.
bills
as a final
Bills covering
ments
shall
show
The
bills
bill,
those
any such
to the
tioned.
bills
bill
is
to the correctness
sum of all items in said bill, the correctness of which is unquesThe remainder, covering disputed items, shall be paid promptly
upon an adjustment of the
as herein provided,
dispute.
Added Percentages.
In making
14.
bills
ing,
material
added
shall
be charged
to material,
for
actual
at
and
cost,
crossing,
all
labor and
per cent.
plus
Such of said
bills
shall
as are based
prices
tributed
to
items of expense.
by the
parties, or
The
Such
the
agreed
fair
freight
Liability.
15.
its
own
trains
itself
by the said crossing, and also responsibility for the negligent acts and
omissions or the alleged negligent acts or omissions of
agents, servants
in
its
own
officers,
in
its
may
it
985
all
arise
operation.
special
of said crossing shall not be liable to the other party for the negligent
any
all
persons so employed
negligence, be
shall, as respects
party hereto, and each of said parties hereby assumes the responsibility
for
in
all
damages
resulting
the operation
tenants, lessees
of
and
its
own
and
said
workman
its
indemnify and
shall
Any
and those of
expense caused
Arbitration.
16.
name and
a third arbitrator.
agree-
whom
shall
be appointed by the
with his
this
address.
The two
its
shall give to
arbitrator, together
an arbitrator as
herein provided, the arbitrator selected by the other party hereto, at the
expiration of
a third arbitrator.
a
its
If within
shall select
so
chosen
may
shall
have
apply to any
judge of the District Court of the United States for the District which
shall
or
then include
who
shall
so chosen in any
hear and decide said difference or dispute, and their decision, or that of
a majority of them, shall be final and binding on the parties hereto.
986
The expense
17.
ments
is
relative
said crossing,
to
their predecessors,
so
agree-
all
in
all
effect.
18.
full
The
and
assigns.
shown
'
officers as of
above written.
Attest
Company
By
Secretary
Attest
Company
By
Secretary
SITE.
Parties.
1.
of
Company,
and
having a principal
ill
day
this
in
office
or place of business
and
the
Lessee,
'Adopted, Vol.
22,
1921,
in
,
hereinafter
called
the
in
987
in
State of
all
County of
described as follows
Description.
2
more
definitely
shown
and dated
and hereby made a part hereof.
Term.
To have and
3.
19
same from
to hold the
19
to
hereinafter provided.
Termination.
4.
may
Acceptance of rent
waiver
Notice.
5.
Any
Company
any of
same be delivered
agents, or
if
deemed
if
known
place of business.
Rent.
6.
The Lessee
shall
per
beginning on
pay a rental of
payable
in
,
advance,
of the Company, at
payable to the
Refund.
7.
Rent paid
in
ter-
mination of this lease shall be repaid to the Lessee within thirty days
988
after
on account of violation
shall be
amount paid
Company.
Taxes.
The Lessee
8.
may
pay
shall
taxes, licenses
all
upon the business of the Lessee upon said premises, or against the Company by reason of occupation or use of said premises by the Lessee.
Purpose.
The
9.
premises
said
used
be
shall
following purposes:
the
for
Assignment.
This lease shall not be assigned or
10.
in
sub-let,
party other than the Lessee, nor for any purpose other than that specified
herein, without the written consent of the
Company.
Abandonment.
The
IL
failure of
be
shall
premises
deemed an abandonment
by the Lessee,
shall
for
mentioned for
An abandonment
thereof.
operate
an
as
of
said
and immediate
absolute
Improvement.
12.
the conditions
hereof,
gives
the privilege
Lessee,
the
to
subject
to
all
of
on said premises, suitable buildings and other structures for the aforesaid
purposes; provided that such buildings and other structures shall be
first
approved by
keep
Company;
all
by such
by said
Company
fire
may
shall
install,
re-
reasonably be required
hazard.
Clearance.
13.
The Lessee
shall
neither
erect
nor
place,
nor
permit
to
be
erected or placed,
will in
989
now
may
or
upon such
The minimum
cal clearances
of the
Company upon
shall
request.
Removal of Improvements.
14.
Upon the termination
Company
the
move
all
to
up to
if
required, re-
be prescribed by
within
state,
and
in case the
Lessee shall
tion, either
its
lease,
at its elec-
said
improvements as
Company may,
may
sole property.
Inflammables.
15.
No
goods
an explosive,
of
dangerous
or
inflammable
nature
Condition of Premises.
16.
ity
The Lessee
thereof,
in
clean and
safe,
sanitary condition.
The Lessee
shall
Advertising.
17.
No
advertising
be
shall
placed
any structures thereon, except for the Lessee's own legitimate purposes,
and
all
Laws and
18.
Company.
Regulations.
The Lessee
shall
in
all
respects abide
all
Miscellaneous Charges.
19.
The Lessee
shall
pay
all
charges
sweeping or
for
oiling, that
may
be levied or
990
Snow and
Ice.
The Lessee
20.
shall
at
all
Company by reason
ice,
front of
to the
all
damage
loss or
property.
Use
of Tracks.
The Lessee
21.
nor
permit
not
shall
Company
to be constructed
allow
belonging
tracks
to
Lessee will not permit nor allow trains or engines belonging to others
Company
than the
to be used
to
enter upon
to maintain
to extend or
at
If
days' written
the
Company, or
shall obstruct or
if
at
move such
upon
may
structure to
be necessary,
Access to Premises.
In the event
23.
vants,
it
is
all
to
have access
the
of the
all
Company
way
said
indicated by
Company
and from
to
workmen, and
made upon
or incurred by the
all
claims,
Company by
the
Com-
costs
and
reason or in conse-
991
Liability.
(a)
24.
responsibility
all
for
and agrees
to
from
fire
Company
in serv-
ing the Lessee upon said premises, or in the vicinity thereof, except to
rolling stock belonging to the
Company
fire
death of or injury
to,
for),
or
for
tion,
or otherwise (ex-
cept fire
Any
breach
of
if
No
move
persons therefrom, or
all
may
all
itself
Company may
thereof,
and
at
re-
Right of Inspection.
.
26.
The
inspection
of
the
Company,
its
agents,
all
lease.
Renewal.
n.
lease shall
from,
eflfect
to
inbefore provided, this lease shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
upon the
and assigns.
992
first
above written.
Company.
Witness:.
Witness
By.
this lease
on
INDEX
INDEX
A
Bridges Continued.
Page
grade crossings
industry track
interlocking plant
lease for industrial
require-
ments
application
of
Buildings
693
oil
Ballast
70
93
merit
of
material
for
deck trestles,
definitions
gang
proper
depth of
reinforcement under
report form
^sections
69
Carbon
91
for
run gravel
washed gravel.
Ballasting by contract
an operated
Chart,
94
Cinder ballast
line
83
601
tions
Borrow pits
648
28
371
erection,
inspection of
730
track
375
530
79
17
354
360
303
of bridges for operating purposes 790
of track
I6
of the uses of lumber
364
Clay ballast, burnt, specifications. 78
Clearance lines for equipment and
permanent way structures
855
for bridges
744
for tunnels
58
Clearing, specifications
23
Coaling stations, locomotive
256
for
sodding with
62
Bond, form of
967
Boilers, care of, examination ques-
for Portland
Classification, definition
90
grass,
specifications
75
94
'.
track
tamping
Bermuda
257
258
265
279
115
79
71
93
tools
rails,
Cement, specifications
and Natural
77
stone
steel
87
502
82
78
79
75
cinder
gravel
on
256
70
specifications
239
243
247
forks
pit
definitions
engine house design
freight houses
locomotive coaling stations
houses
passenger stations
rest houses for employees.......
section tool houses
choice of
cleaning foul
comparative
742
504
733
787
610
sign
462
specifications for metal details.. 293
Bronze bearing metals for turntables
735
B
of
737
existing
inspection
212
600
458
240
473
513
517
of
Ashpits
Aspects, signal
Authority for expenditure form
register
for steel
railway
monthly estimate form
protection of traffic at movable.
rules and unit stresses for rating
979
968
972
986
site
general
Anti-creepers,
Page
^specifications
general specifications
Agreement forms
Column formula
tests
Concrete
822
732
732
420
434
449
415
400
373
INDEX.
996
Concrete Continued.
methods for depositing
water
repairing, method of
Page
under
423
435
'.
specifications
agreement form
Contract and lease record
ballasting by
construction form
definition
^requirements, general
"17
21
Conventional signs
Cranes, locomotive
Creosote
541
35
coal-tar
solution, precautions to
followed in the purchase
822
and use of
coal-tar solution, specifications
be
for
analyses, specifications for..
and creosote coal-tar solution
specifications for Grade
specifications for Grade 2...
specifications for Grade 3...
water in
Crossings, specifications
agreement form
road
sign, wooden
455,
oil
oil
oil,
oil,
oil,
Crossover, definition
Cross-ties, specification
of different materials,
comparison
records
821
823
844
819
820
821
844
214
979
606
456
155
97
economic
Curvature
Curve resistance, freight cars
Curves of conductor sags
economy, for structures of various ratios of life periods
speed of trains through
use of easement
Cut list for handling cars
track
design of
track spikes, specifications
Cuts, drainage of large
slopes of
spilce,
106
610
817
817
877
301
188
157
691
199
for.. 197
68
67
354
D
Dating
nails, specifications
use of
Deep
wells, record of
105
105
680
Definitions
ballast
buildings
economics railway location
electricity
69
239
800
853
Page
369
499
17
465
437
95
track
service
wooden bridges
yards
155
625
281
681
199
243
'Water
and trestles
and terminals
Density, rule for Southern Yellow
Pine and Douglas Fir
336
Design
flashing
freight houses
791
247
221
frogs
manganese steel pointed switches 233
reinforced concrete
420
425
retaining walls
200
screw spike
743
steel railway bridges
203
tie plates
194
track fastenings
^yards
694
Drainage
57, 66, 791
Dragline excavators
35
Drilling of rails
124
Drinking water
659
Drop test machine, specifications
for
125
107
DefinitionsContinued.
masonry
records and accounts
roadway
signals and interlocking
signs, fences and crossings
ties
E
Easement
curve,
minimum
length
159
of
Economy curves
for structures of
various ratios of
life
periods.. 301
803
definitions
distance and revenue
805
engine districts
lessening first cost
locations governed by
momentum gradients
passing sidings
power
ruling gradients
train resistance
800
801
802
traffic.
800
802
801
805
801
803
Electricity
853
definitions
electric light, power supply and
trolley lines crossing steam
and electric railways, specifi861
cations for
INDEX.
ElectricityContinued.
Page
railways,
overhead
clearance lines for permanent
way structures on
854
light wires and cables, specification
903
trolley line crossings
873
underbridge crossings
875
Elevation posts
463
of curves
603
electrified
rest
571
265
499
243
Estimate, definition
17
monthly report form
506
Excavators, dragline
35
Expansion, temperature, for laying rails
194
Expenditures, monthly report form 518
997
Page
688
692
Frogs
definitions
designs
plans for
specifications for
Formulas
ballast deck trestles, comparative economic value
design of retaining walls
determination of functions of the
ten-chord spiral
Gage on curves
194
437
449
right-of-way, specifications for.. 438
snow
451
table of material required for
443
Field parties, instructions to engi-
neering
567
field.
Foot guards
Formation of the roadway, specifications
Forms
952
213
187
781
657
216
22
296
425
162
107
184
420
746
663
spirals
155
221
213
214
160
for bal-
77
803
G
188
156
186, 603
spike
202
Gates for right-of-way fences
449
Grade crossing agreement form... 979
reduction work
53
definition of
maintenance of
testing, for screw
separation
Grading, definition
monthly estimate form
rules for lumber and timber
specifications for
67
19
503
303
24
70
24
214
291
Gravel, definition
...
INDEX.
998
Page
I
Indications conferring or restricting rights
472
Indicators, requisites of switch
476
Industrial site, form of lease agrree-
ment
.^
ment
of bridges
730
510
512
727
of structural steel
Instructions
for the care of water stations... 645
for the guidance of engineering
parties
567
for the inspection of bridge erecfield
tion
730
fabri-
pense
727
725
83
472
972
465
form of agreement
signals and
Internal combustion engines, definition
626
examination
questions
650
Iodine
potassium
ferricyanide
starch color reaction test
848
Iron and Steel Structures
classification of bridges for operating purposes
790
formula
732
732
tests
contracting
for
steel
bridge
general specifications
railway
737
for
steel
railway bridges
742
inspection of bridges and records of inspection
725
instructions for the inspection
of bridge erection
730
instructions for the inspection
of
L
Lag
screws, use of
291
column
column
986
968
850
725
725
and records of
Page
Iron and Steel Structures Continued.
^requirements for the protection
of traflfic at movable bridges
733
rules and unit stresses for rating existing bridges
787
specifications for bronze bearing metals for turntables and
movable bridges
735
specifications for the erection of
railway bridges
737
Laying
rails,
temperature expan-
sion
194
528
Lease record
agreement form
986
Light service scales, specifications
696
692
159
for
Lighting, yard
Limiting curve
Line, definition of
of
157,
List of the Findings, Conclusions,
Standards and Specifications
contained in the Manual of the
Signal Section, A. R. A
Locomotive coaling stations
maintenance
156
602
cranes
477
256
42
specifications,
364
classification
and
grading rules
Main
Line,
Track,
M
definition
definition
303
156
156
Maintenance
of gage
of line
of
surface
organization
Malleable iron tie-plates, specifica-
of way
tions for
Manual block
signals
for employees of the maintenance of way department
instructions for guidance of engineering field parties
location of
Maps, specifications for
Masonry, definitions
speciflcationB for
186
157
184
608
210
469
571
567
470
530
369
394
INDEX.
999
Page
Page
Master
of
of
snow removal
quality of
gravel for ballast
of testing cement
of tunnel construction
testing
in
Piers, definitions
at rail and water terminals
Pile, definitions
driving, principles of practice.
record form
sections
timber, specifications
for
specifications for
trestle,
Pipe
61
639
459
725
159
433
580
733
symbols
Plans for turnouts, frogs, switches
specifications for
447
Nails, common
105
dating, use of
105
specifications for
Names for varieties of structural
timber
303
Natural cement, specifications for. 392
uum)
o
351
352
tanks, specifications
Operation, yard
water softeners
science of
of a ballast raising gang
of the maintenance of way de-
Organization,
partment
water service
Overhaul, clause
6'46
257
823
667
694
655
607
87
608
642
29
48
452
64
375
449
440
805
932
835
Oak timbers
288
625
546
213
creosote
258
692
92
683
686
282
284
287
418
283
work-
lines, definition
stations
snow
construction
specifications for
Oil engines in water
houses
manship
and fixtures
Plows
59
77
377
of
854
Passenger stations
terminal stations
Picks, tamping
lines,
hard
rock
on elec-
lines
trified railroads
457
run
pit
Overhead clearance
oil
(empty-cell process
initial air
and
final
vac-
...
843
838
836
839
837
of grading 29
out247
791
432
203
284
628
657
specifications for
progress
Property line post.
Proposal, form of
Protection of
bridges
of records
traffic
530
539-540
461
954
at
movable
733
sgg
Page
Pumphouse,
in water stations
645
629
Pumping plants, water, size
Pushcars, rules governing use of.. 580
Q
ment
654
care of boilers in
648
water stations
for care of electrically operated
653
of internal combustion
engines
650
R
Rail
broken
599
124
147
drilling
failures, classification of
failures in main track, form for
146
reporting
failures for the year, form for
150
reporting
194
joints, general requirements
133
joint, standard test for
location of borings for testing. 128
139
record forms
194
relayer, specifications for
597
renewals of
115
sections
specifications for carbon steel. 115
temperature expansion for laying. 194
.
list of
findings, standards, conclusions
and specifications
541
455
Roadway
allowance
for shrinkage in
em-
499
Records and Accounts
engineering department forms.. 499
106
566
676
for
634
817
train
Rest houses for employees
Retaining walls, design of
814
265
425
396
masonry
of large cuts
drainage through stations
68
and
yards
63
67
455t
64
35
52
22
22
surface
and
age
57
tunnel construction
tunnel ventilation
washouts
waterways
width
66
21
of,
58
62
57
54
at sub-grade
21
273
Roofings
Rules and Organization
and unit stresses for rating ex787
isting bridges
density, for Southern yellow pine. 336
337
Douglas fir
for lumber and timber. 303
cypress
lumber
and
for
grading,
shingles
for
354
360
hemlock lumber
inspection
of
bridges,
trestle.^
and culverts
610
rail-
way purposes
17
drainage
for
477
of cross-ties
protection of
water service
62
596
of
definitions
16
Railways, classification of
Reagents used in water softening. 656
gates
maps
Page
care
Questions for
impounding,
Right-of-way Continued.
or symbols
signs
bankments
Reservoirs,
INDEX.
1000
pumps
for care
420
476
nance of
rules
594
438
449
630
Department...
571
233
17
Way
inspection of bridges,
610
and culverts
607
the science of organization
for
trestles
586
Safety rules
375
Sand, definition
Sanitary provisions for passenger
stations
track,
Scale,
260
specifications
for... 696
INDEX.
Page
Scale Continued.
rules for location, testing, etc. 716
test cars
723
Screw spike, design of
200
198
specifications for
testing gage for
202
Section
ballast
80
foremen, agencies for obtaining a
236
better class
post sign
460
109
rail
22
roadway
rules governing forefnen
584
tool houses
279
tunnel
58
.
Sidetrack record
Signals and Interlocking
definitions
division of
standards
ciation
indications
and
manual block
symbols
train order
use
472
tion,
477
aspects
of
;.
fences
Slides
movable
451
438
452
88
412
railway
bridges
burnt clay ballast
449
455
451
453
437
and
Specifications
ballast tools
tables
449
245
snow sheds
snow removal
permanent snow fence
plows
fences,
methods of
437
443
56
67
22
Snow
473
469
554
468
578
52
735
78
115
reinforced
Page
Specifications Continued.
concrete piles, constructing pre415
molded
concrete piles, driving pre416
molded
351
construction oak timber
821
creosote-coal-tar solution
823
creosote analysis
grades
2 and 3.. 819
creosote
97
cross-ties
cut track spikes
197
354
cypress lumber and shingles
105
dating nails
definition
17
design and dimensions of manganese steel pointed switches. 233
drop testing machine
125
electric light, power supply and
^
oil
oil,
1,
steam and
electric railways
terlocking plants
findings, conclusions,
and
508
465
465
1001
400
switches
plates
water and
449
22
889
128
137
303
210
530
233
masoni-y
master scales
medium carbon steel track bolts
with nuts
metal details used in wooden
bridges and trestles
nails, dating
natural cement
preservative treatments of wood.
piles, concrete
pit-run gravel ballast
Portland cement
quenched carbon and quenched
steel
steel
861
903
737
394
721
135
293
105
392
835
416
77
375
130
115
194
449
62
197
71
742
198
203
oil
tanks
667
INDEX.
1002
Specifications
Continued.
zinc-chloride
Spirals
394
352
214
101
663
283
696
932
75
887
293
666
288
208
835
160
163
164
164
165
Stations
freight transfer
passenger
terminal
water
692
258
692
645
Steel joint bars, specifications for. 128
cut track spikes, specifications
197
for
railway bridges, general specifications for
742
screw track spikes, specifications
for
198
track bolts with nuts, specifications for
135
track bolts, specifications for
130
water and oil tanks, specifications for
667
Stone ballast, specifications for
71
conduits
902
masonry, definitions
371
specifications for
394
Storehouse, reasons for maintain566
ing
460
Sub-division and section post
156
Surface, definition of
Page
stone masonry
structural oak timbers
switches, frogs, crossing's and
guard rails
switch-ties
tank hoops
timber piles
track scales
underground conduit construction
for power cables
washed gravel ballast
wood poles
wooden bridges and trestles,
metal details used in
wooden water tank
workmanship for pile and frame
trestles
wrought-iron tie plates
57
184
450
157
213
476
214
235
Page
Tables
and curves
of conductor sags..
average evaporation in locomotive boilers
comparative sizes of wire gage.
cylinder tractive power
electric wires and cables
functions of ten-chord spiral
locomotive resistance
material required for fences
877
807
445
811
908
166
813
443
816
timbers
302
pole circumferences
888
practical and theoretical turnout,
leads
237, 238
pumping plant boilers
631
quantity of reagents-water treatment
657
sawed pole dimensions
888
size of pumping plants
629
tractive power
812
weight of steam
808
wood pole dimensions
887
working stresses for structural
Tamper, mechanical
93
Tamping
90
picks
proper
method of
Tangents
Tank
Team
hoops, specifications
delivery yards
Temperature expansion
92
185
157
for.... 663
689
for laying
rails
194
154
specifications,
95
105
107
203
203
106
106
97
596
101
classiflca-
names for
structures
303
330
varieties
303
for water tanks
666
Timbers, grouping of, for antiseptic
treatment
determination of zinc in
supply, conservation of
819
848
104
INDEX.
1003
Page
Time
525
88
279
roll
ballast
houses, section
Tools,
limitation
93
509
606
542
Track
Page
ways at grade
agreement for interlocking
plant
construction contract
form of bond
industry track agreement
lease agreement for industrial
932
954
979
972
955
967
968
212
anti-creepers
130, 135
bolts, specifications for
986
site
539
chart
Unit stresses for structural tim16
classification
302
bers
197
cut spike
787
for rating existing bridges
155
definitions of terms
747
structural steel
desirable agencies for obtaining
236
better class of foremen
V
54
464
elevation work
Valuation section sign
544
symbols
fixtures,
580
Velocipede cars, use of
187
flangeway, width
384
Vicat apparatus
221
frog designs
188
w
gage on curves
157
maintenance of
"Walls, retaining, design of
425
186
Washouts
57
maintenance of gage
530
Water Service
maps
508
625
definitions
material report
drinking
659
plans for frogs, switches, crossfoaming and priming
657
ings, guard rails and turnouts. 213
455
general principles of supply
628
posts and signs
^impounding reservoirs for rail194
specifications for
relay er
233
634
way purposes
requisites for switch stands
198
instructions for care of water
screw spike
645
stations
specifications for frogs, switches,
214
crossings and guard rails
meters for use in railway serv639
197, 198
spikes, cut and screw
ice
160
spirals
minimum quantity of scaling and
line,
rail,
-standard
steel
rail
194
joint
switch
leads, tables
237, 238
194
tie
yard,
definitions
operation,
signals for
Trestles, rules for inspection
Trespass signs
203
606
213
682
468
487
610
455, 457
951
57
which
matter
corrosive
justify treatment
water
quality
of
treatment
records
softeners
method
658
of
654
676
655
-steel substructures for tanks.,.. 666
steel water and oil tanks, speci667
fications for
tank hoops, specifications for.
663
timber, substructures for tanks. 666
wooden water tank, specifica660
tions for
Water pockets
in roadbed
Waterproofing of masonry
Waterways
Wires
leads,
will
for
Wood
and
cables,
64
433
54
680
specifioations
903
Preservation
antiseptic treatment, grouping of
819
timbers for
INDEX.
1004
oil,
844
Wrought-iron
lag
screws, use
construction
360
304
364
306
336
periods.. 301
341
of,
in
trestle
pile-driving,
293
303
timber
principles
tice
record form
tie plates
208
of prac284
287
tracks.
688
681
692
683
689
692
692
693
689
696
for
291
302
303
354
295
instructions
336
330
848
295
336
timbers
life
Page
timber
Workmanship
various ratios of
Trestles
846
deter-
fir,
and
850
835
844
trestles
Bridges
Continued.
848
887
Wooden
trestle
speci-
mination of
Wooden Bridges and Trestles
classification and grading rules
for lumber and timber
cypress lumber and shingles..
hemlock lumber
of terms
uses of lumber
comparative merits of ballast
deck and reinforced concrete
pile
835
Zinc-chloride, specification for
chloride solution, method of de846
termining the strength of
in
treated
timbers,
determina-
tion of
tannin, specifications for
848
837